Stream Gaging Accessories - Rickly Hydrological Company

Transcription

H
Y
D
R
O
L
O
G
I
C
A
L
I
N
S
T
R
U
M
E
N
T
A
T
I
O
N
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
R I C K LY H Y D R O L O G I C A L C O M PA N Y
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
T
H
E
W
O
R
L
D
’
S
W
A
T
E
R
STREAM GAGING
SEDIMENT SAMPLING
W AT E R Q U A L I T Y
A Q U AT I C S A M P L I N G
S TA G E M E A S U R E M E N T
METEOROLOGICAL
1700 Joyce Avenue
Columbus, Ohio 43219 U.S.A.
Phone: (614) 297-9877
Fax: (614) 297-9878
Introduction
Most of the hydrological equipment presented in this catalog has been designed and developed by the United
States Geological Survey, Hydrologic Instrumentation Facility which is located at Stennis Space Center, Mississippi.
The U.S. Geological Survey currently uses this equipment for its continuing hydrological data gathering and water
resource investigation projects throughout the U.S.A.
The sediment samplers were designed and developed by the Federal Inter-Agency Sedimentation Project, and
are used by the USGS and other federal agencies which have the responsibility for taking sediment load and water
quality samples.
The Rickly Hydrological Company manufactures and distributes hydrological instrumentation equipment as
designed by the U.S. Geological Survey in accordance with its precise standards. Our intent is to enable hydrologists and engineers who endeavor to measure water with the best available technology that is accurate and economically feasible. Custom-designed instrumentation equipment can be provided by our engineering staff as
required to meet your exact hydrologic measurement needs.
Our company has manufactured USGS hydrologic instrumentation equipment for over 75 years and can provide you with high quality equipment at competitive prices and dependable delivery schedules. Hydrologic instrumentation is our only business, and we are dedicated to maintaining high standards and meeting the demands of
our customers worldwide.
Future Hydrologists!
© Copyright 2002 Rickly Hydrological Company, Columbus, OH
The Table of Contents
Stream Gaging Instruments
Current Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Meter Sensing Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Current Meter Outfits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Sounding Reels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Suspension Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Cableway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Cable Connectors and Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Sounding Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Tagline Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Fluorometric Dye Tracing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Surface Velocity Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Acoustic Doppler Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Stream Gaging Accessories
Measuring Notes, Pens, Markers . . .
Measuring Tapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binoculars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash and Spot Lights . . . . . . . . . . .
Batteries, AC/DC Power Generators.
Thermometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chest and Hip Waders . . . . . . . . . .
Rain Wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flotation Vests and Jackets . . . . . . .
Two-Way Radios. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traffic Safety Equipment . . . . . . . . .
First Aid and Personal Protection . . .
Equipment Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Field Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Discharge Measurement Software . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
32
33
36
37
38
40
41
44
46
49
50
51
55
56
59
60
Surveying Equipment
Hand and Abney Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transits and Level Transits . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Stations and Prisms . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tripods, Level Rods and Accessories. . . . .
Laser Rangefinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Altimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pocket Transits, Compasses, Clinometers .
GPS Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stereoscopes and Planimeters . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
62
63
64
65
67
72
72
72
76
79
Sediment Sampling Equipment
Depth-Integrating Samplers . .
Point-Integrating Samplers . . .
Bed-Material Samplers . . . . . .
Bedload Samplers. . . . . . . . . .
Sampling Accessories . . . . . . .
Bedload Collectors . . . . . . . . .
Scour-Erosion Sensors. . . . . . .
Automatic Samplers . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
81
84
85
86
87
88
90
92
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Sample Analysis Instrumentation
Field Gages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Testing Sieve Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Particle Size Analyzers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Hydrometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Sample Splitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Field and Lab Balances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
1
Sieve Shakers Sample Containers and Tools .
Laboratory Glassware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drying Ovens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Desiccators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vacuum Filtration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
105
112
114
115
116
Aquatic Sampling Equipment
Water Sampling Bottles . . . .
BOD and VOC Samplers . . . .
Bottom Grab Samplers . . . . .
Core Samplers . . . . . . . . . . .
Stream Bottom Samplers . . .
Sampling Nets . . . . . . . . . . .
Artificial Substrate Samplers .
Sampling Accessories . . . . . .
Electrofishing Equipment . . .
Limnology Sampling Kits . . .
Stream Habitat Equipment . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
122
124
125
126
129
130
132
135
135
137
138
Water Quality Instruments
Single Parameter Instruments
Multi Parameter Instruments.
Flow-through Chamber . . . .
Water Quality Sensors. . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
147
151
152
155
Stage Measurement Instruments
Stage Reference Gages . . . . . . . .
Float-Type Instrumentation . . . . .
Bubbler-Type Instrumentation. . .
Submersible Pressure Transducer .
Dataloggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Datalogger Accessories . . . . . . . .
Water Level Meters. . . . . . . . . . .
Ultrasonic and Radar Systems . . .
Flumes and Weirs . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
159
162
170
175
177
179
189
190
191
Gaging Station Accessories
Batteries and Chargers . . . . .
Solar Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosures and Gage Houses.
Lightning Protection. . . . . . .
Station Markers and Signs . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
195
196
197
199
202
Meteorological Instruments
Rain Gages . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermometers . . . . . . . . . . .
Evaporation Station . . . . . . .
Weather Stations . . . . . . . . .
Soil Moisture Instruments . . .
Snow Measuring Equipment .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
205
208
209
210
213
215
Technical Resources
Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Modeling Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Shipping Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Order Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Current Meters
Introduction
Stream Gaging is the common term for measuring the amount
of water flowing in an open channel and can range from a trickle in a
ditch to a flood on the Amazon River. The U.S. Geological Survey
(USGS) makes most streamflow measurements by current meter.
Current meters generally can be classified into two main types,
those meters having vertical-axis rotors and those having horizontalaxis rotors. The comparative characteristics of these two types are
summarized below:
Vertical-axis rotor with cups
• Operates in lower velocities than do horizontal-axis
meters.
• Bearings are well-protected from silty water.
• Rotor is repairable in the field without adversely affecting
the rating.
• Single rotor serves for the entire range of velocities.
Horizontal-axis rotor with vanes
• Rotor disturbs flow less than do vertical-axis rotors
because of axial symmetry with flow direction.
• Rotor is less likely to be entangled by debris than are
vertical-axis rotors.
The current meters selected by the USGS for their standard use
has been the Price Type AA and Pygmy vertical axis current meters.
Through extensive testing and research, this style meter has proven
itself a highly accurate, durable, low maintenance and economical
choice for stream velocity measurements. The equipment described
here was designed to support current meter measurements by wading off a bridge, boat or cableway. Support equipment such as tag
lines, wading rods, and sounding reels take measurements of the
physical stream size thus allowing the computation of total flow or
discharge.
USGS Type AA - Model 6200
The USGS Type AA current meter is commonly known as the
Price-type current meter. This current meter is suspended in the water
using a cable with sounding weight or wading rod (taking the tail
section off) and will accurately measure streamflow velocities from 0.1
to 25 feet per second (0.03 to 7.6 meters per second).The main features of this meter are the uniquely designed bucket wheel shaft bearings and the two post contact chamber. The bucket wheel has six
conical shaped cups, is five inches (12.7 cm) in diameter and rotates
on a vertical axis inside the yoke. The tungsten carbide bearings for
the bucket wheel shaft are located in deeply recessed inverted cups.
When the meter is in use, these cups become air chambers and the
entrapped air effectively excludes water and silt from the bearing surfaces giving extremely low starting velocities and minimal friction in
the bearings.
The contact chamber houses a penta gear and two binding
posts, each having a fine platinum alloy contact wire. One wire makes
contact with the bucket wheel shaft once during every revolution; the
other is used when fast velocities are encountered, and makes contact
with the penta gear once during every five revolutions of the bucket
wheel.
Each current meter is provided with a U.S. Geological Survey
approved standard rating table to convert bucket revolutions to
stream velocity in either English units (feet per second) or metric units
(meters per second), spare parts, instrument oil, cleaning cloth,
screwdriver and an instrument case with a water tight o-ring seal that
floats if dropped in the water and provides proper protection of the
meter during transportation and storage.
The meter is made from brass and stainless steel and all exposed
surfaces are chrome plated for corrosion-free service.
The standard Type AA was designed for use with all of the counters as well as the AquaCalc 5000 Digital Flow Computer. No conversion kits or replacement contact chambers are necessary to use the
latest digital technology with this meter.
101-001
Type AA Current Meter
6 lbs.
USGS Type AA-MH - Model 6215
Also offered are the Ott-type horizontal axis current meters
which were developed and are primarily used in Europe. This horizontal-axis style meter offers the ability to measure oblique current velocities with different pitch rotors available. The USGS does not use the
Ott-type meter because it is not as durable as the Price meter under
extreme conditions and requires more preparation and care to operate than the Price-type meter.
Two different acoustic Doppler or acoustic type velocity meters
are available for field use for portable and permanent field installation.
These systems are used in extremely low reversing flow conditions or
in extreme flood conditions where a current meter cannot be put in
the water.
The USGS Type AA magnetic head
current meter is the same basic design as
the standard Type AA meter with the
exception of contact chamber and shaft.
This design allows for reduced friction in
the contact chamber for more accurate
measurement of slow water velocities
and also produces a better signal for the
AquaCalc 5000 and AquaCount. Any Type AA meter can be converted to a Type AA-MH by just replacing the contact chamber and shaft
and requires no special tools. The meter uses the standard Type AA
rating table.
101-003
Type AA-MH Current Meter
6 lbs.
2
Current Meters
USGS Type AA-LV Model 6210
USGS Pygmy-MH Meter - Model 6225
The Type AA-LV is for extremely low velocities. It has no penta
gear assembly in the contact chamber which reduces friction. The
center shaft and contact chamber allow two electrical contacts per
revolution of the bucket wheel. This feature makes counting revolutions easier in extremely low velocities. The meter uses the same standard USGS rating table as the Type AA meter and physically looks
exactly the same.
The USGS Pygmy-MH meter is a magnetic head current meter
with the same basic design as the standard Pygmy meter with the
exception of shaft and binding post contact. The Pygmy-MH has a
miniature reed switch and magnetic shaft which allows for reduced
friction for better low velocity response and produces a cleaner signal
for the AquaCalc 5000 and AquaCount. The meter uses the standard
Pygmy rating table.
101-006
101-014
Type AA-LV Current Meter
6 lbs.
Pygmy-MH Current Meter
2 lbs.
USGS Type AA-ICE Model 6240
Custom Engraving - Current Meters
The USGS Type AA ICE Meter is a
variation of the standard Type AA meter. It
is used to measure water velocity beneath
ice. The yoke is modified to eliminate the
tailfin assembly and make the unit as
small as possible to fit in an 8 in. (20 cm)
augered hole. The AA-ICE meter can be
used with wading rods or the USGS ice
meter Tilting-Harness assembly for use
with 30 or 50 pound (14 or 23kg) sounding weights. The meter uses
the standard Type AA rating table.
Your organization’s name, initials, and/or
designated serial numbers can be engraved on
the yoke of the AA or Pygmy Current meters.
Please contact us with your requirements.
101-008
Type AA-ICE Meter
6 lbs.
USGS Type AA-ICE-P Model 6245
The USGS Type AA ICE meter with
polymer bucket wheel is an exclusively
patented design to eliminate the collection
of slush ice and greatly improve velocity
measurements under ice cover. The polymer bucket wheels have solid cups which
do not allow ice to collect in the metal
buckets of the standard AA-ICE meter. The
meter operates in the same way as the standard meter but does not
use the standard rating table.
101-009
Type AA-ICE-P Meter
5 lbs.
USGS Pygmy Meter - Model 6205
The Pygmy Meter is scaled two-fifths as large as the standard
Type AA current meter. It does not have a tailfin assembly and is used
only for measuring shallow streams with the wading rod. Its range of
operation is 0.1 to 4.9 feet per second (0.03 to 1.5 meters per second). The 2-inch (5.1 cm) diameter bucket wheel contains six cups; a
single contact closure is made each revolution of the bucket wheel.
Each pygmy meter is shipped with a carrying case, USGS standard rating table (English or metric), spare parts, screwdriver, instrument oil and cleaning cloth.
101-012
Pygmy Current Meter
2 lbs.
101-017
Universal Current Meter - Model 6500
The Model
6500 Universal
Current Meter is a
world recognized
designed instrument commonly
known as the Otttype current
meter. This current meter is suspended in the water using a cable with sounding
weight or wading rod and will accurately measure streamflow velocities from 0.1 to 33 feet per second (0.03 to 10 meters per second)
with multiple propellers.
The Model 6500 Current Meter consists of a streamlined body
which houses the sensing mechanism, an encapsulated reed switch,
and the horizontal axis propeller shaft which has a permanent magnet mounted such that each rotation of the shaft produces a pulse
from the reed switch. The pulses are conducted through a lead to the
surface where they are counted by a Current Meter Counter. The
velocity of the stream is proportional to the rotations of the propeller.
Each Model 6500 is provided with a calibration certificate and rating
table. (Bargo and Barel)
Features:
The Model 6500 design offers:
• Stainless steel construction to resist corrosion and damage
• Ease of replacement of the reed switch assembly
• Rubber encapsulation of the reed switch to resist damage from
dropping or knocking
• Optional Configurations: three options are available for locating the 6500 in waterways ranging from low to very high flow
rates
• A.B.S. and molded foam carry case
Standard Propeller Specifications:
Special order propeller sizes and material are available upon
request. (125mm x 0.3m and 80mm x 0.3m Plastic)
Type
Size
Max Vel. m/s
Start Vel. m/s
Range
A
100 mm x 0.125 m
5
0.025
±45 degrees
2
125 mm x 0.50 m
10
0.04
±5 degrees
4
80 mm x 0.125 m
4
0.04
±5 degrees
101-020
3
Meter Engraving
Universal Current Meter w/ Propeller
8 lbs.
Current Meters
Wading Rod Outfit - Model 6501
Miniature Current Meter - Model 6505
The Model 6501 Wading Outfit consists of the following: a
Model 6500 Meter with a propeller type A, 4 m connecting lead,
tools, oil, spare bearings, spare reed switch assembly, 3 x 1 m 20 mm
diameter stainless steel wading rods (in a carrying bag), point and
base plate, calibration table and carrying case.
The 20mm Wading Rod is used for locating in shallow to medium depth streams or rivers and is graduated every 2 cm and dm. The
point and base plate are used to position the rod on the river or
streambed. Relocating devices are available to allow the 6500 to be
relocated along the rod without having to withdraw the rod from the
stream. This allows the user to continuously observe velocities at different depths of the stream. Current meter counter is sold separately.
The Model 6505
Miniature Current Meter is
a smaller scaled Ott-type
meter for use in shallow
streams and canals with a
wading rod. Its range of
operation is 0.1 to 19 feet
per second (0.03 to 6 meters per second) with multiple propellers.
The Model 6505 Miniature Current Meter consists of a streamlined body which houses the sensing mechanism, an encapsulated
reed switch and the horizontal axis propeller shaft which has a permanent magnet mounted such that each rotation of the shaft produces a pulse from the reed switch. The pulses are conducted
through a lead to the surface where they are counted by a Current
Meter Counter. The velocity of the stream is proportional to the rotations of the propeller. Each Model 6505 comes with a type 1, 3, or 5
propeller, instrument case, oil and tools and is provided with a calibration certificate and rating table (Bargo and Barel). Current meter
counter is sold separately.
Features - The Model 6505 design offers:
• Streamlined nickel silver body
• Low Start Velocity - signals are generated by a magnet impulse
device with no mechanical retardation of the propeller
• Ease of replacement of the reed switch assembly
• Encapsulated reed switch to resist damage from dropping or
knocking
101-026
Wading Outfit - Universal Meter
28 lbs.
Columbus-Type Weight Mounted Outfit - Model 6504
The 6504 Outfit option uses a
stabilizing tail fin attached to the rear
of a 6500 Meter that is mounted on
a hanger bar while using a
Columbus-Type weight. This assembly is usually suspended from a
sounding reel with sounding cable.
The outfit consists of the 6500 meter with a Type A, 2, or 4 propeller,
hanger bar and pin, and a 1 m stabilizing tail fin. Sounding weight is
sold separately.
101-042
Columbus-Type Outfit Universal Meter
15 lbs.
Nose Mounted Suspension Outfit - Model 6503
Maximum
Start Velocity
Range of
Type
Size
Velocity m/s
m/s
Component Effects
1
50 mm x 0.05 m
2
0.025
±30 degrees
3
50 mm x 0.25 m
6
0.035
±10 degrees
5
30 mm x 0.05 m
2
0.05
±20 degrees
Special order propeller sizes and material (plastic) are available
upon request.
101-050
The 6503 Nose Mounted Suspension Outfit option has the 6500
Meter mounted on the nose of a Nose Mounted Ground Feeler
weight and suspended from a sounding reel. This outfit consists of
the 6500 meter with a Type A, 2, or 4 propeller, a choice between a
25 kg, 50 kg, or a 100 kg nose mounted ground feeler weight and a
stabilizing tail fin. Current meter counter is sold separately.
101-035
101-036
101-037
101-038
Nose Mounted Outfit Universal Meter
Stabilizer Tail Fin Only- 0.650m (25 kg)
Miniature Current Meter w/ Propeller
6 lbs.
Miniature Current Meter Outfit - Model 6508
3 lbs.
5 lbs.
8 lbs.
The Model 6508 is supplied with: two (2) propellers, 2.5 m connecting lead, tools, oil, spare bearings, 3 x 0.5 m length, 9 mm diameter rods, detachable base, calibration tables and carrying case.
Current meter counter is sold separately.
101-056
Miniature Current Meter Outfit
w/Type 1, 3 Propeller
12 lbs.
4
AquaCalc 5000
AquaCalc 5000 Open Channel Flow Computer
AquaCount - Model 5100
The AquaCalc 5000 is an electronic
streamflow measurement and data logging
device designed for use with USGS Price-type
current meters. The hand held AquaCalc 5000
contains algorithms for both Type AA and
Pygmy current meters, thereby displaying the
velocity at each subsection. Total streamflow
can be displayed by simply pushing a button.
This replaces the headphone, stopwatch, rating
table and notepad for a much more efficient
way to make discharge measurements.
The AQ 5000 was designed to be used
with the standard Type AA, Type AA-MH or
Pygmy current meter and requires no modifications to the meters.
This allows maximum versatility so that the same meter can be
used with either headphones or the AQ 5000. It can also be used
with both wading rod or cable suspension by sounding reel.
This unit does so much more than just a digital velocity indicator. It not only displays velocity but at each subsection either 0.2, 0.6,
0.8 measurements can be entered as well as the distance between
each station. Then, at the end of the measurement a single button
“Calculate Discharge” is pushed and the total flow in CFS or CMS is
displayed.
During the measurement the display continuously shows velocity, time, and revolutions so the
measurement can be observed during the full 40
second averaging period or this time can be programmed for any non-standard time. Other features
include programmability for non-standard meters
(horizontal axis propeller meters), angle correction,
surging flow compensation and automatic power
off.
At the end of the day or in the field with a laptop PC the data collected can be downloaded by
RS-232 cable and software CD (both provided) to your office computer for data analysis and report printing. Data can be printed out in
standard USGS discharge measurement format. When the AquaCalc is
attached to a top-set wading rod with the optional rod mount and
adapter, stream measurement becomes a one-handed operation.
Features:
• Compatible with Price AA and Pygmy type current meters
• Accepts non-standard meter ratings
• Stores nine complete cross sections, with 99 vertical measurements for each cross section
• LCD display
• 20 hour battery life with low battery warning. Battery can be
changed without loss of data
• On-board memory backup
Price-Type Current Meter Digitizer
Specifications:
Rod Mount - Model 5014
Velocity range:
0.1 to 25 FPS (0.03 to 10 mps)
Volume range:
999,999.99 CFS
Temperature range:
-20 degrees C to 70 degrees C
Size:
4” x 7” x 1” (10 cm x 18 cm x 3 cm)
Weight:
1 lb. (.4 kg)
The AquaCount provides a digital
readout for Price-type AA and Pygmy
current meters. It eliminates use of the
headphone and stopwatch while it is a
simplified version of the AquaCalc 5000
flow computer. The AquaCount not only
counts the revolutions, calculates and
displays velocity in feet per second or
meters per second, but time, revolutions
and velocity are all simultaneously displayed on the LCD display.
The AquaCount can be used with no modification or retro-fit of
a standard Price-type current meter. Just plug it into the same connector you have for your headphone and immediately start reading
velocity, revolutions and time. The AquaCount can be used with wading rods or cable suspended systems. It uses the same advanced
CMOS circuitry as the AquaCalc 5000 which has proven itself in the
USGS to be the accepted standard.
Features:
• Directly compatible with any existing Price-type current meter.
No retrofit or modification required.
• Advanced CMOS circuitry with crystal based timing for accurate and reliable measurements.
• Display simultaneously shows velocity, revolutions and time.
No need to wait until the end of a measurement cycle.
• Easy to read 32 character LCD display reading 4 significant
figures.
• Uses a single 9 V battery with power conserving standby
circuitry for long battery life.
• Sealed membrane buttons and water resistant sealed circuitry.
Physical Characteristics:
Size:
7” x 4” x 1” (18 cm x 10 cm x 3 cm)
Weight:
1 lb. (.4 kg)
Velocity Range:
0 to 25 ft/sec. (0 to 7.6 m/sec.)
Temperature Range:
-20 degrees C to +70 degrees C
Display Resolution:
0.001
102-003
AquaCount Digitizer
6 lbs.
Meter/Audio Cable - Model 5007
This combination meter and headset cable can be used to monitor the meter signal while using your AquaCalc. This convenient combination cable connects your headset to the meter.
102-004
Meter/Audio Cable
0.3 lb.
The Rod Mount allows your AquaCalc to be mounted to the
top-set rod, leaving one hand free. With a Rod Mount, your AquaCalc
can pivot up and down for the optimum viewing angle.
102-005
Rod Mount
0.3 lb.
Rod Adaptor - Model 2114
102-001
AquaCalc 5000
6 lbs.
This aluminum bracket, used with a Rod
Mount, allows your AquaCalc to be mounted on
the top of the top-set rod just above the handle.
This places the AquaCalc in an optimal viewing
position.
102-006
5
Rod Adaptor
0.3 lb.
AquaCalc Pro
AquaCalc 5000H - USGS Firmware
AquaCalc Pro Open Channel Flow Computer
This is an advanced software upgrade designed for the USGS to
incorporate features requested by the Water Resources Division
Instrumentation Committee (ICOM). The advanced firmware version
has many more automatic features that assist the user in taking higher quality measurements. The following is an abbreviated list of the
additional features available in the advanced firmware version:
• Available memory indicator
• Insert/delete a vertical anywhere in the cross section
• Added observations: Surface, .2, .6, .8, bottom & wall
• Velocity profiling multiple observations in a vertical
• Warning flags: Exceed 5% of total flow; Wrong meter for
depth or velocity; Wrong weight when sounding; Wrong
measurement method; Irregular velocity profile
• Estimate velocity
• Estimate depth
• 10 non-standard meter calibrations
Calculates and outputs:
• Total number of verticals
• Total width
• Total area
• Percent difference (estimated to actual)
• Wetted perimeter
• Hydraulic radius
• Manning N factor
Ice measurements
Velocity adjustment coefficient
Automated percent of total Q next vertical calculation
15 total cross sections
Horizontal angle correction applied to distance or velocity
ASCII or Text Data Downloads
Special function for average velocity when making flood measurements at the surface subsection information at the press of a button Sub Q, % of Q, Area & Mean Velocity.
(continued)
Features:
• Compatible with most current meters including some 3-D
profilers
• 2.6” x 2.6” graphical LCD display (128 x 128 pixels)
• User selectable audible tones for both key clicks and meter
rotations
• Storage of 30 river cross sections
• Operating system upgrades via internet and e-mail
• Timing accuracy of 0.005%
• Power supply is (2) 9 volt batteries
• Real time clock with separate 5-year battery
• ASCII standard data downloads similar to those of the
AquaCalc 5000, other formats available.
102-008
USGS Advanced Firmware
0.1 lb.
AquaCalc Pro Open Channel Flow Computer
The AquaCalc Pro is the natural successor
to the AquaCalc 5000, with added features,
such as a waterproof enclosure, a 3-year warranty, a large graphical display, an audible
tone and the capability to perform discharge
measurements using the majority of the current meters available around the world.
USGS input and the user comments over
the past 10 years have been incorporated into
the AquaCalc Pro. Thanks to input from the
field, the AquaCalc Pro is more versatile and
user friendly than the AquaCalc 5000. The Pro
has the ability to run in multiple modes
including a simplified mode similar to the
Basic series firmware and a professional mode similar to the Advanced
series firmware available in the AquaCalc 5000. This additional versatility will allow the user to customize the AquaCalc Pro from the most
basic operating mode with on-screen prompts and warnings that step
you through a measurement to a more streamlined mode. The
AquaCalc Pro provides one-key quick access to the measurement
screen where you will see up to five vertical observations at a time on
one screen. When you have completed your discharge measurement,
you can download it to your computer and directly evaluate it or
print it out for evaluation and filing.
Physical Characteristics:
• Waterproof ABS enclosure with indestructible display lens
• Dimensions: 3.9” x 7.7” x 1.5”
• Weight: 1.1 lbs.
• Operating temperature range: -20C to 70C
AquaCalc Pro Includes:
• 3 year limited warranty
• AquaCalc DataLink software
• Current meter cable
• RS232 communications cable
• Instruction manual
• Protective hard carrying case
102-010
AquaCalc Pro
8 lbs.
Headphone - Model 5010
The headphone converts into sound the
electrical impulses caused when the circuit is
completed in the contact chamber of the current meter. The headphone consists of a single earphone with a headband and a soft,
plastic-covered rubber ear cushion. The system is powered by an AA 1.5-volt battery. A 4
foot (1.2 meter) long, two-wire electrical cord
leads from the headphone battery case to a
standard connector.
102-012
206-016
USGS Headphone
Spare AA Battery
2 lbs.
0.1 lb.
Headphone - Two Earpiece Model 5012, 5013
This headphone has two earphones
with a soft, plastic-covered rubber ear
cushion. The headphone uses a N-type
(1.5 volt) battery which is located in the
earpiece. It is also offered with volume
control so that the hydrographer can
increase the volume when encountering
loud background noise during a measurement.
102-015 Two Earpiece Headphone w/o Volume Control
102-016 Two Earpiece Headphone w/Volume Control
206-023 Spare N-type Battery
6
2 lbs.
2 lbs.
0.1 lb.
Counters
AquaPulse - Impulse Counter-Timer - Model 5020
USGS Stopwatch Holder and Strap
The AquaPulse is an updated LCD impulse
counter with timer display which registers the
number of revolutions made by the bucket wheel
of a current meter. The counter eliminates the
need to count every revolution during a velocity
observation. The timer display also eliminates
using a stopwatch and allows both bucket wheel
counts and time to be read easily and quickly.
The time is selectable from 10 to 100 seconds.
This is the standard USGS leather holder and strap which
enables the user to wear the stopwatch on his wrist.
102-020
AquaPulse Counter
102-031
The Digital Quartz Stopwatch is an
electronic stopwatch reading to 1/100 of a
second. Furnished with a neck cord and
having easy to use fingertip control buttons, it comes in a water- resistant case.
Under steady and repeated usage, battery
life of this stopwatch should be two years
or more.
4 lbs.
Model 5030 is a simple pulse counter
with an LCD in display which an internal
buzzer sounds and every pulse generated
by the current meter is counted. It
requires a stopwatch to accurately measure the stream velocity.
Pulse Counter
4 lbs.
Model 5040 is a more complete counter which can be set to
count pulses for a specific time period (10-200 secs). The counter
stops when the time period has elapsed and shows a digital reading
of the number of pulses. An integrate range is also included for depth
integrated measurements with a ground feeler weight.
102-024
Time Pulse Counter
4 lbs.
Model 5050 has two LCD displays which show both time and
pulse count during the course of a measurement. The 5050 allows
setting the time period or the number of pulses to be counted. Both
5040 and 5050 feature an internal buzzer that sounds at each contact closure during the timing period to indicate correct operation.
The 5050 is also able to make integration measurements.
Meter pulses are converted to velocities by reference to the rating table for the specific propeller used.
102-026
Pulse and Time Counter
4 lbs.
USGS Stopwatch - Model 5060
A stopwatch is necessary for use
with the headphone, beeper, and
Impulse counters to determine the
number of bucket wheel revolutions in a
given length of time. A high-quality
stopwatch used by the USGS can be
supplied by our company. It is a sevenjewel, split-second, non-magnetic watch
with a 30 minute counter. The case is
rust and water resistant with a dustproof and shockproof mechanism.
102-030
USGS Stopwatch
7
0.5 lb.
Digital Stopwatch - Model 5065
LCD Digital Impulse Counters
102-022
Stopwatch Holder and Strap
1 lb.
102-035
Digital Stopwatch
1 lb.
Pocket Beeper - Model 5070
The beeper is another alternative for
recording the revolutions of a bucket
wheel. It consists of a small box containing a sound amplifier, a speaker and 9 V
battery. A tuning knob near the top of
the beeper case is used to tune the signal. A two-wire electrical cord with a
standard connector socket (like the
headphone and counter) is used to connect this unit to the meter.
102-040
Pocket Beeper
2 lbs.
Meter Outfits
Cable-Suspended Outfit - Model 6200E
The CableSuspended Outfit is for
general stream gaging
since it can be suspended from boat, bridge,
irrigation channel, walkway or other platform.
The Handline reel is a
much improved modification of the old style
suspension cable with
steel meter cable. The
Handline reel contains
40 feet (12.2 m) of
meter suspension cable
and easily stores excess cable while providing an aluminum grip to
hold the reel with cable while suspending the outfit over the waterway. The following list of equipment is included with this outfit:
• Type AA current meter with meter case, rating table, instrument oil, screwdriver, cleaning clot
• Spare Parts: extra pivot with lock nut, weight hanger screw,
weight pin, insulating bushing
• Headphone set with batteries
• Lee-Au Handline Reel with rubber covered cable. Ellsworth
two-conductor stainless steel cable, pressed sleeve connector
• Sounding Weight: 15 lbs. (7 kg.) bronze Columbus-type with
weight pin and hanger bar
• Equipment Bag: 24“ canvas bag with handles
103-006
103-008
103-010
Cable Suspended Outfit
w/ AquaCalc 5000
w/ AquaCount
31 lbs.
29 lbs.
The Rod-Suspended
Outfit is for shallow
streams, irrigation ditches,
canals, water supply conduits, and sewers. This rod
outfit can be used by wading, from a small boat or a
low bridge. The Top
Setting wading rod is
included because of the
ease and accuracy of setting the 0.2, 0.6 or 0.8
depth for flow measurement with the vernier scale
on the handle of the rod. Also no exposed wires clip along the rod
and the standard wading rod can be substituted if requested. The following equipment is included with this outfit:
• Type AA current meter with meter case, rating table, instru-ment oil, screwdriver, cleaning cloth
• Spare Parts: extra pivot with lock nut, hanger screw, tailpiece
screw, insulation bushing
• Top Setting Wading Rod: 4 ft. or 1.2 m as required with
vernier handle and single plug connector
Wading Rod Outfit
Wading Rod Outfit w/ AquaCalc 5000
Wading Rod Outfit w/ AquaCount
This outfit allows the hydrologist to be prepared for both wading rod type measurements and handline cable suspended measurements. This outfit consists of the following parts and equipment:
• Type AA current meter with meter case, rating table, instrument oil, screwdriver, cleaning cloth
• Spare Parts: extra pivot with lock nut, hanger screw, weight
pin, tailpiece screw, insulating bushing
• Lee-Au Handline Reel with rubber covered cable. Ellsworth
two-conductor stainless steel cable, pressed sleeve connector
• Sounding Weight: 15 lbs. (7 kg) bronze Columbus-type with
• Equipment Bag: 24” canvas bag with handles
• Top Setting Wading Rod: 4 feet or 1.2 m as required with
vernier handle and single plug connector
23 lbs.
Wading Rod Outfit - Model 6200F
103-012
103-015
103-017
Complete Outfit for Cable Suspension and
Wading Rod - Model 6200G
103-021
103-024
103-028
Complete Outfit
Complete Outfit w/ AquaCalc 5000
Complete Outfit w/ AquaCount
41 lbs.
49 lbs.
47 lbs.
6200H Exploration Outfit
Includes both cable and rod outfits plus extra spare parts and
accessories. Everything in the cable and rod outfit (6200G) plus six
extra pivots, two extra weight hanger screws, and a spare battery for
the headphones.
The 6200H Outfit also includes the Model 5020 AquaPulse revolution counter with cable and battery, a stopwatch, and one extra set
of plug and socket molded connectors.
103-032
103-035
103-038
Exploration Outfit
Exploration Outfit w/AquaCalc 5000
Exploration Outfit w/ AquaCount
48 lbs.
56 lbs.
54 lbs.
15 lbs.
23 lbs.
21 lbs.
8
Handline Reel
Pygmy Type Current Meter Wading Rod Outfit Model 6205F
This outfit is used for
wading measurements in
shallow streams, flumes
and canals where depth of
water or velocity is too
low to obtain accurate
measurements by the
large meter. The Pygmy
meter is two-fifths as large
as the Type AA and does
not have a tailfin and is only used with a wading rod. The following
equipment is included with this outfit:
• Pygmy Current Meter with meter case, rating table instrument
oil, screwdriver, spare parts
• Headphone Set with batteries
• Wading Rod: Top Setting 4 ft. or 1.2 m as required with
vernier handle and single plug connector, or Standard rod
8 ft. or 2 m as needed with 4 sections, base, and wire w/
connector.
103-043
103-048
Pygmy Wading Rod Outfit
11 lbs.
Pygmy Wading Rod Outfit
19 lbs.
w/AquaCalc 5000
Pygmy Wading Rod Outfit w/AquaCount 17 lbs.
103-054
Water Survey Expedition Outfit - Model 6200J
The Expedition Outfit is
intended for the hydrologist
who plans an extended water
study in a remote area or
requires a great amount of versatility in method. The outfit
allows for measurements to be
taken under almost all types of
water conditions. In addition,
an ample supply of the most commonly lost or damaged parts are
supplied so that replacement may be made in the field with a minimum amount of lost time and effort. The following is a list of the
equipment included with this outfit:
• Type AA Current Meter with meter case, rating table, instru-ment oil, screwdriver, cleaning cloth
• Pygmy Current Meter with meter case, rating table, instrument
oil, screwdriver, spare parts
• Headphone Set with extra batteries
• Lee-Au Handline Reel with rubber covered cable and Ellsworth
two-conductor meter suspension cable
• Sounding Weight: 15 lbs. (7 kg) bronze Columbus-type with
• Equipment Bag: 24” canvas bag with handles
• Top Setting Wading Rod Set: English or metric
• Stopwatch with wrist strap
• Revolution Counter with extra batteries
• Spare Parts: 6 extra pivots with nuts and screws, 2 weight
hanger clevis pins, 2 weight pins, 6 binding posts with
contacts and bushing, 2 set screws, 1 extra plug, and socket
connector
103-060
103-064
103-067
Water Survey Exploration Outfit
Exploration Outfit w/AquaCalc 5000
Exploration Outfit w/AquaCount
9
52 lbs.
60 lbs.
58 lbs.
USGS Handline - Model 3200
A handline is used to
make discharge measurements
or to collect water quality or
sediment samples where it is
inconvenient to use a sounding
reel or a crane. It does not have
a counter to measure water
depth, and only 15 or 30pound (7 or 14 kg) sounding
weights should be used with it.
The handline consists of a
Lee-Au handline reel, 40 feet
(12.2 m.) of 0.10-inch (0.25 cm) Ellsworth cable, a pressed sleeve
connector, and a 10 foot (3 m), 16-gauge/2-conductor, rubber-covered electrical cord with adapter to complete the electrical circuit
from the meter to the headphone, counter or beeper. Additional electrical cord lengths can be specified as required, 65 feet maximum.
104-001
USGS Handline
4 lbs.
Sampler Handline - Model 3205
When using a sediment or water quality sampler with a handline
reel, it is not necessary to use coaxial sounding cable or the rubber
covered conductor. The sampler handline reel holds 50 feet of 3/32”
dia. SST cable with a pressed sleeve connector and is a more economical handline reel if the user doesn’t anticipate needing to use a
current meter.
104-003
Sampler Handline w/50 ft. Cable
4 lbs.
USGS A-Pack - Model 3210
The A-Pack Reel is used to
position stream gaging and sample
collection equipment. The reel is
small and compact and was
designed for use at remote sites
where it is necessary for the hydrologist to backpack or hand carry the
stream gaging equipment for some
distance. It is for use with weights
up to 50 pounds (23 kg). The USGS
bridge board mount plate and the
cable car reel mount plate are
drilled to accommodate this reel.
The reel is equipped with a
removable handle, and is equipped
with a counter to measure water depth in feet. The drum has 45 feet
(13.7m) of 0.10 in. Ellsworth cable. The A-Pack reel comes in a steel
carrying case as shown with the reel. See the Technical Data page for
more information on sounding reel selection.
104-006
USGS A-Pack Reel
24 lbs.
Sounding Reels
USGS A-55 and A-55M - Model 3220 and Canadian
Model 3227
The A-55 Sounding Reel is used to
position stream gaging and sample collection equipment. The reel is used with
weights up to 100 pounds (45 kg) and
holds 75 feet (22.9 m) of 0.10-inch
(0.25cm) cable. The reel can be mounted
on Type A and Type E cranes, the bridge
board, the sit-down or stand-up cable car,
and the boat boom assembly.
The A-55 reel is equipped with a
USGS-type computing depth indicator and can be furnished to read
in either English or metric (A-55M) units. The computing depth indicator has a main dial graduated in feet or meters and tenths of a foot
and decimeters. The numbered inner dial shows total depth. The
main dial has a graduated spiral to indicate directly the 0.8 depth
position. The Model 3227 (Canadian) comes with a 4-digit counter
which displays the depth digitally in centimeters.
Additionally, each reel is equipped with a removable crank, 0.10inch (0.25 cm) cable and electrical connections for two-conductor
cables; and each comes with a steel carrying case. The reel is supplied
with a pressed sleeve connector and the Type B connector can be
specified if required.
104-010
104-014
104-017
A-55 Sounding Reel, English
A-55M Sounding Reel, Metric
A-55 Metric Canadian
35 lbs.
35 lbs.
35 lbs.
USGS Type A Sounding Reel - Model 3215
The Type A Sounding Reel has the same design specifications as
the A-55 but uses the same counter as the A-Pack reel. This allows for
a higher capacity reel than the A-Pack with a simpler, lower cost
counter than the A-55 reel. The Type A reel can be specified to read
in either English or metric units.
104-015
103-016
Type A Sounding Reel, English units
Type A Sounding Reel, Metric units
35 lbs.
35 lbs.
USGS B-56 and B-56M - Model 3230,and Canadian
Model 3237
The B-56 Sounding Reel is used to position
stream gaging and sample collection equipment.
The reel is intended for either power or manual
operation. The power drive, Model 3260, is an
option and is described on the this page. The reel
has 144 feet (43.9 meters) of 0.10-inch (0.25 cm)
or 115 feet (35.1 m) of 0.125 inch (0.32 cm) cable.
The reel is equipped with a USGS-type computing depth indicator
which can be furnished to read in either English or metric units, and
has a clutch for controlling free-fall speed of the sounding weight or
sediment sampler. The Model 3237 (Canadian) comes with a 4-digit
counter which displays the depth digitally in centimeters.
The reel is equipped with a ratchet and
pawl which must be engaged to hold the
metering or sampling equipment in position.
The reel is provided with a removable two-position crank to enable manual operation, 0.10inch (0.25 cm) cable and a steel trunk; and it is
supplied with a Type B connector.
104-020
104-022
104-025
B-56 Sounding Reel, English
B-56M Sounding Reel, Metric
B-56 Metric Canadian
USGS E-53 and E-53M - Model 3240
The E-53 Sounding Reel is
used to position stream gaging and
sample collection equipment. It is
equipped for power operation and
is used with up to 300 pound (136
kg) weights and samplers. The reel
has an effective drum circumference of 2 feet (61 cm) and has 165
feet (50.3 m) of 0.125 inch (0.32
cm) cable or 200 feet (61 m) of
0.10 inch (0.254 cm) cable.
It is equipped with a USGStype computing depth indicator. It comes with a friction brake which
is controlled by a permanently attached crank on the right side of the
reel, which is located on the end of the jack shaft next to the double
“V” drive pulley. A hand crank which can be fitted to the pulley end
of the jack shaft is supplied for emergency use. Additionally, the reel
comes with 0.125-inch (0.32 cm) cable and a steel trunk, and is supplied with a Type B connector. See the Technical Data section for
more information on sounding reel selection.
104-030
104-031
E-53 Sounding Reel, English
E-53M Sounding Reel, Metric
95 lbs.
95 lbs.
USGS Power Drive Unit - Model 3260
The USGS Power Drive Unit has
a 12 VDC electric motor equipped
with dual V-belt pulleys for use with
B-56 reels converted for power drive,
and all E-53 reels. The DC motor is a
heavy-duty, high-inertia starting
motor. Also included is a trigger
switch, a trunk, two V-belts, connecting battery cables, and a mounting
bracket for cranes. The unit is
designed for mounting on a Type A
or Type E bridge crane on the vertical
angles beneath the reel mounting plate. Also, it is designed to be
mounted on the boat boom. Standard USGS cable cars must be
modified to attach the power drive unit. Cable car modification kit
details can be found with the cable cars.
A heavy-duty 12-volt battery can normally be used from a vehicle, but one can be supplied if necessary. The power unit provides
power for lifting the weight assembly only. Lowering the device is
accomplished by gravity.
104-040
104-042
104-043
USGS Power Drive Unit
12 Volt Deep Cycle Battery w/ case
10 ft. Booster Cables
55 lbs.
52 lbs.
6 lbs.
65 lbs.
65 lbs.
65 lbs.
10
Sounding Reels
A-55 Sounding Reel Drag Brake
M-B Hanger Bar Adapter
This is a new option for the A-55
which can be factory installed or bolted on to your existing A-55 with simple tools. The drag brake allows the
field technician to control the descent
of the sounding weight or sediment
sampler from the A-55 without cranking it the whole way down to the
water. Also, it is a safety feature which
allows the unit to automatically brake
if the operator would lose grip on the
handle during lowering or if a sounding weight is snagged by large
debris carried in a fast-moving flow. The operator turns a collar to
select a line tension at which the brake will slip. If that tension is
reached, the brake will slip, thereby maintaining the set amount of
tension while allowing the line to pay out from the reel drum.
The M-B Hanger Bar Adapter allows the suspension of an electro-magnetic current meter from a sounding reel cable suspension
system. This works for any electro-magnetic current meter which fits
on a standard top set wading rod - 7/16” dia. post. It attaches to
(slides on) a standard 12” hanger bar and allows the electro-magnetic
current meter to fit on the front and an AA tailfin assembly to fit on
the back allowing improved alignment in the streamflow.
Note: The electro-magnetic current meter does not meet USGS
stream gaging accuracy requirements. A USGS Test report concerning
this is included. Also because this current meter’s signal does not
work through the Ellsworth cable, it requires the separate cord to suspend down increasing drag significantly in high flow conditions.
104-048
A-55 Drag Brake
6 lbs.
Sounding Cable Foam Safety Flagging
Often with increased jet ski and
boat traffic on some rivers, the field
technician needs a high visibility way
to flag and identify the sounding cable
so that river traffic can “see” the cable
and avoid it. The safety orange foam is
4” dia. x 6 ft. long spiral sliced to fit
on the cable and slide up and down
on it while floating on top of the
water when it is deployed. Also vinyl safety flagging is often tied to
taglines for increased visibility. A more complete selection of vinyl
flagging is listed in the surveying section.
104-050
104-052
4” Orange Float
Orange Vinyl Flagging
6 lbs.
1 lb.
Extended Length Sounding Reel Option
The extended length option for sounding reels was primarily
intended to extend the B-56 Sounding Reel to allow it to be used
with Tacoma Bank Operated Cableway (BOC) and extend the Tacoma
BOC range to 200 feet (60 M). This reel has 220 feet (66 M) of 0.10”
sounding cable or 175 feet (53 M) of 0.125” sounding cable. The
extended reel will fit on existing Type A and E cranes also.
104-055
B-56 Extended Length
80 lbs.
The E-53 Reel can also be extended and will hold 250 ft. (76M)
of 0.125” cable or 300 ft. (91M) of 0.10” cable.
104-060
E-53 Extended Length
110 lbs.
B-56 Reel Power Option - Model 3238
The standard B-56 is supplied with a bull drive gear on the end
of the drum to be used for power drive. Most applications just require
hand cranking so all the components to use the reel with the power
drive unit are not supplied. The Power Option includes jack shaft,
bearings, V-belt drive sheave and miscellaneous parts to allow the B56 to be used with power. These components can be installed at the
factory or are designed to be easily installed in the field with no special tools. The jack shaft gearing remains engaged at all times and
when the reel is used with power, the motor is used only to raise the
equipment.
104-062
B-56 Power Option
11
12 lbs.
104-065
M-B Hanger Bar Adapter
0.3 lb.
Breakaway Sounding Reel Cable Kit
The Sounding Reel Cable Breakaway
kit is a retrofit item which can be installed
on any USGS sounding reel. This breakaway kit was designed to make discharge
measurements at high flows safer. During
periods of high flow, debris in a stream
could be caught by the equipment
attached at the end of the sounding reel
cable in the water. Even after complete
Breakaway Cable Kit for
payout of cable from the sounding reel,
0.10 Cable
the debris caught on the end of the cable
could pull the equipment and the streamgager into the dangerous
floodwaters. Standard USGS procedure has always required using
cable cutters in the event of a complete cable payout. However, a
modification to the cable has been devised to provide a quick release,
or breakaway, of the end of the cable from the sounding reel in the
event that the cable payout from the reel reaches the end.
The Breakaway Cable Kit allows the cable to safely separate from
the reel when cable has completely payed out and a load of 500
pounds is applied to the cable. This safety feature is required on all
sounding reels operated by the USGS. A technical information sheet
that provides installation instructions, is provided with each kit.
104-068
.10” Cable Breakaway Kit
0.5 lb.
The components for this kit allow 0.125” cable to break with a
load up to 500 lbs. and has the same installation requirements.
104-069
.125” Cable Breakaway Kit
0.5 lb.
Wading Rods
USGS Top Setting Wading Rod
USGS AquaRod 2100
The standard USGS Top Setting Wading Rod is
intended for use with the Type AA and pygmy current
meters. It is designed for measuring shallow streams,
with the standard English rod marked in feet and tenths
and comes in 4, 6 and 8-foot long models. The standard
metric rod marked in centimeter increments with a
length of 1.2 meters. These wading rods also are available in lengths (up to 10 feet or 3 meters long) as
desired by the customer.
The anodized aluminum handle has an integral
scale to indicate the correct setting of the current meter
at the 0.2, 0.6 and 0.8- depth settings, which corresponds to the conventional two- position method. This
unit permits convenient setting of the current meter at
the proper depth. It allows the hydrologist to quickly set
the meter at the correct depth without bringing the
meter out of the water. The depth of the water is read
on the graduated hex main rod. When the round setting
rod is adjusted to the depth of the water, the current
meter is automatically positioned for the 0.6-depth
method (0.4-depth position up from the streambed).
Setting the unit to half the water depth will place the
meter at the 0.2-depth up from the streambed.
Conversely, setting the unit to twice the water depth will
place the meter at the 0.8-depth position up from the
streambed. The latter two positions correspond to the conventional
two-position method. The electrical lead to the current meter is supplied, and a standard plug is fitted into the handle to accept the leads
from a headphone, counter or AquaCalc 5000. The commonly used
two prong connector can also be supplied as required. All parts are
made of stainless steel, anodized aluminum and brass.
The USGS AquaRod 2100 is an exclusively patented, electrically
isolated 4 ft. top set wading rod for high conductivity streams. The
AquaRod is a top set wading rod in which the signal from the current
meter is totally insulated for maximum signal integrity for the
AquaCalc 5000 flow computer.
Vernier Setting
Exact Water Depth
Twice Water Depth
1/2 Water Depth
105-001
105-002
105-003
105-004
105-008
105-009
105-010
105-011
Actual Current Meter Position
0.4 up from the streambed
4 ft. Top Set Rod
6 ft Top Set Rod
8 ft Top Set Rod
10 ft Top Set Rod
1.2 m Top Set Rod
1.5 m Top Set Rod
2.0 m Top Set Rod
3.0 m Top Set Rod
7 lbs.
9 lbs.
12 lbs.
24 lbs.
7 lbs.
9 lbs.
12 lbs.
24 lbs.
Breakdown Top Setting Wading Rod
The Breakdown Top Setting Wading Rod is
designed for hydrologists who need to travel by air,
prefer a top set rod to a standard wading rod or need
a long 8 foot or 10 foot top set rod in a convenient
carrying or shipping length. The hex rod and round
rod breakdown with the round rod screwing apart and
the hex rod has a special sliding set screw connection.
Each rod is custom configured as to length of each section depending upon requirements.
105-020
105-023
105-025
105-027
105-028
105-029
4 ft. Breakdown Top Set Rod
1.2M Breakdown Top Set Rod
2.0M Breakdown Top Set Rod
105-015
Aquarod, 4 ft.
7 lbs.
USGS Standard Wading Rod Set
The Standard Wading Rod Set
consists of four sections of 0.5 inch
diameter graduated rod, a rod base, a
double end meter hanger, an upper
binding post, a 10-foot connecting
cable with double or single connector,
wire retaining clips, and a sewn canvas
carrying case. The wading rod is graduated in tenths of a foot in its entire
length, reading 8 feet from the plane
of the bucket wheel. Rod sections are
assembled at the screw-in flush joints. The metric rod is 2.0 meters
long and consist of four 0.5m sections. The USGS Standard Wading
Rod can be used with either the Type AA or Pygmy current meters.
Extra rod sections may be ordered separately.
105-032
105-035
8 ft. Standard Rod
2.0 m. Standard Rod
9 lbs.
9 lbs.
Universal Wading Rod
The Universal
Wading Rods are commonly used with Otttype horizontal axis
propeller type meters.
These come in two
sizes, 20 mm dia. for
the Model 6500
Universal meter and 9
mm for the Model
6505 meter. The 20
mm rod comes 3
meters long in three
sections graduated in
2 cm and dm. The 9
mm rod comes 1.5
meters long in three
sections graduated in
cm and dm. Also available are relocating devices and other commonly used Universal wading rod accessories.
105-040
105-042
105-044
105-046
20 mm x 3 m Universal Rod
9 mm x 1.5 m Universal Rod
20 mm Rod Relocating Device- 1 m
20 mm Rod Relocating Device- 2 m
20 lbs.
6 lbs.
3 lbs.
6 lbs.
7 lbs.
12 lbs.
14 lbs.
16 lbs.
7 lbs.
12 lbs.
12
Bridge Board
Ice Meter Gaging Equipment
USGS Bridge Board - Model 4200
The bridge board was
designed for use in making discharge measurements and
obtaining water quality samples
from off of bridges. It is a freestanding support, accommodating A-Pack, A- 55 or B-56
sounding reels. It comes with
an adjustable foot rest which
makes it easily adaptable to
bridge railings of different
heights and walkways of vari-
USGS Ice Rod
The Ice Rod is a heavy-duty, 1-inch (2.5 centimeter) diameter,
lightweight aluminum rod used for suspending ice meters in fast
velocities. The lower section, 32.9 inches (83.6 cm) long, is built to
screw into the standard USGS ice meter. The rods are made with
stainless steel screwed connections.
English unit extensions are 36 inches long, and all sections are
calibrated in feet and tenths of feet. Metric unit extensions are 1
meter long, and all sections are calibrated in 5 centimeter increments.
No sliding support is used with this rod as the ice meter mounts at
the base of the rod and is handheld for various depths of flow.
A protective foot attaches at the bottom of the rod as shown in
the figure to provide a base to measure depth at the bottom ice
thickening and to protect the meter during a measurement. The foot
locates the meter bucket wheel centerline at exactly 0.3 foot from the
bottom surface. The foot assembly is designed to fit through a standard 8” diameter ice hole.
105-050
105-052
9 ft. English Ice Rod
3m Metric Ice Rod
8 lbs.
8 lbs.
ous widths.
In use, the Bridge Board is set to the approximate height of the
bridge rail at the measurement site. With the sounding reel secured
to the mounting plate, the boom is positioned so the sheave extends
out past the bridge rail. The suspension cable is now stretched out
over the sheave at the end of the 4 foot long boom. The current
meter or sampler is then suspended from the cable and is in position
to be lowered into the water below. The maximum sounding weight
to be used with the bridge board is 50 pounds (23 kg).
105-070
USGS Ice Foot
As described above, this foot can be used
with the ice rod and meter for ice thickness measurement, bottom measurement and current
meter protection. It is available for both the
English and metric rods.
105-055
105-056
English Ice Foot
Metric Ice Foot
1 lb.
1 lb.
USGS Bridge Board
14 lbs.
USGS Bridge Board Roller
This is a roller assembly that attaches to the bottom of the
bridge board so that it can be easily rolled along the bridge railing. It
allows faster setups between measurement stations.
105-072
Bridge Board Roller
5 lbs.
USGS Bridge Board Boat Mount
This is a mount that attaches to the bow of a boat to allow use
of the bridge board. It has a channel section which allows movement
of the bridge board in and out for servicing the current meter or sediment sampler and also rotates to move the equipment package into
the boat. The foot rest support is removed to use this boat mount.
USGS Ice Meter Tilting Harness - Model 6830
The tilting harness consists of
a stainless steel meter plate and
linkage assembly that suspends a
Type AA - ice meter by sounding
cable with either a 30lb. or 50lb.
sounding weight. The linkage
assembly is designed to allow the
weight to tilt so that the meter
harness can fit through a standard
8” ice hole. The rear link and strap
are different sizes for the 30 lb.
and 50 lb. sounding weight harness assembly and must be specified.
105-058
105-059
105-060
Harness for 30 lb. Weight
10 lbs.
Harness for 50 lb. Weight
12 lbs.
Harness for both 30 lb. and 50 lb. Weight 14 lbs.
13
105-075
Bridge Board Boat Mount
10 lbs.
Suspension Equipment
USGS Type A Crane with Three-Wheel TruckModel 4300
The Type A crane is a collapsible
crane intended for measuring discharge
or sediment sampling from bridges. It
attaches to either the Type A three-wheel
truck or the Type A four-wheel truck. The
crane is made from structural aluminum
and stainless steel material. The crane
includes a reel mount drilled to accommodate the A-55, B-56 and E-53 sounding reels. It is easily put up and folded
down into an easily carried size with no
nuts and bolts to put in or remove. The
USGS 12-volt electrical power drive unit
attaches to this crane with no adaptation
necessary. Approximate weight of the
crane is 45 pounds (20kg).
The Type A three-wheel truck, when attached to a Type A crane,
is a popular bridge measuring outfit which is used for weights up to
100 pounds (46 kg). The Type A three-wheel truck consists of a twowheel base assembly, a third (roadside) wheel, and all necessary chassis components. The two-wheel subassembly can be removed with
two 3/8 inch (1.0 cm) wing nuts to compactly store the collapsible
crane.
This unit is easier to set up, operates in a narrower space, and is
more maneuverable than the four-wheel truck, also available for the
Type A crane. When in use, the crane is tipped up and stands on the
two inside wheels while the crane rests on the bridge railing so the
boom is extended 3 feet (1 m) out over the river. It is, however, less
stable with heavier weights, and the boom on the crane does not
extend as far as it does on the four- wheel truck. The approximate
weight of the truck is 25 pounds (11 kg).
105-080
Type A Crane w/ Three-Wheel Truck
80 lbs.
USGS Protractor
A liquid-filled (colored antifreeze) protractor, to obtain the vertical angle of the sounding line is available as an accessory for the Type
A and E crane. The protractor measures vertical angles from -25
degrees to +90 degrees. A USGS wet-line correction chart also is
included with the protractor.
105-081
USGS Protractor
6 lbs.
Adaptor for Type A Crane
This adaptor is used
on the Type A Crane with
a three-wheel base. It is
intended for use on
bridges that have an offset
(approximately 7 inches) at
the bottom of the concrete
guardrail. This effect causes
the base to lean too far, which makes it unstable and dangerous to
use. When installed on a Type-A Crane, this adapter realigns the crane
parallel to the guardrail.
This adapter is constructed from aluminum angles, a support rod
and attachment hardware (same as power drive mount). The unit easily attaches to the crane.
105-083
Type A Crane Adaptor
USGS Type A Crane with Four-Wheel Truck Model 4350
The Type A four-wheel truck
attaches to a Type A crane also. The
rear assembly is adjustable in a vertical direction so that the platform surface will remain parallel with the road
surface when operated on curbs or
sidewalks. One front and one rear
wheel swivels for steering. The handle
is collapsible, folding up underneath
the truck for ease of transportation
and storage.
Up to four, Model 4310 60pound (27-kg) counter-weights may
be used as ballast when using heavy
sounding weights or samplers. The 150- pound (68-kg) sounding
weight is the maximum to be used with this assembly.
The Type A four-wheel truck is made from aluminum stock with
stainless steel shafts and solid hard-rubber tires. The width is 31 inches (91 cm). The truck weighs approximately 85 pounds (39 kg.)
105-085
Type A Crane with Four-Wheel Truck
135 lbs.
USGS Type E Heavy-Duty Crane and Truck Model 4400
The Type E crane is used with
the Type E truck when making discharge measurements of large rivers
where heavy weights or sediment
samplers are required. The Type E
crane is collapsible for compact storage, and is made from aluminum
stock with stainless steel bolts and
stainless steel shafts. The reel mount is
drilled to install a Type A-55, B-56 or
E-53 sounding reel. The power drive
unit for the sounding reel clamps to
the crane assembly. This crane may be
used for any of the sounding weights
or samplers, but it is usually used for
those from 100 pounds (45 kg) and
up.
The crane is sold complete with a colored anti-freeze protractor
to measure the vertical angle of the sounding line. The protractor
measures angles from -25 to +90 degrees. A USGS stream velocity
correction chart based on the measured angle is included with the
protractor. The approximate weight of the crane is 60 pounds (27
kg.)
The Type E truck is intended to be used with the Type E crane. It
does not have adjustable curbside wheels as the Type A crane does.
The truck has a handle, which folds underneath the crane for storage
and holds up to five 60-pound (27 kg) counterweights (ordered separately).
The truck is made from aluminum stock, and has a width of 34
inches (86 cm) and a length of 42 inches (106 cm). The approximate
weight of the truck is 100 pounds (45 kg.).
105-090
Type E Crane with Four-Wheel Truck
12 lbs.
14
175 lbs.
Crane Counterweights-Model 4310
USGS Boat Equipment - Model 4600
60 lb. counterweight for Type A and E crane four-wheel trucks.
The Type A truck will hold up to four counterweights and the Type E
truck up to five.
105-092
Crane Counterweight
65 lbs.
Boom Extension for Type E Crane
Boom extension for Type E Crane. Used to extend the reach of
the E-crane boom 18 inches when additional clearance is required.
105-093
Type E Crane Boom Extension
17 lbs.
USGS Texas Boom Assembly
The USGS Texas Boom Assembly is a truck or trailer mounted
boom assembly which is adjustable and expandable for sounding reel
measurements or sampler operation from a bridge. This is a field
proven design that has a built-in power chain drive hoist with reel
cover to move the boom out over the side of the vehicle. This Boom
Assembly can be used with up to 300 lbs. sounding weights and
samplers. It is designed to be used with the power drive unit.
105-110
USGS Texas Boom Assembly
380 lbs.
USGS Wichita Boom Assembly
A complete set of boat equipment consists of hardware used to
attach to a boat a sounding reel, which suspends a current meter or
sampling equipment off the boat. Included is equipment to attach
the boat to a tag line stretched across the river for the purpose of
maintaining the position of the boat along a particular cross section
of the river.
The complete boat outfit consists of a crosspiece that clamps or
bolts to the side of the boat perpendicular to the centerline; a
retractable boom, which mounts parallel to the centerline of the boat
attaching to the crosspiece and extending to the bow of the boat;
and a nose unit which pivots out over the bow of the boat. When the
meter or sampling weight is lifted, the assembly will be lifted out of
the water where it can be worked on. The width of the crosspiece is
69 inches (175 cm). The length of the boat boom is 45 inches (114
cm) closed and extends to 75 inches (190 cm). Special widths or
other modifications to meet specific boats can be custom built to
meet your requirements. A reel mount is provided for mounting A-55
or B-56 reels. The unit is shipped in three pieces.
105-120
Boat Outfit
52 lbs.
USGS Sea Anchor
When making boat measurements, it is sometimes difficult to
maintain position at a station even when attached to a tagline. The
stern of the boat will move with the vagaries of the stream velocity.
The sea anchor is towed astern with a 10 to 15 foot rope and will
steady a boat under almost any conditions.
105-125
Sea Anchor
8 lbs.
Boat Tagline Gripper/Cutter
The USGS Wichita Boom Assembly is a sliding base for a Type A
or Type E crane that attaches across a pick-up truck bed or utility
trailer for bridge-crane measurements. The Wichita Boom Assembly is
a much simpler version of the Texas Boom that is slid back and forth
without a power chain drive hoist.
A base two rail assembly mounts across the vehicle bed and the
crane can slide into position for measurements or back to the other
side for moving to the next station. The unit incorporates a lazySusan type swivel so that it can be easily used from either side of the
vehicle.
105-116
USGS Wichita Boom Assembly
15
190 lbs.
The boat tagline gripper/cutter replaces the
bronze cable gripper
assembly on the USGS
boat equipment. The gripper/cutter can grip and
cut both steel and Kevlar
boat taglines up through
1/8-inch diameter. The
gripper is a pair of sheetmetal-style Vise-Grip pliers
with rubber-lined jaws. The cutter is a pair of Felco brand specialty
cable cutters with a unique hardened jaw intended for cutting hardened steel wire and cable. Brackets hold the gripper/cutter in a convenient position for instant use.
105-126
Boat Tagline Gripper/Cutter
4 lbs.
Cable Cars
USGS Stand-up Cable Car - Model 4500
USGS Nisqually Cable Car Brake
The USGS has designed two
different style cable cars for stream
gaging and water sampling for sediment or chemical quality. A cableway stretched across a river provides
a convenient way for making discharge measurements or sampling.
The cable car is a very economical
solution for obtaining measurements at a specific river location and
in remote locations.
Because the same sounding reels used for bridge or boat measurements are used, this eliminates the need for double drum reels
and allows the hydrographer more control of the discharge measurement than operating remotely from the river bank.
The stand-up cable car allows a person to stand up while taking
discharge measurements or water samples. It is especially desirable
when obtaining water quality samples as it allows the field man more
mobility. It is made from aluminum stock and has a solid aluminum
plate diamond-tread floor. The sheaves are a bronze alloy and are
designed to fit on cable up to 1.5 inches (3.8 cm) in diameter.
The car is pulled along the cable by a handheld puller, and has a
built-in follower brake assembly to position the car anywhere along
the cableway. The brake can be activated from any position in the car.
A rack for sediment or water quality sampling bottles is attached to
the side of the car. A protractor is attached to measure the sounding
line angle. The reel mount is drilled to fit the A-Pack, A-55, B-56 and
E-53 reels. The cable car width is 27 inches (68 cm), the length is 52
inches (132 cm), and the distance from the cable to the floor is 73
inches (185 cm).
The Nisqually Brake was designed to easily attach to any USGS cable car. It is a simple
yet very effective brake that has a thumb
screw control to change brake tension. The
brake is also used to securely clamp the cable
car in position.
106-001
Stand-Up Cable Car
155 lbs.
USGS Sit-Down Cable Car - Model 4550
The sit-down cable car is
made of aluminum stock,
including a solid two-piece
foot rest. The operation is
identical to the stand-up cable
car’s, and also is designed to
fit on cable up to 1.5 inches
(3.8 cm) in diameter. The reel
mount is drilled to fit A-Pack,
A-55, and B-56 reels. The E-53
Reel and heavier weights should be used with the model 4500 StandUp Cable Car. The car width is 21 inches (53 cm), its length is 60
inches (152 cm), and its distance from cable to floor is 55 inches (139
cm).
106-005
Sit-Down Cable Car
155 lbs.
USGS Sand Point Cable Car
Brake
106-008
Nisqually Brake
4 lbs.
USGS Cable Car Pullers
A cable car puller is used to
move a cable car along a cableway. The puller is mounted on the
cable between the two sheaves
supporting the cable car. The
puller is fitted to the cable with
the handle pointing in the direction the car is to be moved and
the free end of the brake belting must be toward the up-grade side.
These are available in two sizes for up to 1” cable and up to 1 3/8”
cable.
106-010
106-011
1” Puller
1 3/8” Puller
3 lbs.
4 lbs.
Follower Brake-Type Cable Car Puller
The Follower BrakeType Cable Car Puller provides a method of propelling
the cable car from one point
to another along the cableway. The roller rides atop the
cable and the brake shoe
rides below it. By pinching the cable between the puller’s roller and
brake shoe, and applying manual pressure, the car may be moved
along the cable. This cable car puller should not be used to hold the
cable car in position.
106-014
Follower Brake Puller
4 lbs.
Power Drive Unit Adapter Kit
The USGS power drive unit can be
mounted to a stand-up cable car with
this adapter kit. The kit includes angle,
mounting plate, fasteners and instructions to modify the cable car in the
field.
106-017 Power Drive Adapter Kit 12 lbs.
The Sand Point Brake can be added to
any USGS Stand-up or Sit- down cable car
and attaches to the top rail. A hand wheel is
used to tighten two brake pads which clamp
down on the main cable for improved braking and control as well as holding it securely
in position.
106-007 Sand Point Brake
8 lbs.
16
Cableways
Cable Car Hook
Cableway Accessories
The Cable Car Hook is used
to secure the cable car, when not
in use, to its parking place on the
cable. The hook is attached to the
cable by two “U” bolts (included)
and a Cable Clamp (not included). A 36-inch chain securing the
cable car is included with the
hook. Any standard padlock (not included) may be used to secure the
chain to the cable car.
106-018
Cable Car Hook
3 lbs.
Cable Clamp
The cable clamp is attached to the
cable to assist in securing the cable car hook
(not included). The clamp fits all cable diameters from 1-inch to 1 3/8 inch.
106-019
Cable Clamp
USGS Cable - Wire Rope
Cable for USGS cableways is also referred to as wire rope and is
specified as a 6 x 19 IWRC EIP right-regular-lay galvanized wire rope.
This type of wire rope is used for cableways up to 1000 feet (305 m)
and offers the best balance of durability, availability, strength and
cost.
Cat. #
Diameter
Application
106-040
3/32"
Traversing cable
Breaking Strength (lbs.)
1,000
106-041
3/8"
Tacoma Cableway
14,400
106-042
1/2"
DDT-600 Cableway
26,600
106-043
3/4"
DDT-900 Cableway
53,000
106-044
1"
Manned Cableway
93,000
106-045
1 1/4"
Manned Cableway
143,800
106-046
1 3/8"
Manned Cableway
172,800
1 lb.
Shield for Cobralink Lock
The shield is designed to provide protection
from vandalism. The two-part shield consists of a
body and cover plate. The Cobralink lock is inserted
through holes in the sides of the shield body with
the lock inside the shield. The cover plate is then
positioned through the slot in the side of the shield
body and the hole in the cover aligned with the
hole in the body tab and locked with any standard
padlock (not included).
106-021
Shield, Cobralink
Galvanized Cable
• Aircraft quality galvanized cable
• Great as a low cost alternative to stainless steel
Cat. #
1 lb.
Cobralink Lock
The USGS recommended high security lock for cable car installations.
106-022
Cobralink Lock
1 lb.
USGS Cableway A-Frame Steelwork
The USGS has standardized
on a basic design with three galvanized A-frame sizes. These are
fabricated from A-36 structural
steel and galvanized to A-123
specifications. A-Frame fabrication is welded wide flange Ibeams sized per USGS specifications. Concrete anchor foundation design requirements are
available. All necessary components are supplied including fasteners and concrete anchor bolts.
Pipe or tubular section designs
are discouraged because interior
section corrosion inspection is
impossible. These A-frame designs are for spans up to 1000 feet long.
106-030
106-032
106-035
6 ft. x 14 ft. A-frame
17
Size
Type
Breaking Strength ft/lbs.
106-051
1/16"
1x7
500
106-052
1/16"
7x7
480
106-053
3/32"
7x7
920
106-054
1/8"
7x7
1,700
106-056
3/16"
7x7
3,700
106-057
1/4"
7x7
6,100
106-058
3/32"
7 x 19
1,050
106-059
1/8"
7 x 19
2,000
106-061
3/16"
7 x 19
4,200
106-063
1/4"
7 x 19
7,000
106-064
5/16"
7 x 19
9,800
106-065
3/8"
7 x 19
14,400
106-066
1/2"
7 x 19
20,700
Shackles
Shackles are used for cable connections for turnbuckles and thimbles. These are heavy-duty drop
forged screw pin anchor shackles.
106-301
106-303
106-305
106-308
106-311
1/4” Shackle
3/8” Shackle
1/2” Shackle
3/4” Shackle
1” Shackle
0.1 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.8 lb.
2.4 lbs.
5 lbs.
Cable Accessories
Stainless Steel Cable
Stainless Steel and Galvanized Cable Thimbles
• Totally non-corrosive stainless steel cable
• Our stainless steel cable is aircraft quality
• For use in hydrological applications and anywhere corrosion
resistance is required
Cat. #
Size
Type
Breaking Strength Ft/lbs.
106-070
1/16"
1x7
480
106-071
1/16"
7x7
480
106-072
3/32"
7x7
920
106-073
1/8"
7x7
1,700
106-076
3/16"
7x7
3,700
106-077
1/8"
7 x 19
1,760
106-079
3/16"
7 x 19
3,700
106-080
1/4"
7 x 19
6,400
106-081
5/16"
7 x 19
9,000
106-082
3/8"
7 x 19
12,000
Thimbles are used to protect the eye or fastening loop of a wire
ring. These thimbles meet Federal Specification FF-T-276b, Type 3.
• Eliminates abrasion of cable and attachment.
• Used when fastening cable into loops.
Size
106-110
Stainless Steel Thimbles
1/8”
106-111
3/16”
106-112
1/4”
106-113
5/16”
106-114
3/8”
106-115
1/2”
106-116
Galvanized Thimbles
1/8”
106-117
Galvanized Thimbles
3/16”
106-118
Galvanized Thimbles
1/4”
106-119
Galvanized Thimbles
5/16”
106-120
Galvanized Thimbles
3/8”
106-121
Galvanized Thimbles
1/2”
106-122
Galvanized Thimbles
3/4”
106-123
Galvanized Thimbles
7/8”
106-124
Galvanized Thimbles
1”
Cable Clamp
Cable clamps are used to hold two pieces of wire rope together.
These heavy-duty clips are made of galvanized forged steel, have
rolled threads, and are painted with an anti-rust coating. These cable
clips meet Federal Specification FF-C-450D, Type 1, Class 1.
Stainless Steel and Galvanized
Cable Thimbles
Stainless Steel and
Galvanized Cable
Clamps
Galvanized Heavy Duty
Wire Rope Thimbles
106-090
106-091
106-092
106-093
106-094
106-095
106-096
106-097
106-098
106-099
106-100
Stainless Steel Clamps
Galvanized Clamps
Galvanized Clamps
Galvanized Clamps
Galvanized Clamps
Galvanized Clamps
Galvanized Clamps
106-101
106-102
106-103
106-104
106-105
Galvanized
Galvanized
Galvanized
Galvanized
Galvanized
Forged
Forged
Forged
Forged
Forged
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Clamp
Size
1/8”
3/16”
1/4”-5/16”
3/8”
1/2”
1/8”
3/16”
1/4”-5/16”
3/8”
1/2”
5/8”
1/2”
3/4”
7/8”
1”
1 1/8”
Copper Cable Sleeves
•
•
•
•
•
•
Easy, fast and permanent way to join cable or form loops
Quick and easy installation using hand swage tool
Fast and permanent
Superior to aluminum in strength and performance
Easier installation than aluminum
Preferred for use with stainless steel cable
Size
106-125
1/16”
106-126
3/32”
106-127
1/8”
106-128
3/16”
106-129
1/4”
106-130
5/16”
Copper Stop Sleeves
Copper Stop Sleeves
•
•
•
•
•
•
Terminate cable to prevent dangerous fraying.
Quick and easy installation using hand swage tool.
Fast and permanent
Superior to aluminum in strength and performance
Easier installation than aluminum
Preferred for use with stainless steel cable.
106-135
106-136
106-137
106-138
106-139
106-140
Copper
Copper
Copper
Copper
Copper
Copper
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Size
1/16”
3/32”
1/8”
3/16”
1/4”
5/16”
Sleeves
Sleeves
Sleeves
Sleeves
Sleeves
Sleeves
18
Cable Accessories
Drop Forged Turnbuckles
USGS Bowlby Tree Wheel
Turnbuckles are used to adjust tension on a cableway. They are
constructed of hot-dip galvanized forged steel. Each turnbuckle has
an eye on one end and a jaw-type end with a pin on the other end.
All meet Federal Specification FF-T-79ab, Type 1, Form 1, Class 8.
Turnbuckles are available in various dimensions and working load limits.
Cat. #
Size
Eye & Jaw
Working Load Limit
(Dia x Take-Up)
Avg. Length
(lbs.)
106-145
1/4" x 4"
8 1/4"
400
106-146
5/16" x 4 1/2"
19 9/16"
700
106-147
3/8" x 6"
11 7/8"
1000
106-148
1/2" x 6"
13 5/16"
1500
106-149
1/2" x 9"
16 5/16"
2250
106-150
1/2" x 12"
19 5/16"
3000
106-151
5/8" x 6"
15 1/2"
500
106-152
5/8" x 9"
18 1/2"
800
106-153
5/8" x 12"
21 1/2"
1200
106-154
3/4" x 6"
17"
2200
106-155
3/4" x 9"
20"
3500
106-156
3/4" x 12"
23"
5200
106-157
3/4" x 18"
29"
5200
106-158
1 1/2" x 24"
35"
21400
106-159
1 1/2" x 24"
35"
28,000
Trees are used in many locations
as cable supports. The Bowlby
Tree Wheel attaches to a tree.
Using 12 5/8”ø x 12” long lag
bolts. This cableway sheave support allows vertical loading on the
tree.
106-170
Bowlby Tree Wheel
18 lbs.
Felco® Cable Cutters
• An outstanding powerful tool for cutting up to 3/16”
steel wire rope or spring wire.
• The long lasting quality of this cutter makes it suitable for rugged field use.
106-175
Felco Cable Cutter
1 lb.
Locoloc® Hand Swagers
Stainless Steel Turnbuckles
• Rust-Free cable tensioners
• Drop forged
Cat. #
Size
Overall Length
Working Load Limit
(Dia x Take-up)
Closed
(lbs.)
Jaw/Jaw
106-160
3/8" x 6"
11 7/8"
1160
106-161
1/2" x 6"
13 5/16"
2150
106-162
5/8" x 6"
15 1/2"
3440
106-163
3/4" x 6"
17"
5140
Eye/Eye
106-165
3/8" x 6"
11 7/8"
1160
106-166
1/2" x 6"
13 5/16"
2150
106-167
5/8" x 6"
15 1/2"
3440
106-168
3/4" x 6"
17"
5140
• Eye, lap and stop sleeve splicing of cables up to 1/2” diameter
are made sure and easy with the new easily adjustable hand
swagers.
• “Over-center” leverage transmits a powerful snap-action to the
final thrust of the jaws, assuring a tight, clean compression
every time.
• Individual replacement parts are available for all models and
each tool comes with a parts list and a gauge.
106-180
106-181
106-182
106-183
106-184
3/32” Single
1/8” Single
3/16” Single
1/4” Single
1/2” Multi: 12 Function
3
3
3
3
5
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Multi-Cavity Swage Tool
• Used for compressing cable sleeves on cable diameters from 1/16”
to 3/16”.
• Built-in cable cutter easily slices cable up to 1/4” diameter
106-185
19
Swage Tool
5 lbs.
Bank-Operated Units
Heavy Duty Cable Cutter
USGS Bank-Operated Cableways
• For cutting cable up to
3/8” diameter.
The Bank-Operated cableway is designed for use where regular
flow measurements need to be made at suitable cross-sections of
rivers or canals. The advantage of the USGS style system is its ease of
installation, low cost, one-man operation and sounding reel (winch)
which is portable and can be used with any of the other suspension
equipment such as manned cableways (up to 2000 feet or 600
meters), three and four-wheel trucks with cranes, bridges, boards,
and boat outfits. This makes the system extremely versatile and cost
effective. The power drive unit can be used with this system and is
very convenient for heavy sounding weights and sediment samplers.
The system can be a fixed installation or portable depending on project requirements. The following models are standard with many custom options available:
106-186
Heavy Duty Cable Cutter
5 lbs.
Cableway Anchor Bar (U-Bar)
Cableway Anchor Bars (U-Bar) are embedded in concrete mass
or sidehill anchors and are used to attach the cableway cable to the
concrete anchor. These anchors are made of A-36 structural steel and
the exposed portion has been hot-dip galvanized. Certified mill test
report and X-ray certification is provided.
106-190
106-191
106-192
106-193
106-194
106-195
1” dia. x 60”L
1” dia. x 72”L
1 1/8” dia. x 72”L
1 1/4” dia. x 72”L
1 1/4” dia. x 84”L
1 1/2” dia. x 96”L
USGS Tacoma Bank-Operated Cableway SystemModel 4740
35 lbs.
41 lbs.
55 lbs.
62 lbs.
72 lbs.
118 lbs.
U-Bar Bearing Block
U-Bar steel bearing blocks should
be used with the cableway anchor bar
because they spread the forces over a
greater area and increase the U-Bar load
capacity. U-Bar widths vary from 5 to
8”, the bearing block must match width
and hole C must match turnbuckle pin
Main Cable U-Bar Bearing Block
diameter.
106-200
U-Bar Bearing Block
10 lbs.
Wire Rope Sheave
Wire Rope Sheaves are designed to be
used with steel A-Frames and wire rope. The
galvanized forged-steel sheave measures 12inches in diameter at the rim, 9 1/2 inches at
the bottom of the groove, a 2 1/8 inch bore
and a 2 1/2 inch hub. Attachment pins are
not supplied with the sheaves. This sheave is only for use with wire
rope on steel A-Frames.
106-220
106-221
106-222
1/2” Cable Sheave
7/8” Cable Sheave
1” Cable Sheave
8 lbs.
10 lbs.
12 lbs.
The USGS Tacoma Bank-Operated Cableways are designed as a
safe, low- cost, one-man operation cableway to replace manned cable
cars or for sites that are not easily gaged by boat or a bridge. The system uses a standard B-56 sounding reel (not included) which does
not need to be mounted permanently but can easily be moved from
site to site.
Model 4740 standard system consists of bearing posts, main
tow cable, pulleys, trolley, vandal protection covers and miscellaneous
hardware with a nominal span of 150 feet (45 meters) and 150 lbs.
(68 kg) sounding weight or sediment sampler maximum capacity.
Also the Tacoma BOC can be used with the extended length high
capacity B-56-Ext and used for installations up to 200 feet (60m)
spans.
Highlights:
• No personnel over the water - everyone
stays on the bank
• Low cost alternative to manned cable cars
• Uses standard B-56 sounding reel
• New design minimizes forces for easy
cranking current meter
or sampler across stream
• Power drive unit can be used for heavy
weights and samplers
106-230
Tacoma Bank Operated Cableway
310 lbs.
20
Travellerways
Portable Bank-Operated Cableway System Model 4750
Model DDT-600 Gaging Winch
The DDT-600 Double Drum
Winch can be used on small travellerways up to 200 feet (60 m)
span or it can be ordered as a single drum model (WS-600). The
double drum winch is necessary
for travellerway operation. The second drum is easily removed to
allow single drum operations. The
DDT-600 Winch is designed for use
with sounding weights or samplers
up to 100 lbs. (50 kg.). The all aluminum construction allows handling by a single hydrographer.
106-240
This is a transportable type for temporary erection with a span of
up to 165 feet (50 m) and a sounding weight or sampler up to 55
lbs (25 kg). On one bank of the river, a galvanized steel tube is used
as a bearing post. The tube is inserted in a pointed steel sleeve driven
into the ground. It can later be extracted with the aid of a bar shown
in the illustration. Two guide wires run from the post to two steel
stakes at the rear. On the opposite bank, the double winch rests on a
folding skid made of steel tubing. This also is held in position by
guide wires at the rear.
Cable span 165 feet (50 m)
Weight 55 lbs. (25 kg) max.
106-235
Portable Bank-Operated Cableway
40 lbs.
Double Drum Gaging Winch - Models DDT-600,
DDT-900, DDT-1200
The Double Drum Gaging Winches have been designed for use
with the USGS Type AA or Universal Current Meters, Columbus or
Ground Feeler Weights. These winches and travellerways provide a
reliable means of measuring discharge in streams up to 800 feet (250
m) wide. The travellerways can also be used for Bedload and
Suspended Sediment Sampling to collect materials which are not
accessible otherwise. The double drum winch makes traversing the
meter package a simple operation and easy for the hydrographer
since the sounding weight forces are cancelled out.
The Model DDT double drum winches can be supplied with a
complete travellerways kit consisting of support posts, main cable,
traversing cable, deadman and rigging screws for a turn key installation.
The Model DDT Winches and Travellerways have been designed
with the following features:
• Light construction - Cast Aluminum Frames and Drums for
easier transport and handling
• Automatic Weston Brake - safety brakes which lock the winch
if the handle is released
• Free Fall Drag Brake - saves winding heavy weights down to
the water surface
• Counters housed within the frame - protected from mechanical damage
• Silver Plated Sliprings - conducts signal from the sounding
drum to the current meter counter
• Single Layer of Signal Cable on Drum - prevents damage of
internal conductor and premature replacement
70 lbs.
The DDT-900 is available
in single or double drum models and is suitable for use on
large boats, off bridges or travellerways with spans up to 400
feet (120 m). The DDT-900 is
designed for use with weights
up to 200 lbs. (90 kg).
As a double drum winch
the DDT-900 can be used for
both horizontal positioning of a
travellerway and lowering and
raising a current meter and a
sounding weight. For positioning the current meter or sediment sampler, both drums are engaged. Once in position, the drums are disengaged to lock the traveller block in place and then to allow the current meter or sediment sampler to be raised and lowered.
The DDT-900 is portable and the traversing drum may be
detached, thereby releasing the main winch unit for general gaging
operation. The winch can be powered manually or with the DDT
Power Drive Unit. The all aluminum construction allows easy handling
for two people.
106-245
DDT-900 Gaging Winch
140 lbs.
The DDT-1200 is a double
drum winch for use with travellerways with spans up to 800 feet
(250 m) and gaging weights up
to 300 lbs. (140 kg).
The DDT-1200 has been
designed for operation on existing
cableways. The cable layering
mechanism is mounted under the
main cable where as the winch
can be located at ground level.
The DDT-1200 can be supplied as a manual winch or with a
12VDC power unit drive.
106-250
21
210 lbs.
Cable & Connectors
DDT Travellerways
DDT Soft Clamp
This is a clamp that can be installed on the main cable after a
stream gaging measurement to easily remove the double-drum winch
and traveller block from the site and leave the traversing cables
attached to the main cable in a secure position to use for the next
measurement.
106-277
DDT Soft Clamp
3 lbs.
Kingfisher Bank-Operated Power Cableway Model 4770
A travellerway is the support towers and main cable system
together with a double drum winch and cables used for stream gaging and sediment sampling. It is used in locations where there are no
bridges or the stream is unsuitable for safe boat gaging. For short to
medium term gaging studies, the DDT-600 and DDT-900 winches
can be quickly mounted on the operating side support post, the discharge measurements taken and the winch packed up and moved to
the next site. The DDT-600 and DDT-900 winches are light enough to
be transported in a normal field vehicle. For permanent or long term
installations, the winch is generally located in a shed. The DDT-1200
is designed for permanent installations on larger streams or rivers.
The principal advantage of the double drum winch is the ease of
traversing as the forces exerted by the sounding weight or sampler
are largely cancelled out.
The maximum spans post to post are following:
DDT-600
200 feet (60 m)
DDT-900
400 feet (120 m)
DDT-1200
800 feet (250 m)
The DDT Series Travellerways are available in standard kit form in
three commonly used sizes. These kits are complete with all hardware
and accessories as follows:
Model DDT-600/T: Span 200 feet (60 m), max. gaging weight
100 lbs. (50 kg)
200 lbs. (90 kg)
300 lbs. (140 kg)
Each kit contains: Winch, traveller block, main cable, backstays,
traversing cable, traveller posts, deadmen (in-ground main cable
anchorages), rigging screws and cable fittings.
Special kits can be assembled to meet specific customer needs.
Each system can be adapted to existing manned cableway steel work
and main cable with the DDT-1200 being specifically designed for
this type of installation.
106-260
106-265
106-270
DDT-600 Travellerway System
570 lbs.
640 lbs.
810 lbs.
DDT Power Drive Unit
This is a 12 VDC, 110 or 220 VAC power unit designed specifically for the DDT series winches. The control unit provides forward
and reverse for traversing as well as power for raising and lowering
the current meter or sampler package.
106-275
DDT Power Drive Unit
60 lbs.
This is a bank-operated cableway with a heavy duty power drive
package for the heaviest sounding weights, samplers, or ADCP Tows
with rivers up to 800 feet across. The Kingfisher unit can be mounted
in the bed of a vehicle or used with existing or abandoned manned
cableways and with special modifications can be extended for use
with up to 1000 feet post to post cableways. It can also be fastened
to natural anchor points such as trees and rocks and does not require
permanent attachment to concrete footings or mass anchors. The
Kingfisher unit uses its own 1000 watt gasoline portable generator
with D.C. convertor and reostat speed adjustment. The control box
has adjustable speed commands for horizontal and vertical stationing.
The variable speed feature allows rapid recovery of equipment in case
of flood debris or boat traffic. The cable drum has an electric clutch
and brake and level wind cable guide. The DC electric motor has a
worm angle drive with a variable speed of 20 to 88 rpm. The standard unit uses a 3/8” dia. main cable and the unit is complete with a
sturdy sheet metal enclosure.
106-280
Kingfisher Bank Operated Power Cableway
Ellsworth Cable
Ellsworth Cable is a stainless steel
reverse lay cable with an insulated center
copper conductor. This allows suspension
of the sounding weight and meter assembly, and provides an electrical circuit
between the meter and the headphone.
This cable is available in two sizes:
0.10-inch and 0.125-inch (0.25 cm and
0.32 cm) diameters. This cable can be provided in any specified length. Information
on terminal rings and hooks and nicropress sleeves for cable end preparation can
be provided when requested.
107-005
107-006
.100 in. cable
.125 in. cable
22
85 lbs.
Sounding Weights
Type B Connector
USGS Columbus-Type - Sounding Weights
The Type B connector is a two-piece, cast brass
unit which clamps over 0.10 or 0.125-inch (0.25 or
0.32 cm) diameter Ellsworth sounding cable. It is standard equipment for use with B-56 and E-53 sounding
reels, and can be used on A-Pack and A-55 reels. It
can be used for the heaviest sounding weights or sediment samplers.
107-001
Type B Connector
0.5 lb.
Pressed Sleeve Connector
The pressed sleeve connector is used with 0.10-inch
(0.25 cm) diameter Ellsworth cable, and is normally used
with A-Pack and A-55 reels. It should not be used with
weights exceeding 75 pounds (34 kg).
107-002
Pressed Sleeve Connector
0.5 lb.
C1 Connector
The C1 Connector is used with 0.10 or 0.125 inch (0.25 or
0.32cm) sounding cable as an innovative design improvement over
the Type B or pressed sleeve connector used in Europe for many
years. The main advantage of this cable connector is that like the BConnector there is no cable stop needed but this doesn’t have 7
screws to loosen to move the connector if some cable is damaged.
The self-locking wedge is just released and the cable is pulled through
to the good part of the sounding cable. Only two parts and no fasteners for a simple proven design.
107-003
C1 Connector
0.3 lb.
USGS Surface Water Repair Kit
The surface water repair kit
comes in a 12 compartment tool box
and includes all the tools and spare
parts needed to make field repairs of
sounding reel cable systems.
Equipment in the kit include: cablecutting tool, nicropress tool, AMP
tool, emery cloth, cable-sleeving, cable sleeves, terminals, parallel
connectors and repair instructions.
107-010
Surface Water Repair Kit
12 lbs.
Electrical Connectors - Phone Jacks
The standard USGS connector is a 1/4” single
prong phone plug. This is a very reliable military
grade connector. The two-prong connector is commonly used and can be specified if required.
107-012
107-014
107-016
107-018
USGS 1/4” plug
USGS 1/4” socket
Two-prong plug
Two-prong socket
23
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Sounding weights are used in streams where discharge measurements are made by suspension techniques from bridges, cableways or
boats. The sounding weight is suspended below the current meter to
keep it stationary in the water.
The USGS Columbus-type or “C”-type weights are streamlined
to minimize resistance to flowing water and are longer than the current meter, thereby offering some protection from bridge piers and
flowing debris. The added length also produces better directional and
stabilizing characteristics than that obtained with other weights. The
hanger slot is shaped to allow the hanger to tilt forward 15 degrees
and backward 5 degrees from the vertical. This prevents the meter
from coming into contact with, and being damaged by, the weight.
These weights come in 15, 30, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200 and 300pound (7, 14, 23, 34, 45, 68, 91 and 136 kg) sizes. The 15-pound (7
kg) weight is cast from brass, but all others are cast from lead and
have aluminum tailfins. All are properly balanced and tested by an
approved method before shipment. The weights can be epoxy coated
if required.
USGS Hanger Bars & Pins
Stainless steel hanger bars and
pins are used to attach the weight to
a standard Type AA or universal current meter and sounding reel. The
regular hanger bar is 12 inches (30
cm) long and can be used for 15pound through 100-pound (7 kg
through 45 kg) weights. The 18”
hanger bar is designed for the 150
lbs. (68 kg) weight. The heavy bar is
used for 200 and 300-pound (90 and
136-kilogram) weights and is 18
inches (45 cm) long.
The holes drilled in the hanger bar are marked for proper placement of the current meter for the different sized weights. The pins
are threaded into the bar through the hole in the weight, and are
made in different lengths for each different size weight. Sounding
weight, hanger bar, and hanger pin are sold separately.
Cat. #
Sounding Weight
Bar #
Hanger Pin #
Shipping Wt.
108-001
15 lbs. (7 kg)
108-020
108-030
18 lbs.
108-003
30 lbs. (14 kg)
108-020
108-031
34 lbs.
108-005
50 lbs. (23 kg)
108-020
108-031
56 lbs.
108-007
75 lbs. (34 kg)
108-020
108-033
95 lbs.
108-009
100 lbs. (45 kg)
108-020
108-033
125 lbs.
108-011
150 lbs. (68 kg)
108-022
108-035
185 lbs.
108-013
200 lbs. (91 kg)
108-022
108-036
235 lbs.
108-015
300 lbs. (136 kg)
108-025
108-037
345 lbs.
Taglines
Sounding Weight Carriers
USGS Tagline
Weight racks are intended to be
securely bolted to the floor of field vehicles
as a safe means of carrying sounding
weights. The racks are made of heavy
steel, with outside dimensions of 4 inches
high, 18 inches long, and 11 inches wide,
and have welded brackets to hold
Columbus sounding weights. The weight
racks are available in two sizes as listed.
108-040
108-041
30 and 100 lb. Weight Carrier
50 and 75 lb. Weight Carrier
22 lbs.
22 lbs.
Nose Mounting Ground Feeler Weight
A tagline is a means of measuring the width across a river, as
well as the distance between observation points during discharge
measurements. The USGS standard taglines consist of stainless steel
cable, with brass tags affixed at preset intervals. The standard markings for a 1/32-inch (0.08 cm) and 1/16-inch (0.16 cm) diameter
stainless steel tagline are:
All stainless steel 1/8-inch (0.32 cm) diameter boat-type tagline
for river measurements using a boat and boat equipment is customtagged to order upon request depending upon the particular application requirements.
No. of Tags
1
1
1
2
Interval
2 ft.
5 ft.
10 ft.
Arrangement of Station (ft.)
0-50
50-150
150-end
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 150, 250,
350, 450
100, 200, 300, 400, 500
Interval
1 m.
2 m.
5 m.
Arrangement of Station (m.)
0-20
20-50
50-end
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 125
50, 100, 150
3
These weights were developed in Europe for use on long travellerways in streams with low velocities and little debris. The Nose
Mounting Ground Feeler Weights allow Universal Current Meters to
be used closer to the streambed than with Columbus Pattern but do
not protect the meter from oncoming debris. When the weight
touches the streambed the foot (bottom contact) is forced up into
the weight, closing a contact giving a continuous contact signal at
the winch. This is important for long travellerways when it is difficult
for hydrographer to feel the weight touch the bottom.
The Nose Mounting Ground Feeler Weight includes: An Epoxy
coated tailfin assembly, mounting for 6500 Universal Current Meter
on nose, socket for T-plug connector, lug for easy connection to C1
Ellsworth cable connector, magnet and reed switch bottom contact
assembly, and carrying case.
108-045
108-050
108-055
25 kg. Nose Mounting Ground Feeler
90 lbs.
140 lbs.
265 lbs.
No. of Tags
1
1
1
2
3
109-001
109-002
1/32 dia. x 300 ft (100 m) Tagline
1/16 dia. x 500 ft. (150m) Tagline
2 lbs.
5 lbs.
USGS Kevlar Tagline
The USGS Kevlar taglines consist of a Kevlar inner core enclosed
in a nylon jacket and dyed yellow with black marks for improved visibility. The Kevlar wading tagline is 1/16-inch (0.16 cm) diameter and
floats for ease of operation such as hanging up in brush or rocks. The
Kevlar boat tagline is 3/16-inch (0.48 cm) diameter and will not sink
to the bottom again allowing improved operation. The Kevlar tagline
is waxed with a commercial thread wax. This tagline can be rewaxed
as needed with Rewaxer cleaner pad to keep it clean, preserve its
abrasion resistance, and assure that the line will float.
109-005
109-006
109-007
109-008
English
English
Metric
Metric
Line Type
Wading
Boat
Wading
Boat
Line Dia.
0.060”
0.142
0.060”
0.142
Marking Interval
2, 10, 100 ft.
10, 50, 100 ft.
1, 5, 50 m
2,10, 100 m
Tagline Reels: Lee-Au Reel - Model 1200
The Lee-Au reel is a cast aluminum
reel capable of holding a maximum of
500 feet (150 meters) of 1/16-inch
(0.16 cm.) diameter stainless steel
tagline. It has two handles mounted
180 degrees apart on the outside for
winding up the reel. An optional hub
(ordered separately) attaches to the
center of the reel. When the optional
hub is used one handle is moved from
the outside of the reel to the hub to be
used as a rotating support handle.
109-010
109-012
109-015
Lee-Au Reel w/ 500 ft. Beaded Tagline
Lee-Au Reel w/ 150 M Beaded Tagline
Lee-Au Reel Hub Kit
8 lbs.
8 lbs.
2 lbs.
24
Taglines
HIF Type I Reel - Model 1400
Kevlar Boat Tagline Cable Harness
The Type I tagline reel is made
of a high-impact Lexan plastic casing
and holds up to 600 feet (180 m) of
1/16-inch (0.16 cm) Kevlar braided
tagline. The reel has a handle in
which a 1/2- inch (1.27 cm) diameter
bank stake may be inserted to support the reel on the stream bank
while in use. A variable drag device
and lock-down bolt also are features
of this reel. The standard reel is supplied with 400 feet of wading Kevlar
tagline.
109-020
109-022
109-025
HIF Type I Reel - 400 ft. Kevlar Tagline
HIF Type 1 Reel - 120 M Kevlar Tagline
Bank Stake, 18”x 1/2” dia.
This cable harness is used to secure the ends of the Kevlar boat
tagline on both sides of the river. The cable grip clamps on to the
Kevlar line allowing the hydrographer to tighten the cable for an
accurate measurement but not damaging the cable.
109-051
Tagline Cable Harness
Lever Hoist - Comealong
A lever hoist can be used to tension and attach taglines to trees, vehicles or posts as they are positioned
across a river for a discharge measurement or holding a boat in position.
Portable power where and when
you need it.
• Durable plastic carrying case
• Folding handle
• 1,000 lb. capacity
5 lbs.
5 lbs.
1 lb.
Columbus Reel - Model 1300
The Columbus tagline reel
is a light-duty reel with a fabricated frame of aluminum flat
stock that is compact and usually used where equipment
must be packed to reach
remote sites. The unit is
designed to carry 300 feet (100
m) of 1/32-inch (0.08 cm)
diameter stainless steel tagline
or 150 feet (45 meters) of wading Kevlar tagline. An extended length
version, Model 1340 can hold 300 feet (100 m) of wading Kevlar
tagline.
109-030
109-032
109-034
109-036
109-038
109-040
Columbus Reel w/ 300 ft. Beaded Tagline
Columbus Reel w/ 100 M Beaded Tagline
Columbus Reel w/ 150 ft. Kevlar Tagline
Columbus Reel w/ 45 M Kevlar Tagline
Extended Columbus Reel w/300ft.
Kevlar Tagline
Extended Columbus Reel w/ 100m.
Kevlar Tagline
4
4
3
3
4
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
4 lbs.
109-060
109-054
Rewaxer Cleaner Pad
0.1 lb.
USGS Kevlar Boat Tagline Reel - Model 1480
The Kevlar boat tagline reel is
designed to be used with the boat outfit
for large rivers. It has a brake assembly,
lock pin and removable handle. The reel
will accept 3000 feet (1000 m) of 3/16inch Kevlar boat tagline.
109-050
Kevlar Boat Tagline Reel
25
30 lbs.
Portable Lever Hoist
8 lbs.
Cable Hoists/Pullers Single and Double Drive
Rugged, heavy-duty construction,
makes these hoists/pullers ideal for the
toughest jobs.
• Double drive hoists provide a better balanced pull and are designed for
heavy duty use.
109-062
109-063
109-064
109-065
2000
4000
2000
5000
lbs,
lbs,
lbs,
lbs,
Single Drive, 12 ft. Cable
Single Drive, 6 ft. Cable
Double Drive, 12 ft. Cable
Double Drive, 6 ft. Cable
25
28
28
32
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Stainless Steel and Zinc Plated Quick Links
Quick Links and snap links are handy connectors
for attaching utility lines, taglines and lever hoists.
Zinc or stainless steel.
Rewaxer Cleaner Pad
It is recommended that Kevlar Tagline be maintained using the
rewaxer cleaner pad. This will keep it clean, preserve its abrasion
resistance and help keep the line floating.
5 lbs.
109-066 (S)
1/8” wire dia. x 1.45” Long
109-067
109-068
109-069
109-070
109-071
(S) denotes SST
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
All Purpose Snaps
Spring loaded one-way latch makes one
hand operation a snap. Zinc or stainless steel.
109-075 (S)
109-076
109-077
109-078
3/16” dia. Snap w/ 1/4” Opening
Fluorometers
Field Fluorometer - Model 6700
Bright Dyes - Fluorescent Water Tracing Dyes
The use of fluorescent dyes
and tracing techniques provides
a means of measuring the time
of travel of solutes in steady and
gradually varied flow in streams.
This information is needed to
determine time of travel for use
in water-quality models and to
define relations so that transient
water-quality problems and
waste transport studies can predict the time of arrival and passage
time of a hazardous substance released or spilled upstream.
Time of travel refers to the movement of water or waterborne
solutes from point to point in a stream during steady or gradually varied flow conditions. The measurement or simulation of time of travel
using dye tracers involves the slug injection of a dye at some location
along the stream and the measurement of the resulting response, or
dye cloud, at other locations downstream. When a fluorescent dye is
used as a tracer, the degree of fluorescence can be determined with a
fluorometer.
The Model 6700 fluorometer has been designed based on field
and research requirements and particularly fulfills the need for automatic and real-time on-line monitoring of dye tracer concentrations.
The 6700 has been fully tested under field conditions by hydrology
professionals over the past 8 years.
A double-excitation, double-detection optical scheme permits
simultaneous concentration measurements of two different dye tracers and water turbidity. Although the optical filter set is selected for
the dye tracer pair uranine-sulforhodamine G, other dyes can be
detected. Thanks to a very favorable separation of their characteristics
in the visible spectrum, uranine and sulforhodamine G tracers can be
used simultaneously at two different injection sites. The instrument
can recover the two overlapping tracing curves with small mutual
interaction of the dyes. Real-time measurement of the turbidity in the
range of 0.02 to 400 nephelometric units is also of great interest.
A flow-through field fluorometer can be put into water of widely
varying quality to measure very small dye concentrations (0.05 ppb).
The fluorometer replaces out-dated and frequently impractical
mechanical sampling systems. There are two 6700 existing fluorometer models. Both are convenient for direct immersion in surface
waters and require no pump. In addition, the surface model is also
well suited for fast analysis of individual water samples. The downhole
groundwater model can be used in 3” diameter boreholes to a depth
of 160ft. (50 m.) Unattended measurements with a high sampling
frequency can extend over weeks instead of the daily or hourly sampling of mechanical systems.
Visible fluorescent dyes make waterflow
patterns easy to see and track. Ecologically
safe dyes for use in stream tracing, lake
studies, flow mapping, time of travel surveys, pollution studies and leak detection.
Two formulations: FWT Red, a specially formulated version of the dye Rhodamine WT
and FLT Yellow/Green, which is a formulated
version of the dye Fluorescein. Fluorescent
colors can be detected visually in most
water conditions or with the use of ultra-violet light or a fluorometer.
Fluorescent dyes are temporary and will degrade naturally in
sunlight, 2-3 days for red and 5-7 days for Yellow/Green, or with the
addition of chlorine. FLT Yellow/Green is resistant to absorption in
organic matter and should be used in water with heavy sediment
loads. Available in tablets, cake or liquid.
Specifications:
Detectable tracers
Uranine + sulforhodamine G or Rhodamine Wt
Number of signal channels
4, including turbidity meas. 0.02 to 400 NTU
Detection threshold
2 x 10" g/ml (naphtionate 5 x 10" g/ml)
Memory card sample capacity
64kB PCMCIA
Recording time capability
10 sec and 4 min. from 14 to 28 days
Data availability
On PC memory card and at serial RS232 port
Power supply
12 Volt, 7 to 14 AH Battery
Connections
15 m cable with waterproof connectors
Size of surface model sonde
Diameter 160 mm, Long 170 mm
Weight (with datalogger, battery)
12 kg
3" sonde for downhole tests
Diameter 74 mm, Long 200 mm
110-001
110-005
Surface Water Fluorometer
Ground Water Fluorometer
FWT Red
110-010
110-011
110-012
110-013
FLT Yellow/Green
110-015
110-016
110-017
110-018
200 Tablets
2 oz. Cake
Pint Liquid
Gallon Liquid
0.8 lb.
0.8 lb.
2.0 lbs.
9.5 lbs.
Ultraviolet Lights - For Fluorescent Dye Tracers
Two models of standard A/C or
battery-operated ultraviolet lights for
identifying dye tracers are available.
The handheld, Raytector S-2 12W
Longwave/Shortwave Lamp features a
wraparound handle designed for comfortable balance. Rugged ABS plastic
and fingertip switches. Its
Rechargeable Double Lamp has two
6W lamps and operates from internal
gel-based, lead-acid battery. Recharges
with AC power. Toggle switch selects
longwave or shortwave separately or
both at same time.
The Versalume light is a lightweight compact unit that uses four
AA batteries or 115 VAC adapter. This is a 4 watt lamp and is small
enough to fit in your pocket with the fold up dual purpose handle. It
weighs one pound and comes with a combination longwave/ short
wave bulb.
110-025
110-026
110-027
110-030
110-031
206-017
Raytector S-2 UV Light
Replacement Longwave Bulb
Replacement Shortwave Bulb
Versalume UV Light
Replacement Long/Short Wave Bulb
Pack of Eight AA Batteries
6 lbs.
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
1.5 lbs.
0.3 lb.
0.5 lb.
26 lbs.
25 lbs.
26
Surface Velocity Meters
Aquaflow Probe - Model 6900
USGS Ukiah Optical Current Meter - Model 6620
The Aquaflow Probe is an economical
lightweight water velocity instrument that is
excellent for storm water runoff studies,
measuring flows in streams and partially
filled pipes. The Aquaflow Probe is a convenient flow meter but does not meet USGS
accuracy standards. The anodized aluminum
telescoping handle is available in lengths
that extend from 3 ft. to 6 ft. and from 5 ft.
to 15 ft. The key feature is unique, free rotating turbo-prop propeller sensor protected
inside a 2” diameter PVC housing. The housing may be placed directly on the bottom of
pipes or streams for measuring flows down
to 2” in depth. The unit may be extended
up to 25 feet in length for measuring sewers
and from bridges using standard PVC pipe and electrical extension
cables.
A 3 ft. mylar coated staff gage graduated in hundredths and
centimeters is attached directly to the lower section of the probe for
instantly measuring water depth and probe position. The waterproof
digital read-out , located on the top of the handle, displays instantaneous velocity as well as true velocity averaging. Two button keypad
also allows readout of maximum velocity, time, chronometer and
totalizer. Easily replaced internal watch type batteries
power the unit for up to two
years.
Each Flow Probe is
shipped complete in a padded
carrying case.
(continued)
viewed from above through the meter, while gradually changing the
speed of the motor to bring about synchronization of the angular
velocity of the mirror and the surface velocity of the water.
Synchronization is achieved when the motion of drift or disturbances
on the water surface, as viewed through the meter, is stopped. A
reading of the tachometer and height of the meter above the water
surface are the only elements needed to compute the surface velocity.
A unique feature of the optical current meter is the automatic
correction that is made for variations in the direction of the streamlines of flow. If the flow approaches the cross section at an angle
other than the perpendicular, and if the axis of the oscillating mirror
in the meter is parallel to the cross section, then at the null point of
observation, the water will appear to move laterally across the field of
view. The meter measures only the velocity vector normal to the cross
section and there is no need to apply horizontal angle corrections.
110-040
110-045
Aquaflow Probe 3 ft. to 6 ft.
Aquaflow Probe 5 ft. to 15 ft.
10 lbs.
10 lbs.
Surface Velocity Meters
Surface velocity measurements are often the best available measurements in extreme floods with dangerous velocities. Often it is just
not possible to safely or economically allow velocity measurement
equipment or personnel into the river. In these cases there are two
very good options.
USGS Ukiah Optical Current Meter - Model 6620
The optical current meter is
designed to measure surface
velocities in open channels without immersing equipment in the
stream. However, because it measures only surface velocity, the
optical meter is not considered a
substitute for conventional equipment in those situations where
good measurements can be made by standard techniques. It is a
device that has extended the capability of making discharge measurements to a range of situations under which standard current-meter
techniques cannot be used. Those situations include flood velocities
that are too high to measure by conventional meter - for example,
supercritical velocities in floodways - or the presence of a debris load
during flood periods that makes it hazardous to immerse a current
meter.
Basically, the meter is a stroboscopic device consisting of a low-power
telescope, a single oscillating mirror driven by a cam, a variable-speed
battery-operated motor, and a tachometer. The water surface is
27
111-005
Ukiah Optical Current Meter
30 lbs.
Range of velocities that can be measured with optical current meter.
Observation Height
Maximum velocity
Minimum velocity for
(D) Feet
Feet/Sec
±5% resolution Feet/Sec
M/S
6 (1.52 m)
25 (7.62 m)
1.6
0.49
10 (3.05 m)
50 (13.2 m)
3.2
0.98
16 (4.57 m)
75 (22.9 m)
4.5
1.41
20 (6.1 m)
100 (30.5 m)
6.4
1.95
Microwave Water Surface Current Meter Model 6650
This Microwave Water Surface Current
Meter (MWSCM) is designed for measuring the
current speed easily in a river and other open
channels without contacting the water. It
reduces the risk and improves measurements in
floods with extremely fast moving water. It is a
high tech current meter which can measure the
current speed safely and accurately in any flood
condition.
Current speed is computed by the measured frequency difference, Doppler Frequency,
between the transmitting frequency from the antenna and the frequency to the antenna after reflecting from the water surface.
The frequency signal is transmitted through an antenna reflecting from the water surface. The Doppler frequency is calculated by
the comparison of the transmitted frequency signal and the received
frequency signal. The weak signal is amplified and the speed of water
surface is calculated through A/D transformation and FFT.
This provides:
• Safe and simple measurement of current speed during floods
without damage to measurement instruments and danger to
personnel and multiple persons required during the measurement. One person can measure speed easily without contacting water.
• It can be used with 110 or 220 V or 12V DC battery and is
easy to move to the measurement site.
• It can measure the current speed of a flood at night since
the microwave is not affected by the darkness.
• It can save the measured data and transfer it to a personal
computer.
111-012
Microwave Surface Current Meter
45 lbs.
Acoustic Meters
River Surveyor 6000-Acoustic Doppler
Current Profiler
ADCP Mounting and Deployment Hardware
The River Surveyor 6000 ADCP is
designed for measuring river discharge and
surveying river current structure. While the
boat is moving, the ADCP rapidly measures
current velocities throughout the river depth
along the boat's path. Combining all this
information instantaneously, the ADCP measures river discharge while you are crossing
the river.
Profiling Features:
Bottom tracking. The River Surveyor
includes bottom tracking capability to measure the ADCP speed and direction over
ground and to calculate discharge while you
cross the river.
Water Profiling Modes. System includes general profiling capability as well as high resolution profiling modes for shallow and slow
flow conditions.
Standard Software:
River Surveyor software for real-time
current measurements and discharge calculation, integration of external heading,
GPS, and depth-sounding data. River
Surveyor consists of modules for deployment planning, data acquisition, and data
playback. Utility programs are included for
converting binary files to ASCII format and
system diagnostic testing.
ADCP Boat Mount
Velocity Data:
• Range: ±10 m/s
• Resolution: 0.1 cm/s
• Accuracy: ±1% of measured
velocity, ±0.5 cm/s
• Up to 100 range cells
River Surveyor Hardware Features:
• SonTek ADP (5 frequencies- 5 Mhz to 500kHz)
• 8 bit A/D conversion
• Transducer shading for minimal sidelobes
• Compass/tilt sensor
• 12-24 VDC Power
• -5º to 45ºC Operating Temperature
River Surveyor Hardware Options:
• Four-beam Janus transducer head
• Low-profile ADP housing
• Internal recorder
River Surveyor Software features:
• Windows 95/98/NT compatible
• Bottom tracking
• DGPS Interface
• External compass input
• Real time discharge calculations
• Discharge estimation for unmeasured areas
• Discharge summary output file
• Vessel track with velocity vectors
• Bathymmetry profile
112-005
River Surveyor ADCP
This is a lightweight fabricated aluminum mount assembly that allows an ADCP
to be deployed off the side of any size survey
boat. It is made from aluminum pipe that
mounts across the gunwhales and suspends
the ADCP down into the water. Specify boat
width and draft.
112-016
ADCP Boat Mount
35 lbs.
ADCP Floating Tethered Mount - Rivercat System
This is a welded aluminum dual-hull
catameran with separate water-tight compartments filled with closed-cell foam. The
floating tethered mount allows the ADCP
to be mounted in the center resulting in a
low-profile unit with a high gross buoyancy. It is finished with a smooth finished
marine-grade epoxy paint. The unit is
designed for both dual side swivel cable pivots for operation from
both banks or a center cable swivel connection for use with a cableway or bridge. The unit works extremely well with the Tacoma BankOperated Cableway system for tethering and moving the ADCP
across the river. The small, light, rugged River Surveyor ADCP allows
for a flexible range of mounting options.
112-020
Rivercat ADCP Floating Tethered Mount 22 lbs.
ADCP Sounding Weight Mount
In extremely high gradient flood condition rivers it is hard to
even keep an ADCP in the water. The bottom of the 300 lb. sounding
weight can be bored out for an ADCP to be installed in the bottom.
The sounding weight can then be suspended with a Type E crane
with four-wheel truck or Texas Boom Assembly from a vehicle.
112-028
ADCP Sounding Weight Mount
345 lbs.
Cableway ROV
This is a cableway remotely operated vehicle (ROV) for ADCP suspension from an existing cableway. This is
a smaller, self-powered version of the
original Saskwater ROV designed to
adapt to existing cableways. It holds
its own battery so that no power
cables are required to extend out to
the unit. The ROV unit is RF controlled
for both out and back and up and down with two separate 12 VDC
motors.
30 lbs.
112-025
Cableway ROV
15 lbs.
28
Acoustic Meters
Aquanaut 6100-Acoustic Doppler Current Meter
UVM Ultrasonic Velocity Meter - Transducer Mounts
The Aquanaut 6100 is
a side-looking Doppler
Current Meter with variable
range. It is easily installed
on a riverbank, bridge abutment, or other vertical
structure. The Aquanaut is
an advanced Doppler sonar
for precise water velocity
measurement in a horizontal layer. Robust, all-digital
signal processing ensures
flow measurement within a
user-programmable cell
extending up to 75 ft (22 m) away. Flow disturbance caused by the
mounting structure can be eliminated by beginning the measurement
cell several meters away from the instrument.
The Aquanaut never requires calibration, and velocity accuracy is
not affected by biological growth. Options for water level measurement, water quality, telemetry, and flow calculation extend the capability of the Aquanaut to a wide variety of applications.
Applications:
• River discharge monitoring
• Irrigation
• Flood alert systems
• Environmental Monitoring
Features:
Water velocity
• Range: ±6m/s (±19.7 ft/s)
• Resolution: 0.1 cm/s
• Accuracy: ±1% of measured velocity, ±0.5 cm/s
Standard Features:
• Two beam transducer for measuring 2D water velocity
• 1.5 MHz acoustic frequency with user-programmable sampling
volume size from 0.5 to 22.0 m (1.6 to 72.2 ft.) horizontally
from sensor
• 2 Mb internal memory (over 100,000 samples)
• Temperature sensor on exposed titanium pin for fast response
• 10 m power/communications cable
• Windows 95/98/NT software
Optional Features:
• 3.0 MHz acoustic frequency with user programmable sampling
volume size from 0.2 to 8.0 m (0.7 to 26.2 ft.) horizontally
from sensor
• 3rd vertical beam for stage measurement
• SDI-12 output module
• 4-20 mA output module
• 4MB recorder upgrade
• Integrated pressure sensor for water level measurement
Environmental:
• Operating temperature: -5º to 40 º C
Power Requirements:
• Input power 6-30 VDC
• Typical power consumption 0.1 to 0.2 W
Physical Parameters:
• Dimensions: (15.2 cm/6.0 in) diameter by (18.0 cm/7.1 in.)
height
• Weight: 2.5 kg/5.5 lb.
Measuring water flow in a
canal, estuary, reservoir or bayou is
often a challenging project as 1)
the water velocity is often below
the measuring range of the flow
instruments, and 2) stage often has
no direct relation to discharge.
Measuring slow or oscillating
flow can now be easily done by
installing and using an ultrasonic
velocity meter (UVM). The UVM sends sound pulses back and forth
between a pair of acoustic transducers and measures the time
required for the sound to travel in each direction. The transducers are
mounted on opposite sides of the river at an angle to the water flow.
The sound pulse travelling against the flow takes a longer time to
travel from one transducer to the
other, as compared to the sound
pulse travelling with the flow. If the
flow is zero, the sound will take an
equal amount of time to travel in
each direction.
A major part of installing the
UVM is to mount the transducers
in the water. These mounts must
be rigid, and must hold the transducers so that they point directly
at each other. There is an allowable
aiming error of approximately 3
degrees, which includes both horizontal (azimuth) error and vertical
(elevation) error.
• The mounts are rigid to hold the transducers within the allow
able aiming angel under all reasonable conditions.
• The mounts are adjustable so that the transducers can be
aimed at each other, even if the supporting structure is not
vertical or level. The mounts should be able to adjust for
supporting structures that are leaning at an odd oblique
angle, including structures that are leading both to one side
and forward (towards the acoustic path) or back (away from
the acoustic path).
• The mounts are attachable to concrete pilings without drilling
into the pilings.
• The mount assemblies are low-profile to minimize the possibility of debris snagging on the transducers or knocking them out
of alignment and the mount assembly is strong enough so
that it is not disturbed by river ice formation or breakup.
• The mount is moveable in the vertical direction so that the
transducer assembly can be raised above the water surface for
inspection, aiming adjustment or repair, then returned to the
operating position with the correct aiming settings.
112-030
Aquanaut 6100
29
12 lbs.
112-035
UVM Transducer Mount
8 lbs.
Acoustic Meters
UVM-Ultrasonic Velocity Meter Model 7300
The ultrasonic velocity meter (UVM) 7300 is a battery-powered
flowmeter also known as an AFFRA system, designed for measuring
and reporting the average velocities of water flow along one or more
paths. The flowmeter utilizes 200 kHz acoustic transducers and the
proven time-of-travel method to measure these flow velocities.
Measurements along any one path require that a pair of transducers
be mounted under the water at some distance apart. Transducers are
connected to the UVM 7300 by transducer cables, and can be operated in either an active mode (long-path or high-noise application) or a
passive mode (short-path or low-noise application). Model 7310
works the same way but may be used to collect stage data, operating
in the passive mode with up to a 500 ft. path length. Active mode
path lengths can operate up to 1300 ft. (400 M).
The AFFRA ultrasonic measuring system is designed to be
installed in permanent sites to measure continuously the flow in
rivers, streams, and open canals. The AFFRA system can be used for
measuring bidirectional flow velocities as low as 0.0003 ft/sec (0.001
m/sec) taking accurate measurements in rivers where unsteady flow
conditions such as backflow from tides, ice jams and flow control
from power stations, paper mills and irrigation systems.
112-050
112-051
112-052
7300 UVM System
7310 UVM System
Transducer cable, 1000 ft.
Flow Tracker 6300 ADV - Acoustic Doppler
Velocity Meter
The Flow Tracker ADV has been adopted to
be used with a top setting wading rod to make
wading discharge measurements. The ADV uses
sound transmitted in the water to measure point
water velocities. It is designed to mount on a
standard top setting wading rod with a special
offset support to set the velocity measurement at
the same place as a current meter. Flow Tracker
6300 ADV electronics with keypad and LCD display can also be installed with a rod mount to
attach directly to a top setting rod. The ADV
readout uses USGS algorithms and the .2, .6 and
.8 standard depth measurement system and does
calculated discharge at the end of a measurement. The ADV can be used in streams as shallow as 1 inch and has a
velocity range of .003 to 16 fps. (.001 to 5 m/s). Includes 10 MHz 2D ADV probe (10 cm distance to sampling volume) mounted on
2.0m (6.5ft) cable with mating adaptor for top setting wading rods.
Hand display/processor unit includes LCD display, keypad interface,
RS 232 interface, 2MB internal memory, 8 AA alkaline batteries, and
temporarily submersible to 3 feet. Software package includes
WadeADV for stream flow measurement, SonUtils and ViewArgonaut
PC-based software for RS 232 communication. Also available as an
option is a 2D/3D probe for the ADV for conversion to 2D/3D side
looking flow measurements. The 3D portion of this probe allows
measurement of water velocity in the vertical axis for special applications (ruggedized field version).
18 lbs.
18 lbs.
12 lbs.
112-040
112-042
112-043
112-044
206-017
Flow Tracker ADV
2D/ 3D Side Looking Probe
Wading Rod Offset Support
Mounting Bracket for Keypad
Pack of Eight AA Batteries
6 lbs.
1 lb.
1 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
30
Notes & Forms
USGS Discharge Measurement Notes
USGS Measurement Note Clipboard - Style A
This format for recording a discharge measurement is the standard form in the U.S. and many countries throughout the world.
These field notes can be provided with your specific organization's
name at the top as the example shows. All notes are made to USGS
specifications (Form 9-275-F) and are double sided and waterproof.
The waterproofing allows legible note taking in the heaviest rain or
any field conditions and insures that measurement notes will survive
the most severe field conditions.
Designed to accommodate standard measurement notes. This
clipboard is a rugged durable clipboard binder to both take notes
and also protect them.
201-019
201-023
USGS Note Clipboard
USGS Note Clipboard Neckstrap
1.5 lbs.
0.2 lb.
Other sizes of style A clipboard
are available. Coated aluminum
holders have two storage compartments, 9/16" and 3/8", to protect
completed forms. Nickel-plated clip
will hold a pack up to 9/16" thick.
Accommodate forms ruled either
vertically or horizontally and can be
used by left or right-handed people.
Accommodates Form Size
201-017
4 1/4″ x 8″
201-018
4 1/4″ x 9 1/2″
201-019
5 2/3″ x 9 1/2″
201-020
8 1/2″ x 12″
201-021
8 1/2″ x 14″
201-022
8 1/2″ x 15″
1 lb.
1 lb.
1.5 lbs.
2.3 lbs.
2.8 lbs.
2.8 lbs.
Handi-Lite Pen Light
201-001
201-002
201-003
201-004
5″
5″
5″
5″
x
x
x
x
8″ Single sided, pkg. 100
0.2 lb.
16″ Double sided, folded, pkg. 100 0.4 lb.
8″ Custom Printed
0.2 lb.
16″ Custom Printed
0.4 lb.
USGS Miscellaneous Field Notes
The miscellaneous field notes allow the hydrographer to add station notes to a discharge measurement.
201-010
201-011
5″ x 8″ Misc. Notes, pkg. 100
5″ x 8″ Custom Printed
0.2 lb.
0.2 lb.
Fits style "A" sheet holders.
The Handi-Lite Pen Light is the
answer to the problem of working at night or in dimly lit areas.
Flexible neck penlight fits
securely on your holder or shirt
pocket, leaving your hands free.
Conveniently located on/off
switch at the base is easily operated with a touch of a hand. Light
uses two AA batteries (not included) and is available with a clear bulb
for normal illumination or a red bulb for night use.
201-028
201-029
Clear Bulb
Red Bulb
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
Surface Water Forms
The USGS standard gage inspection form is the front sheet of
the Discharge Measurement Form (9-275-F). Information pertinent to
discharge measurements, water-quality samples, and gage
status/maintenance can be recorded on it. Such a form is designed
for the recording of a vast amount of hydrologic information, much
of which is unnecessary for routine gage inspections - when no discharge measurements are made and no water quality samples are
taken.
In the Massachusetts-Rhode Island (MA-RI) District, a standard
form was designed for the recording of information typically collected
during routine gage inspections. This form contains most gage
inspection elements common to form 9-275-F and has some unique
elements as well including more space for remarks. This is a waterproof form and can be modified and supplied to meet any requirement.
201-035
201-036
USGS Field Notes
Surface Water Forms
31
USGS Inspection Form, pkg of 100
Inspection form - Custom, pkg of 100
0.2 lb.
0.2 lb.
Markers & Pens
USGS “List of Discharge Measurements” (USGS 9-207)
Paintstik Markal “B”
This is the best tool for staying organized in the office.
201-040
USGS List of Discharge Measurements,
(pkg of 100)
0.4 lb.
USGS “Gage House Logs”
This is the only way to keep the gaging station organized.
201-045
USGS Gage House Logs (pkg of 100)
0.4 lb.
USGS Streamgage Description Sheet
This is standard USGS information defining the gaging site such
as level references, stream measurement reach, etc. Waterproof to be
left in the gage house.
201-054
USGS Streamgage Description Sheet
(pkg of 100)
Long-lasting, fade-resistant, waterproof, weatherresistant. Measure 4-1/2″ x
11/16″ in boxes of 12.
0.5 lb.
201-080
201-081
201-082
201-083
201-084
201-085
Paintstik
Paintstik
Paintstik
Paintstik
Paintstik
Paintstik
White
Black
Yellow
Red
Orange
Blue
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Ideal-Mark Leak-Proof Indelible Marker
Ideal for free-hand marking, printing, writing on any surface smooth or rough. The felt tip is fed through the pressure sensitive,
positive action valve.
USGS Rating Paper (USGS 9-279-M)
The USGS Form 9-279-M slanted 7-cycle paper. If you have
never used it, you must try some. You will be amazed how it makes
rating construction so much easier and neater.
201-056
USGS Rating Paper (pkg of 100)
0.5 lb.
Markers are often used to mark measurement stations on a
bridge railing or reference gage heights on bridge piers as well as
recording data during measurements.
Bic Round Stick Pens
Economical ball point pens ideal for marking aluminum tags or
writing in field books. Permanent on most surfaces. Package of 12.
Big Round Stick Pen (blue)
Big Round Stick Pen (black)
Big Round Stick Pen (red)
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
Sanford Permanent Markers
Quick drying, water-resistant and
permanent on most surfaces. Excellent
for writing on sample bags or on waterproof paper.
201-063
201-064
201-065
King Size Chisel Tip (Black)
Miniature Chisel Tip (Black)
Miniature Chisel Tip (Red)
0.4 lb.
0.4 lb.
0.4 lb.
Dixon Crayon
Waterproof, fadeproof,
smearproof. These crayons
have a hexagon shape, measure 4 1/2″ x 1/2″ in boxes of 12.
201-070
201-071
201-072
201-073
201-074
201-075
Dixon
Dixon
Dixon
Dixon
Dixon
Dixon
Ideal- Mark Black
Ideal- Mark Red
Replacement tips, fit all color pens,
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
0.2 lb.
Nissen Felt-Tip Paint Markers
Markers and Pens
201-060
201-116
201-117
201-092
201-093
201-094
Crayon
Crayon
Crayon
Crayon
Crayon
Crayon
Black
Yellow
Red
Blue
Purple
Fluorescent Pink
1
1
1
1
1
1
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
These markers
write on any surface
including porous or
non-porous, rough
or smooth, wet, oily, or dry! The paint will not chip, peel, fade, or rub
off. Features a bullet-shaped tip which creates crisp, fine lines or bold
strokes.
201-096
201-097
201-098
201-099
201-100
201-101
201-102
Nissen
Nissen
Nissen
Nissen
Nissen
Nissen
Nissen
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Black
White
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Sharpie® Permanent Markers
Writes on any surface.
Available in fine and ultra-fine
points, the black ink is quickdrying, permanent and water
resistant. Black, blue, or red
ink.
201-105
201-106
Fine Point
Ultra-Fine Point
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
All-Weather Pen
Ultra tough medium
point pen writes more
smoothly than conventional
pens at any angle, in
extreme heat and cold, over grease, photos, even under water. Sealed
cartridge can't leak or dry out. Long lasting. Black permanent ink.
201-107
All-Weather Pen
0.1 lb.
32
Measuring Tapes
USGS Standard Measuring Tapes
Sokkia/Eslon™ Fiberglass Tapes
Measuring tapes are used for setting gages, tape downs to
determine reference stage level, stream width, marking off bridge railings for measurement stations, etc. Stream gaging measurements are
made in 0.1 and .01 feet (2.0 mm) distance accuracies. All tapes
offered here are marked to .01 feet and 2.0 mm gradations and are
acceptable for USGS measurements. For accurate surveying and gage
setting tape tension spring scales should be used and recorded.
Sokkia and Lufkin Tapes are top quality measuring tapes to be used
for all these measurements and more.
Sokkia/Eslon™ Nylon-Coated Steel Tapes
The full measure of accuracy and
dependability; Sokkia/Eslon measuring
tapes are long-wearing and highly accurate. They're made tough to stand up to
repeated use in wet or dry conditions. Line
is 3/8″ wide. Easy-to-read black and red
graduations permeate white nylon-coated,
flexible steel line. High-impact plastic reel
with post and locking rewind.
Tapes come in open-reel frames (except 50 ft. tape which comes
in closed case.)
Features:
• Durability: last 3 times longer than uncoated steel tapes; resist
corrosion
• Easy to read graduations; markings permeate white nylon coating and are permanently protected with another wear-resistant
nylon coating
• Strength: crack resistant steel core for unusual flexibility
• Easy to clean: wipe clean with a damp cloth
Ft./10ths/100ths; graduated from end of hook
`
Length
202-009
100 ft. reel
202-010
200 ft. reel
Ft./10ths/100ths; graduated from end of tape
Length
202-015
50 ft. case
202-016
100 ft. reel
202-017
200 ft. reel
M/cm/mm; graduated from end of tape
Length
202-023
30 m reel
202-024
60 m reel
33
1.8 lbs.
3 lbs.
1.3 lbs.
1.8 lbs.
3 lbs.
1.8 lbs.
3 lbs.
• Provide the highest strength and
the lowest elongation
• Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) coating
and imprinting ensures long use
• Made from non-conducting
materials
• Stains, dirt, dust, and mildew
wipe clean with soap and water
These fiberglass tapes feature openreel frames. The lightweight case is virtually shatterproof. The special handle
design makes fast work of reeling. Width
1/2 in., with folding metal end hook.
Printed one side; graduated in ft./10ths/100ths
Length
202-039
50 ft.
1.3 lbs.
202-040
100 ft.
1.8 lbs.
202-041
200 ft.
3 lbs.
202-042
300 ft.
4 lbs.
Printed one side; graduated in m/cm/2mm
Length
202-048
15 m
1.3 lbs.
202-049
30 m
1.8 lbs.
202-050
60 m
3 lbs.
202-051
90 m
4 lbs.
Printed both sides; one side graduated in ft./10ths/100ths other side m/cm/2mm
Length
202-057
50 ft./50 m
1.3 lbs.
202-058
100 ft./30 m
1.8 lbs.
202-059
200 ft./60 m
3 lbs.
202-060
300 ft./30 m
4 lbs.
Printed both sides; one side graduated in ft./in./8ths - other side
ft./10ths/100ths
Length
202-066
50 ft.
1.3 lbs.
202-067
100 ft.
1.8 lbs.
202-068
200 ft.
3.0 lbs.
202-069
300 ft.
4.0 lbs.
Measuring Tapes
Lufkin® - USGS Nubian, Engineering and Surveying
Tapes and Reels
Reels for Steel Tapes
Made of high quality, nickelplated steel and fitted with a
bright red hardwood handle.
Open design aids in cleaning and
drying line. Easy-action winding
handle locks line at any point.
202-105
202-106
202-107
Two-arm Reel for 100 ft. or 30m tapes
Four-arm Reel for 200 ft. or 60m tapes
Four-arm Reel for 300 ft. or 100m tapes
1.5 lbs.
2.8 lbs.
3.3 lbs.
Lufkin® Closed Reel Yellow Clad Steel Tapes
Designed especially for precise measuring such as tape downs
and surveying work. Heavy-gauge steel with markings raised against a
black background protected by abrasion-resistant coating provide
longer life under the most adverse conditions. Each tape and refill is
fitted with heavy-gauge end clips at each end for attaching to reel or
tensioning device. Supplied with two leather thongs and a temperature correction scale (Celsius for metric tapes, Fahrenheit for English
tapes).
Style B - blank space each end; extra foot before “0” graduated
right to left in 10ths and 100ths; remainder graduated every foot
except last foot of every 100 feet in 100ths. Reel sold separately.
202-080
202-081
202-082
100′
200′
300′
2 lbs.
4.3 lbs.
6 lbs.
Style B (Metric) - blank space each end; the decimeter before
zero is graduated right to left in millimeters and centimeters; balance
is graduated every decimeter and meter. Sold separately.
202-090
202-091
202-092
30m
60m
100m
2.5 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
6 lbs.
USGS Tape Weight
Whoever said the folks at HIF didn't have a sense of humor?
Their “Louisiana Ding-Wop” is a solid brass weight, which may be
attached to the end ring of a measuring tape to hold it straight when
performing a tape-down. An adjustable collar allows the length of the
weight to be changed so the bottom of the weight is exactly 1 foot
from the end of the tape.
These closed reel 3/8″ steel
tapes have rust-resistant vinyl
covered metal cases, pop out
cranks with easy wind drums
and roller guides to ensure
smooth blade returns. The yellow clad blades are of fine, abrasion-resistant steel and feature
easy to read black and red markings on both sides of tape and a
folding end hook. Black vinylcovered steel case. Case dimensions: 50 ft. tapes: 3 3/4″ x 3/4″.
100 ft. tapes: 5” x 3/4″.
Graduated in feet, inches and eighths
202-115
50 ft.
202-116
100 ft.
1.5 lbs.
2 lbs.
Engineering graduations
Graduated in feet, 10ths and 100ths
202-122
50 ft.
202-123
100 ft.
1.5 lbs.
2 lbs.
Metric/English graduated in ft., inches and 8ths; m and mm
202-129
50 ft./15m
1.5 lbs.
202-130
100 ft./30m
2 lbs.
Lufkin® Red End® Engineer's Rules
Regular Model Graduated ft., 10ths,
and 100ths on one side.
Other side marked in
feet, inches, and 16ths.
Continuous foot markings in red; white finish.
Dim. 5/8″W x 6 ft. long.
Metric Regular Model - Markings on both sides reading left to
right. Graduated in millimeters with centimeters and meter markings.
Dim. 1.58 cm W x 1.82 L.
Heavy Duty Model - 25% thicker than regular model. All graduations are the same, no metric version is available. Dim. 5/8″ W x 6 ft.L.
202-100
USGS Tape Weight
2.2 lbs.
202-165
202-166
202-167
Regular Model
Metric Regular Model
Heavy Duty Model
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
34
Measuring Tapes
Engineer’s Power Return Tape
Engineer’s Conversion Rule
Dual scale with markings on top and bottom
edge. Graduated in feet, 10ths and 100ths on
top edge, with bottom edge in ft., in. and
16ths. The 1″ yellow-clad steel blade has red
and black markings for better visibility. Tapes
feature power return with a positive locking
mechanism to keep the tape in place.
Available in 12 and 25 ft. lengths.
Choose either a chrome plated plastic
case or a black and orange hi-viz case,
both with removable belt clip for carrying.
Chrome-plated case
202-173
12 ft. Tape
202-174
25 ft. Tape
1.3 lbs.
English/Metric Power Return Tape
Features dual scales for increased versatility. Each tape is graduated in continuous inches to 1/16ths top edge, bottom
edge graduated in millimeters numbered in
centimeters. Yellow steel blade with easy to
see black and red markings. Positive locking
mechanism keeps the tape firmly in
place and a smooth return
rewinds the tape. Choose from a
selection of case styles and cases.
Each has a removable belt clip.
3/4” Blade
3/4” Blade
1/2” Blade
1” Blade
Black/Hi-Viz Orange Plastic Case
202-150
3M/10 ft. Tape, 1/2” Blade
202-151
8M/25 ft. Tape, 1” Blade
Hi-Viz Orange Plastic Case
202-159
3M/10 ft. Tape, 1/2″ Blade
202-160
8M/25 ft. Tape, 1″ Blade
0.5
0.8
0.5
0.8
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
0.5 lb.
0.8 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.8 lb.
This tape clamp handle provides
positive gripping of a steel tape at any
point. It will apply light or heavy tension and is easily removed by turning
the handle. It will not damage tape
when used properly. Made of chromeplated alloy.
Allows the most accurate tape measurements by applying proper tension to the tape. The handle actually reads out the applied tension. It can also be used to counteract the effect of sag. Featuring a
clip end, the handle is made from rustproof brass with black filled
etched graduations beginning at the snap end. For the most accurate
measurements. Reads out in kg and lbs.
202-195
202-196
Up to 30 lb. ±1/2 lb., 25 kg ±0.25 kg
Up to 50 lb. ±1/2 lb., 41 kg ±0.25 kg
0.8 lb.
1.3 lbs.
Engineer’s Tape Ring
For 1/4″ wide tapes only. Sturdy, nickel-plated 1 1/8″ diameter
steel ring can be attached to any 1/4″ tape. Simply slide the 3 1/2″
supporting strip to the tape, it will not interfere with reading of graduations, the zero point falls at the end of the line.
202-200
Tape Ring
0.3 lb.
Taping Techniques Booklet
Loaded with suggestions, instructions, and techniques for the
proper use of surveyor's/engineer's tapes. An excellent teaching aid.
Ideal for beginning field crew members. 3 1/2″ x 7″ softcover, 32
pages.
Taping Techniques
0.3 lb.
0.5 lb.
This kit can repair all types and
sizes of tape lines in the field. It
quickly makes secure, accurate
splices with eyelets while on the job
and comes with a handy case with
snap fastener that keeps all items
intact and convenient to carry.
Carrying case; punch and eyeleting
tool; supply of long and short eyelets; assortment of ungraduated steel
tape pieces.
202-210
35
0.3 lb.
Tape Repair Kit
Tape Clamp Handle
Clamp Handle
Engineer‘s Conversion Rule
Tape Tension Handles
202-205
Measuring Tape Accessories
202-186
202-190
0.5 lb.
1.3 lbs.
Black/Hi-viz orange plastic case
202-180
25 ft. Tape
Chrome-Plated Plastic Case
202-136
3m/10 ft. Tape,
202-137
8m/25 ft. Tape,
202-138
3m/10 ft. Tape,
202-139
8m/25 ft. Tape,
Pocket-size 6″ wood rule. One side - upper edge to inches and
10ths of inches; lower edge graduated with temperature correction
scale. Other side - upper edge graduated to 10ths and 100ths of feet;
lower edge in inches to 16ths.
Tape Repair Kit
3.5 lbs.
Binoculars
Brunton® Lite-Tech™ Binoculars
Binoculars
Often the best place to locate a staff gage is not the easiest
place for the hydrologist to read it. It is usually across the river or on
the farthest bridge pier it seems. Binoculars are a necessity in this situation for accurate staff gage readings. Several models are listed below
which feature different optic ranges as well as quality. Some are
waterproof and some are rubber covered for rough field handling.
Also often during flood events or during the short days of winter, it is
necessary to take readings during low light or dark conditions when
night vision binoculars are needed.
Brunton Binoculars
Binoculars are often needed for reading staff gages for accurate
stage measurement readings. Often readings occur during heavy rainfall to take measurements during flood measurements. We have chosen to offer Brunton Binoculars because of the following features:
• Waterproof/fog proof design
• Rubber armor coating
• Bino-glove™ case allows use while still in case
• Eyeglass compatibility
• Phase coating allows a sharp high contrast image no matter
what time of day or light conditions
• Extreme close focus™ and extra wide field of view
• Fully multi-coated lenses
• Opti-visor™ lens protectors
To select the best binocular for your application there are several
factors to consider:
Power: Binoculars are described by 7 x 42, 8 x 25, 10 x 42, etc.
The 7X, 8X and 10X identifies the magnification or power. A 7X
makes the object look 7 times larger and nearer than viewing without
binoculars. The higher the power the field of view becomes smaller as
well as brightness and clarity. Also, the higher power makes it harder
to "steady" the image.
Aperture: The second number X42, X25, etc. is the diameter of
aperture of the objective or front lens in millimeters. Aperture size
determines the amount of light and detail or clarity of the object. The
larger aperture allows better low light viewing.
Exit Pupil: The exit pupil is the objective lens diameter divided
by the power, for example A7 X 42 binocular has a 6 mm exit pupil
(42mm divided by 7X = 6mm). The brighter the light conditions the
lower the exit pupil needed and vice versa. So a 6 mm exit pupil
works well under dark, dawn and dusk conditions.
Field of View: This is the widest dimension of the circular viewing
areas seen through the binocular expressed in feet at 1000 yards distance. Field of view decreases with increase in power.
Residual Oil Remover Lens Cleaner
ROR Lens Cleaner
5030 Model
They are designed for bad
weather - all are nitrogen filled
for waterproofing. They feature
BAK-4 prisms for less distortion,
coated optics for better contrast,
and they are quipped with
5028 Model
durable rubber armor for rugged
use.
Lite-Tech Binoculars are available in two types: compact and
standard roof prism. Each type is available in two magnifications:
compact in 8 x 25 and 10 x 25, roof prism in 8 x 32 and 10 x 42.
Specifications:
5027
5028
5029
Magnification
8
10
8
5030
10
Objective Diameter
25 mm
25 mm
32 mm
42 mm
Exit Pupil
3.1 mm
2.5 mm
4 mm
5.35 mm
Field of View @ 1000 yds.
429 ft.
308 ft.
393 ft.
345 ft.
Specifications:
5057
5058
5059
5066
Magnification
8
10
12
7
10
Objective Diameter
22mm
26mm
26mm
50mm
50mm
Exit Pupil
2.8mm
2.6mm
2.2mm
7.1mm
5mm
424 ft.
341 ft.
288 ft.
367 ft.
342 ft.
203-001
203-002
203-003
203-004
203-005
203-006
203-007
203-008
203-009
Lite-Tech
Lite-Tech
Lite-Tech
Lite-Tech
Lite-Tech
Lite-Tech
Lite-Tech
Lite-Tech
Lite-Tech
5027,
5028,
5029,
5030,
5057,
5058,
5059,
5066,
5068,
8 x 25 Compact
10 x 25 Compact
8 x 32
10 x 42
8 x 22 Compact
10 x 26 Compact
12 x 26 Compact
7 x 50
10 x 50
5068
1 lb.
1 lb.
3 lbs.
3 lbs.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
3 lbs.
3 lbs.
5 x 10 Penscope - Model 4061
Safely clean oil residue from the optical,
glass and plastic surfaces of binoculars, cameras,
survey instruments, compasses, and clinometers
with this lens cleaner. The remover works by
emulsifying the oil residue both on the surface
and in the pores, enabling its removal, as well as
the removal of any other surface residues. It also
inhibits dirt and dust accumulation. Spray on
any ordinary, non-treated tissue, wipe surface
and remove with clean tissue.
203-015
Solid performance at an affordable price. These binoculars from
the Lite-Tech series are designed to
deliver excellent quality and performance.
This is a great lightweight penscope to throw in your field vest
pocket when you really want to pack light. This
Brunton penscope has all these great features:
• 4.125″ x .625″ x .625″/1.75 oz.
• 5 power magnification
• 10 mm objective diameter
• 2 mm exit pupil
• 280 ft. field of view
@ 1000 yds.
0.1 lb.
203-020
Penscope 4061, 5x10
0.3 lb.
36
Flashlights
Brunton® Eterna™ Binoculars
Super Pelilite Laser Spot Xenon Flashlight
The Eterna binoculars are
top-of-the-line binoculars with
multi-coated optics. The Emerald
Fire™ coating on the lens is a
technologically advanced multicoating designed to eliminate
both UV rays and infrared light,
thus increasing clarity by reducing the amount of reflected
light. Eterna binoculars have a
large field of view, BAK-4 glass
prisms for less distortion, long eye relief for comfortable viewing, and
a large exit pupil for excellent brightness.
Dust covers on the front and rear protect lenses from dirt and
scratches. The front covers also act as blinders to help block out the
sun. The body is coated in rubber armor for extra durability. Nitrogen
filled for waterproofing, the binoculars may be used in bad weather.
Includes neoprene case, neoprene adjustable strap, and lens brush.
The Super Pelilite Laser Spot Xenon Powered Flashlight is watertight, with an unbreakable ABS body. This flashlight is 400% brighter
than ordinary flashlights. Requires 2 C batteries.
Specifications:
4006W
4008W
4009W
4022W
Magnification
7
10
12
8
10
42 mm
42 mm
42 mm
25 mm
25 mm
Exit Pupil
6 mm
4.2 mm
3.5 mm
3.1 mm
2.5 mm
413 ft.
338 ft.
271 ft.
270 ft.
260 ft.
Objective Diameter
203-025
203-026
203-027
203-028
203-029
Eterna
Eterna
Eterna
Eterna
Eterna
4006W
4008W
4009W
4022W
4024W
7 x 42
10 x 42
12 x 42
8 x 25 Compact
10 x25 Compact
204-010
Super Pelilite
0.4 lb.
Stealthlite Laser Spot Xenon Flashlight
The Stealthlite is watertight with an unbreakable ABS body.
Operates 5-6 hours on 4 “AA” batteries - not included.
4024W
3.5 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
0.8 lb.
0.8 lb.
Pelican Flashlights and Spotlights
– The ultimate for
waterproof field performance. Designed for use on those tough 2AM
measurements during the 50 year flood event when the rain is still
coming down hard. These lights are a necessity.
204-015
Stealthlite
0.4 lb.
Super Sabrelite Laser Spot Xenon Flashlight
The Super Sabrelite Laser Spot Xenon Professional Flashlight is
watertight and has an unbreakable ABS body, a belt spring clip and
black lanyard. Meets military specifications. Requires 3 C batteries.
MityLite Laser Spot Xenon Flashlight
Watertight and 600% brighter than ordinary pocket lights.
Comes with lightbender attachment. Unbreakable ABS body. Requires
2 AAA batteries.
204-001
MityLite
0.2 lb.
This 6000 candlepower focused beam is watertight and 600%
brighter than ordinary pocket lights. Unbreakable ABS body. Requires
3 AAA batteries.
Super MityLite
0.7 lb.
0.3 lb.
6000 candlepower Xenon highperformance LMX
lamp module.
Multiple position
(o-ring sealed)
swivel head and a
water-resistant
high impact polycarbonate lens. Large visor-clothing clip, Nite Vision
and Bugs Away red lens. Velcro mounting system, adjustable hardhat/headband, and strong removable saddle magnet. Requires 2 AA
batteries and battery life is 5-6 hours.
204-025
37
Super Sabrelite
Versabrite (6 lights in one)
Super MityLite Laser Spot Xenon Flashlight
204-005
204-020
Versabrite
0.3 lb.
Batteries
King Pelican Lite Pro 4000 Series
Britelite Pro 5000 Series
The King Pelican is a 12
Volt, 14 watt, 100,000 candlepower, primary handheld
light source. Watertight and
unbreakable ABS body with a
dual filament Xenon safety
lamp with lamp life of 60
hours (30 hrs. each filament),
protective lens shroud. The
handle converts from pistol
grip to lantern handle in seconds. Operates 10-12 hours
on 8 D batteries.
204-030
King Pelican
The Britelite Pro is a compact 6
volt, 7 watt, 60,000 candlepower
handheld light. Includes dual filament
Xenon back-up safety lamp with 60
hours total lamp life. Watertight and a
patented shock absorbing internal battery module that protects 4 D cells
from hard abuse and an integral pistol
grip handle with lanyard. Operates 1112 hours on 4 D cell batteries.
3.5 lbs.
204-035
Alkaline Batteries
Long life alkaline batteries outlast standard batteries at a very economical
price. Alkaline has very low
internal resistance, good
storage life and good low
temperature performance.
206-015
206-016
206-017
206-018
206-019
206-020
206-021
206-022
206-023
206-030
Pack of two “AAA” cell batteries
One “AA” cell battery
Pack of eight “AA” cell batteries
One “C” cell battery
Pack of six “C” cell batteries
One “D” cell battery
Pack of six “D” cell batteries
One 9V Transistor battery
One “N” cell battery
6V Lantern Battery
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.2 lb.
1.3 lbs.
0.4 lb.
2 lbs.
0.2 lb.
0.1 lb.
1.5 lbs.
Nickel Cadmium (NiCd) Batteries
NiCd
NiCd
NiCd
NiCd
NiCd
NiCd
Charger, all sizes
AAA Size
AA Size
C Size
D Size
9V Size
2.5 lbs.
Power Star™ Inverter - 140 Watt, 400 Watt, or 700
Watt Models
The Power Star™ allows the
hydrotech 115V AC power through
your truck or boat cigarette lighter!
Use the Power Star™ inverter to
run battery chargers, lights, computers, drills, pumps and some
saws. Most circular saws and many
large drills require higher peak
wattages than this inverter can
deliver. Converts 12V DC to 115V
AC delivers power for up to six
hours. Features include automatic
overload shutdown and automatic
power reduction at high temperatures.
206-001
206-002
206-003
400 W peak power, 140W continuous
1.5 lbs.
2 lb.
2.5 lbs.
Get-Away Portable AC/DC Power Source
These are the most popular rechargable batteries due to low
cost, versatility and high output capability. NiCd Batteries can be
rapid charge/discharged and can provide significant savings over single use alkaline batteries. The charger features 6 hour, 4 position
charging for all size standard batteries.
206-035
206-036
206-037
206-038
206-039
206-040
Britelite Pro
2 lbs.
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
0.2 lb.
0.2 lb.
The Get-Away is a great temporary battery charger for gaging
stations or any outdoor power
needs, the instant power combines the power of a small generator and the convenience of a
portable, lightweight power
source. The Get-Away gives power
where it's needed when it's needed and is a 250 crank assist amps
battery source having 85 peak
amps. It is powerful enough to
jump start up to 30 vehicles without recharging or use as a 12 volt
DC power source for other AC equipment needed in the field such as
computers, printers, radios, etc. or emergency power.
The unit is a safe, rechargeable battery that can be recharged
up to 1500 times by either plugging it into an automobile cigarette
lighter or wall socket with AC adapter (included). Holds charge 6 to 9
months. Battery: sealed 18AH lead acid. Voltage: 12 volts.
Dimensions: 12 1/2″H x 11 5/8″ W x 8″ D.
206-010
Get-Away Power Source
21 lbs.
38
Generators
Portable AC/DC Generator
Heavy-Duty 12-Gauge Extension Cords
These Portable AC/DC
Generators are designed for remote
gaging sites where on-site 12VDC,
120 VAC or 240 VAC power is
required for power drive units,
cableway units, temporary power
for construction or any other field
power equipment needs. Four
models are available from 1400 to
6000 watts. All four feature reliable
four stroke, overhead valve engine
with large, super quiet muffler and four-point anti-vibration mounting
system.
Each unit also features a maintenance free brushless alternator,
automatic voltage regulator, low oil warning system with automatic
shut-off, transistor controlled ignition system, and a USFS approved
spark arrestor. An economy idle system reduces fuel consumption
when no load is required, extending operating time and engine life.
Each unit is also equipped with an electrical interference suppressor and electronic ignition. The 4000W and 6000W units are:
dim. 26.4″L x 20.1″W x 22″H. 5.5 gallon tank capacity. Recoil start
with automatic depression. Rated DC output 12V 100W (8.3A). The
1400W and 2300W generators have 3.2 gallon tank capacity. Dim. 20.1″
x 16.3” x 16.7″ Recoil start.
High-visibility orange vinyl
cords with heavy-duty molded-on
plugs and connectors. Resists
chemicals and sunlight exposure
and meets OSHA requirements.
Specifications:
206-045
206-046
4,000/4,600
6,000/6,600
@120 V
33.3 Amps
50.0 Amps
@ 240 V
16.7 Amps
25.0 Amps
301 cc
357 cc
10.1 hrs.
8.3 hrs.
206-068
206-069
206-070
Gage Extension Cord - 25 ft.
Heavy Duty In-line Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter
(GFCI)
Plugs directly into extension
cord or original power source. The
GFC interrupter is important for
safe work around water. Heavy-duty
12 gauge, three conductor construction molded Tri-Source connector provides three available
receptacles for equipment. UL listed
to meet OSHA GFCI requirements,
rated at 120-volts/1800 watts,
length 30″.
Output (watts)
Rated/Maximum
206-076
Rated AC Current
Displacement
Operating time
Specifications:
206-052
206-053
Maximum Output
1600 Watts
2600 Watts
Rated AC Output
1400 Watts
2300 Watts
Rated AC Current @ 120 Volts
11.7 Amps
19.2 Amps
123 cc
17 hrs.
171 cc
11.3 hrs.
Displacement
Operating Time
206-045
206-046
206-052
206-053
4000W
6000W
1400W
2300W
AC/DC
AC/DC
AC/DC
AC/DC
Generator
Generator
Generator
Generator
183 lbs.
185 lbs.
83.6 lbs.
90.3 lbs.
Polar/Solar Plus® 12-Gage Extension Cords
End lights up when plugged in
letting you know where the power
is. Heavy-duty, insulated, all-weather,
all-condition cord is fluorescent yellow and has clear ends with a light
in the female connector for ease in
checking connections in event of
power failure. Meets OSHA requirements.
Ext. Cord w/Lighted End - 25 ft.
39
3.5 lbs.
6.5 lbs.
14.5 lbs.
In-line GFCI
1.5 lbs.
Battery Saver
Is there still life in your AA, AAA, C, D,
and 9 Volt batteries? Don’t throw away your
old batteries or use new ones until you’ve
applied Battery Saver! Battery Saver’s fast acting formula removes oxidation from old and
new battery contact surfaces. The result is
maximum power flow and full use of all types
of alkaline, lithium and rechargable batteries.
Rub on Battery Saver and get full use of your
batteries.
Battery Saver can be used on alkaline
batteries, lithium batteries, dry cell batteries,
rechargeable batteries, and wafer batteries. Also cleans electrical contacts on sounding reels, counters, computer connections, AC plug
connectors, flashlights, cameras and more. Safe to use on metal and
plastic surfaces. Non-toxic, non-corrosive ingredients.
206-080
Battery Saver
0.3 lb.
Cyalume Lightstick
These lightsticks are great for night bridge measurements where
traffic safety is a concern. Non-toxic, non-flammable lightsticks produce a bright steady light that is visible for up to one mile. One-timeuse lights emit a 360º illumination that will not burn or spark. 6”
industrial strength lightstick produces a green light that lasts from 8
to 12 hours. Once activated, the light cannot be turned off.
206-085
206-060
206-061
206-062
4 lbs.
7 lbs.
12 lbs.
6” Lightstick
0.3 lb.
Thermometers
Thermometers
Pocket Thermometers
Water temperature data is an important variable to be recorded
for all kinds of stream gaging data requirements. The temperature or
viscosity of the flow affects sediment suspension and deposition and
may affect the roughness of a sand-bed stream.
The best or preferred method to obtain the correct water temperature is to submerge the thermometer while wading some distance out in the stream. The thermometer is held beneath the water
for sufficient time (about one-half minute) to allow the temperature
of the thermometer to equalize with the water temperature. The bulb
of the thermometer should always remain in the water until after the
reading is obtained.
K-Type Thermocouple Thermometers
Digital K-Type thermometer offers the
ability to use multiple probes for different
applications. Features an alarm setting for
high and low limits, and all information can
be entered and stored from the membrane
keyboard. Broad temperature ranges meet
all of your temperature measurement
requirements. The MEM/HOLD key freezes
the last reading for delayed review. Choose
from two models in your choice of º C or º
F scales. Ranges: Fahrenheit scale from -58
to 302º F and -58 to 1650º F. Celsius scale
from -58º to 302º C and -58º to 1742º C. Accurate to ±0.5%.
Operates on one 9-volt battery, included. Probes sold separately.
205-030
205-031
206-022
Thermometer with º F scale
Thermometer with º C scale
Replacement 9-volt Battery
1.3 lbs.
1.3 lbs.
0.3 lb.
Pocket Thermometers
Available with a removable pocket case or fixed armor casing.
These 5 1/2″ long glass thermometers are sealed and calibrated for
total immersion. Environmentally safe red-liquid filled for safety.
Choose from a selection of º F and º C scales in 1º or 2º divisions
depending on the specific application.
(continued)
Economical General Purpose
with Plastic Armor Casing
205-020
0 to 50º C
205-021
25 to 125º F
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
Waterproof K-Type Thermocouple Thermometer
This Hanna thermometer is waterproof for durability in the field. Designed
for single hand operation, each model has
six button operation, and a non-reflective
LCD. The ABS case allows the unit to stay
afloat if accidentally dropped in water. A
"Hold" function stores and captures your
last reading as well as retaining the highest
and lowest temperature during continuous
monitoring. Dual Range: High: -50 to 950º
C, -58 to 1,742º F. Low: -50 to 150º C, -58
to 302º F. Accuracy: ±0.3%. Uses AAA batteries, not included. Uses any K-Type thermocouple probes, sold separately.
205-040
206-015
Waterproof Thermocouple Thermometer
Replacement Batteries, AAA (2 per pack)
1.3 lbs.
0.3 lb.
Interchangeable K-Type Thermocouple Probes
Compatible with any thermometer with the K-type connector. A
wide selection of thermocouple probes for soil, liquids, gasses and
solids are available. A water sounding probe is also available with a 20
ft. cable or with a 50 ft. cable, each complete with depth markings.
All probe tips are made of stainless steel and feature a standard KType mini-connector.
D
E
F
C
A
Thermometer
205-001
205-002
205-003
205-004
205-005
with Pocket Case
-30 to 120º F /2º
0 to 120º F/1º
0 to 220º F/2º
-30 to 50º C/1º
-10 to 110º C/1º
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
B
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Temperature
Probe
with Armor Casing
-30 to 120º F/2º
0 to 120º F/1º
0 to 220º F/2º
-10 to 110º C/1º
-30 to 50º C/1º
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Temp.
Length
Range
Dim. (LxD)
Semi-solids
30 in.
1652º F
4 3/4" x 1/8"
205-051 B-Gen. Purpose
Soil, Liquid, Gas
30 in.
1652º F
4 3/4" x 1/8"
205-052 C-Gen. Purpose
Soil, Liquid, Gas
30 in.
1652º F
8 1/2" x 1/4"
205-053 D-Air
Gases
30 in.
572º F
9" x 1/2"
205-054 E-Surface
Solids
30 in.
1202º C
10 1/2" x 1/2"
205-055 F-Water Sounding
Water
20 ft.
105º C
4" x 3/8"
205-056 F-Water Sounding
Water
50 ft.
105º C
4" x 1 1/4"
205-057 3 ft Soil Probe
Soil
4 ft.
125º C
36" x 1/2"
205-058 6 ft. Soil Probe
Soil
9 ft.
125º C
72" x 1/2"
205-050 A-Penetration
Thermometer
205-010
205-011
205-012
205-013
205-014
Cable
Usage
40
Waders
LaCrosse® Adirondack Insulated &
Non-insulated Chest Waders
Wading Equipment
Keeping dry during a measurement shouldn’t be a challenge but
often is. We have tested many different waders, hip boots and rainwear and are pleased to offer the following equipment as top quality
gear absolutely guaranteed to keep you dry in stream and out.
This is a favorite wader for stream gagers. The
tough, injection-molded vinyl wader boot is welded
to the lightest possible two-ply brushed nylon top.
Boot features reinforced counter and instep and
molded, bar cleat soles, polyfoam insulated waders
trap warm air to provide comfort in cold weather.
Choose from insulated and non-insulated.
Suspenders and belt ordered separately. Sizes 7-13.
LaCross® Insulator II/Chest Waders
These extra-tough, all rubber, insulated chest
waders are made of natural hand-crafted, ozoneresistant rubber and have the soft pliability hydrographers needed for comfort and ease of movement.
Trac-Lite outsole is ideal for heavy-duty wear and
excellent traction in the stream. The waders are insulated with polymeric foam and 9 mm felt midsole.
Other features include: cotton duck lining, reinforced
skirt for durability, steel shank for arch support and
ribbed vamp. Suspenders and wader belt ordered
separately. Sizes 6-15.
207-001(size) Insulator II Chest Waders
14.3 lbs.
LaCrosse® Medalist 3mm Neoprene
Chest Waders
These 100% waterproof chest waders are made
of 3.5 mm closed cell neoprene with a stretchable
nylon outer shell. These are ideal under the coldest
conditions. The durable, leakproof seams are doublecemented and blind stitched. High back wader has
built-in nylon web suspenders and quick release buckles. The lightweight molded boot foot features cleat
outsole for traction and polymeric foam insulation
with a Cambrelle lining to wick away moisture. Also
features a front fly pocket with hand warmer pocket.
Sizes 7-13.
207-005(size)
Medalist Chest Waders
207-020 (size) Non-insulated Waders
207-021 (size) Insulated Waders
LaCrosse® Big Chief Insulated and Non-insulated
Hip Boots
This durable ozone-resistant, all-rubber
hip boot is 100% waterproof. Contoured
ankle fit design fits your whole foot for walking on soft surfaces. Adjustable, inside-lace
knee harness keeps hip boot in place. Also
features stretch net boot lining for easy
on/off, fiberglass shank, full cushion insole,
heavy-duty chevron cleated outsole with full
boot heel for extra traction. Sizes 7-13.
207-030 (size) Non-insulated Hip Boots
207-031 (size) Insulated Hip Boots
This is a favorite hip boot for stream
gagers. Features a full ankle injection molded rubber boot and an ultra-light, durable
two-ply nylon reinforced upper. Boot has
sure grip cleated soles and reinforced
counter and instep. Sizes 7-13.
207-040 (size) Non-insulated
207-041 (size) Insulated
LaCrosse® Master Series Chest Waders
Extra-tough chest wader features brushed,
three-ply nylon uppers welded to 100% waterproof,
injection-molded, cleated rubber boots. The waders
have a reinforced counter and instep in boots and
an inside flap pocket at the belt line. Polyfoam insulated for excellent comfort in cold water.
Suspenders and wader belt ordered separately. Sizes
7-13.
9.3 lbs.
8 lbs.
8.5 lbs.
LaCrosse® Master Insulated Hip Boots
This Duralite hip boot is light, yet tough
enough for all-day wear. One-piece construction eliminates chance of leaks and three-ply
brushed nylon eliminates all clothing drag for
maximum movement. Cambrelle inner lining
wicks away moisture. Uppers are soft, flexible
brushed nylon for added strength. Boot has
reinforced counter and instep, and sure gripping, steel shank soles. Polyfoam insulated.
Sizes 7-13.
207-050 (size)
41
8.8 lbs.
9 lbs.
LaCrosse® Adirondack Insulated and NonInsulated Hip Boots
9.8 lbs.
207-010 (size) Master Chest Waders
8.3 lbs.
8.8 lbs.
Master Hip Boots
8.3 lbs.
Waders
Whitewater Neoprene Waders
Waders Size Chart
Rugged closed cell neoprene
waders feature abrasion resistant nylon
facing inside and out. All seams are
sealed with heat-activated elastic tape.
Special crotch design redistributes stress
to eliminate tearing and seam failure.
Waders have reinforced knees, shoulder
straps, neck and arm openings, extra
wide Velcro shoulder straps and front
pocket. Fully insulated boot foot.
Chest Wader Size Chart
Boot Size
5/6
7/8
9/10
5mm Models
207-055 (size)
207-056 (size)
207-057 (size)
3mm Model
207-058 (size)
Men's Stocking Foot S-XXL
Men's Boot Foot Felt Sold 6-15
Men's Boot Foot Cleated 6-15
4 lbs.
12 lbs.
12 lbs.
Men's Stocking Foot S-XXL
4 lbs.
11/12
13/14
Wading Shoe
Designed for stocking foot
waders. Man-made leather construction offers look and feel of real
leather, but won't crack, rot or
mildew. Cushioned collar keeps gravel out. Speed lacing and padded
tongue give a comfortable fit.
Removable insole, EVA midsole.
Strong toe box, rubber toe guard
and extra thick lining. Felt sole for
better traction on slippery surfaces.
207-070 (size)
Wading Shoe Men's 8-14
15-16
Dimension
Short
Regular
Chest
38-42"
38-42"
Outseam
49"
51"
Inseam
28-30"
31-32"
40-44"
Chest
40-44"
Outseam
51"
53"
Inseam
30-31"
32-33"
Long
Chest
42-46"
42-46"
Outseam
53"
55"
42-46"
57"
Inseam
31-32"
33-34"
34-35"
44-48"
Chest
44-48"
Outseam
57"
59"
Inseam
34-35"
35-36"
46-50"
Chest
46-50"
Outseam
59"
61"
Inseam
35-36"
36-37"
48-52"
Chest
48-52"
Outseam
61"
63"
Inseam
36-37"
37-38"
Fitting: If your measurements fall
within these size charts, you can
expect a comfortable, proper fit.
3 lbs.
Fingermit®
The Fingermit® gives you
the full mitten warmth with a fingertip touch. Just pull the mitten
and thumb caps backwards off
the fingers and thumb in a single
move to perform functions with
your fingertips while keeping the
rest of your hand warm. Made of
100% wool with the mitten cap
lined in Thinsulate®, the
Fingermit® features a genuine
cowhide leather palm and thumb
for durable wear. Velcro® holds the mitten cap out of the way when
not covering fingers. Available in two sizes; small or large.
207-075
207-076
Small, Size 5-8
Large, Size 9-11
0.4 lb.
0.5 lb.
Neoprene Stocking Foot Size Chart
Shoe Size
Chest
Inseam (To Floor)
Thigh
Height
6-7
34-38"
28-31"
18-22"
5' 4"-5' 8"
Medium
8-9
37-42"
30-33"
20-24"
5'7"-5'11"
Large
10-11
40-45"
32-35"
22-26"
5'10"-6'2"
X-Large
12-13
44-50"
34-37"
24-29"
6'1"-6'5"
XX-Large
14-15
48-55"
37-40"
26-32"
6'4"-6'8"
Small
Neoprene Boot Foot Size Chart
6
7
8
9
10
Chest
34-38"
34-38"
37-42"
37-42"
40-45"
Inseam(To Floor)
28-31"
28-31"
30-33"
30-33"
32-35"
Thigh
18-22"
18-22"
20-24"
20-24"
22-26"
Height
5'4"-5'8"
5'4"-5'8"
5'7"-5'11"
5'7"-5'11"
5'10"-6'2"
11
12
13
14
15
Chest
40-45"
44-50"
44-50"
48-55"
48-55"
Inseam(To Floor)
32-35"
34-37"
34-37"
37-40"
37-40"
Thigh
22-26"
24-29"
24-29"
26-32"
26-32"
Height
5'10"-6'2"
6'1"-6'5"
6'1"-6'5"
6'4"-6'8"
6'4"-6'8"
42
Boots & Accessories
LaCrosse Monarch PVC Knee Boot
Koskin 20″ Ventilated Wader Bag
This PVC boot is excellent in wet,
muddy areas. The Monarch is lighter and
more comfortable than other 16″ high PVC
boots. The boot foot has a steel shank covered with a removable fleece insole that
supports the arch while keeping feet dry.
Sturdy molded design fits legs snugly.
Lining allows boots to slip on and off with
ease. Bar cleated PVC outsole provides
excellent traction and is available with regular and steel toe. Sizes 7-13.
207-085 (size)
207-086 (size)
Regular Toe Boot
Steel Toe Boot
4.8 lbs.
6 lbs.
LaCrosse 17″ Grange and Burley Rubber Boots
These waterproof rubber boots are 17″
high for full leg protection. This pull-on boot has
an adjustable top strap and buckle to keep
debris out. Nylon lining eases the boot on and
off while the cushioned insole and steel shank
provide extra comfort and protection when
walking. Ankle fitting for support and walking
comfort. Sizes 7-13.
The Koskin Ventilated Wader Bag is
made of durable Koskin reinforced synthetic
leather with heavy-duty PVC mesh side panels for ventilation. Other features include
roomy zippered end pockets, large u-shaped
top opening, self-repairing zippers, and carry
straps with Velcro® closure grip. Color: Green
Size: 20″ x 12″ x 8″.
207-120 Koskin 20”
Wader Bag
8 lbs.
Koskin 22″ Expandable Gear-Wader Bag
Made of durable Koskin reinforced synthetic leather, the bag also
features heavy-duty PVC mesh side pockets, self-repairing zippers,
roomy zippered end pockets, and a large u-shaped top opening with
double slide zipper. Hidden/expandable 22″ x 12.5″ x 5″ mesh bottom compartment for wet waders or boots and a hidden roll-out PVC
changing mat are also features of this bag. The 2″ carry straps with
Velcro® closure grip and a 2″ removable shoulder strap with non-slip
shoulder pad make it a convenient bag to carry. Color: Green Size:
22″ x 12.5″ x 10.5″ (15.5″ expanded)
207-125
Koskin 22” Expandable Bag
10 lbs.
LaCrosse® Boot & Wader Hanger
207-110 (size) Non-insulated Rubber Boot - Grange
207-111 (size) Insulated Rubber Boot - Burley
4.8 lbs.
6 lbs.
Wader Dryer
This powered dryer provides fast, gentle
drying for your waders, boots, gloves, etc.,
prolongs gear life, and helps prevent mildew.
It is safe for all types of rubber, neoprene,
canvas and leather. Features include a 110volt electric fan which blows unheated air
through the tubes. Dryer tubes remove for
storage and travel. Includes two sets of 64″
dryer tubes and an optional coat attachment
is also available for drying coats.
Hang your waders or boots upside down
and speed up the drying process. This hanger
is also great for storing your waders or boots.
Constructed of durable nylon webbing with
adjustable straps.
207-130 Boot and Wader
Hanger
0.1 lb.
Boot Rack Hanger
This boot rack keeps your boots neat, helps
them dry faster, and prevents them from folding
and creasing which helps them last longer.
Mounts easily in vans, shops, or offices with
only two screws. Holds two boots. Dimensions:
9 1/4″ x 14 1/4″ x 14″
207-135 Boot Rack Hanger
207-095
207-096
Wader Power Dryer
Optional Coat Dryer Attachment
15 lbs.
1 lb.
LaCrosse All-Season Boot
This is a great water resistant boot for all seasons. Cleated outsoles provide extra traction as
these boots handle any kind of weather. Full grain
leather uppers are latex sealed to a natural rubber foot that keeps water out. Extra thick air
cushion insoles, built-in fiber heel
counter, and lateral stabilizer provide
the fit and support of an all leather
boot. Available in men's or women's
sizes. Women's sizes are narrower than men's. Sizes - Men's - tan, 713. Sizes - Women's - tan, 6-10.
207-100 (size) Men's All Season Boot
207-101 (size) Women's All Season Boot
43
4 lbs.
4 lbs.
1 lb.
Silicone Spray
This water proofing spray protects your outdoor
equipment! Helps protect leather, rubber, and plastic
waders and boots.
207-140
Silicone Spray
1.3 lbs.
Snow-Proof Paste
This is a colorless paste
which softens, preserves, and
waterproofs leather and accepts polish. Not
recommended for suede and may darken
light colored leather.
207-145
Snow-Proof
1.5 lbs.
Wader Accessories
LaCrosse® Air-Cushioned Insoles
Wader Accessories
Make waders and boots more comfortable with air-cushioned insoles that are
constructed with a polyurethane foam layer
that reduces odor and insures breathability.
Men's regular sizes.
Suspenders
Two types of suspenders, standard, cross style, or popular “H” back.
Leather trim and attachments. For use
with any wader. One size fits all.
207-150
207-151
Cross Style
H-Back
0.3 lb.
0.4 lb.
207-170 (size) Air-cushioned Insoles, Sizes 7-13
0.3 lb.
LaCrosse® Wool Felt Insoles
Wool felt insoles keep your feet warm
and comfortable inside waders and boots.
Available in 6mm or 9mm thickness. Hand
washable.
Wader Belt
207-180 (size) Size 7-13, 6mm
207-181 (size) Size 7-13, 9mm
Nylon belt with adjustable
polyethylene buckle keeps
wader snug. One size fits all.
207-155
Wader Belt
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.5 lb.
LaCrosse® Thigh-Length Wader Socks
These wader socks feature Outlast® temperature
regulating fibers for maximum comfort under waders.
Thigh-length wader socks with special temperature-regulating fibers absorb, retain and release body heat. Sock
exterior is worsted wool. Fully-cushioned foot for comfort. Men's sizes 10-13.
Hip Boot Straps
Replacement hip boot straps for all LaCrosse hip boots.
207-190 (size) Thigh-length Wader Socks
207-160
207-161
207-162
Marsh Brown
OD Green
Black
0.2 lb.
0.2 lb.
0.2 lb.
0.5 lb.
Drywear Rain Gear and Suits
Stearns Elite™ Series Jacket and Pants
Wader Repair Kit
Permanent, flexible, waterproof
repairs for all types of waders and outdoor
equipment such as PVC, neoprene, rubber, coated or nylon fabrics. 1 oz. tube of
flexible urethane rubber quickly bonds
together virtually any fabric. Also protects
area from future abrasion and damage.
207-167
Wader Repair Kit
0.3 lb.
The Elite Series features 70
Denier Nylon Taffeta with 1500mm
Microporous Breathable
Polyurethane coating. This is a
breathable, waterproof material that
will keep you dry and comfortable.
The Elite Series is a top quality
rugged jacket that has congealable
hood, storm flap, wrist cuffs and
packs into built-in storage pouch.
Pants have elastic waist with drawcord, side slash pockets, leg zippers
and snap adjustments on cuffs.
Colors: Navy, Red. Sizes: S, M, L,
XL, XXL
208-001
208-002
208-003
208-004
(size)
(size)
(size)
(size)
Stearns
Stearns
Stearns
Stearns
Jacket-Navy
Jacket-Red
Pants-Navy
Pants-Red
2.5 lbs.
2.5 lbs.
2.2 lbs.
2.2 lbs.
44
Rain Gear
Stearns Walleye Hunter Rainsuit
PVC Rainsuit
The Stearns Walleye Hunter
Rainsuit is a lightweight, waterproof/breathable material with
taped seams and pack cloth on
shoulder, outer arm, knees and seat
for added durability. It has articulated sleeves for full range of movement and zippered underarms for
added breathability. The adjustable
hood, waist and hem and seven
zippered pockets on jacket, including an inside chest pocket and one
Velcro® pocket on thigh of bib
make it an excellent rainsuit for
field technicians. It has zippered gusseted leg openings with snapped
storm flaps for easy on and off flexibility. Colors: Red, Forest Green.
Sizes: M-XXL
208-010 (size) Walleye Hunter Rainsuit-Red
208-011 (size) Walleye Hunter Rainsuit-Forest Green
3.5 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
Stearns Drywear Storm Suit
This rainsuit is full-cut to allow
freedom of movement. Features
extreme tear and abrasion resistance
and remains flexible at low temperatures. Made of tough, flexible
.30mm soflex PVC on polyester
rayon. Jacket: features attached
hood which accommodates a hard
hat, snap-down collar with hood
storage, raglan-style sleeves with
snap adjustment on the cuffs, two
flat patch pockets with flap and
snap closures, and underarm vents.
Bib pants: feature H-style suspenders
with fly snap closure, snap adjustment on cuff, and reinforcing circular heat seal on crotch joining
seams. Color: Yellow; Sizes: S, M, L,
XL, XXL, XXXL.
208-020 (size) Storm Jacket
208-021 (size) Storm Bib-Pant
3 lbs.
3 lbs.
Neoprene Cold Weather Gloves
These Neoprene gloves keep your
hands dry and warm. The 3mm Long
and 2mm Regular Neoprene Gloves
retain flexibility in cold water and are
specially glued and blind stitched for
a secure fit. Rugged shark skin palm for
a sure grip. Color: black, sizes: Large, Xlarge.
Regular Neoprene Gloves
Long Neoprene Gloves
0.5 lb.
0.8 lb.
Dry Wear® Products Size Chart
Chest Size
3 lbs.
2.3 lbs.
Waist Size
Inseam
Jacket
(in.)
(cm.)
Pant
(in.)
(cm.)
(in.)
XS
32-34
81-86
XS
28-30
71-76
28
(cm.)
71
S
36-38
91-97
S
30-32
76-81
29
74
M
40-42
102-107
M
34-36
86-91
30
76
L
44-46
112-117
L
38-40
96-102
31
79
XL
48-50
122-127
XL
42-44
107-112
32
81
XXL
50-52
127-132
XXL
44-46
112-117
33
83
LACROSSE® Aeriform® Rainwear
This is the same Stearns Storm Suit
as described above with the addition of
reflective marking. Storm Jacket has
reflective tape and two large utility
pockets. 1 1/2” wide reflective tape on
the sleeve and bottom hems for safety
while doing gaging work on bridges
with traffic.
45
208-035 (size) PVC Rainsuit- Yellow
208-036 (size) PVC RainsuitForest Green
208-045 (size)
208-040 (size)
Storm Jacket w/Reflective Storm Bib Pant
208-030 (size) Storm Jacket w/reflective tape
208-031 (size) Storm Bib-Pant w/reflective tape
This is an economy rainsuit featuring a
lightweight .10mm embossed PVC film material. The jacket has zipper, storm flap, vented
back, 2 pockets and elasticized wrist cuffs.
Pants have elastic waist, adjustable cuffs.
Colors: Yellow, Forest Green. Sizes: S, M, L, XL,
XXL.
3 lbs.
2.3 lbs.
This is a lightweight waterproof parka
and pants made from breathable Microfiber
fabric. Parka has nylon taffeta lining,
attached hood with drawcord, full front
zipper with hidden snap closure and storm
fly, lower front pockets with double entry
and elastic drawcord at sides for easy
adjustment.
Pants have nylon taffeta lining, elastic
waist with drawcord, adjustable leg cuffs
with snaps and suspender buttons inside
waist. Constructed from polyester Microfiber
fabric. Color: Forest Green. Sizes: S-XXL.
208-050 (size) Aeriform Basic Parka
208-051 (size) Aeriform Basic Pants
1.4 lbs.
1 lb.
Flotation Vests
Safety Equipment
Merchant Mate I™
A significant hazard in measuring streamflow is the inability to
swim and to work free from equipment and clothing when footing is
lost while wading or if a gaging structure fails. All hydrographers
should be able to swim and should wear a lifejacket at all times.
When wading measurements are being made, a tagline should be
installed at the gaging section for the hydrographer to grab if he falls
in the water.
Another hazard to the hydrographer may be caused by traffic on
bridges where he often is required to work. Warning signs, traffic
cones and safety vests are necessary to safely route traffic and protect
field technicians. Requirements for traffic warning signs vary from
state to state and local authorities should be consulted.
The hydrographer should carry a well-stocked first aid kit in his
vehicle and should be familiar with the kit's contents and standard
first aid practices. It is best to work in pairs when stream gaging with
one person on the bank in the event of an accident.
This is a low cost flotation vest for general use. The Type I flotation design keeps
most unconscious wearers face-upward.
Provides a minimum of 22 lbs. (98
Newtons) of buoyancy (Adult). It is
reversible for quick donning and has
SOLAS-grade reflective panels. Stackable for
easy storage and is made with heavy-duty
stainless steel hardware. Sizes: Adult over 90
lbs. (41 kg); Child less than 90 lbs. (41 kg).
Color: International Orange. Approval:
USCG Approved Type I.
209-020 Merchant Mate (adult)
209-021 Merchant Mate (child)
2.5 lbs.
2 lbs.
Professional Sportsvest
This is a top quality professional vest which provides floatation with plenty of pockets for
field work. It features two
adjustable belts on each side
with Delrin® slides for secure fit
and mesh lining with seven-piece
hinged foam design. It has
detachable buoyant accessory
pocket with multiple interior
pockets to organize gear, dry
bag and zipper closure (sand
only). A gusseted chest pocket with flap, and hook and loop closure
for convenient storage and lower gusseted pocket with flap, and
hook and loop closures over side entry hand warmer pocket. Colors:
Sand, Forest Green
Sizes: S-XXXL.
Flotation Vests
Collared Angler's Vest
This top quality angler’s vest
features lightweight construction
for good range of motion and two
adjustable belts, zipper front with
soft Aquafoam™ durable crosstech
flotation foam. It has unique open
shoulder design with the
comfort and flexibility of a
neoprene collar with soft,
lightweight mesh for ventilation. The mesh pleated pockets with flap, and hook and
loop closures over side entry
handwarmer pockets make an
excellent field vest. Color: Forest Green. Size: S-XXXL.
209-001 (size)
Collared Angler’s Vest
2.5 lbs.
Professional Sportsvest-Sand
2 lbs.
Professional Sportsvest-Forest Green 5 lbs.
The Ship Mate II™
The Versatile™
Stearns best selling, most versatile
industrial flotation vest is the Versatile,
Model 1465. It features a tough nylon
shell with seven-piece foam design for
all-day comfort, four roomy pockets
with full hook and loop closures and
rustproof Vision® zipper. It has multiple
foam inserts for exceptional flexibility
and freedom. Features quick-adjust side
tabs for secure fit and comfort and
SOLAS-grade reflective panels. Sizes: S,
M, L, XL, XXL, XXXL. Color:
International Orange (with reflective
panels). Approval: USCG Approved
Type III.
209-010 (size)
209-030 (size)
209-031 (size)
Versatile Vest
4 lbs.
The Ship Mate II is an economical
heavy-duty flotation vest with tough
nylon shell and Vision® zipper. Features
side adjustments for secure fit and
Aquafoam™ flotation foam for long life.
It has roomy armholes and marine mesh
lining with 62 sq. in. (400 sq. cm.) of
SOLAS- grade reflective panels. Sizes:
Adult Universal. Color: International
Orange. Approval: USCG Approved Type
III.
209-040 (size)
Ship Mate II
4 lbs.
Hip Flask Canteen
This is a great lightweight field canteen that
attaches to your belt or pack. Closed cell foam for
insulation with push pull cap for ease of use. It folds
flat and compact and has 1 liter capacity.
209-150
Hip Flask Canteen
0.5 lb.
46
Flotation Equipment
The Work Force II™
Inflatable Sportsman’s™ Vest
Economical Type V commercial
work vest features lightweight flotation
foam encased in a heavy-duty nylon
shell. It features three-piece construction
with two quick-release Delrin™ buckles
and lightweight and comfortable.
Features SOLAS-grade reflective panels.
Sizes: Adult Universal. Color:
International Orange. Approval: USCG
Approved Type V Work Vest
209-045
Work Force II
2.5 lbs.
Flotation Jackets
209-060 (size)
209-061 (size)
Sportsman’s Flotation Jacket
The Stearns flotation jacket is
a great jacket for foul weather
while still providing flotation safety. It features Ultra-Soft Suisse
Aire™ flotation foam and cameo
patterns that have pleated pockets
with shell loops on the inside
pocket.
Water-resistant hip-length jacket
with concealed hood and two-way
zipper with storm flap, fleece-lined
collar. It has an adjustable belt for
secure fit. Sizes: S-XXXL. Colors:
Forest Green, Advantage Wetlands
Camo™. Approval: USCG
Approved Type III
209-050 (size)
209-051 (size)
Flotation Jacket-Forest Green
Flotation Jacket-AWC
3.5 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
The original bomber-style
flotation jacket with extra comfort
and mobility is cut waist-length for
freedom of movement. Soft Suisse
Aire™ foam with a coated nylon
shell and multiple pockets with full
hook and loop closures are part of
the Powerboat™. It features SOLASgrade reflective tape and waterproof construction and design. Four
pockets, sleeve utility pocket, and
inside chest pocket with rib knit
waistband, wrist bands, and internal adjustable belt. Sizes: XS, S, M,
L, XL, XXL, XXXL. Color:
International Orange, Navy, Green,
Orange/Navy. Approval: USCG
Approved Type III.
(size)
(size)
(size)
(size)
Powerboat
Powerboat
Powerboat
Powerboat
47
Flotation
Flotation
Flotation
Flotation
Inflatable Sportman’s Vest-Tan
2.5 lbs.
Inflatable Sportman’s Vest-Spruce Gree 2.5 lbs.
Stearns Ultra™ Inflatable
The Powerboat™ Flotation Jacket
209-080
209-081
209-082
209-083
Inflatable Flotation Vests provide
flotation when needed but eliminate
the bulkiness of foam floats. The vest
automatically inflates when submerged in water or can be manually
inflated by pulling the lanyard or by
oral tube. Provides a minimum of
22.5 lbs. of buoyancy and has durable
poly/cotton shell. The adjustable waist
belt guarantees a snug, comfortable
fit and comes with six Velcro™
backed removable pockets. Sizes: SXXXL. Colors: Tan, Spruce Green.
Approval: USCG approved Type V
inflatable PFD with Type III performance. Uses 922 Re-arming Kit.
JacketJacketJacketJacket-
Inter. Orange
Navy
Grey
Orange/Navy
6
6
6
6
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
High performance inflatable life vest
providing maximum "free board" and
quick turning time. Designed for ultimate
comfort and mobility. Includes reflective
tape. Provides a minimum 33.7 lbs. (150
Newtons) of buoyancy when inflated by
automatic, manual and oral inflation methods. Tri-fold design for quick and easy
repacking. It comes in two models
with 1139 having manual
and oral inflation only. Sizes:
Adult Universal. Approval:
Model 1139 USCG Type III
Inflatable PFD. Model 1339
USCG Approved Type V
Inflatable PFD. Colors: Model
1139: Orange, Model 1339:
Blue, Orange. Uses 911 Rearming Kit.
209-090
209-091
209-092
Stearns Ultra Inflatable-1139
Stearns Ultra Inflatable-1339 Blue
Stearns Ultra Inflatable-1339 Orange
1.2 lbs.
1.2 lbs.
1.2 lbs.
Inflata-Belt™ - Manual
This is a great flotation device
which is worn comfortably around
waist and provides over 22.5 lbs. of
buoyancy when fully inflated. The
quick and reliable manual CO2 inflates
by pulling the lanyard, and this allows
maximum freedom for field personnel
in the stream. It is made high tenacity
210 Denier nylon shell. Sizes: Adult
Universal. Colors: International
Orange, Royal Blue, Advantage
Wetlands Camouflage. Approval:
USCG Approved Type III Inflatable
PFD.Uses 906 Re-arming Kit.
209-100
209-101
209-102
Inflata-Belt™- International Orange
Inflata-Belt™- Royal Blue
Inflata-Belt™- AWC
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
Flotation Equipment
Re-Arming Kits
209-070
Type IV Ring Buoy
Industrial ring buoy. Molded
from tough polyurethane plastic, this
heavy-duty buoy resists common
chemicals, marine oils and
UV rays. Encircling rope is replaceable and 1030 REF has SOLAS reflective tape. Sizes I030 and I030 REF 30″ (76.2 cm). I024 - 24″ (61 cm)
Color: I030 and I030 REF - Orange.
I024 - White. Approval: I030 and
I024 - USCG Approved Type IV.
906 Kit: Contains 3-25 gram
CO2 cartridges, 3 locking pins
CO2 cartridge, 2 locking pins
CO2 cartridge, 2-locking pins, 2-pills
209-071
209-072
Flotation Products Size Chart
209-120
209-125
209-130
Adult Sizing – Chest Size
Size
(in.)
(cm.)
XS
32-34
81-86
S
36-38
91-97
M
40-42
102-107
L
44-46
112-117
XL
48-50
122-127
127-132
XXL
50-52
XXXL
54-56
137-142
4X/7X
48-68
122-173
S/M
32-40
81-102
L/XL
42-50
107-132
L/XL/XXL
42-52
107-132
Universal
30-52
76-132
Adult
34-52
86-132
Adult Oversize
52-62
132-160
1030 Type IV Ring Buoy
1030 REF Type IV Ring Buoy
1024 Type IV Ring Buoy
8 lbs.
8 lbs.
7 lbs.
Waterproof Flotation Duffel Bags
Amphibigear™ Super Duffel
The Amphibigear Super Duffel is a
waterproof, floatable dry duffle bag. It
features a perimeter rope for multiple
latch down points and flat bottom to
prevent rolling. 8″ ABS plastic screw
lid and gasket for watertight seal
with two-way inflation/deflation
valve and heavy-duty molded
handles. Size: 29″ x 12.5″ (74
cm x 32 cm), 3500 cu. in. (57
liters). Color: High Contrast Yellow.
209-140
Amphibigear Super Duffel
6 lbs.
Roll Top Duffel
Ring Buoys
Man Overboard® Inflatable Life Ring
Inflatable ring buoy
throws like a baseball and
inflates automatically in less
than 5 seconds. The reusable
break-away pouch allows
automatic water activated
CO2 inflation. Strong nylon
retrieval harness and SOLASgrade reflective tape. Sizes:
Adult Universal. Color: Yellow.
B489
B488
This is a waterproof duffle dry bag for water sensitive gear with a
unique air/water tight closure system. Constructed of 600 Denier
polyester with an inside polyurethane coating, all seams are welded
to keep water out and have a flat bottom to prevent rolling.
Convenient carry handles with multiple D-rings for easy tie-down.
209-145
209-110
Inflatable Life Ring
2 lbs.
209-146
B488 - Roll Top Duffel - Medium.
Size: 1900 cu. in. (31.6 liters);
19″ opening for easy access.
B489 - Roll Top Duffel - Large.
Size: 3400 cu. in. (57.2 liters);
26″ opening for easy access.
4.5 lbs.
6 lbs.
48
Radios
Two-Way Radios
Maxon® SP-100G Two-Watt Radio
Two-way radios are time saving and often a safety requirement
when stream gaging or surveying. Often one hydrographer is up on
the bridge or on a gage house while another is down reading a staff
gage or monitoring equipment. During a flood measurement a spotter is often needed to watch for debris floating down river so equipment can be pulled out of water to avoid debris. Boat measurements
can coordinate crew members on the bank operating taglines or spotters upstream for approaching boat traffic.
Accessories
210-025
210-021
210-022
210-026
Maxon Trutalk TK14, UHF-FM Two-Way Radios
With a 2 mile range, these radios provide crystal-clear reception at a range up to two miles.
Economical, durable and dependable, Trutalk radios
feature 14 channels with channel lock, 38 privacy
codes with 532 channels, back-lit LCD display, volume control, accessory jack, and battery meter with
audible low battery alert. Operates up to 40 hours
on four AAA batteries (not included) or NI-MN battery pack. Measures only 3 7/8″ tall. No license is
required for operation.
Maxon Trutalk UHF Radio
Optional Headset with Microphone
Optional Earbud Receiver
Two “AA” cell Batteries (4 required)
NI-MH Rechargeable Battery Pack
NI-MH Desktop Charger
1 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
0.4 lb.
1.3 lbs.
Maxon® SP-100G Two-Watt Radio
These two-watt radios are pre-programmed with four
UHF DOT, five mile range frequencies. Features include a
rugged, compact and lightweight design; a tri-color-LED
which indicates busy, call or TX modes; and jacks for external speaker/microphone, headset and battery charging will
operate up to 8 hours with rechargable Ni-Cad Battery
Pack. Radio comes complete with battery, antenna, belt
clip, AC/DC wall charger, and owner's manual.
210-020
SP-100G UHF Radio
1.5 lbs.
Replacement Ni-Cad Battery Pack
Optional Speaker/Microphone
Optional Mini Vox Headset
Ni-Cad Desktop Charger
0.5 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1.4 lbs.
Automatic Emergency Alert Radio
Program this radio to receive and display alerts,
watches and warnings that apply only to your county or specific local area. This compact, portable radio
automatically tunes all seven NOAA weather radio
channels across the country and receives continuous
24-hour National Weather Service broadcasts as well
as emergency weather warnings plus alerts about
other conditions affecting life and property. Other
features include speaker on/standby/mute control,
dual LED indicator for power alert, an LCD screen
with EL backlighting, digital clock display with 12/24
hour format and a belt clip holder. Operates on 3
“AA” batteries (not included).
210-030
206-017
210-001
210-002
210-003
206-015
206-036
206-035
(continued)
Automatic S.A.M.E. Emergency Alert System
Pack of 8 “AA” cell Batteries
0.4 lb.
0.6 lb.
“All Hazards” Weather Radio
The “All Hazards” Radio monitors the U.S.
emergency alert system and broadcasts 24-hour
local weather forecasts and warnings about
imminent severe weather conditions. This
weather radio can be set to automatically activate and receive emergency weather or public
safety announcements from the emergency alert
system and NOAA weather radio. A standby
mode silences the speaker until an emergency
message triggers the alert system which includes
a loud warning tone, a red alert signal, and an
alert message on the LCD display. The “All
Hazards” Radio also includes a digital clock display with backlighting, ambient temperature
display, freeze alert, audible/visual warning, and
dual LED indicators for power/alert. Water-resistant case features a compass, a belt clip and a built-in desktop stand.
Operates on 3 “AA” batteries (not included).
210-040
206-017
Portable “All Hazards” Weather Radio
Pack of 8 “AA” cell Batteries
0.5 lb.
0.6 lb.
Specifications:
Channels:
4
Output:
2 watts
Frequencies:
4 pre-programmed frequencies (Channel 1 – yellow DOT,
464.550 MHz; Channel 2 – "J" DOT, 467.7625;
Channel 3 – "K" DOT, 457.8125 MHz;
Channel 4 – Silver Star, 467.850)
Range (max):
5 miles
Squelch:
Open
Battery:
Rechargeable Ni-Cad
Battery/life:
up to 8 hours
Weight:
1 lb
Dimensions:
5 9/16" H x 2 1/4" W x 1 11/16" D
49
Aquapac Waterproof Radio Case
The Aquapac gives total watertight protection to hand-held
VHF/UHF radios, while allowing their normal use. All controls can be
operated easily and sound transmission is unimpaired. The PVC case
protects internal circuitry from the elements while leaving the radio
fully operational and buoyant. The Aquapac provides a watertight
seal up to 65 ft. (20 M) while still being simple to open and close and
includes nylon tether cord.
210-045
210-046
Aquapac-Left Hand Antenna
Aquapac-Right Hand Antenna
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
Traffic Safety
Safety Equipment - Traffic
Swing-Type Warning Sign
Sturdy frame of structural
angle iron 1x 1 x 1/8″ and
equipped with two “S” hooks for
hanging sign within frame. Two
flag holders are welded to frame
top and the sign is 24 x 24″ finished in Federal Orange baked
enamel. Two 18 x 18″ fluorescent
red plastic flags are on 24-in. long
wood handles. Frame folds flat for
storage.
Water Survey Crew Sign and Stand
This is the USGS 48-inch international orange reflective highway safety
sign with Water Survey Crew and the
USGS visual identifier imprinted. The
sign may be detached from the crossbracing and the base and rolled up for
storage. The base, crossbracing, and
nylon storage bag for sign are included.
Base contains a spring-loaded pin that
locks the sign in place and a kick release
system to lower the 51-inch telescoping
legs. Sign and base are designed to
remain upright in winds greater than 60 miles per hour. The sign may
be ordered with your agency's or organization's custom name or
logo.
211-001
USGS Traffic Sign
18 lbs.
High-Level Warning Sign
The finest portable telescoping stand for
traffic safety use. Drawn aluminum tubing,
die-cast aluminum and zinc parts, extruded
plastics, die-cast plastics, stamped and
machined parts, nylon and vinyl, baked enamels, chrome and zinc plating. Four legs for
unequaled stability. Three 18 x 18″ fluorescent
red vinyl-coated flags with stiffeners. The
warning sign is 24 x 24″ and made of vinylcoated fabric with metal braces. It rolls up for
easy storage. Complete unit extends to an
overall height of approximately 9 ft. 2 in. and
consists of warning scope assembly, flag yoke
with three flags, three flag staffs, and roll-up
sign.
211-010
211-011
High-Level Warning Sign
Replacement Sign Only
211-030
Swing-Type Warning Sign
High Visibility Multi-Use Mesh Vest
Constructed of cool lightweight 100% polyester mesh with
velcro closures and elastic side
straps, this universal safety vest is
comfortable for any size person.
211-040 Orange Vest 0.3 lbs.
211-041 Lime Vest
0.3 lbs.
Reflective Traffic Vest
Front
14 lbs.
2 lbs.
Nylon Mesh Warning Sign
Double layers of nylon mesh provide increased visibility with reduced wind resistance: won't stretch out of
shape. Mounts easily in a storable "A" frame stand
that's compact yet very stable. Steel clips grip sign
securely and includes built-in holders for two warning flags. Six-inch letter height. Two sizes available.
211-045
211-021
211-022
211-023
36 x 36 in. Mesh Warning Sign 16 lbs.
w/ base
36 x 36 in. Mesh
2 lbs.
Warning Sign only
48 x 48 in. Mesh Warning Sign 18 lbs.
w/ base
48 x 48 in. Mesh
2 lbs.
Warning Sign only
This safety vest is bright
orange, high visibility nylon
mesh vest and features two 2″
wide lime and silver color reflective 3M® strips sewn horizontally on the front and back of vest.
Elastic strips on the sides and
Velcro® fastening on the front
allows vest to fit any size person.
Back
Reflective Vest
0.3 lb.
Waterproof Orange Vinyl
Safety Vest
Highly visible orange vest has a full
cut with non-binding armholes to allow a
comfortable fit over other garments. The
waterproof vest has an adjustable tie
front. One size fits all.
211-050 Vinyl Safety Vest
211-020
18 lbs.
0.3 lb.
Pocketed Safety Vest
This bright red-orange vest can be
worn over coat or jacket and is highly visible. It features 13 handy compartments
and is a durable 50/50 poly/cotton blend
material.
211-055
211-056
211-057
211-058
211-059
Small (32-36)
Medium (36-40)
Large (42-44)
Extra Large
XX-large
50
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.6
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Personal Protection
Traffic Cones
Safety Equipment - First Aid Kits, Personal Protection
These rugged cones radiate brilliant fluorescent blaze orange, protecting the survey
crew and motorists. Molded from one-piece
orange, vinyl chloride with ultraviolet additives to protect against color fade.
Standard base cones have low center of
gravity for stability. Heavy base cones meet
many state specifications for use in high traffic
areas. Narrow profile features trimline body
for less wind resistance. USGS Standard is 18″
tall cone.
Standard Cones
211-065
6″
211-066
12″
211-067
18″
211-068
28″
211-069
36″
1 lb.
2 lbs.
4 lbs.
8 lbs.
11.5 lbs.
Weighted Cones
211-075
18″
211-076
28″ trimline
211-077
28″
First Aid Kits
These waterproof case first aid kits are for
treating a wide variety of minor field injuries.
They are compact, convenient and come in
two sizes with the vehicle first aid kit measuring 8” x 5” x 2 3/4” and the large size emergency first aid kit measuring 9 1/2” x 9 1/2” x
2 1/2”. Both kits includes a waterproof case,
carrying handle and mounting bracket. Refill
kits are available.
212-001
212-002
212-003
212-004
Vehicle First Aid Kit
Emergency First Aid Kit
Vehicle First Aid Kit Refill
Emergency First Aid Kit Refill
Snakebite Kit
The snakebite kit comes in a
pocket-sized box, contains a
tourniquet, incising knife, antiseptic swabs, ammonia inhalants,
adhesive compresses, and a selfsuction pump with adapters and
is easily operated with one hand
for self-treatment.
4 lbs.
10 lbs.
10 lbs.
Flashing Cone Light
Fits 28″ and 36″ traffic cones. 65 flashes per minute with four
“D” batteries (not included).
211-085
206-021
Flashing Cone Light
“D” Batteries, 6 pack
1.5 lbs.
2 lbs.
212-010
0.3 lb.
2.0 lbs.
Regular and Deep Woods OFF! provide
unscented, non-greasy protection that resists
perspiration. Repellents are for application to
skin or clothing. Deep woods formulas have a
higher DEET concentration and offer longer
protection.
2.0 lbs.
212-015
These signs offer traffic control in any
weather condition. Signs are 18″ in diameter
with bold 6″ high letters.
211-090 STOP on one side, SLOW
on other side
211-091 STOP on both sides
212-016
Fluorescent Hand Safety Flag
Blaze orange or red flag can be used to
control traffic, mark hazards or fits on sign
stands. Dimensions: 27″ long x 3/4″ hardwood
staff. Made from 18″ x 18″ red-orange knitted
mesh vinyl.
211-200 Orange Mesh Flag
211-201 Red Mesh Flag
1.8 lbs.
1.8 lbs.
Emergency Warning Triangles
Warning triangles provide a warning to oncoming traffic and comply with federal standard
125 specifications. Fluorescent orange inner triangles provide daylight visibility, while red outer
triangles reflect at night. Triangles snap together
and fit tightly in steel base which holds them in
place during high winds. Folds for storage in the
included plastic case.
14″ Emergency Warning Triangle
Set of Three
51
Snakebite Kit
OFF! Insect Repellent
Paddle Signs
211-205
211-206
1.5 lbs.
2.5 lbs.
1 lb.
2 lbs.
6 oz. aerosol can,
15% effective DEET
12 oz. aerosol can,
15% effective DEET
0.8 lb.
1 lb.
Deep Woods Formula OFF! - 4-5 hours relief.
212-020
6 oz. aerosol - 28.5% effective DEET
212-021
1 oz. pump spray - 100% effective DEET
0.8 lb.
0.2 lb.
Tec-Labs® Ten-Hour Insect Repellent
This provides all day 10 hour protection
against mosquitoes, ticks, fleas, chiggers horseflies, sand fleas and more. 2 oz. pump spray is
100% DEET and won’t sweat out.
212-025 Ten-Hour Insect Repellent
0.2 lb.
PowerDeet 25 Insect Repellent
This is a 25% DEET formula that provides 3
hours of insect protection, just enough time for a
stream gaging measurement. 2 oz. pump spray.
212-030
6.5 lbs.
16 lbs.
Power DEET 25
0.2 lb.
Personal Protection
Oral Ivy® Preventive Liquid
Permanone® Tick Repellent
For prevention of itching, blisters, and swelling of
ivy, oak and sumac poisoning. Taken as directed, Oral
Ivy safely stimulates the body's natural defenses. Take
three to five drops of Oral Ivy with a glass of water or
juice daily by mouth one or two weeks before exposure, and continue throughout the poison ivy season.
Based on homeopathic preparations, Oral Ivy is
made from the extract of the ivy plant leaves. When
administered in small doses, it causes the body to naturally fight the ivy symptoms.
Repels and kills ticks which may carry Lyme disease and Rocky Mountain Spotted Fever. Made with
Permithrin and should only be applied to clothing.
Active ingredients bond with fabric and will last a minimum of two weeks, formula also holds up to repeated
washing. Effective against ticks, mosquitoes, chiggers
and mites. 6 oz. aerosol. Repellent - for application to
clothing only.
212-035
1.2 oz. Oral Ivy
212-060
Bee Bopper® Wasp and Hornet Spray
Spray stream is deadly to bees, wasps, hornets and
yellow jackets. Get them in their nests or holes or knock
them down in the air. Ideal protection for gage house
nests which need to be periodically cleaned out. Effective
range 10 feet. 14 oz. aerosol. Insecticide - not for application to skin or clothing.
Protects against poison ivy, poison oak, and
poison sumac rash when applied before contact.
IvyBlock™ lotion provides an active barrier on the
skin with a special formula that helps block skin
using the oil in the plants which triggers the rash.
IvyBlock™ lotion should be applied to skin at least
15 minutes before possible contact with the plants
and re-applied every 4 hours for continued protection. May be removed with soap and water.
4 oz. IvyBlock™ Lotion
1.8 lbs.
0.5 lb.
1 lb.
2 lbs.
1.3 lbs.
An easy to use suction pump to
safely remove significant amounts of
venom (poison) or irritants from bites
and stings. Ideal for all snake, bee,
scorpion or poisonous insect bites.
Uniquely designed pump's powerful
suction safely removes the poison
from the bite cavity. A vacuum pump
removes the venom. No knife, scalpel
or blade is needed to open wound.
The plastic kit contains the Extractor Vacuum Pump, safety razor
(for body hair removal), two 3/4″ x 3″ bandages, antiseptic, four different sized pump adapters, and a poisonous bites information booklet.
212-070
Extractor Pump Kit
1 lb.
Solarepel® Sunscreen
After Bite®
Fast relief from insect bites. Relieves
itching and pain from most insect, plant,
and marine stings, while helping to reduce
swelling. After Bite contains ammonia
hydroxide and is available in applicator or
towelette. Handy, pencil-like applicator
allows you to rub directly onto bite and
contains 14ml, enough for 500 applications. Individual foil-wrapped towelettes are
convenient and sanitary for more than one
user and come in a package of 12.
212-055
212-056
Bee Bopper
Sawyer's Extractor Pump Kit for Poisonous Bites
TECNU® cleanser removes the
oils of poison oak, ivy and sumac
from your skin. Prevent poison oak
and ivy reactions within the first few
hours of exposure with Tecnu proven effective in preventing reaction if applied to exposed area within 8 hours. It is easy to apply, has a
pleasant odor and is a free-flowing
cream. TECNU® is not a remedy for
itching once the reaction has started.
0.5 oz. packets, Box of 50
4 oz. bottle
12 oz. bottle
32 oz. bottle
212-065
0.5 lb.
TECNU® Poison Oak-N-Ivy Cleanser
212-045
212-046
212-047
212-048
0.5 lb.
0.3 lb.
IvyBlock™ Lotion
212-040
Tick Repellent
After Bite 14 ml Applicator
After Bite Towelette (pkg. of 12)
This is an SPF 25 sun block that protects against
UVA/UVB rays. It is an easy to apply spray for complete sun
protection and is safe to apply to your face. Solarepel® is
sweat and water resistant and leaves skin soft and protects
from drying. Also contains citronella for insect protection.
212-073
4 oz. Solarepel®
0.5 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.5 lb.
52
Safety Glasses & Coolers
Safety Equipment
CHUMS® Safety Glasses Retainers
These safety glasses are designed for laboratory use or for field
work such as driving survey spikes, crest gage markers, or anchoring
staff gages.
These soft comfortable retainers hold glasses around your neck
when your glasses aren’t on your head.
Clearvue®
212-105
212-106
212-107
Safety Glasses
These glasses are constructed of an abrasion and chemical
resistant polycarbonate material.
Vented side shields help prevent
fogging. (Meets ANSI standard
Z87.1)
212-075
212-076
Clearvue Clear
Clearvue Gray
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
CUDAS™ Safety Glasses
Cudas feature an
adjustable temple and wraparound single lens. They offer
maximum protection and
modern styling to the latest in
safety glass technology. Optical
grade polycarbonate lens provides 99.9% UV protection and
superior peripheral vision and
protection. A separate nylon noseguard offers greater comfort and a
snug, slip free fit. Meets ANSI Z87.1.
212-080
212-081
212-082
212-083
Clear Safety Glasses
Amber Safety Glasses
Mirror Safety Glasses
Replacement Lens
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.2
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Glasses Retainers-Sky Blue
Glasses Retainers-Olive Green
Glasses Retainers-Black
Rubbermaid Heavy Duty Plastic Coolers
These quality water coolers are
heavy-duty polythylene with extra thick
foam. Each cooler has a lid vent, splash
seal, fast flow faucet, heavy-duty handles, and a double gasket sealing system to resist clogging and leaking. All
coolers are orange with white lids.
2-gallon has Quickgrip® handle
attached to screw-on lid. 3-gallon has a
ball carrying handle and seat top screwon lid. 5-gallon has screw-tight seat top
lid and no pinch folding handles. 10
gallon models have screw-on flat top
lids and molded-on Quickgrip handles.
212-120
212-121
212-122
212-123
2 gallon capacity, 15 1/2″ x 9 3/4″
3 gallon capacity, 16 3/4″ x 11″
5 gallon capacity, 19″ x 12 1/2″
10 gallon capacity, 20 3/4″ x 16″
The ventilated clear frame of
soft, pliable vinyl plastic has
replaceable 0.050″ thick polycarbonate lenses and one-piece elastic
headband. Can be worn over glasses. (Meets ANSI Z87.1).
Truck Brackets
Plastic bracket with web strap with buckle, they mount with
standard screws and bolts, (not included). Fits all Rubbermaid coolers.
212-130
Universal Bracket
Eyeshield
Replacement Lens
212-135 Cup Dispenser
Paper Cups
4 oz. size, cone-shaped, packed 200 per box.
1 lb.
Rubbermaid Personal Coolers
Six-quart size holds six 12 oz. cans;
12-quart size holds twelve 12 oz. cans.
Sturdy polyethylene with thick insulation
and lock down lid. Blue with hinged
white lid. A complete selection of ice
chest coolers are shown in the Aquatic
Sampling Section.
Designed to meet ANSI and OSHA
standards, these are the perfect pair of
safety glasses for the field. The combination of nylon frames and polycarbonate
lens are virtually indestructible. Special lens
coating resists scratching and provides
100% UV protection.
Black Frames, Clear Lenses
Black Frames, Sunglass Gray Lenses
Blue Frames, Clear Lenses
Blue Frames, Sunglass Gray Lenses
1 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
Field Safety Glasses
53
5.5 lbs.
Plastic Paper Cup Dispenser
212-140 Paper Cups
212-095
212-096
212-097
212-098
4.5 lbs.
6 lbs.
8 lbs.
12 lbs.
Holds 200 4 oz. cone-shaped cups. Attaches to
3 gallon and larger coolers.
Plastic Eyeshields
212-090
212-091
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
212-145 Personal 6-Pack, 12″ x 8 1/2″ x 9″
212-146 Personal 12-Pack, 15 1/2″ x 9 1/2″ x 11″
3 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
Vests & Hats
Stream Gagers Field Vest
FILSON® Packer Hats
The stream gagers field vest is
designed with low-pockets with velcro
closures, all-steel snaps, lanyard grommets to hold various measurement items
when conduction in-channel measurements. For stream habitat surveys this is
a great vest for items such as densiometer, clinometer, compass, etc.
The Field Vest is available in two
materials. The standard version is made
of mildew-resistant, army duck and is
available in three colors including
orange, green and tan. The blaze orange
vest is made of Cordura nylon. Cordura
is an extremely durable material that
withstands repeated laundering without losing its shape or high visibility orange color and is oil, mildew, and rot resistant. The front and
bottom edges of the vest are reinforced with polypropylene webbing
to prevent rips and fraying.
If worn over a sweater or jacket, you may want to get one size
larger than you would normally wear. Shipping weight: 2 lbs.
These lightweight and
durable, Packer hats feature wide
brims for maximum protection
against sun and rain. High quality
all leather hatband and sweatband. Your choice of fabric. Sizes:
S (6 3/9 - 6 2/8), M (7-7 1/8), L
(7 1/4 - 7 3/8) or XL (7 1/2 - 7
5/8).
Size
Small (34-36)
Med. (37-39)
Large (40-42)
X-Large (43-45)
XX-Large (46-49)
XXX-Large (50-54)
Orange
212-155
212-156
212-157
212-158
212-159
212-160
Army Duck
Green
212-161
212-162
212-163
212-164
212-165
212-166
Tan
212-167
212-168
212-169
212-170
212-171
212-172
Cordura®
Blaze Orange
212-173
212-174
212-175
212-176
212-177
212-178
Oil Finish Hat
100% cotton duck treated with oil finish wax to be water repellent.
Poplin Hat
Lightweight and water resistant 100% cotton poplin is excellent
for hot weather. Two colors to choose from.
212-200 (size) Khaki Oil Finish
212-201 (size) Tan Cotton Poplin
212-202 (size) Olive Green Cotton Poplin
Field Tin Caps
This is a favorite for anyone who
works outdoors in all types of weather.
Tough, for many years of hard use. The
comfort of cotton and the durability and
water repellency of oil finish with an
adjustable leather strap and cotton sweatband. 3″ bill, 100% cotton Tin Cloth, Oil
Finish. Color: Dark Tan.
Stream Gagers Hi-Viz Mesh Field Vest
This popular field vest has an open
mesh weave designed to keep you cool
when it's hot. It is made from a soft,
breathable Cordura mesh that provides
sensible everyday protection while being
visible in all situations.
It features a combination of ten pockets conveniently arranged to perform efficiently in stream gaging, surveying, or any
outdoor jobs. It has a front utility pocket,
compass pocket, pencil pocket and two
hip pockets all with Velcro® closing flaps.
There are also four inside pockets with
Velcro closures - two on top and two on
hips. The tenth pocket, made entirely of
Cordura mesh, is built onto the back of the vest and stretches across
the full length.
High Visibility
212-190
212-191
212-192
212-193
212-194
212-195
Orange
Small Vest (34-36 )
Medium Vest (37-39)
Large Vest (40-42)
X-Large Vest (43-45)
XX-Large Vest (46-49)
XXX-Large Vest (50-54)
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
212-210 (size) Tin Cap
0.5 lb.
Field Shelter Caps
Lightweight water-repellent durability. These are very water repellent caps
constructed of quality materials for a
comfortable fit and long-lasting protection. 3″ bill. One-size-fits-all with
adjustable leather strap. 100% cotton
Shelter Cloth, Oil Finish. Color: Otter
(Dark Green).
212-215 (size) Shelter Cap
0.5 lb.
FILSON® Cruiser Vest
This vest was pioneered by outdoor professionals who demanded comfort and utility from
their garments. The lightweight vest has a large
carrying pocket across the back, 4 large utility
pockets up front and 2 inside pockets for special
protection and easy access. It can be worn over
other garments and all closures feature reinforced
snap fasteners. Blaze orange for areas where high
visibility is required.
There are two colors to choose from in this
basic cruiser design - Blaze Orange and Khaki. The Blaze Orange vest
is 100% acrylic making it practically shrink proof, quick drying and
sunlight resistant. The Khaki Fil-duck (dry finish) vest is made of
100% cotton preshrunk fabric. Sizes 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50.
212-220 (size) Blaze orange vest
212-221 (size) Khaki Vest
1.3 lbs.
1 lb.
54
Hats & Cases
FILSON® Crushable Field Caps
PELICAN Protector Equipment
Cases
Stuff these caps in your pocket or rucksack when not in use,
then pull them out when you want
head protection. When you're tight
on space or traveling light, our
crushable caps combine the convenience and protection you need.
These sturdy and handsome caps
seem to look better each time they
get crushed. These baseball style
caps have a cool and comfortable
cotton sweatband and a flexible bill that allows you to fold them up
when not in use. They are available in two weights, each featuring
Filson's water repellent oil finish.
Crushable Shelter Cap - 100% cotton shelter cloth, oil finish,
color: Otter (dark green), one size, adjustable leather strap.
Crushable Tin Cap - 100% cotton tin cloth, oil finish, color: dark
tan, one size, adjustable leather strap.
212-230 (size) Crushable Shelter Cap
212-231 (size) Crushable Tin Cap
Pelican protector cases are made with an
unbreakable and incredibly light structural
ABS plastic shell that is unaffected by dents,
scratches or corrosion. Watertight to a depth
of 30 feet and airtight these cases float and
are great for boats, fieldwork, and instrument transport and storage. All cases feature a pressured purge valve for quick
equalization after altitude and temperature
changes. The Travel Vault features wheels
for easier transport. Unconditional Lifetime
Guarantee.
Supplied with the Pelican Pick n'Pluck
perforated foam insert system that allows
for a custom shaped insert to fit any
instrument or shape. Replacement foam
is available. Colors: Charcoal Black (CB),
Silver Gray (SG), Orange (O), Yellow (Y),
Blue (B).
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
Pelican Laptop Computer Case
Use the same "world's toughest"
waterproof, floating equipment cases
with your laptop computer that you do
with your other valuable instruments.
Pelican's waterproof, crushproof, dustproof laptop case is now available in a
slim attache model specially designed
for laptop computers. Padded lid organizer holds paperwork, pens, disks, cell
phones and more. Computer accessories
fit underneath computer. A
polyurethane shock-absorbing tray with velcro strap holds computer in place. Outside of
case has keyed locking latch, padded folddown handle and removable padded shoulder strap. Fits laptops up to 12 3/8″L x 10″W
x 2 1/8″H. Outside dimensions of case: 16
3/4″L x 13 1/4″W x 4 3/8″H. Color: Black
213-001
Pelican Laptop Computer Case
7 lbs.
These oversized duffle
bags are the perfect size to
carry everything you need to
the field. The rugged canvas
duffle is an excellent choice
for most applications. This
heavy duty bag is water
repellent and tear resistant.
These duffle bags feature a
shoulder strap, gripped end carrying straps, side pocket with zipper
and a heavy duty top zipper with double pulls for locking. Bags also
available in Cordura Plus and colors: blue, forest green, and wetland
camo. Dimensions: 36″W x 16″H x 16″D.
Black, 21” x 36”L
Cordura Plus 16” x 36”L
55
213-032 (color)
213-034 (color)
213-036 (color)
Field Equipment Duffle Bags
213-010
213-011
213-012
213-013
213-030 (color)
3 lbs.
3 lbs.
4 lbs.
2.3 lbs.
213-038 (color)
213-040 (color)
1120 Guard Box® - Inside Dim:
7 1/2”L x 4 3/4” W x 3”D
1300 Case™ - Inside Dim:
9 1/2”L x 4 3/4” W x 6 1/2”D
12 1/4”L x 9 1/4” W x 5 1/4”D
17”L x 11 3/4” W x 6”D
22”L x 17” W x 8”D
1750 Travel Vault® - Inside Dim:
50 3/4”L x 13 1/2” W x 5”D
1.5 lbs.
4 lbs.
6 lbs.
9 lbs.
9 lbs.
29 lbs.
Accessories
Pelican Hasp Lock
This is a combination lock that is designed for Pelicases.
213-020
Pelican Hasp Lock
0.2 lb.
Equipment Cases
PELICAN Protector Equipment Accessories
Multi-Tools
Peli Desiccant Pack
Prevents condensation from trapped air with damp instruments.
Easily reactivates.
These Leatherman® tools are the best and original pocket multitools to carry in the field. The original “pocket survival tool” (PST) is
still the most popular. Five different styles are available featuring stainless steel construction and a 25-year guarantee.
213-025
Super Tool
Peli Desiccant Pack
0.2 lb.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Peli Custom Nameplate
Personalize your case with your name or company name and
address on Pelicase.
213-026
Custom Nameplate
0.1 lb.
Replacement Foam
213-060
213-061
213-062
213-063
213-064
1120
1300
1400
1500
1600
Guard Box® Repl. Foam Set
Case™ Repl. Foam Set
1 lb.
1 lb.
1.5 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
2 lbs.
Needle nose pliers
Hard wire cutters
Regular knife
Serrated knife
Wood/bone saws
Small screwdriver
Medium screwdriver
Large screwdriver
Philips screwdriver
Electrical crimper
Awl/punch
Wire stripper
Ruler - inch/metric
4.5” Long; 9 oz.
Otterbox Protective Instrument Cases
Mini Tool - Model
• Needlenose pliers
• Wire cutters
• Knife blade
• Ruler inch/metric
• Can opener
• Bottle opener
• 1/4″ tip screwdriver
• Metal/wood file
• 2.6” Long; 4 oz.
Series 1000, 2000, 2500,
3000, 3500
Series 1300
and 2300
Series 8000
and 9000
These are touch, crushproof, waterproof ABS plastic instrument
cases designed for your smaller hand held field work items such as
GPS, digital cameras, Palm pilots, pagers, cell phones, radios, first
aid/medicine, glasses or any item that if it goes in the water, it is protected. The Otterbox is waterproof and floats so the equipment can
be easily recovered. The Otterbox is watertight to 100 feet and has
an unconditional lifetime guarantee. Available in Fluorescent Yellow
(FY), Fluorescent Green (FG), Clear (CL), Black (BK), Blue (BL), and
Gray (GR).
213-100 (color)
213-110 (color)
213-120 (color)
213-130 (color)
213-140 (color)
213-150 (color)
213-160 (color)
213-170 (color)
213-180 (color)
1000 Otterbox- Inside Dim:
0.3
3 5/16”L x2 3/8”W x 1”H
0.3
6”L x 3 3/8”W x 1”H
0.4
6”L x 3 3/8”W x 3”H
0.4
7 7/8”L x 3 13/16”W x 1 1/2”H
0.5
7 7/8”L x 3 3/16”W x 3 5/8”H
0.4
2 1/2”L x 3 15/16”W x 5 7/16”H
0.5
2 1/2”L x 3 15/16”W x 7 3/16”H
0.4
3 5/16”L x2 3/8”W x 1”D, 8 compt.
0.5
6”L x 3 3/8”W x 1 1/4”H, 24 compt.
Micra Tool
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Scissors
Knife
Medium screwdriver
Small screwdriver
Nail file/cleaner
Bottle opener
Ruler-inch/metric
Tweezers
2.5” Long; 1.8 oz.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
PST Original
• Needle nose pliers
• Hard wire cutters
• Serrated/knife
• Large screwdriver
• Medium screwdriver
• Small screwdriver
• Philips screwdriver
• Diamond file
• Can/bottle opener
• Awl
• Ruler - inch/metric
• 4” Long; 5 oz.
56
Tools & Gloves
Multi-Tools
Shop Towels on a Roll
(continued)
PST II Tool
• Scissors
• Hard wire cutters
• Serrated/straight knife
• Large screwdriver
• Medium screwdriver
• Small screwdriver
• Philips screwdriver
• Diamond file
• Can/bottle opener
• Ruler - inch/metric
• 4” Long; 6 oz.
Shop Towels on a Roll - performance of cloth
at a fraction of the cost. Shop Towels on a Roll are
a product of one of the newest paper making
technologies. By combining the highest quality
cellulose fibers with the strength of a latex binder,
Scott is able to achieve a clothlike performance at
a fraction of the price of cloth. Shop Towels on a
Roll handle grease, oil, rust, solvents and other
tough stuff as well as cloth wipers do.
Shop Towels on a Roll are disposable, but
have such durability they can be used again and
again.
214-020
The Wave
• Wire stripper
• Regular pliers
• Hard-wire cutters
• Clip-point knife
• Serrated knife
• Diamond-coated file
• Wood saw
• Scissors
• 5 sizes screwdriver
• 4” long; 8 oz.
Towels on a Roll
2 lbs.
Wells Lamont® Double Palm Leather
These are great economical work
gloves which are surprisingly durable.
Each glove features select shoulder
leather fully wrapped around the wing
thumb and index finger and across the
knuckle strap.
214-025 Safety Cuff, Large
0.5 lb.
Wells Lamont® Pigskin
These top grain pigskin gloves are
specially tanned to remain flexible after
being exposed to moisture. Great for
handling sounding weights, cranes and
other stream gaging equipment.
Crunch Tool
• Vice grip pliers
• Hard-wire cutters
• Serrated knife
• Wood/metal file
• 4 sizes screwdriver
• Wire stripper
• Bottle opener
• Hex bit driver
• Ruler-inch/metric
• 4” long; 6 oz.
214-030
214-031
Double Shirred Cuff, Med.
Double Shirred Cuff, Large
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
WD-40 Lubricant
214-001
214-002
214-003
214-004
214-005
214-006
214-007
Super Tool
Mini Tool
Micra Tool
PST Original
PST II Tool
The Wave
Crunch Tool
1 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.7 lb.
0.8 lb.
1 lb.
0.8 lb.
Shop Towels
Keep these towels in your vehicle or
toolbox. These are great towels for wiping down equipment, and wiping dirt,
grease and grime from hands when out
in the field making measurements. The
towels are 12″ x 15″ heavy-duty soft cotton cloth washed used shop type.
214-015
Red, Bundle of 25
57
4 lbs.
Every hydrographer needs the classic WD-40 lubricant in their vehicle. So many uses in the field with lubrication for sounding reels, suspension equipment and rust
protection for any outdoor equipment. Non-conductive,
can be used on electrical and electronic equipment also.
214-032
214-033
2 oz. Handy Can
12 oz. Large Can
0.4 lb.
1 lb.
Ice Augers & Meter Tools
Edge Ice Augers
Current Meter Repair & Testing Tools
USGS Type AA Alignment Gage
Drill holes in ice easily with these Edge Ice Augers available with
an 8″ blade which is used for stream gaging measurements under ice
or the 6″ blade which is sufficient to take water samples with Van
Dorn or Kemmer Bottles. The razor edge blade and two-handed
drilling action allow you to cut through ice fast, and the design of the
solid, long lasting blade minimizes the need for sharpening. Other
features include a 4″ adjustable height handle which enables you to
set the drill at a comfortable drilling height or extend it when drilling
through thick ice, a black powder coating for wear and rust resistance, and a durable, bright colored blade guard. Each drill can be
broken down into two pieces for easy storage and transportation.
214-035
214-036
6″ Edge Ice Auger
8″ Edge Ice Auger
9.5 lbs.
10.5 lbs.
Blade-type Ice Chisel
This is an alignment gage for the Type AA meter yoke. One of
the common causes of poor meter performance is yoke misalignment. This precision gage is inserted through the contact chamber
hole in the yoke and provides a go-no go test for pivot hole position.
The yoke can then be adjusted to regain proper alignment.
214-060
214-040
Ice Chisel
17 lbs.
GENERAL™ Model 210 One-Man Ice Auger
This is a one-man ice auger for 6″ or 8″
holes for ice measurements. Stream gaging
requires multiple measurements at each
transect and a powered auger can save
much effort and time. Model 210 features
unique Butterfly™ handles for greater control when augering. The Model 210 features
a powerful 33cc Tecumseh 1.6 h.p., 2-cycle
engine and gear transmission. Accepts 30″
length auger for 6″ or 8″ dia. Operates on
24 to 1 gas/oil mixture.
214-045
Model 210 Powerhead only
This gage works exactly the same as the AA
Gage except that the top is threaded for checking
the Pygmy meter upper bearing and pivot alignment.
Dia.
Cutting Dia.
6″
6.7″
8″
9.5″
Extension (no fighting)
Length
30″
30″
15″
Pygmy Alignment Gage
0.2 lb.
Hub Bearing Removal and Insertion Tool Set
This is a two piece tool for removal and insertion of the tungsten
carbide cub bearing in the current meter bucket wheel hub.
214-070
214-071
Type AA Meter Tool Set
Pygmy Meter Tool Set
0.2 lb.
0.2 lb.
Type AA Bucket Repair Tool
This is a special tool to straighten dents and dings in AA bucket
wheels. It can be used in the field to allow repairs when required.
214-080
AA Bucket Repair Tool
0.8 lbs.
Current Meter Instrument Oil
This is a highly filtered USGS specified instrument oil
specifically formulated for AA, pygmy and universal current meters. Many instrument oils get gummy when used
in water but this oil will not.
18 lbs.
Steel Ice Augers and Parts for Model 210 - Full Flighted
214-050
214-051
214-052
0.2 lb.
USGS Pygmy Meter Alignment Gage
214-065
The ice chisel is a handy tool to help keep augered holes clear
during ice measurements or sampling under ice cover. Ice chisel has a
steel blade 10.5 inches long by 3 inches wide welded to a 1-inch
steel handle with a ring top. It has an overall length of 54 inches and
weighs approximately 14 pounds. The mild steel blade may be sharpened with a bench grinder or touched up in the field with a file.
AA Alignment Gage
214-085
214-086
1 oz. Instrument Oil
16 oz. Instrument Oil
0.3 lb.
1.4 lbs.
15 lbs.
20 lbs.
5 lbs.
58
Field Publications
USGS Field Publications
The USGS publishes a series of manuals titled
“Techniques of Water-Resource Investigations” for
planning and conducting water resource investigations. The following manuals may be ordered:
Surface Water Techniques
TWRI 3-A1. General field and office procedures for indirect discharge
measurements. 30 pages.
TWRI 3-A2. Measurement of peak discharge by the slope-area
method. 12 pages.
TWRI 3-A3. Measurement of peak discharge at culverts by indirect
methods. 60 pages.
TWRI 3-A4. Measurement of peak discharge at width contractions by
indirect methods. 44 pages.
TWRI 3-A5. Measurement of peak discharge at dams by indirect
methods. 29 pages
TWRI 3-A6. General procedure for gaging streams. 13 pages.
TWRI 3-A7. Stage measurement at gaging stations. 28 pages.
TWRI 3-A8. Discharge measurements at gaging stations. 65 pages.
TWRI 3-A9. Measurement of time of travel in streams by dye tracing.
27 pages.
TWRI 3-A10. Discharge ratings at gaging stations. 59 pages.
TWRI 3-A11. Measurement of discharge by the moving-boat method.
22 pages.
TWRI 3-A12. Fluorometric procedures for dye tracing. 34 pages.
TWRI 3-A13. Computation of continuous records of streamflow. 53
pages.
TWRI 3-A14. Use of flumes in measuring discharge. 46 pages.
TWRI 3-A15. Computation of water-surface profiles in open channels.
48 pages.
TWRI 3-A16. Measurement of discharge using tracers. 52 pages.
TWRI 3-A17. Acoustic velocity meter systems. 38 pages.
TWRI 3-A18. Determination of stream re-aeration coefficients by use
of tracers. 52 pages.
TWRI 3-A19. Levels at streamflow gaging stations. 31 pages.
TWRI 3-A20. Stimulation of soluble waste transport and buildup in sur
face waters using tracers. 38 pages.
TWRI 3-A21. Stream-gaging cableways. 56 pages.
TWRI 4-A1. Some statistical tools in hydrology. 39 pages.
TWRI 4-A2. Frequency curves. 15 pages.
TWRI 4-B1. Low-flow investigations. 18 pages.
TWRI 4-B2. Storage analyses for water supply. 20 pages.
TWRI 4-B3. Regional analyses of streamflow characteristics. 15 pages.
TWRI 4-D1. Computation of rate and volume of stream depletion by
wells. 17 pages.
TWRI 8-A1. Methods of measuring water levels in deep wells. 23
pages.
TWRI 8-A2. Installation and service manual for U.S. Geological Survey
manometers. 57 pages.
TWRI 8-B2. Calibration and maintenance of vertical-axis type current
meters. 15 pages.
Sediment Analysis
TWRI 5-C1. Laboratory theory and methods for sediment analysis. 58
pages.
TWRI 3-C1. Fluvial sediment concepts. 55 pages.
TWRI 3-C2. Field methods for measurement of fluvial sediment. 80
pages.
TWRI 3-C3. Computation of fluvial-sediment discharge. 66 pages.
59
Water Quality
TWRI 1-D1. Water temperature - influential factors, field measure
ment, and data presentation. 65 pages.
TWRI 1-D2. Guidelines for collection and field analysis of ground
water samples for selected unstable constituents. 24
pages.
TWRI 9-A1. Preparations for water sampling. 37 pages.
TWRI 9-A2. Selection of equipment for water sampling. 47 pages.
TWRI 9-A6. Field measurement. 110 pages.
TWRI 9-A7. Biological indicators. 42 pages.
TWRI 9-A8. Bottom-material samples. 53 pages.
TWRI 9-A9. Safety in field activities. 21 pages.
Water Analysis
TWRI 5-A1. Methods for determination of inorganic substances in
water and fluvial sediments. 545 pages.
TWRI 5-A2. Determination of minor elements in water by emission
spectroscopy. 31 pages.
TWRI 5-A3. Methods for determination of organic substances in water
and fluvial sediments. 80 pages.
TWRI 5-A4. Methods for collection and analysis of aquatic biological
and microbiological samples. 363 pages.
TWRI 5-A5. Methods for determination of radioactive substances in
water and fluvial sediments. 95 pages.
TWRI 5-A6. Quality assurance practices for the chemical and biological analysis of water and fluvial sediments. 181 pages.
Open Channel Flow Nomograph
This is a quick, simple graphical
method to determine the volume of
water flowing through open channels
such as canals, ditches, flumes,
masonry conduits and other natural
or artificial waterways. The nomograph is based on the equation for
determining velocity in open channels using the variables of roughness
coefficient, wetted perimeter,
hydraulic gradient, and wetted area.
Each variable can be identified on the
graph and the velocity determined. Laminated plastic.
215-110
Open Channel Nomograph
0.3 lb.
USGS Wet-Line Angle Correction Chart
This is a
correction
chart used
with the fluid
protractor for
wet-line and
air-line angle
correction
with cable
suspension
from Type A
or E crane or
Stand-up or
Sit-down
cable cars.
215-115
Wet-Line Angle Correction Chart
0.3 lb.
Records Software
Water Flow Calculator
Surface Water Records Software-WISKI
This Water Flow Calculator is
a quick, simple way to calculate
water flow through steel, cast iron,
plastic, cement, concrete, vitrified
and coated pipes and also open
channels in earth, rock, concrete,
metal, and wood. One side of the
calculator solves the rational formula for water flow in pipes and
ducts of circular sections with a
flow range of 1.5 to 1,000,000
gpm and a diameter range of 0.5″
to 240″. The reverse side solves the
Manning formula for the flow in open channels with a flow range of
50 to 5,000,000 gpm and a channel area of 0.7 to 2000 sq. ft. Flow
can be read in U.S. gallons/minute, million U.S. gallons/day,
cu.ft./second, or cu./meters/second. The Calculator also determines
velocity in pipes running full. This 7 5/8″ diameter calculator is constructed of non-warping, heavy acrylic and is engraved in black, red,
and green lettering. Unit is supplied with instructions and vinyl case.
Are you able to process
all the water data you collect? Is the data processing
burden preventing you from
collecting all the data you
need? All too often the
records you worked so hard
to collect sit indefinitely in a
form in which they cannot be
used - punched tapes, charts,
or data loggers.
WISKI is a comprehensive hydrologic information processing system that allows you to display and edit your data using advanced
graphics and tools. It also allows graphical comparisons of your data
across water-year boundaries. WISKI uses popular relational databases
such as Oracle, SQL Server, Sybase and works on all types of client
server systems such as Windows 95/98, NT, 2000, or UNIX.
WISKI has no limit to the number of
stations or the amount of data it can manage. Time-series data is any series of data
that has a time stamp attached to it. In
hydrology, this is often measurements of
the height or stage of a stream or river,
taken by data logger and
recorded at regular intervals
(i.e.: every 15 minutes, also
known as equidistant data).
Data can also be recorded at
irregular/non-equidistant time
intervals.
WISKI includes a complete USGS compatible surface water computation program and powerful statistical tools for hydrologic studies.
Program features allow hydrologic data management and reporting
for :
• Surface water data is read from gage heights from graphical
recorder charts, data loggers and ASCII files. Includes editors
for entering and editing datum corrections, time shifts, stage
shifts, ratings, and formulas. Computes daily means discharges
using multiple ratings with log and rectilinear interpolation.
Rating shifts and datum corrections to compute instantaneous
daily, monthly, and yearly mean discharge. All computations
are USGS compatible. Includes plotting programs. Prints out all
the standard reports from Primary Computation Sheets, to
Year-End Discharge and many more.
• Water balance program features unlimited uses the daily flows
of streamflow stations and combines them using any mathematical equation. Allows computation of water balances
between any number of stations.
• MMM (max, min, mean), a
generic report program, summarizes any data type into a usable
report - conductivity, barometric
pressure, dissolved oxygen, temperature.
• Sediment Computation and
Report Program uses instantaneous discharge (cfs) and sediment concentrations (tons/day or
tons/hour) to compute and print
out the standard USGS report.
• Stage reads in gage heights and
generates water level reports at
stage-only stations such as lakes and reservoirs.
215-125
Water Flow Calculator
2 lbs.
USGS Angle Coefficient Protractor
This is a protractor designed to measure the velocity vector if the
direction of flow is not at right
angles to the cross section. The
protractor measures the cosine
or the horizontal angle of the
current meter to tagline or
bridge rail. The measured
velocity is multiplied by the
protractor angle coefficient to
determine velocity normal to
the measuring section.
215-130
Angle Coefficient Protractor
0.3 lb.
Instrument Repair Services
Rickly Hydrological provides complete
repair service for all types of current meters,
counters, sounding reels and any type of
hydrological instrument, both mechanical
and electronic. Also contact us for surveying
instrument repair including compasses and
clinometers. Simply send your equipment
to:
Rickly Hydrological Co.
Attn: Technical Services
1700 Joyce Ave.
Columbus, Ohio 43219
Include your name, address and phone
number or call us to talk to a technician.
We also provide a complete rebuilding program where a district
will send in any quantity of wire weight
gages, sounding reels, current meters,
etc. and we will completely refurbish
and rebuild as many complete units as
possible. Rebuilding provides you with
like new equipment at a fraction of the
cost of buying new. Please contact us.
60
Measurement Software
Surface Water Records Software
(continued)
• Graphical Programs graph flow and stage hydrographs, storm
mass curves and histograms, rating tables, discharge measure
-ments.
• Precipitation Program reduces rainfall data recorded
graphically on punched tape, data loggers, or in ASCII files to
hourly, monthly, and yearly totals. Computes and stores the
maximum short duration intensity series for unlimited storms
per water year.
• Water quality data
• Ground water
• Snow survey records including snow depth and density.
The basic WISKI software package includes a time-series manager, BIBER the discharge measurement manager and a SKED the rating
curve editor. Additional modules add digitizing capabilities, remote
telemetry, automated data import from other sources, and automated
reporting to Internet or Intranet web-pages.
216-020
WISKI Software
4 lbs.
Discharge Measurement Software - BIBER-SKED
For hydrographers that
only need only the capability to
manage discharge measurements and rating curves, and do
not need to manage time-series
data. Two modules have been
combined to create the BIBERSKED package.
The BIBER module is a discharge measurement and evaluation program. This is a particularly powerful program to use with
agencies that don't use standard rated current meters but individually rate each meter and/or propeller. The BIBER module manages data
from multiple meter/propeller combinations and provides comprehensive data reporting. AquaCalc data can be directly imported into
this software and BIBER data is designed for direct implementation
with the WISKI system. All results are stored directly in the database
and are available for the creation of rating curves using the SKED
module.
Due to the fact that the
BIBER is able to work on local
databases, it can be installed on
stand alone laptops, so the BIBER
can be used in the field at the
gage for interactive discharge
measurements. The results of
measurement can be shown
immediately on the screen and
can be compared to other measurements and to the actual rating curve. Released measurements can
be replicated into the WISKI database.
The BIBER measurement assistant advises the user through the
input of verticals, bankpoint simple depths measurements and revolutions.
The SKED module is rating curve editor that uses the full capabilities of a graphical user interface to assist the hydrologist in developing, maintaining and shifting rating curves.
61
The SKED Rating Curve
Editor allows statistical support for analysis of discharge
measurements including
multiple regression methods
for fitting curves with up to
five line segments for a single
rating curve. Discharge measurements used in creating a
rating can be filtered by
stage, discharge, time, season or single point selectable. Instantaneous access to rectangular or
log plots and power law function with or without vertical shift. A formula editor for user defined functions and predefined weir functions.
The rating curve can be divided into as many as five segments and a
regression analysis can be performed on each segment. Where an
individual segment has few measurements, the software allows the
insertion of artificial measurements called “support points” that aid in
the analysis. Support points are typically needed in the high and low
flow areas of a rating curve. SKED can also be used to create reservoir
storage capacity curves and much more.
216-040
BIBER-SKED Software
4 lbs.
Hand Levels
Surveying Equipment
Introduction
Square Type Hand Level
Discharge measurement data is irrelevant and inaccurate if correct station levels are not set and maintained. A USGS standard gaging station has a minimum of three elevation references and a typical
station would have four reference marks and six elevations referenced
to gage datum for redundancy and convenience to perform stage
elevation checks. The USGS standards require a yearly check of gage
datum levels so that any reference movement, settling, etc. can be
noted and corrected. All reference marks are surveyed in at .001 feet
while gage datums are read to .01 feet.
Automatic levels or total stations are used to set accurate elevations for permanent gaging stations. Hand levels are typically used for
initial field site selection and stream habitat surveys. Also stream
hydraulic gradient measurements can be obtained with a hand level
or clinometer. Level rods, tripods and other surveying accessories are
offered to complete the necessary measurement and various markers
and nails are used for setting reference marks.
This economical hand level can be used as a bench level. Has a
fixed eyepiece. 5 1/4″ long. Comes with a Cordura® case with a belt
loop.
301-006
Square Type Hand Level
0.5 lb.
5x Magnifying Hand Level
5x magnification provides accuracy at far greater distances than
possible with regular hand levels. The objective lens is mounted on a
movable slide to bring distance objects into sharp focus. Eyepiece
focusing slide allows regulation of cross line image. 5x magnification
of objective lens and 2x magnification of level bubble. Stadia lines
with 1:100 ratio. Brass construction with durable finish. 7 1/2″ long.
Comes with Cordura® belt-loop case.
301-012
0.8 lb.
Sokkia Hand and Abney Levels
The Hand Level is a small, economical level for use with preliminary surveys to determine travellerway or cableway steel work elevations and other feasibility type site reconnaissance work. The Abney
Level is very similar to a clinometer in that it is used to measure the
value of a slope by means of arc measure and grade percentage.
Features a fixed eyepiece, internally mounted bubble assembly
and an adjustable reflector. Hexagonal objective cap prevents rolling.
2x magnification. 1″ diameter tube is 6″ long, extends to 7 3/4″.
Comes with belt-loop Cordura® case.
6″ Hand Level
Features a fixed eyepiece, internally mounted bubble assembly
and an adjustable reflector. Hexagonal objective cap prevents rolling.
Durable finish. Includes a Cordura® case with belt loop.
301-018
301-001
6″ Hand Level
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
62
Levels
Surveying Equipment
BULZ-I® Hand Levels
Abney Level with Clinometer Level
Entire inner works are mounted on a removable slide for easy
cleaning and maintenance. Professionals consistently choose these
rugged instruments because of their unsurpassed functional design
and simplicity of construction. Each part can be easily replaced in the
field -including the bubble housing. Adjustment of instrument is not
affected by removing slide. All brass construction; painted to eliminate sun reflection. Bubble is reflected by first surface mirror for maximum illumination. No springs; adjustable with positive 2-screw
motion. Cordura® case with belt loop is included with each level.
Available in either 7″ or 10″ lengths, with or without 1:20 ratio stadia
lines.
Tube is 5 1/8″ long. 1 1/8″ radius arc is graduated in degrees 0-90º in both directions with vernier readings to 10 minutes. Slope
scale 1:1 to 1:10. Belt loop Cordura® case.
301-045
Abney Level
0.5 lb.
Same as above but with arc graduated 0-90º in both directions
and a percent-of-grade scale from 0-100%
301-051
301-024
301-025
301-026
301-027
5″ long; extends to 7″
Same as above, but stadia lines - 1:20 ratio
7″ long; extends to 10″
Same as above, but stadia lines - 1:20 ratio
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Abney Levels
Magnifying Abney Level
5x magnification with 1:100 stadia. 7 3/4″ barrel extends to 8
5/8″. 1 11/16″ radius arc graduated in degrees 0-90º in both directions; vernier reading to 10 minutes. Percent scale, 0-100% in both
directions. 1″ ^ 3 3/4″ flat base for measuring existing grades.
Durable enamel finish. Comes with belt-loop Cordura® case.
301-033
Magnifying Abney Level
1.3 lbs.
Topographic Abney Level
Comes equipped with four interchangeable arc; topographic,
percent of grade, chainage correction, and degrees - 0-60º in both
directions. Index has friction movement for fine adjustment. 6 3/4″
aluminum level tube extends to 7 3/8″. Nonglare finish
301-039
Topographic Abney Level
63
0.8 lb.
Abney Level w/ Grade Scale
0.5 lb.
Sokkia Levels
C3 Series
Fast, accurate and easy
to use, Sokkia's C300, C310,
C320 and C330 are designed
for rugged outdoor use.
All Sokkia Automatic
Levels have the exclusive
Sokkia Compensator. This
magnetically damped, wirehung compensator with “rare
earth” magnets holds the line
of sight incredibly steady,
even when you're working in
unstable conditions. Years of
actual use have proven this
compensator design virtually unbreakable in any type of field use.
Levels are covered by a limited lifetime warranty and mount on
flat or domed head tripods. Levels use 5/8″ x 11 dome or flat head
tripods. They come complete with carrying case with shoulder strap,
plumb bob, tool kit, lens cap, rain cover and operation manual.
You'll find the following features of particular value:
• Achieve an accuracy of ±0.008 feet in one mile of double-run
leveling.
• Crisp, bright optics are easy to read.
• Using a domed-head tripod, setting up the level is fast and
easy - even on angled, uneven surfaces. Simply set the level
onto the tripod head and center the circular bubble. It also fits
flat-head tripods.
• Four suspension wires and magnetic damping action ensure
stability, even under rapidly changing atmospheric conditions,
vibration and shock. Extended compensator range of ± 15
minutes.
• Incorporates an endless horizontal motion drive with two
knobs for fast and easy aiming. Operable with the right or left
hand. Simply turn the instrument, then use the fine motion
feature to precisely aim the level at the target.
• Telescope optics are bright and clear. The 1 foot (0.3m) minimum focus distance makes it easy to use in confined locations.
• The stadia lines on the reticle allow easy calculations of distance. Simply multiply the distance on the rod between the
top and bottom stadia lines by 100.
Level Packages
Surveying Equipment
Sokkia Levels- C3 Series
(continued)
• C3 series levels are equipped with an easy-to-use horizontal circle for measuring angles (direct reading to 1º or 1 gon). The
display window is conveniently located on the instrument base
directly below the eyepiece.
• Reticle adjustment can be made by simply adjusting one screw.
The circular level vial is adjusted with two screws. Both adjustments are simple and fast with tools provided.
• The C3 series levels are rated IPX4 making them fully resistant
to rain and accidental submergence in water.
Specifications:
Telescope
C300
C310
C320
28X
26X
24X
22X
3"
3.5"
4"
4.5"
1º 25' (2.5 m)
1º 25' (2.5 m)
1º 25' (2.5 m)
1º 25' (2.5 m)
0.3m/1 ft.
0.3m/1 ft.
0.3m /1 ft.
0.3m /1 ft.
1:100
1:100
1:100
1:100
1º (1 gon)
1º (1 gon)
1º (1 gon)
1º (1 gon)
10' /2mm
10' /2mm
10' /2mm
10' /2mm
Same
Same
Magnification Power
Resolving Power
Field of View
Minimum Focus
Stadia Ratio
Horizontal Circle
C330
C320 Automatic Level Package
Now get famed C320 Level in an
affordable price package. The C320 is
weatherproof and won't fog in the
event of sudden temperature changes.
Endless horizontal motion drive with
two knobs allows precise left or right
handed aiming. The reliable automatic
compensator provides stability during
vibration or bumping; there's no need
to re-level the instrument! Horizontal
circle is graduated to 1.0. Stadia ratio
is 1:100
The C320 comes with lens cap, plumb bob, vinyl cover, tool kit,
and carrying case. The package includes an aluminum 5/8″ x 11” flat
head tripod, and a 16 ft. fiberglass rod in ft., 10ths and 100ths.
302-024
C320 Auto level, Tripod and Rod;
ft., 10ths, & 100ths
25.2 lbs.
Gradation
Level Sensitivity
Leveling Accuracy in 1.6 km (1 mile) of double-run leveling
Standard Deviation
302-001
302-002
302-003
302-004
±2.0mm/.008 ft.
C300
C310
C320
C330
Auto
Auto
Auto
Auto
Same
Level
Level
Level
Level
8
8
8
5
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
These are excellent surveying level packages for gaging station
stage reference work. These level packages will allow measurements
to well within USGS primary station accuracy requirements.
C330 Automatic Leveling Systems
C330 Auto Level, tripod and a choice of
leveling rods. Ordering everything you need
for your gage reference work has never been
easier! The Sokkia C330 Auto Level offers 22X
magnification and a patented automatic magnetic compensator. It is light and easy to use
plus its sturdy construction resists vibration
and inclement weather.
In addition to this outstanding level, the package also includes a
flat head aluminum tripod with 39″ to 66″ extension legs plus your
choice of fiberglass 11 ft. or 25 ft. leveling rods graduated in
feet,10th and 100ths.
Sets With 25 ft. Fiberglass Rods
302-012 Automatic Leveling System with tripod
and 25 ft. rod (302-017),ft., 10ths and
100ths
Set Components
302-014 5/8″ x 11 Aluminum Tripod
302-015 11 Ft. Fiberglass Oval Shaped Level Rod ,
ft., 10ths and 100ths
302-017 25 ft. Fiberglass Oval Shaped Level Rod,
ft., 10ths and 100ths
Transits are surveying instruments that are ideal for reading horizontal and vertical angles and extending straight lines. Transits are
available with an optical plummet eliminating the need for a plumb
bob. The level transit is a combination level and transit that allows
both surface leveling and vertical height readings or vertical alignment.
Model 300/301 Level Transit
Sokkia Level Package
Sets With 11 ft. Fiberglass Rods
302-010 Automatic Leveling System 2/tripod and
11 ft. rod (302-015), ft., 10ths and 100ths
Sokkia Transits and Level Transits
19.3 lbs.
The only difference between the
Model 300 and the 301 is their base
plates. Both feature a 23x telescope
which locks in a magnetic locking system. Rotatable metal horizontal circle is
graduated 0-19-0º in 1º divisions, numbered every 10º, vernier reads to 5 minutes. Vertical arc measures angles to 60º
in both directions in 1º divisions, vernier
reads to 5 minutes. Has a telescope level
and a plate level. Gunsight aiming. Glass
reticle has 1:100 stadia lines. Yellow.
Water resistant.
303-001
303-002
15.5 lbs.
Hold adjustments under the most challenging
conditions. Model 115 has a 4-screw leveling base, 3
1/2″ x 8” thread. Model 116 has a 3-screw leveling
base, 5/8″ x 11” thread. Metal horizontal circle graduated left/right 0-360º, numbered every 10º, 30' divisions, vernier reads to 1’. Metal vertical circle rotates
360º, numbered in quadrants, 30' division reads to 1'.
Compass numbered in quadrants, graduated to 1º.
Water resistant. Recommended Tripods:Aluminum
extension leg tripod. Extends 42″ - 68″.
7 lbs.
2.3 lbs.
More information on level rods and tripods follow in the next few pages.
15.5 lbs.
Model 115/116 One Minute Transit
20 lbs.
7 lbs.
Model 300 - 3 1/2″ x 8” thread,
4 screw leveling base
Model 301- 5/8″ x 11” thread,
3 screw leveling base
303-008
303-009
303-010
303-011
Model 115
Aluminum Tripod - 3 1/2″ x 8” thread
Model 116
Aluminum Tripod - 5/8″ x 11” thread
13
12
13
12
64
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Total Stations
Surveying Equipment
Electronic Digital Transits, DT500, DT500A and DT600
Sokkia Total Station - Models SET500 and SET600
Angle measurement to 5″
or mgon. Horizontal and vertical angles are displayed in less
than 0.5 seconds. Ideal for
short range work - minimum
focusing range is 0.9m.
Horizontal and vertical angles
are simultaneously displayed on
the large, two line LCD. The
vertical circle is automatically
indexed when the telescope is
moved past 90º from zenith.
Vertical angles can be measured
by % of slope, zenith angle or
height angle. Horizontal angles
can be measured clockwise or
counterclockwise.
All functions are easily
selected for increased efficiency.
The control panel only has four
buttons for error free performance. The buttons allow you
to select direction of horizontal, switch vertical angle between degree
mode or percent of grade mode, illuminate display, set horizontal
angle to zero and hold and release horizontal reading. The unit operates up to 15 hours on four "A" batteries. Unit automatically shuts off
after 30 minutes of non use.
Three models are available. The DT500 is the most accurate (5″
accuracy) and features dual windows for reading. The DT500A and
DT600 both feature single reading windows and 10″ and 20″ accuracy respectively. All units are sold complete with instrument, battery
case with four “A” batteries, tubular compass, sunshade, lens cap,
plum bob, vinyl cover, tool kit, operator's manual, and carrying case.
(continued)
Specifications:
DT500
DT500A
DT600
Model 300/301
Model 115/116
Objective Aperture
45mm
45mm
30mm
32mm
32mm
30x
30x
26x
23x
23x
3"
3"
3.5"
4"
4"
1º 30'
1º 30'
1º 30'
1º 5'
1º 30'
Magnification Power
Resolving Power
Field of View @1000 ft.
Minimum Focus
Circle Graduation
0.9m/3 ft.
0.9m/3 ft.
2.3m/7.6 ft.
2.3m/7.6 ft.
2.3m/7.6 ft.
5" ( 1 mgon)
10" ( 2 mgon)
20" (5 mgon)
1º ( 1 gon)
30' ( 0.5 gon)
Level Vial
Telescope Level
N/A
N/A
40"/2mm
90"/2mm
60"/2mm
Plate Level
40"/2mm
40"/2mm
60"/2mm
137"/2mm
137"/2mm
Circular Level
10'/2mm
10'/2mm
10'/2mm
137'/2mm
137'/2mm
1/4" at 200 ft.
1/4" at 200 ft.
1/4" at 200 ft.
1/16" at 150 ft.
1/16" at 150 ft.
Accuracy
303-016
303-017
303-018
DT500 Digital Transit - 5″
DT500A Digital Transit - 10″
DT600 Digital Transit - 20″
25 lbs.
25 lbs.
25 lbs.
included on the SET500 and SET600.
The SET500 offers improved visibility on
the new high-density graphic display on
both sides of the instrument. Also
includes dual-axis compensation to
insure consistently accurate measurements.
Complete your work in extreme
conditions without the worry of damaging the instrument from water and
dust. The Sokkia Set 500 and Set 600
instruments have set the standards of
quality and durability even higher with
a dust and water protection rating of
IP66.
Specifications:
Accuracy
Display Resolution
65
SET600
5" (1.5 mgon)
6" (1.9 mgon)
1"/0.2 mgon
1"/0.2mgon
Distance Measuring Range (Slope distance, good conditions.)
Single Prism
6,500 ft. (2,000m)
5,280 ft. (1,600m)
±(3+2ppm x D)m
±(3+2ppm x D)m
4,000 point
2,000 point
30X
26X
Distance Accuracy
With Glass Prism
Standard Internal Memory
Telescope
Magnification
Resolving Power
3"
3.5"
Minimum Focus
4.3 ft. (1.3 m)
4.3 ft. (1.3 m)
304-001
304-002
SET500
SET600
20 lbs.
20 lbs.
Sokkia Reflective Sheet Targets and Prism Systems
The SET500 and 600 total stations use prisms or reflective targets for measurements. The prism systems are used for maximum distance and accuracy. The SET500 and 600's also incorporate a new
innovative optical system that allows EDM accuracy specifications
using reflective target sheets.
Prism
Zero constant prism with 60mm effective
dia. and 2 arc-second accuracy. Precision
ground glass mounted in high impact plastic
housing. Male thread.
Sokkia Total Station - Models SET500 and SET600
Rugged enough for extreme conditions. The new Sokkia SET500
and SET600 combine the latest electronic technology and software
enhancements in a rugged, lightweight design. Distance measurements through the miniaturized EDM take less than three seconds
and can measure more than a mile to a single prism. The SET500 and
SET600 can also measure to reflective sheet targets when it is not
convenient to use a prism.
The SET500 comes standard with 4,000 point internal memory
and compact flash reader. Compact flash memory cards (up to
64MB) compatible with PCMCIA Type 2 hardware are commercially
available. The SET600 offers a 2000 point internal memory. The
SET500 and SET600 have RS-232C serial signal port for connection to
data loggers or computer. You will find an improvement in efficiency
and a shorter learning curve with the enhanced 12-button keyboard
SET500
Angle Measurement
304-008
Prism
1 lb.
Prism Holders
Single Prism Holder
For short-range horizontal measurements; female thread. Can
also be used reversed with -30mm constant prism.
304-010
Single Prism Holder
1 lb.
Prisms & Poles
Surveying Equipment
Triple Prism Holder
Tribrach Adapters
Triple prism holder for long-range horizontal distance measurements, with female thread. Can be used reversed for mounting 30mm constant prism.
Allows installation of 5/8″ x 11” female
thread accessories into tribrach. Removable
center.
304-012
304-035 Rotatable
304-036 Non-Rotatable
Triple Prism Holder
1.3 lbs.
1 lb.
1 lb.
Tilting Prism Holder
Single prism holder for short-range slope distance measurements, with female thread. Tilts
±40º. Can also be used reversed with -30mm constant prism.
304-014
Tilting Prism Holder
1.3 lbs.
Rotatable Plug-In Type Adapters
For supporting prism holder or adjustable target on the tribrach.
Available with built-in optical plummet telescope of 3x or without.
Fine Horizontal Adjustment
304-040
With Optical Plummet
304-041
Without Optical Plummet
Tilting Prism Holder - 2
Prism Poles and Reflective Targets
Single prism holder for short-range slope measurements, female
thread. Comes with target plate for use when sighting and traversing.
Tiltable through ±40º.
Targets and Poles
304-016
Tilting Prism Holder-2
2 lbs.
Optical Plummet Tribrach
Adjustable Target - For use between prism holder and tribrach
adapter to coincide the height (center) of the prism holder with the
height (optical center) of the instrument. Also used as traversing target.
Has built-in optical plummet telescope of 2.2x, universal focus, erect image.
Circular level of 10’/2mm; fine horizontal
adjustments. Used with tribrach adapter
(304-041) for supporting prism holder.
304-050
304-018 Optical Plummet Tribrach
304-055
3 lbs.
Non-optical Plummet Tribrach
Has circular level of 10’/2mm sensitivity and 3
leveling screws, does not have built-in optical plummet. Used with 304-040 Tribrach Adapter-2 for supporting prism holder.
304-020 Non-optical Plummet Tribrach 3 lbs.
Single Prism System
Contains one 304-008 prism, one 304-010
prism holder, and one 304-055 target pole.
Contains three 304-008 prisms, one 304-012
triple prism holder, and one 304-055 target pole.
Triple Prism System
Target Pole
0.3 lb.
Prism Pole Tripods
Adjusts to fit from 7/8″ to 1 1/2″ diameter
prism poles. Aluminum core bonded with
International Orange ABS plastic. Extension leg
design adjusts for uneven terrain. Extends to 65
inches; collapses to 3 1/2 feet. Adjustments are
made by a quarter turn cam lock. Heat treated
steel shoe points.
Prism Pole Tripods
7.3 lbs.
Features a wide base section and a positive collet-type
locking system. Height adjusts from 4 ft. 6″ to 8 ft. 4″.
Locking disc prevents rotation of prism. Includes a replaceable level vial. The graduated pole has engraved markings
that show height of prism to nearest 1/10 foot or 10 centimeters.
4.5 lbs.
Triple Prism System
304-030
1.3 lbs.
Telescoping Prism Poles
Prism Systems
Single Prism System
Adjustable Target
Target Pole - Red and white plastic target pole of 23mm dia.
And 120mm length, inserts on top of the prism holders (excluding
Tilting Prism Holder-2) for sighting.
304-060
304-025
1.5 lb.
2 lb.
304-065
304-066
304-067
Deluxe Pole
Rod Level
Repl. Point
8 lbs.
0.5 lb.
0.3 lb.
5.5 lbs.
66
Tripods
Surveying Equipment
Reflective Sheet Targets
Wide-Frame Wood Tripod
Easy-to-use reflective targets, supplied on
convenient adhesive-backed sheets, can be
directly fixed to measuring points. For alternate
needs, rotary targets are also available.
Heavy-duty tripod made of durable maple rails with sliding
wood extension legs. Legs will not vibrate, shrink, or expand. Each
tripod has handhold hole in one leg and comes with a poly-webbing
carrying strap. Yellow tripod with black hinges.
305-007
RS Series Reflective Sheets
304-076 through 304-086 RS* N/T 0.4 mm thick,
self-adhesive sheets that adhere at a touch to almost any
dry surface. RS**N has normal (0.5mm) reticle lines;
RS**T has bold (0.3mm) reticle lines.
305-008
3 1/2” x 8” Thread, Flat Head, 72” Open,19 lbs.
42” Closed
5/8” x 11” Thread, Flat Head, 72” Open, 19 lbs.
42” Closed
Adapter Heads
Detachable Rotary Target
304-095 RT90C 360º rotating sheet target. The
RT90C can be mounted on a tribrach with the AP41
Adapter, or mounted directly to any prism pole
with 5/8” x 11” thread.
(Not for use with optical plummet)
305-014 To convert 5/8″ x 11” to 3 1/2″ x 8”, Flat Head5.0 lbs.
305-015 To convert 3 1/2″ x 8” to 5/8″ x 11”, Flat Head5.0 lbs.
Aluminum Tripods
Aluminum tripods are
strong yet lightweight. Tripods
come with poly-web straps and
hardened steel replaceable shoe
points.
Targets Ordering Information
304-075
304-076
304-077
304-078
304-079
304-080
304-081
304-082
304-083
304-084
304-085
304-086
304-095
RS00 Target 230 x 230 mm
RS05T Targets 5 x 5 mm
RS10N Targets 10 x 10 mm
RT90C Rotating Sheet
1 ea.
400 ea.
400 ea.
400 ea.
196 ea.
196 ea.
100 ea.
100 ea.
49 ea.
16 ea.
9 ea.
4 ea.
1 ea.
3
6
6
6
3
3
2
2
3
2
3
3
2
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Sokkia Tripods
These are top quality top
adjusting tripods which eliminates
bending to adjust height, the extension leg clamps are placed high on
these tripods for easy use. The
clamping system holds the tripod
stable, even on rough terrain. "Quick
Clamp" enables quick and easy leg
adjusting.
Aluminum "Quick Clamp"
Tripods
Heavy gauge aluminum tripods
with double banded legs offer
strength and durability. Made with
rust resistant non-glare paint on all
metal parts. Includes shoulder strap.
305-001
305-002
5/8”x 11” Thread, Flat Head, 65” Open, 15 lbs.
42” Closed
5/8”x 11” Thread, Domed Head,
15 lbs.
65” Open, 42” Closed
67
305-021
305-022
305-023
3 1/2” x 8” Thread, Flat Head, 65” Open,18 lbs.
42” Closed
5/8” x 11” Thread, Domed Head,
12 lbs.
66.5” Open, 40” Closed
5/8” x 11” Thread, Flat Head,
12 lbs.
66.5” Open, 40” Closed
Tripod Bag
Cordura® nylon bag holds all major aluminum and wooden
tripods. Extra strong leather bottom supports weight of tripods and
handles rough treatment. Pull string tie top prevents contents from
falling out while nylon shoulder strap makes it easy to carry in the
field. Dimensions 46″ L x 13 1/2″ D
305-029
Tripod Bag
1.8 lbs.
Level Rods
Surveying Equipment
Sokkia Leveling Rods
Wooden Philadelphia Level Rods
These durable two-section Philadelphia rods are made of the
finest hard maple, in a natural finish with replaceable metal faces..
High-contrast black foot marks and bright red numbers on a white
background, bonded to a replaceable steel face, resist fading. Rods
retain their straightness and ease of operation even under adverse climate conditions. Choice of two graduations: feet, 10ths, and 100ths;
or metric graduations: meters, decimeters and centimeters.
SK Fiberglass Leveling Rods
Telescoping sections quickly lock into rigid rods.
A stainless steel base cap with a sponge filter keeps
dirt from clogging the sections. The silk-screened
epoxy-coated graduations are sharp and will not fade.
Red and white markings on the back for stadia purposes.
The 14 1/2 and 25 foot leveling rods have
added features such as a height measuring gauge on
back of rod and a 5/8″ x 11” female threaded end for
attachment of mini-prisms. Each rod comes complete
with a carrying case. An adapter is available with a
5/8″ thread for attaching a prism holder.
305-080
305-081
305-082
305-083
305-084
305-085
305-086
2 lbs.
2.8 lbs.
5.3 lbs.
9.3 lbs.
Graduated: m , dm and half cm
305-046
7 m L x 7 sec.
5.3 lbs.
Accessories:
305-060
305-061
0.5 lb.
0.3 lb.
Direct Reading San Francisco Level Rods
These rods are not used with a target. Replaceable
polyester scales are dimensionally independent of the
wood. Kiln dried and well seasoned hard maple sections
may be locked in position by a turn of the knurled knob
or slid easily to a new position - no snap-stops to
release. Clamps have no sharp edges; lock screws are
protected and reinforced against bending. Short closed
length makes these rods easily portable.
Quickly and accurately determines if level
rod is perpendicular.
Circular vial is securely mounted in a metal
head which adjusts so a true level can be constantly maintained. A 4 1/2″ right angle blade
with an angle slot supports the head and provides proper contact against the level rod.
Housing bracket is bright red and can be
mounted on any wooden rod.
305-090
12’L x 3 sec.
13’L x 2 sec.
15’L x 3 sec.
Canvas Case
Graduated: Meters, decimeters, and centimeters
305-075
3.65 m L x 3 sec.
8 lbs.
8 lbs.
9.3 lbs.
0.8 lb.
Rod Level
0.5 lb.
Surveying Equipment Accessories
Masonry Nails ("P-K")
Parker-Kalon hardened masonry nails. Zincplated to resist rust, increase visibility. 100 per
box.
305-095
305-096
305-097
305-098
305-099
305-070
305-071
305-072
305-073
8 lbs.
1 lb.
8 lbs.
1 lb.
0.5 lb.
1.3 lbs.
1.3 lbs.
Rod Level
Graduated: Feet, 10ths and 100ths
305-040
11’L x 3 sec.
305-041
14 1/2’L x 4 sec.
305-042
25’L x 7 sec.
305-043
32’L x 9 sec.
Orange Cordura® Rod Case
5/8″ x 11″ Prism Adapter
7 ft. rod - extends to 13 ft.
7 ft. face
2.2 meter rod - extends to 3.96 meters
2.2 replacement meter face
Canvas case for above rods
Oval Target 100ths
Oval Target Metric
3/4″ x 1/8″
1″ x 5/32″
1 1/4″ x 3/16″
2″ x 1/4″
2 1/2″ x 1/4″
0.5 lb.
1 lb.
1.5 lbs.
2.8 lbs.
4 lbs.
Nail Markers
1” square of high visibility orange
nylon material has hole for tack or nail.
You can’t rip or tear them and makes
spotting P-K nails quick and easy. 70 per
package.
8 lbs.
305-105
305-106
Nail markers with 1/4″ hole
Nail markers with 1/8″ hole
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
68
Markers & Stakes
Surveying Equipment
Flat and Domed Head Survey Markers
Stake Bags
Solid brass markers have 2″ shanks. Flat
heads have 1/8″ thick, matte finish tops.
305-112
305-113
305-114
305-115
305-120
305-121
305-122
305-123
Flat Head, 1 3/8” dia.
Flat Head, 2” dia.
Flat Head, 2 1/2” dia.
Flat Head, 3” dia.
Domed Head, 1 3/8” dia.
Domed Head, 2” dia.
Domed Head, 2 1/2” dia.
Domed Head, 3” dia.
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.8
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
These orange, heavy-duty,
waterproof Cordura® nylon bags
are ideal for carrying stakes, hub
tacks, flagging and markers.
Large bag features three front
pockets 10″ deep and a pocket
on each end measuring 7″W x 8
1/2″D, and an adjustable 2″ web
shoulder strap. Dimensions: 8″W
x 18″L x 13″D. Upright bag is
perfect for holding stakes 18″ or
longer. Features 2″ web shoulder
strap. 6″W x 10″L x 18″D.
305-160
305-161
Large Stake Bag
Upright Stake Bag
Gammon Reel®
Point Scriber
Eliminates strong troubles; no knots needed for
an instrument setup. Attaches to plumb bob. Provides
instant rewind of plumb bob string, up and down
adjustment, and a target on the reel. Comes
equipped with choice of 6 1/2 or 12 feet of 72-lb test
orange nylon string. String refills available. Size 2″ x
2″.
Marks on hard steel, glass, plastics, etc. Screw chuck permits
reversing point when not in use. 6″ long. Replaceable tungsten carbide tip. With pocket clip.
305-130
Point Scriber
0.3 lb.
Monument Spikes
Large galvanized spike with 3/8” square shank has chisel point
and button head. Ideal for bench mark or turning point.
305-135
305-136
Monument Spikes 6″ L
Monument Spikes 8″ L
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
Plastic Survey Stakes
Lightweight markers made of tough high visibility plastic.
Smooth vapor blasted surface. Permanent markings can be made on
stakes with a waterproof marker. 18″ long. Priced per 25 stakes.
305-140
305-141
305-142
305-143
Red
Yellow
Orange
White
1 lb.
1 lb.
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
305-166
305-167
305-168
305-169
305-170
6 1/2 ft. Gammon Reel
12 ft. Gammon Reel
24 yd. Orange Cord Refill
24 yd. Lime glo Cord Refill
24 yd. White Cord Refill
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Plumb Bobs
Machined from solid brass with a screw cap
and hardened steel point. A spare point can be
stored inside the replaceable brass cap.
305-177
305-178
305-179
305-180
305-181
305-182
305-183
6 oz. Plumb Bob
8 oz. Plumb Bob
12 oz. Plumb Bob
16 oz. Plumb Bob
18 oz. Plumb Bob
24 oz. Plumb Bob
Extra points for above
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.8 lb.
1 lb.
1.3 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
0.3 lb.
Wooden Survey Stakes and Hubs
Plumb Bob Cord
Finest quality braided linen cord. Packed
on a 25-yard block.
Durable, long-lasting. Made from pine, saw-cut for straight
edges and points. Stakes packed 50/bundle; hubs 100/bag.
305-150
305-151
305-152
305-153
305-154
305-155
1” x 2” x 12” Stake (50)
1″ x 2″ x 18″ Stake (50)
1″ x 1″ x 36″ Stake (50)
1″ x 2″ x 36” Stake (50)
1″ x 2″ x 48” Stake (50)
2″ x 2″ x 18” Hub (100)
69
14
23
27
35
55
35
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
305-190
305-191
White Cord
Bright Orange Cord
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
Flagging
Surveying Equipment
Plumb Bob Targets
Solid Color Vinyl Flagging
Fluorescent - 4″ x 2 1/2″ laminated vinyl
target in black and translucent orange.
Plastic - rectangular target measures 2″
x 4″ x 0.31″ thick. Red and white quadrants.
Notched for plumb line insertion.
Paper- 2″ x 3 1/2″ rectangular target.
Red and white quadrants. 100 per pack.
Colorfast flagging over long periods. Made of heavy vinyl.
1 3/16″ W x 300′ L per roll, 12 rolls per carton. Resists cold-cracking
to -10º F Roll (6 oz.) Carton (4.5 lbs.)
305-197
305-198
305-199
305-240
305-241
305-242
305-243
Fluorescent Plumb Bob Target
Plastic Plumb Bob Target
Paper Plumb Bob Target, 100 per pk.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
Scabbard
Holds Gammon Reel® and plumb bob.
Leather scabbard with belt loop. Snaps will
hold up to an 18 oz. plumb bob and
Gammon Reel or pocket tape.
305-208
Scabbard
Blue
Orange
Red
Yellow
305-244
305-245
305-246
305-247
Pink
White
Green
Black
Arctic Vinyl Flagging
The thickest and most durable flagging - designed for use in
extremely low temperatures! Cold crack resistant to -40º F, 1 3/16″ x
125′ Per roll in three fluorescent-like glo colors. 12 Rolls per carton
Roll (8 oz.)Carton (5.75 lbs.)
305-255 Orange Glo
305-256 Pink Glo
305-257 Blue Glo
0.5 oz.
Stake Flags
A most versatile marking tool. Post wetland
areas and survey boundaries. Useful in stream habitat
applications for indicating plant species identification. Flags are colorfast, mold and mildew resistant,
and flexible.
Wire stake flags are packaged and sold in bundles of 100, all one color. 2 1/2″ x 3 1/2″, nine different colors.
Leather Plumb Bob Sheaths
Extra heavy sheaths with riveted pockets and
straps. Rugged snaps hold plumb bobs securely. Slots
in back for attaching belt
305-214
305-215
305-216
For 6 to 12 oz. Plumb Bobs
For up to 16 oz. Plum Bobs
For 18 to 24 oz. Plumb Bobs
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
Boundary Markers and Flagging
Metal Flagging Dispenser
Made by Sokkia. Heavy wire belt bracket
with roll clamp and flagging cutter.
305-220
Flag Dispenser
0.6 lb.
15” Stake- 2 lbs/100
305-265 Red
305-267 Blue
305-269 Yellow
305-271 Lime Glo
305-273 Pink Glo
305-266
305-268
305-270
305-272
White
Orange
Green
Orange Glo
21” Stake- 3.5 lbs/100
305-275 Red
305-277 Blue
305-279 Yellow
305-281 Lime Glo
305-283 Pink Glo
305-276
305-278
305-280
305-282
White
Orange
Green
Orange Glo
30” Stake- 4 lbs/100
305-301 Red
305-302 Blue
305-303 Yellow
305-304 Lime Glo
305-305 Pink Glo
305-307
305-308
305-309
305-310
White
Orange
Green
Orange Glo
Stake Flag Probe
Texas Brand Sunglo Vinyl Flagging
Fluorescent-like, bright colors for best visibility. Made of heavy
vinyl. 1 3/16″ W x 150′L per roll, 12 rolls per carton. Resists coldcracking to -20º F. Roll (6 oz.) Carton (4.5 lbs.)
305-225
305-226
305-227
305-228
Pink Glo
Orange Glo
Blue Glo
Green Glo
305-229 Red Glo
305-230 Yellow Glo
305-231 Lime Glo
Probe can be used to bore holes in hard, rocky, or frozen soil.
Constructed of welded 3/4” steel tubing, foot step, 4 3/4” replaceable steel point, and rubber coated handle. Probe holds up to 100
stake flags of any length.
305-315
Stake Flag Probe
2 lbs.
Flag Carrier
Heavy duty canvas shoulder bag holds approximately 150 stake
flags. Designed not to tip while placing stake flags.
305-320
305-321
305-322
15” Flag Carrier
21” Flag Carrier
30” Flag Carrier
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
70
Field Books
Surveying Equipment
Field Book
Surveying Equipment Miscellaneous
Left page: blue horizontal lines; red vertical lines. Right page: 4 x
4 blue lines, red vertical center lines.
Engineer’s Field Books
High visibility yellow hard cover field
books have 80 pages made with 50% cotton rag content. Weatherproof and durable
even when wet, these books have formulas
for solving right angles and curves and
tables for minutes in decimals of a degree;
inches in decimals of a foot.
Cross Section Book
Left and right: 10 x 10 blue lines, inch lines slightly heavier.
Transit Field Book
Left page: blue horizontal lines; red vertical lines. Right page:
305-290
305-291
305-292
eight vertical and four horizontal lines, red vertical center lines.
Economy Transit Field Book
Heavy paper cover; spiral bound; 36 pages.
Mining Transit Book
8 x 8 blue lines; red vertical center lines.
Engineer's Field Book
10 x 10 blue lines; red vertical center lines. Includes slightly heavier
paper.
Level Book
Both pages – blue horizontal lines, red vertical lines, 6 vertical
columns.
71
305-293
305-294
305-295
305-296
305-297
Transit Field Book-4 1/2” x 7 1/4”
Economy Transit Field Book4 1/2” x 7 1/4”
Mining Transit Book4 1/2” x 7 1/4”
Engineer’s Field Book -4 1/2” x 7 1/4”
Level Book-4” x 6 1/2”
Level Book-4 1/2” x 7 1/4”
Field Book-4 1/2” x 7 1/4”
Cross Section Book-6 1/2” x 8 1/2”
0.8 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.8 lb.
0.8 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.8 lb.
0.8 lb.
1 lb.
All-Weather Pen
This ultra tough medium point writes more smoothly than conventional pens at any angle, in extreme heat and cold, over grease,
photos, even under water. Sealed cartridge can't leak or dry out. Long
lasting. Black permanent ink.
201-107
All-Weather Pen
0.1 lb.
Rangefinders & Altimeters
Surveying Equipment
Pretel Digital Altimeter - Model K2 and A2
Laser Rangefinders
Bushnell®
Yardage
Bushnell 800
Pro®
Laser Rangefinders
Lightweight and compact with
powerful range, distance measuring
becomes even more portable with
these new full-featured Laser
Rangefinders. The Yardage Pro 800
Compact is about half the size of comparable laser rangefinders and easily
fits into your jacket pocket. This
Compact operates using advanced
laser technology to measure distances
instantly and accurately to within 1
yard. Just aim and press a button for
your measurement.
The Yardage Pro 500 and 1000
Rangefinders measure distance accurately
with in 1 yard. The 500 measures up to 500
yards and the 1000 measures up to 1000
yards. Both the 500 and 1000 can be mounted on a tripod and use one 9-volt battery.
They have a scan mode for locating small
objects or scanning whole areas. A zip mode
Bushnell 500
cuts through dense cover such as branches to
measure your target. The rain mode allows you to measure accurately
even in bad weather. Yardage Pro 800 measures up to 800 yards, has
an 8X monocular, comes with a wrist strap, and runs off 4 AAA batteries.
Weather and shock resistant. Reads both yards and meters.
Protective neoprene case included.
306-001
306-002
306-003
206-022
206-015
Yardage Pro 500 Compact
Yardage Pro 800 Compact
Yardage Pro 1000
9-volt battery (1 pack)
AAA batteries (2 pack)
1.5 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
Thommen Pocket Altimeter/Barometer
This pocket altimeter is widely used by
the USGS for elevation checks such as channel elevation which can be an indicator of
certain conditions, such as the amount of
channel icing or summer water temperature
that can affect fish. It works on the barometric principle to determine altitude. The operating mechanism is very sturdy and shock
resistant.
The instrument is easily read and features a 19 jeweled temperature compensated, precision movement.
The altitude scale is linear and has a uniform accuracy over the entire
measuring range.
The altimeter/barometer measures altitude up to 6,000 meters
and barometric pressure between 790 and 553 millimeters of mercury. It operates efficiently from -20 to 40 degrees centigrade.
Accuracy of altitude measurements is ±10 meters. The unit is 2.5
inches by 2.7 inches by 0.8 inches, and weighs 3.2 ounces.
307-001 Thommen TX22 - Metric reading to 6000m.
0.5 lb.
Direct reading to 10m. Interpretation to 5m.
307-002 Thommen TX16 - Imperial, reads to 15,000 ft.
0.5 lb.
Direct reading to 20 ft with interpretation to 10 ft.
307-003 Thommen TXC - Leather case for altimeters
0.1 lb.
Pretel Digital Altimeters give
quick and accurate results. They are
easy to use with one-handed operation of two buttons. These rugged
altimeters are shockproof with no
moving parts to break, and tough
shockproof case, resistant to shocks,
vibrations, dust and humidity.
Automatic temperature compensation ensures highly accurate readings from -30º C to +50ºC.
Additional features: Altitude variation since last calibration, barometric pressure trend, cumulative vertical ascent and descent, speed
of climb and chronograph.
• Small: fits in your palm, dimensions: 3 1/8″ x 2 1/2″ x 1/8″
(80mm x 65mm x 23mm)
• Light: weighs only 90 grams (5 oz.) including batteries.
• Uses 2 AAA batteries
307-008 Model K2 - Range: -305 to 6000m
(-1000 to 19,600 ft.) Resolution: 1m/3ft.
307-009 Model A2 - Range: -305 to 6000m
(-1000 to 19,600 ft) Resolution: 5m/15 ft
206-015 AAA Batteries (2 pack)
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.3 lb.
BRUNTON® Pocket Transits
The Pocket Transit is a hand-held surveying compass that can also measure horizontal
angles. Brunton is the original and recognized
world leader in pocket transits.
These are used by anyone requiring an
accurate, reliable, directional instrument. These accurate damped directional instruments feature a lid that
locks the needle in place when
closed to reduce error on the
pivot, jeweled bearing, and
a table of natural sines for
each degree 1-45 on the
cover. Magnetic declination is
easy to set. Dial graduated to 1º . Vertical angle reading ±90º, readings to 10 minutes ±100% grade, 5% divisions.
Size: 2 3/4″ x 3″ x 1 5/16″. Comes with leather case. Units can
be used with any standard 2 1/4″ thread tripod or monopod.
Conventional Pocket Transits- the highest quality instruments
available from existing technology. These transits are factory balanced
for the northern hemisphere.
308-018
308-019
Quadrants (0-90º)
Azimuth (0-360º)
1 lb.
1 lb.
International Waterproof Pocket Transits - Waterproof ±7 lbs. psi.
A patented needle and suspension system allows these units to be
used virtually anywhere in the world without having to rebalance the
needle. Unit is less affected by variations of earth's gravitational field
and does not require rebalancing between Northern and Southern
Hemisphere. Please notify us if you plan to use below the equator,
especially in Madagascar, Chile and Australia. Special factory balancing may be necessary.
308-020
308-021
Quadrants (0-90º)
Azimuth (0-360º)
1 lb.
1 lb.
72
Pocket Transits
Surveying Equipment
BRUNTON® Pocket Transits
(continued)
COM/PRO 90 Pocket Transits - This is the same design and specifications as the international model except it comes in a rugged plastic case. Waterproof.
308-022
308-023
Quadrants (0-90º)
Azimuth (0-360º)
• Hinge inclinometer with 2″ increments for 1″ readable Dip
measurements
• Two long-level bubbles on the outside of the aluminum
housing for no guess leveling from the sides or the bottom
• Cover hinge assembly designed for increased durability
• “Buck Horn” style sights for increased accuracy when
sighting azimuth or vertical angles.
GEO (0-360º) Azimuth
GEOQ (0-90º) Quadrant
Pocket Transit Accessories
Telescoping Jacob Staff
Tubular Aluminum adjusts in four steps from 21 to 64 in. Upper
end is tapered with 1/4 x 20 thread for attachment directly to ball
and socket head. Also fits Rangefinders and most cameras. In canvas
carrying case.
Bally and Socket Head Only
Carrying Case
Tripod
308-008
308-009
308-010
308-011
308-012
308-030
Leather with belt loop. For pocket transit only.
Leather Case with Sling
Designed to hold pocket transit with ball and socket head
attached.
Jacob's Staff Thimble
Allows ball and socket head to be used with wooden rods.
0.5 lb.
2.5 lbs.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
1.5 lbs.
Brunton‘s most popular compass
offers a 0-35 degrees inclination scale
stamped into the base to read slope
and dip. It features 20 gradations,
inch and millimeter, and declination
adjustment.
Tripod
Carrying Case
Ball & Socket Head Only
Tripod
Carrying Case
Leather Case with Sling Strap
Jacobs Staff Thimble
Jacob Staff
Leather Case
with Sling Strap
Classic Compass
Head can be used with either Jacob Staff or tripod
Aluminum extension leg. Height 48” open, 19 1/2” closed.
Protective cap can be used as a plummet. Includes carrying case.
Jacob
Staff
Brunton® Compasses
Ball and Socket Head only
308-036
9020G Classic Compass
0.1 lb.
Nexus Expedition Compass
The Expedition offers new Comfort line
styling with curved, ergonomic back and
easy -to-grip compass housing.
This Compass was designed
to be used with USGS forest service
maps with 1:24,000 and 1:62,500
forestry scales. Azimuth dial is graduated 0360º in 2º increments and features red/black North-South lines, red
“N” for positive directions, a clear scratch-resistant baseplate with
magnifying lens, declination scale, luminescent points and lanyard.
Size: 4″ x 2″.
308-040
73
(continued)
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
Geo Transit - Brunton has made the ultimate tool for professionals.
The billeted aluminum, waterproof GEO Transit contains a fast, magnetic north seeking, rare-earth (NdFeB) magnet balanced on a sapphire jewel bearing for quick measurements, and the rare-earth magnet is resistant to demagnetization better than other types of magnets. This is the newest pocket transit with these new features.
Adjustable needle locking mechanism with two positions:
1) unlocked - releases the needle for azimuth readings
2) locked - momentary release of the needle for Strike measure
ments by pressing and holding the release mechanism - then
lock the needle for reading by releasing the mechanism.
308-025
308-026
Pocket Transit Accessories
Nexus Expedition
0.1 lb.
Compasses
Surveying Equipment
Nexus Elite™ Compass
Nexus Pioneer Compass
The Nexus Pioneer mirrored sighting compass is a compact lightweight design that works
for any outdoors enthusiast whether it be for
hunting, hiking or water sports. This floating
compass offers a protective lid with a large sighting mirror, red/black North-South markings, and
red “N” at North, magnetic declination correction scale and dial marked in 2º increments. Size: 2 3/4″ x2 1/2″.
308-044
Nexus Pioneer
0.3 lb.
Nexus Avalanche™ Compass & Clinometer
308-056
308-057
308-058
308-059
Designed for the snow surveyor who
frequently treks through mountainous and
snowy areas, this lightweight compass features an inclinometer that allows the user to
predict the probability of an avalanche by
reading the slope in either degrees or percent.
With the instruction manual, a surveyor can
determine the relative safety of venturing into
unknown mountainous territory. A large
sighting mirror with a cutout helps
with reading bearings while
the large vial assembly makes it
quick and easy to use. It also
floats. Size: 2 3/4″ x 2 1/2″.
308-098
Nexus Avalanche Compass and Clinometer
Nexus Elite/Azimuth (0-360º)
Nexus Elite/Quadrant (0-90º)
Cordura Pouch
Leather Case
0.5
0.5
0.3
0.3
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Brunton® Sighting Compass
The Sight Master series of compasses can be used as a handheld
compass but also have a sighting lens for allowing the user to look
through the compass to an object and determine a very accurate
compass reading.
Sight Master Compass - Model 360LA
0.3 lb.
8040G Compass
An optic green baseplate makes this compass hard to lose. The mirrored cutout lid features a thermometer. Includes clinometer ±90
degrees.
This brightly colored compass lets you
record temperatures too. Features a rotating dial
graduated 0-360º in 2º increments, built-in clinometer, transparent base with 45º protractor,
USGS 1:24,000 and 1:62,500 mile scales. Lanyard
included. Size: 3 3/4″ x 2 1/2″.
308-052 8040G Compass
The world's most popular and trusted compass. This all-round compass features rotating dial
graduated in 2º increments, a gear-driven adjustment for magnetic declination, luminous points
for night navigation, red/black north/south lines
and full-size sighting mirror combine to offer 1º
pinpoint accuracy.
Inclinometer for slope angle measurements. Marked with inch, mm,
1:25,000 and 1:50,000 romer
scales. Rubber feet on base for
traction on maps. Lanyard & declination adjustment tool included.
Size: 2 1/2″ x 4″
Designed for the professional. Precision 10X magnification
glass lens with diopter sight. Top
scale has a lubber line for direct
reading. Anodized aluminum
housing has an aluminum card
on back to show angle or height
depending on scale. Dials are
graduated to 1º increments and
can be read to 1/2º.
The compass capsule displays true bearing to 360º and back
bearing to 360º or true bearing 0-90º in four quadrants. Accuracy up
to ±0.5º from true magnetic coarse with precision sighting and up to
1.0º from true magnetic coarse for map reading.
308-070
308-071
Azimuth (0-360º) in 1º increments
0.5 lb.
with reciprocal scale for position finding
and chart plotting
Quadrants (0-90º) in 1º increments
0.5 lb.
0.3 lb.
Accessories
308-077
308-078
308-079
Leather case w/belt loop
Repl. Skylon case
Cordura pouch
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
74
Clinometers
Surveying Equipment
80E Sightmaster™
Outback Electronic Compass
Model 80E Sightmaster offers
the same accuracy as the 360LA but
comes with a plastic case and lighted display. It is waterproof and
floats.
• 3.4″ x 2.9″ x 1.1″ / 4.9 oz.
• Increments from 0-360º ,
including a reciprocal
azimuth
• Accurate to ±1/2º with 1º
resolution
• Sapphire jewel bearing inside a liquid dampened vial
• Heavy duty housing made of ABS plastic
• Yellow protective sleeve for added grip
• Lanyard
• Incandescent light
An electronic compass that stores
bearings, times and courses. Accurate to
2º (1º resolution); unlike traditional compasses that must be held level, the
Outback can be tilted up to 15º without
compromising accuracy. Error flag warns
when accuracy is being affected by magnetic interference. Utilizing U.S. military
technology, this compass features multileg, trail blazing, bearing mode, declination correction, night navigation, and a
built-in timer and clock. Displays in digits
and cardinal points.
Features a bold non-glare back-lit
LCD, gun sights, auto shut-off after 10
minutes, and a lanyard. Water resistant to 10 ft. Ideal for use in a
temperature range of 14º F to 140º F. Operates on two lithium watch
batteries (included). Dimensions: 3.68″ x 2.75″ x 1.22″.
308-064
Model 80E Sightmaster
0.3 lb.
Brunton® Sherpa Atmospheric Data Center
Hand-held weather station with integrated altimeter. The Sherpa is a lightweight, precision instrument capable of
measuring wind speed with peak and average, wind chill, barometric pressure, current
altitude, current temperature and time. A
unique integrated impeller design is capable
of measuring wind speed accurate to within
±4% even at very high wind speeds, and can
be fully protected while not in use with a
simple twist of the impeller housing. The
Sherpa also uses a highly sensitive pressure
sensor to provide current barometric pressure, barometric trend over the past 16
hours for weather forecasting and current
altitude with a resolution of 1m (3 ft.).
Altitude measurements are automatically
updated depending on the user's ascent or
descent. An essential tool for field work.
Comes complete with lanyard and instructions. Uses one 3V
lithium battery with an expected life of two years, included. Two year
warranty.
Features:
• Altitude Display: 0-30,000 feet (0-9,000 meters)
• Altitude Display resolution: 1 meter (3 ft.)
• Air Pressure Display: hPa or 0.01 in inHg (programmable)
• Resolution of Wind Speed: 0.1 to 40 meter/sec.
• Measurements: knots, mph, beaufort, km/h and m/s (average
wind speed programmable from 5-40 seconds)
• Temperature Display: Celsius or Fahrenheit
• Accuracy: ±4% wind speed, ±2 degrees temperature
• Operational temperature: -20º to 55ºC
• Calculates wind chill
• Floats
• Clock
• Size: 3.9″ x 1.5″ x 7″/1.5 oz.
308-085
Brunton® Sherpa
75
0.5 lb.
308-090
Outback Electronic Compass
0.5 lb.
Brunton® Clinometers
Clinometers provide accurate hand held measurements of vertical angles. Slope gradients, sun angles and stream channel - bank
angle are needed for stream surveys.
Clino Master Clinometer
The Clino Master family is
designed for professional users
who demand accuracy and quality. Hand-held instruments are
for making precise measurements of vertical angles. They
feature sightings through a precision glass lens with diopter
sight. Top scale has a lubber line
for direct reading. Sturdy aluminum housing protects precision components. Dampening liquid
surrounds scale card and speeds up readings.
308-110
308-112
308-113
308-114
Degrees & Percent Scales
0-200 ft. & Percent Scales
0-50 M & Percent Scales
Secant & Percent Scales
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
GPS Systems
Surveying Equipment
Survey Master Compass/Clinometer
Multi-Navigation System™ (continued)
Top scale has a lubber
line for map reading use.
Brunton Clino Master clinometer and Brunton Sight
Master compass are combined into one unit for accurate readings. The compass
capsule displays true bearing
to 360º and back bearing to
360º. Top scale with a lubber
line for map reading use.
Accuracy up to ±0.5º from true magnetic coarse with precision sighting and up to 1.0º from true magnetic coarse for map reading.
The clinometer shows angle of inclination 0-90º and 0-150%.
Top scale with lubber line for direct reading. Accurate up to ±0.25º
from true angle with precision sighting and up to ±1.0º from true
angle when reading direct.
Anodized aluminum Survey Master comes with neck cord,
Skylon case and instructions.
TrueMagnetic™ Compass
The digital compass provides navigation that lasts for weeks
instead of hours using the unique combination of a true electronic
compass and GPS positioning. The compass makes navigation possible even in extremely low battery emergency situations or when
satellites are out of view. It provides a bearing to a waypoint while
completely stationary.
• Accuracy: to 2″ w/1º Resolution
• TrueMagnetic™ Compass: Automatically compensates for
Earth‘s local magnetic declination and points you in the direction of a stored waypoint, without moving.
• MagniPointer™ fast “point & press” waypoint creator.
308-120
308-121
Survey Master
Leather Case
0.8 lb.
0.5 lb.
Multi-Navigation GPS System™
This GPS provides more than just position! GPS, barometer, altimeter, compass,
clock-all in one. BRUNTON GPS - The Global
Positioning System for working in the field or
trekking in the great outdoors. This instrument
makes navigation easy. Designed for outstanding performance in cold, warm or even wet
conditions, the
Multi-Navigation System is waterproof and
rugged.
GPS Receiver
The GPS features a fast 12 parallel channel receiver with one-press route B-line™ backtrack, a Magnipointer™
waypoint creator to create 1000 waypoints with point and press, forward and reverse route, and more.
• 12-channel parallel receiver
• Position Update Rate: 1 time per second - When in continuous
navigation mode.
• Accuracy: 15 meters RMS. 1-5 meters RMS w/DGPS*
• Reacquisition (lost satellite reception) - approx. 0.1 seconds
• Differential GPS: Ready for differential corrections (RTCMSC104)
• Antenna: Built-in Patch Antenna
• DGPS services are available in many countries. Accuracy will
vary.
Navigation
• StraightHome™: A simple one button find your way back
home, for the simplest navigation.
• Waypoints: 1,000 w/8-Character Name (stored w/barometric
pressure based altitude)
• Routes: 10 reversible Routes w/Up to 100 Waypoints Each
• Track Logging: Automatically records your trip and stores for
display using optional accessory, GlobalMap Planner™ +
included software.
• Map Datums: 107
• Grid Systems: More than 10, including UTM, MGRS, Swiss,
Australian, New Zealand, Swedish, and United Kingdom grid
systems.
Altimeter
The altimeter sensor is accurate to 3 feet with an elevation deviation alarm. Waypoints are stored with accurate altitude.
• Accuracy: 1 meter (3 feet) - Immediately after calibration
• Altitude Range: -700 to ±9200 m (-2,300 to +30,000 ft.)
• Memory: Maximum Altitude Visited
• Displays rate of change and minimum & maximum
StormWatch Barometer
The barometer is continuously logging, even in sleep mode, for
36 hours weather trend using 24 hour past history plus 12 hour forecast. The display includes sunny, partly cloudy, cloudy, rainy and
stormy.
• Current Pressure (Units: inHg, mmHg, mbar, hPa) - Displays
rising, falling and steady
• Barometric Pressure Range: 300 to 1100 mbar (9.00 to 33.00
inHg)
• 36 hour pressure history
• 12 Hour Weather Forecast (Display: Sunny, Partly Cloudy,
Cloudy, Rainy, Stormy)
• Logging performed when power is OFF.
In addition to the TrueMagnetic™ Compass, the one-button
StraightHome™ function is what truly makes the Multi-Navigator
stand apart from other GPS units in the marketplace. This one-button
function allows the user to access a direct bearing back to the originating position, eliminating the need to retrace the entire route on
the return trip. This feature can be especially helpful in an emergency
situation as it provides an immediate bearing to safety.
Another feature that sets the Multi-Navigator apart from other
navigating units is the calibrated, internal altimeter that reads elevation based on atmospheric pressure, not satellite readings. Where
other GPS units are capable of detecting altitude with an accuracy
rate of ± 30 meters, the Multi-Navigator provides an altitude reading
accurate down to 3 feet, making it an invaluable navigation aid when
in the mountains, in foul weather, and for pinpointing your exact
position on a topographic map.
Runs off 2 AA batteries (not included). Comes with padded
glove that fits onto your belt or backpack.
309-001
206-017
Multi-Navigator System
AA batteries (8 pack)
1 lb.
0.3 lb.
76
GPS Systems
Surveying Equipment
Brunton® 8096 Eclipse GPS Coordinator
Multi-Navigator Accessories
The perfect companion compass for the GPS
user. This baseplate compass works with your GPS
and maps to create a complete navigation system. It
utilizes the Eclipse “Circle
Over Circle” sighting system offered in our premiere
compass. Using the UTM
roamer scales with confidence circles and the template scales, nearly every
navigational situation can
be solved with confidence.
309-035
309-002
309-003
309-004
PC interface - cable and software
Cigarette Lighter Adapter
Vehicle Attachment
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.2 lb.
GARMIN eTREX GPS
eTrex is packaged in a new sleek, waterproof case. Operating buttons on both sides
allow more room for the display screen on
front. Simple menus and logical operations
make it easy to mark your position under any
conditions. Navigation is made simple using
the compass page or see your path on the
map page.
• 12 parallel channel receiver, differential
ready
• Built-in patch antenna
• Unit Dimensions: 4.4″H & 2.0″W x
1.2″D
• Weight: 5.3 ounces with batteries
• Electro-luminescent backlighting
• Battery Life: up to 22 hours using two
AA, alkaline batteries
Eclipse GPS Coordinator
0.1 lb.
Brunton® 8099 Eclipse™ Sighting Compass
The new award-winning Eclipse is a revolutionary design. The
magnetic needle has been eliminated, and you simply align the two
circles (“Circle Over Circle” system) for accurate bearings. The dual
cover assembly is designed for quick one-handed operation. By
removing the protective shoe and opening the second cover, you
have a scaled baseplate for map work. Quick reference cards include
tips on compass use, a GPS coordinate finder, UTM and survival information. Designed for outdoor recreation and professional surveying,
the Eclipse offers a magnified 1º accurate front and back mirrored
sighting bearings, plus 3 inclinometers (slope & vertical height measurements) and declination adjustment.
• Permanent user data storage; no memory battery required
• Water resistant, IEC-529, IPX7 (Submersible 1 meter @ 30
minutes)
• Dedicated zoom in/out keys for map page
• 500 User waypoints with name and graphic symbol
• 1 Route with 50 waypoints
• Resettable trip computer
• Automatic track log; 10 saved tracks lets you retrace your path
in both directions
• Summit model includes compass and altimeter
• Venture model includes 1MB memory
309-020
309-021
309-022
309-026
309-027
309-028
Garmin
Garmin
Garmin
Garmin
Garmin
Garmin
77
eTREX GPS (yellow)
eTREX Summit (bronze)
eTREX Venture (green)
eTREX Cigarette Lighter Adapter
eTREX PC Cable
Nylon Case
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
309-041
Eclipse Mirror Sighting Compass, Azimuth
0.2 lb.
GPS Systems
Surveying Equipment
GARMIN® GPS III Plus
GARMIN® GPS 12/12XL
The Garmin GPS 12 is a high powered,
full feature GPS with internal antenna.
Similar to the popular GPS 12XL, this unit
also offers a 12 parallel channel receiver, 500
user waypoint storage, and 20 reversible
routes with 30 legs each. Although the GPS
12 does not have the option of attaching an
external antenna (necessary for convenient
vehicle use), it does offer all other GPS 12XL
features plus user-selectable waypoint symbols to enhance the map display.
The 12 channel receiver offers better
reception under canopy coverage conditions, and quicker warm and cold acquisition times. Other features include 107 map
datums, 9 coordinate systems, proximity
warnings, backlit display, and the innovative
TracBack™ feature. Runs up to 12 hours on
4 AA batteries (not included).
Each unit also includes a user's manual,
quick reference guide, and wrist strap.
GPS 12 Features:
• PhaseTrac 12 parallel receiver for lightning fast fixes and reacquisition
• 500 user waypoints
• 20 reversible routes of up to 30 waypoints each
• TracBack™ navigation for easy return to starting position
• 9 proximity alarms
• Rugged case
309-046
309-047
309-048
309-049
309-050
309-051
309-052
309-053
309-054
Garmin GPS 12 (Same as 12XL
without external antenna capabilities)
Garmin 12 Cigarette Lighter Adapter
Software & Data Cable
Garmin OPS 12 Video
Garmin GPS 12XL
Garmin 12XL Cigarette Lighter Adapter
Garmin Swivel Mounting Bracket
Garmin Slimline Antenna GA 27
Gfeller Leather GPS Case 12/12XL
1 lb.
0.2 lb.
0.4 lb.
0.4 lb.
1 lb.
0.2 lb.
0.4 lb.
0.1 lb.
0.2 lb.
This Garmin GPS III
Plus Personal Navigator is
the most sophisticated GPS
unit we offer. It contains
the same detailed basemap
that has made the GPS III
so popular - with state
boundaries, airports, cities,
towns, U.S., state and
interstate highways, coastline lakes, rivers, streams,
for North and South
America. In addition, this
unit shows main and secondary roads for U.S. metro areas along with roads in 10,000 additional smaller cities.
For any U. S. Interstate, you can determine which services (food,
lodging, gas, etc.) are available there. You will also be able to see
road names at each exit, distance to the exit, compass bearing to the
exit, and the estimated time of arrival. In short, you can truly harness
the power of this state-of-the-art navigational tool and make it work
for you.
To further increase the detail of the basemap, you can purchase
the U.S. Roads and Recreation MapSource CD-ROM which contains
nearly every street in the entire U.S. If you are traveling to a specific
city, you can download detailed street information for that city directly into your Garmin GPS III PLUS. You can add or delete MapSource
information to and from your GPS III Plus as you choose. No more
map chips to buy, ever!
Extended battery life of up to 36 hours using 4 “AA” alkaline
batteries. Comes with user manual, lanyard, Velcro™ mount, and
quick reference card.
GPS III Plus Features:
• 12 parallel channel receiver, differential ready
• 500 user waypoints with graphic icons
• Detailed built-in map for Americas
• Exit info for all U.S. Interstates
• 20 reversible routes with 30 waypoints each
• NMEA and RS-232 interface capability
• Optional CD-ROM for detailed map upload
309-060
309-061
309-062
309-063
309-064
309-065
309-066
309-067
309-068
206-017
Garmin GPS III Plus
U.S. Roads and Recreation CD-ROM
Cigarette Lighter Adapter
Remote Antenna Mount
Low-Profile Magnetic Mount Antenna
Marine/ATV Antenna w/30 ft. Cable
Software and Cable Kit
PC Interface Cable Only
Power Data Cable
“AA” Batteries (8 pack)
0.9 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.5 lb.
2.5 lbs.
2 lbs.
0.3 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
78
Stereoscopes
Surveying Equipment
Stereoscopes
Accessories
Stereoscopes are used to analyze and view aerial
photographs.Through a set of lenses, prisms, and mirrors, mirror
stereoscopes allow two photographs to be completely separated
when viewing, eliminating photo overlap. In general, mirror stereoscopes provide better optical quality than pocket stereoscopes.
Although most standard mirror stereoscopes have little or no magnification, binoculars can be fitted to provide high magnification, allowing identification of fine details. One drawback to magnification is
that it limits the field of view.
SOKKIA™ Pocket Stereoscope
This features 2x and 4x magnification with interpupillary range
from 55mm to 75mm. Field of view is 125mm x 125mm. Optical
path is 50mm. Stereoscope folds neatly into the included case.
310-001
310-002
Pocket Stereoscope, 2X
Pocket Stereoscope, 4X
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
MS-16 Small Mirror Stereoscope
Stereometer Parallax - Measuring Bar
For accurate height measurements of buildings, mountains and
other landmarks on aerial photographs. Dial indicator for simple and
accurate readings. Glass plates have three color-coded targets. Length
39.5 cm; range 50mm; minimum graduation .05mm. Supplied in
wood case.
310-020
310-021
For working over a wider area; particularly useful with multiple
or continuous photographs; area can be examined without interruption. Also used to draw contours and to function as a Sketchmaster
for making maps from photographs by parallel translation. Allow
simultaneous vertical and lateral displacement of stereoscope and
stereometer parallax bar. Supplied in a wood case.
310-025
310-010
310-032
3.5 lbs.
SOKKIA™ Mirror Stereoscope
For unmatched
precision and ease of
use, the Sokkia Mirror
Stereoscope features an
optical path of 27 cm
and a field of view of
18 cm. x 24 cm. for
viewing 24 cm. x 24
cm (9.5″ x 9.5″) photographs. The 1.5x
swing-in magnifiers supplied as standard equipment provide a bright,
distortion-free optical system. Easy adjustment for varying interpupillary distances. Photographs need not be reoriented when a number
of people view the same picture.
The standard stereoscope comes with a wooden case, or choose
the complete package which includes a 3X binocular attachment and
stereometer parallax measuring bar.
310-015
310-016
Stereoscope Package
Stereoscope
79
16 lbs.
14.5 lbs.
5 lbs.
5 lbs.
Track Attachment
The small mirror stereoscope fills the gap between large mirror
stereoscope and smaller, simpler pocket models. Fine quality instrument with optical path extended to 16cm by mirrors. Provides a wide
field of view - 100mm x 100mm. Magnification: 1.5x. Legs fold for
storage. Complete with wooden case.
MS-16 Small Mirror Stereoscope
Stereoscope Parallax
Repl. Glass Plate
Track Attachment
6 lbs.
Brunton® Digital Map Measurer
Simply input the desired map
scale using the easy to follow guide,
and the user can easily calculate distances on any map. It also has a built
in calculator, button compass, minilight, and power save feature that
turns the unit off after 10 minutes of
non-use. It weighs only 1.1 ounces.
• 4.25” x 1.75” x 0.5” / 1.1 oz.
• Input desired map scale
• Built in calculator
• Built in compass and mini light
Digital Map Measurer
0.2 lb.
Digitizer/Planimeters
Surveying Equipment
Digitizer/Planimeter - Model 1280
Planix 7 and Planix 8
This is the best planimeter for digitizing recorder
paper graph charts, maps,
drawings and photographs.
The planimeter directly measures area and length for X-Y
coordinates and imports
them into the computer
database software.
Measuring results of areas and lengths can be independently
accumulated. The two large 8 digit 1/2″ display panels can be
assigned to show areas/lengths in different measuring units, counts,
or X/Y coordinates.
The cursor is equipped with 12 dual function keys and a programmable handle switch that can be assigned to control any of the
major functions. It has extremely low friction and momentum for
minimum operator fatigue.
A separate keypad (standard) is used to enter scale ratios, define
coordinates, establish the X-axis etc. It also serves as a remote data
entry keypad for the host computer.
The RS232 interface works via the serial port of virtually all computers and can emulate most popular tablets for work with CAD
Software (AutoCad, etc.). Also supplied is a resident DOS Driver
which transmits data from the digitizer to many commercial programs including Lotus 1-2-3.
User entered map scale factors to obtain direct readings in any
desired unit. The Planix 7, linear-roller type and Planix 8, polar compensation type, feature the same functions as the Planix 5 and Planix
6 with several additional features.
Both models display the measured area direction in terms of cm,
m, km, in., to ft. or acres depending on selection, with both the X
and Y scales entered by the user. The display will automatically shift
to the next largest unit if the selected unit has overflowed its capacity,
i.e. from in. to ft.. Back up memory for scale factors are stored when
power switch is turned off. The polar arm length of the Planix 8 is 9″.
Each Planix is supplied with NiCd battery, AC adapter, batter
charger and a hard molded carrying case with foam inserts.
310-030
Model 1280 Digitizer/Planimeter
12 lbs.
Specifications:
Planix 7
Display Features
Accuracy
Digital Planimeters are precise instruments for fast, accurate
determination of areas from blueprints, maps, photos, etc. Following
the outline of the area with the tracer, the revolution of the measuring wheel in either direction is sensed by the electro-shaft encoder,
and the corresponding data is digitally displayed.
Planix 5 and Planix 6
Readings in
square inches or
square centimeters.
Planix, 5, the Polar
Compensation
Type and Planix 6,
the Linear (Roller)
Type, feature zeroPlanix 6
Planix 5
setting, metric or
English convertible scale and accumulative measurement function, 8
digit LCD readout. Compact, cordless operation for 30 hours - with
rechargeable NiCd battery (15 hour charging time) and power saving
automatic power turnoff after left unused for 3 minutes. Averages
multiple measurements and has display hold button to prevent inadvertent loss of measurements. The polar arm length of the Planix 5 is 8.88″.
Each Planix is supplied with battery, AC adapter, battery charger
and a hard molded carrying case with foam inserts.
Specifications:
Planix 5
Display Features
Measuring Range
Accuracy
310-035
310-036
310-037
Planix 6
Memo, Batt, E, Ready, cm, in.
14"dia.
118" x 11.8"
Better than ±0.2%
Better than ±0.2%
Planix 5
Planix 6
Replacement Battery
52.5 lbs.
62 lbs.
0.3 lb.
310-040
310-041
Planix 8
Scale, m, km, ft., acre (ind.), Scale X & Scale Y
Measuring Range
Sokkia™ Tamaya Digital Planimeters
Planix 8
Planix 7
118" x 11.8"
14" dia.
Better than ±0.2%
Better than ±0.2%
Planix 7
Planix 8
71.5 lbs.
81.5 lbs.
Super Planix ß
The Super Planix ß
can simultaneously
obtain area, line
lengths, side lengths
and coordinates with a
single tracing. Area and
line lengths of complex
diagrams are found by
point mode measurement by plotting points on straight lines or stream mode for tracing
curves on curved lines.
Special features make the Super Planix ß easier to use than other
planimeters. The point coordinate/stream tracing button is located on
the tracer lens and the entire tracing arm rotates in either direction
for operation by right and left handed users. Obtain averages and
total several measurements with only three keys and also features onboard memory and measurement recall buttons. The following units
are standard: mm, cm, m, km, hectares, in., ft., sq. ft., yd., miles and
acres. Other units can be entered using the calculator function.
Designed with an RS-232 interface for connection with a computer.
An optional thermal printer is available for a permanent record of
important computations. RS-232 interface cable sold separately.
Specifications
Display
LCD 16 digits on 2 lines
Measuring Range
380mm x 100m (14 in. x 325 ft.)
Accuracy
±0.1%
310-045
310-047
310-048
Super Planix ß
Optional Thermal Printer
RS-232 Interface Cable
2.5 lbs.
1 lb.
2 lbs.
80
Depth-Integrating
Sediment Sampling
Introduction
Depth-Integrating Wading Type, US DH-48
Sediment measurement involves sampling the
water-sediment mixture to determine the mean suspended sediment concentration, particle size distribution, specific gravity, temperature of the water sediment mixture, and other physical and chemical properties of the transported solids. Suspended sediment
concentration in a natural stream varies from the
water surface to the streambed and laterally across
the stream. Concentration generally increases from a
minimum at the water surface to a maximum at or
near the streambed. The samplers available here have
been designed by the U.S. Federal Interagency Sedimentation Project
(FISP).
This is a lightweight sampler for collection of
suspended-sediment samples where wading rod
sampler suspension is used. The sampler consists
of a streamlined aluminum casting, 13 inches (33
cm) long, which partially encloses a pint (0.47
liter) sample container (sold separately). The sampler weights 4.5 pounds (2 kg) including sample
container. A standard 1/2 inch (1.27 cm) wading
rod is threaded into the top of the sampler body
for suspending the sampler. The wading rods
come in 1 foot and 3 foot long sections and are
sold separately. The wading sampler is supplied
with two 1/4 inch (0.635 cm) yellow color coded,
calibrated, nylon nozzles. The sampler can be
supplied with a special epoxy coating for chemical and trace metal sampling applications. In the sampling operation,
the intake nozzle is orientated into the current and held in a horizontal position while the sample is lowered at a uniform rate from the
water surface to the bottom of the stream, instantly reversed, and
then raised again to the water surface at a uniform rate. The sampler
continues to take its sample throughout the time of submergence.
Depth Integrating Samplers
Depth integrating samplers are designed to continuously extract a
sample as they are lowered from the water surface to the streambed
and returned at a constant rate of travel. Ascending and descending
speeds need not be the same, but the rate of travel must be constant in
each direction. As the sample is collected, air in the container is compressed so that the pressure balances the hydrostatic pressure at the air
exhaust and the inflow velocity is approximately equal to the stream
velocity.
Point Integrating Samplers
Point integrating samplers are equipped with an electrically controlled rotary valve which opens and closes the sampler on command.
They are designed to take a sample at any point in a stream over a
short time interval. With the control valve fixed in the open position,
these samplers are also used to obtain depth integrated samples. Oneway depth integrated samples may be obtained by opening the valve
with the sampler at the water surface and lowering it to the streambed
at a constant speed. This permits sampling to greater depths.
Suspended-sediment samplers should be used only with the specified nozzle to give a truly representative sample. All US-series samplers
are designed to sample isokinetically which means that water is entering the nozzle at the same speed as the water would be traveling if the
sampler wasn't there.
Bedload Samplers
Suspended sediment samplers will only sample to a point about
0.3 foot (9.1 cm) above the streambed. The sediment transported in
the unsampled zone is composed of both suspended load and bedload.
The bedload portion is composed of particles having a density or grain
size which precludes movement far above or for long distances out of
contact with the streambed.
In wide sand-bed streams with shallow flow depths and high sand
concentrations, more sediment may be transported in the unsampled
zone than in the sampled zone. As flow depth increases, the proportion
of sediment in the unsampled zone becomes smaller, often accounting
for only a small fraction of the total sediment load.
The bedload portion of sediment discharge is primarily sampled
using two styles of bedload samplers, the FISP designed series uses a
1.4 expansion ratio while the widely used Helley Smith series has a 3.22
expansion ratio design.
Bed Material Samplers
Bed material samplers are designed to collect samples from the
bed of a stream, or from lake or reservoir deposits. These samplers take
an undisturbed consolidated bed sample and are designed to prevent
sample washout or disturbance during retrieval. This is an important
aspect of bed material sample integrity.
81
401-001
US DH-48
9 lbs.
Depth-Integrating Hand Line Type - Model US DH59 and DH-76
These are medium-weight
suspended-sediment samplers for
handline or sounding reel suspension. The DH-59 sampler comprises a streamlined bronze casting,
15 inches (38 cm) long, which
partially encloses a pint-size (0.47liter) sample container (sold separately). This sampler weighs
approximately 22 pounds (10 kg),
and is equipped with a tail vane
assembly to orient the intake nozzle of the sampler into the
approaching flow as the sampler enters the water.
The DH-76 is 17 inches (43 cm) long, partially encloses a quart
size (0.95 liter) sample container and weighs approximately 24
pounds (11 kg). The DH-76 comes with an adapter sleeve and can be
used with pint (0.47 liter) sample containers also. The operation of
these samplers is identical to the operation of the DH-48. The samplers nozzles are calibrated and are supplied in 1/4 inch (0.64 cm),
3/16 inch (0.48 cm), and 1/8 inch (0.32 cm) red color coded nylon
sizes. Sample containers can be furnished with the handline suspended-sediment samplers. Each sampler is shipped in a hinged, wooden
box suitable for storing and transporting. The samplers can be supplied with a special epoxy coating for chemical and trace metal sampling.
401-008
401-010
US DH-59
US DH-76
35 lbs.
40 lbs.
Depth-Integrating
Sediment Sampling
Depth-Integrating Reel Type, US D-74
and US D-74AL
Depth-Integrating Suspended Type- US D-77
This is a 64-pound
(28 kg) sampler for suspension by cable, reel,
and crane to take suspended-sediment samples in streams up to 18
feet (5.5 meters) in
depth. The sampler has a
cast bronze streamlined body 24 inches (61 cm) long, in which a pint
or quart (0.47 or 0.95-liter) sample container is enclosed. These samplers also can be cast in aluminum instead of bronze. In this case, the
sampler weighs 30 pounds (13.6 kg), and is designated as the US D74AL. The sampling operation is identical to that of the DH-48.
The instrument is suspended on a hanger bar attached to a
stainless steel cable and is lowered and raised by means of a sounding
reel mounted on a crane, cable car or boat. Each nozzle is calibrated
and supplied in 1/4 inch (0.64 cm), 3/16 inch (0.48 cm) and 1/8
inch (0.32 cm) green color coded nylon sizes. Shipment is made in a
hinged, wooden box suitable for storing and transporting. The samplers can be supplied with a special epoxy coating. The US D-74
replaces the old model US D-49. The primary difference was the
enlarging of the cavity for the sample container allowing the sampler
to use the quart container or pint with adapter sleeve.
401-016
401-017
US D-74
US D-74 AL
82 lbs.
50 lbs.
US D-77 Bag Sampler
The D-77 Bag Sampler
uses a collapsible bag that
is placed in a special slotted
3-L bottle with a US D-77
cap and nozzle assembly in
which the vent is plugged.
The slotted bottle is held in
the D-77 sampler body. The
D-77 bag sampler uses a
mylar sample bag or
Teflon® (fluorocarbon polymer) bag with 1/4″ or 5/16″ nozzle. Flow
velocities should exceed 3 ft/s (to collect an isokinetic sample).
Isokinetic capability decreases at flow velocities less than 3 feet/s. Use
in water with depth greater than 15 ft. for an isokinetic, depth-integrated sample.
Keep a clean, non-contaminating object such as a glass BOD
bottle stopper or a fluorocarbon polymer-coated magnetic stirring bar
in the bag.
The advantage of the D-77 Bag Sampler over the Frame-Bag
sampler is that use of the D-77 Bag Sampler results in a smaller
unsampled zone (distance between the nozzle and the bottom of the
sampler.)
Field calibrate bag samplers each time they are used because
streamflow characteristics vary each time a sample is collected.
401-026
401-027
401-028
401-029
D-77 3L Slotted Sample Bottle
Mylar Sample Bag
Teflon® Sample Bag
Field Calibration Worksheet Water-proof
5 lbs.
1 lb.
1 lb.
0.5 lb.
This is a 65
pound (29.5 kg)
sampler for suspension by cable, reel
and crane to take
larger suspended
sediment or water
quality samples.
Originally designed
to take samples in streams that are below freezing, it has mainly been
used as a water quality sampler in its epoxy coated trace metal version.
The sampler has a cast bronze streamlined body which is completely open in the front to hold a 3-liter plastic container (sold separately). The section tail enables the instrument to orient into the
streamflow for velocities up to 8.2 feet/sec. A plastic nozzle cap
screws onto the sample bottle and has a tapped hole to receive a
5/16 inch inside diameter nozzle. An opening in the nozzle cap is
provided to allow air escape as it is displaced by the sample being
collected in the container.
Each sampler is furnished with one D-77 nozzle cap and two
nozzles. Shipment is made in a hinged wooden box suitable for storing and transporting. The D-77-A1 Teflon® cap is sold separately.
The sampler is also available in an aluminum cast body for use
with velocities up to 4.3 feet/sec. and is designated as the US D77AL. The D-77AL weighs 25 lbs. The samplers can be supplied with
an epoxy coating for trace metal sampling.
401-023
401-024
401-025
US D-77
US D-77 AL
USD-T1-A1 Teflon® Cap
90 lbs.
48 lbs.
USGS Frame-Bag Sampler
The Frame-Bag Sampler uses a collapsible bag that is placed in a special
slotted 4 or 8 L bottle with a US D-77
cap and nozzle assembly in which the
vent is plugged. The slotted bottle is
held in a plastic-coated metal frame to
which various sizes of sounding weights
can be attached. The size of the weight
depends on the stream velocity along
the cross section that will be sampled.
The advantages of the Frame-Bag
Sampler over the D-77 Bag Sampler are
that the Frame-Bag Sampler can be used
to collect a larger sample volume and,
therefore, to sample greater depths. It
can be used to collect samples in
streams with greater velocities because
heavier weights can be attached to
maintain proper orientation of the sampler in the stream.
401-035
401-036
401-040
401-041
401-044
401-042
401-029
4-L Frame Bag Sampler
8-L Frame Bag Sampler
4L Mylar Sample Bag
8L Mylar Sample Bag
4L Teflon® Sample Bag
8L Teflon® Sample Bag
Field Calibration Worksheet - waterproof
82
18 lbs.
23 lbs.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
0.5 lb.
Depth-Integrating
Sediment Sampling
Depth-Integrating Suspended Type- US DH-75
This is a lightweight, freeze-resistant
sampler for collection of suspended-sediment samples where wading-rod suspension is used. It was designed for use in subfreezing winter conditions and use under
ice cover.
The open sheet-metal body of this sampler provides easier
removal of the sampler container when ice forms over the sampler as
it leaves the stream. The low mass of the sampler also defrosts more
rapidly than the US DH-48.
The sampler consists of a streamlined plated steel frame. The
sampler weighs 4 pounds (1.8 kgs) including the sample container
(sold separately). An intake nozzle extends horizontally from the nose
of the sampler body. A standard 1/2″ wading rod is threaded into the
top of the sampler body for suspending the sampler. The sample container is held in place and sealed against a rubber gasket in the sampler head, by a rubber cord at the rear of the sampler. The instrument
can sample to within 3 1/2 inches (9 cm) of the streambed. The sampler is calibrated and supplied with two 1/4 inch nylon nozzles. The
DH-75Q pop sampler is a modification of the DH-75 allowing it to tilt
to a vertical position to permit use through a 6-inch ice hole to
obtain a suspended-sediment sample.
401-045
401-046
401-047
401-048
DH-75P Sampler (pint)
DH-75Q Depth Sampler (quart)
DH-75H Depth Sampler (2 L)
DH-75 Pop Sampler
4
4
4
7
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Depth-Integrating Wading Type- US DH-81
The US DH-81 is most commonly used for trace metal, biological or sediment sampling during normal flow in small to intermediate-size streams or through
ice. It uses the US D-77 cap that
has an internally molded vent
tube. The DH-81 consists of a DH81A adapter and D-77 cap and
nozzle. All parts are autoclavable. This construction enables the sampler to be used for collection of depth-integrated samples for bacterial
analysis. The DH-81 is also available in all Teflon® construction as well
as a Teflon® covered wading rod can be ordered separately.
The DH-81 is useful for sampling during cold weather because
the plastic sampler head and nozzle attach directly to the bottle, eliminating a metal body and a sampler-freeze up condition. The DH-81
uses a quart-size glass container and a standard wading rod. Nozzles
are available in 1/8 inch (3.2 mm), 3/16 inch (4.8 mm), 1/4 inch (6.4
mm), and 5/16 inch (7.9 mm) diameter sizes.
401-050
401-051
US DH-81
US DH-81 Teflon®
83
7 lbs.
7 lbs.
Depth-Integrating Suspended Type- US DH-95
The US DH-95 is a lightweight suspendedsediment/water-quality sampler capable of being used as
a hand-line sampler. It is
approximately the same size
as the US DH-59 and US DH76 samplers. Neither the US
DH-59 or US DH-76 can meet
the standards for a “clean” water-quality/suspended sediment samplers.
The US DH-95 weighs approximately 29 lbs. and is 22 inches in
length from the tip of the intake nozzle to the rear of the tailfin. The
unsampled zone, the distance between the centerline of the nozzle
and the streambed, is 4.8 inches. The sampler is designed to use a
one liter Teflon or plastic bottle adapted to the US D-95 cap and US
D-77 sampler cap and nozzle. The US D-95 Cap is manufactured
from TFE Teflon® and mates directly to the 1 liter Teflon® bottle without the use of a bottle adapter. The external dimensions of the US D95 Cap are identical to those of the US D-77 Cap therefore the US D95 Cap will mate to the US DH-81A adapter.
The bottle cavity is machined from a low-lead bronze casting
and is coated with plastic. The tail section is constructed from plastic.
401-055
US DH-95
47 lbs.
Point-Integrating
Sediment Sampling
Depth-Integrating Suspended Type- US D-95
Point-Integrated Samplers- US P-72
The US D-95 Suspended
Sediment Sampler is a depthintegrating instrument
designed for use in streams
not exceeding 15 feet in depth
and meets the U.S. Geological
Survey requirements for water
quality sampling. The sampler
is designed to sample at an acceptable inflow efficiency in stream
velocities ranging from 1.5 to 7.5 ft./sec.
The sampler weighs 64 pounds and has a streamlined body that
is 26” in length. The bronze body casting is coated with plastic and
the tail section is constructed from plastic to help avoid metal contamination during water quality sampling. The sampler is designed to
accept either the 1 liter Teflon® or 1 liter plastic bottle and the US-95
or US D-77 sediment sampler cap and nozzles. An adapter is required
to mate the US D-77 cap to the 1 liter Teflon® bottle. No adapter is
required when using the 1 liter plastic bottle. Four nozzles are available for the US D-77 cap: 5/16, 1/4, 3/16 and 1/8”. Nozzles, caps,
bottles, and adapters are not supplied with the sampler and must be
ordered separately. A hanger bar is furnished. The unsampled zone,
the distance between the centerline of the nozzle and the streambed,
is 4.8 inches. The recommended sample volume to be collected with
the US D-95 sampler is 800 ml.
This is a 41-pound (19 kg)
electrically operated sampler for
collection of suspended sediment samples at any point
beneath the surface of a stream,
or for taking a sample continuously over a range of depth. The
sampler is made of cast aluminum and is 28 inches (71 cm)
long. The sampler head is
hinged to provide access for a
quart (0.95-liter) size sample
container or, with adapter, a pint (0.47 liter) size container.
An electrically actuated valve mechanism to start and stop the
sampling process is located in the sampler head. The valve has two
positions:
• The equalizing position for balancing the pressure in the con
tainer with the hydrostatic pressure, and
• The sampling position. The compression chamber in the body
of the sampler permits operation to depths of 180 feet (55
meters). A battery source of about 36 volts is required to operate the solenoid. More voltage is required if a long suspension
cable is used. Each sampler is shipped in a hinged, wooden
box suitable for storing and transporting and the sampler can
be epoxy-coated for water quality sampling.
401-058
405-028
401-060
405-027
401-064
US D-95
86 lbs.
Bottle 1 liter, Teflon®. Requires adapter
3 lbs.
to fit US D-77cap. No adapter is required
for use with the US D-95 cap
Adapter bottle, Teflon®, 1-liter. Used or
1 lb.
connecting 1-liter Teflon® bottle to Teflon® US D-77 cap.
Bottle, US D-77, 3 liter, Teflon®
5 lbs.
Cap, US D-77-A1, Teflon®. This cap mates
1 lb.
directly to the 3-liter Teflon bottle used
with the US D-77.
Depth-Intergrating Suspended Type- US D-96
The US D-96 is a bag-type
depth integrated suspended-sediment/water-quality sampler
designed to be used with a crane
and reel. The sampler is designed
to meet U.S. Geological Survey
requirements for water-quality
sampling.
The US D-96 weighs 130 lbs. and is 35 inches long. The sampler
will collect three liters of sample using a perfluroalkozy bag. The body
is constructed of bronze and aluminum with a plastic tail. Maximum
design depth is 39 ft. with a 5/16” nozzle, 60 ft with a 1/4” nozzle,
and 110 ft. with a 3/16” nozzle.
The sample bag is held in a tray that slides into the bottom of
the sampler. This tray can easily be removed to remove the sample
bag. The bag can then either be opened to remove the sample for
compositing or be sealed to ship the entire bag to the laboratory.
401-070
401-071
D-96 Bag-Type Sampler
3 L Perfluroalkozy Sample Bag
115 lbs.
0.2 lb.
402-001
US P-72
85 lbs.
Point-Integrated Samplers- US P-61 A1
This is a 100-pound (46 kg)
electrically operated sampler for
collection of suspended sediment
samples at any point beneath the
surface of a stream, or for taking
a sample continuously over a
range of depth.
The sampler is made of cast
bronze and is 28 inches (71 cm)
long. The sampler head is hinged to provide access for a quart (0.95liter) size sample container or, with adapter, a pint (0.47-liter) size
container. The design and operation are identical to the P-72 and also
will operate to depths of 180 feet (55 meters). Detailed operating
instructions are included with the sampler and it is shipped in a
hinged, wooden box for both storage and shipping.
402-004
US P-61 A1
160 lbs.
Point-Integrated Samplers- US P-63
This is a 200 pound (91 kg) electrically operated sampler for collection of suspended sediment samples at any point beneath the surface of a river, or for taking a sample continuously over a range of
depth.
The sampler is made of cast bronze and is 34 inches (86 cm)
long, is streamlined and equipped with tailfins to orient it in the
stream. The design and operation are identical to the P-72 except it is
larger in size.
The B-56 sounding reel can be used to suspend this sampler if it
has 0.125-inch (0.32 cm) cable, although the E-53 sounding reel is
generally recommended with the larger samplers. Operating instructions and a hinged, wooden box are included.
402-006
US P-63
270 lbs.
84
Bed Material
Sediment Sampling
Bed-Material Samplers
Bed-Material Samplers- US BM-54
Piston-Type Hand Sampler- US BMH-53
This sampler is used to collect a
sample from the bed of a shallow
stream which may be waded. The
sampler contains a cylinder 2 inches
(5 cm) in diameter and 8 inches (20
cm) long, which is pressed into the
streambed to collect the sample. A
piston is located inside the cylinder.
The overall length of the sampler is 46
inches
(117 cm).
The piston rod with a handle on
its upper end passes through the sampler frame. The piston retracts when
the cylinder is pressed into bed material. The suction created by the piston
holds the sample in the cylinder. The
sample is pushed out of the cylinder
by the piston.
This is a 100-pound (46 kg) sampler used to collect samples
from the bed of a river or reservoir of any depth. The sampler is made
of cast steel, is equipped with tailfins and is approximately 22 inches
(56 cm) long.
When the sampler is supported by a steel cable, the bucket may
be cocked, that is, set in the open position, for taking a bed sample.
When tension on the cable is released by resting the sampler on the
riverbed, the bucket snaps shut, taking a sample. The sample is collected from the top 2 inches (5 cm) of a streambed. Each sampler is
shipped in a hinged, wooden box suitable for storing and transporting.
403-007
403-001
US BMH-53
25 lbs.
Bed-Material Samplers- US BMH-60
This is a 30pound (13.6 kg)
sampler used to collect samples from the
bed of a stream, lake
or reservoir.
Penetration of the
bed material is
approximately 1 3/4
inches (4.4. cm). The
sampler can be suspended from a handline or sounding reel. The body of the sampler is made of aluminum,
is equipped with tail vanes, and is approximately 22 inches (56 cm)
long.
The sampling bucket accommodates about 175 cc of material.
The bucket, in closing, penetrates the streambed and completely
encloses a sample of material. Gaskets prevent loss or contamination
of the trapped sample. The weight of this sampler limits its use to
tranquil streams and moderate or slightly compacted bed materials.
Each sampler is shipped in a hinged, wooden box for storing and
transporting. The sampler can be epoxy-coated if specified.
403-004
US BMH-60
55 lbs.
140 lbs.
Handheld, Rotary-Bucket Bed Material Sampler US RBMH-80
The US RBMH-80 is a hand-operated sampler that has a semicylindrical bucket for collecting the bed material samples. Operation
is simple: the lever on the handle opens and closes the bucket. The
sampled material is protected from erosion while rising through the
water column. It is constructed from lightweight aluminum and uses
a BM-54 sample bucket.
The bucket size is 8 cm by 7 cm and collects a sample to a
depth of 5 cm.
403-009
85
US BM-54
US RBMH-80
18 lbs.
Bedload
Sediment Sampling
Bedload Samplers
Helley-Smith Samplers
The Bedload Samplers are designed to sample sand, silt, gravel
or rock debris carried by a stream on or immediately above its bed.
Bedload materials have particle sizes or a density that doesn't allow
movement far above or for long distances out of contact with the
streambed. The standard sampler bags come with a 250 micron
mesh size (ASTM specs) made out of nylon for excellent abrasion
resistance. Bags can also be provided with 125, 500, and 1000
micron openings as required.
Other bedload samplers are also available upon request but are
not a standard production item such as the ARNHEM, BOGARDI,
SPHINX, VUV, etc.
Handheld Bedload- US BLH-84
This is a 4 lb. (1.8 kg) handheld wading bedload sampler with
a USGS designed 1.4 expansion
ratio. It has a 3″ x 3″ (76 mm x 76
mm) entrance opening and comes
with a 5 ft. long adjustable handle. An optional 12 ft. long lightweight extension handle section
can be also used for boat or
bridge sampling when conditions
are too deep for wading. This
sampler uses a style #3 nylon
mesh sample bag.
404-001
404-002
US BLM-84
12 ft. Ext. Handle
10 lbs.
6 lbs.
Bedload Sampler- US BL-84
This is a 65 lb.
(29.5 kg) cable-suspended bedload sampler with 3″ x 3″ (76
mm x 76 mm) opening and 1.4 expansion
ratio. A tailfin arrangement provides flow
direction orientation and sliding collar allows adjustment of balance
point based on streamflow conditions. The collar is set so that the
sampler will touch the water tail first to aid in rapid orientation with
the streamlines of flow. This suspension attitude also insures that the
sampler orifice will lift up immediately when the unit is raised from
the bed to eliminate loss of sample. This sampler uses a style #3
nylon mesh sampler bag.
404-005
US BL-84
84 lbs.
Bedload Sampler- US BL-84C
This is a 105 lb. (47.7 kg) cable-suspended bedload sampler
identical to US BL-84 except it is heavier for suspension in larger
rivers. It also uses the style #3 bag.
404-008
US BL-84C
Model 8015, Handheld: This is a 4
lb. (1.8 kg) handheld sampler with similar
operating techniques and characteristics
to BLM-84 (3″x 3″ entrance opening)
except with a 3.22 expansion ratio chamber. It comes with a 4 ft. to 8 ft.
adjustable handle. It is made of stainless
steel and uses the style #1 bag.
Model 8025 Handheld: This is a 10
lb. (4.5 kg) handheld style sampler with a
6″ x 6″ (152 mm x 152mm) and 3.22
expansion ratio. It comes with a 5’ handle
with additional 5’ extension. It is made of
stainless steel and uses the style #2 bag.
Model 8035 Cable-Suspended: This is a 65 lb. (29.5 kg) cable
suspended sampler with similar operating techniques and characteristics to the US BL-84 (3″x 3″ entrance opening) except with a 3.22
expansion ratio. It is made of stainless steel and uses the style #1 bag.
Model 8055 CableSuspended: This is a 105
lb. (47.7 kg) cable suspended sampler identical
to Model 8035 except it is
heavier for suspension in
larger rivers. It also uses
the style #1 bag.
Model 8075 Cable-Suspended: This is a 167 lb. (75.8 kg.) cable
suspended bedload sampler with a 6″x 6″ (152 mm x 152 mm)
entrance opening and 3.22 expansion ratio. It is made of stainless
steel and uses the style #2 bag.
404-010
404-014
404-018
404-021
404-024
Helley-Smith
Helley-Smith
Helley-Smith
Helley-Smith
Helley-Smith
8015
8025
8035
8055
8075
10 lbs.
21 lbs.
85 lbs.
130 lbs.
195 lbs.
Bedload Sampler Sediment Bags
Style #1 - Fits 3.22 expansion ratio 3” orifice
404-026
#1 Bag
0.5 lb.
404-027
#2 Bag
0.5 lb.
404-028
#3 Bag
0.5 lb.
138 lbs.
86
Sampler Accessories
Sediment Sampling
Toutle River Sampler- US-TR2
Variable Speed Reel Power Unit - US VSR-01
This is a 180 lb. (81.7 kg)
cable-suspended bedload sampler
with a 6″x 12″ inlet nozzle and 1.4
expansion ratio. This is made from
1/4″ steel plate and has its own
sediment bag. The US ER1 is a
smaller version of this sampler with
a 4” x 8” inlet nozzle and 1.4
extension ratio. the US-ER1 is also
known as the Elwha River Sampler
and weighs 130 lbs.
404-030
404-032
US-TR2-Toutle
US-ER1-Elwha
210 lbs.
160 lbs.
Accessories
US RBP-95 Rechargeable Battery Pack
The RBP-95 is for use on P-61A1, P63 and P-72 samplers. The 45 VDC power
supply actuates the solenoid to open the
valve in point-integrated samplers. The US
RBP-95 is equipped with rechargeable batteries and can be recharged overnight by
the user. A recharger is built into the unit
and can be plugged into a standard 110volt AC outlet.
405-001
US RBP-95
Depth-integrating sampler measurements require
specific constant rate raising
and lowering to get accurate
data collection sampling.
Currently the best way of
achieving this is using the
VTP-99 rate pacer with the
correct tables and hand crank
up and down at a proper
cadence which correlates to the transit rate for a particular sampling
measurement.
The new VSR-01 is designed to be used with the B-56 and E-53
sounding reels to raise and lower a sediment or water quality sampler
at a user set transit rate from .1 up to 5 fps. It has a 75 lb. capacity
using 12 VDC deep cycle marine batteries designed for a P-72, D-74
or D-95 sampler or can be used with the P-61 or D-96 (130 lb.) with
a portable AC generator. The VSR-01 is a V-belt driven unit with variable speed DC motor and electronic braking for accurate controlled
lowering. It is user controlled in .1 fps increments that the operator
sets on a digital tachometer control.
405-008
The pint bottle (0.5 L), either
plastic or glass, is used in the DH-48
and DH-59 samplers and includes a
plastic screw cap with each bottle.
The quart jar (1.0 L), either
plastic or glass, is for use with DH76, D-74, D-74AL, P-61A1, P-72, and
P-63 samplers. A plastic screw cap is
included with each jar.
The 3-liter plastic container is
for use in the D-77 sampler and
comes with a plastic screw cap.
12 lbs.
The US BP-76 Battery Pack is a 45 VDC power supply for use on
P-61A1. It uses a 45 VDC and 12 VDC lantern battery.
US BP-76
48 lbs.
Sample Containers
US BP-76 Battery Pack
405-004
US VSR-01
10 lbs.
Vertical Transit Rate Pacer - US VTP-99
The US VTP-99 is a small battery-powered oscillator which periodically sounds a
tone in an earphone. The tone provides a
time-interval reference for pacing the lowering and raising of suspended-sediment
samplers when collecting depth-integrated
samplers. The pacer makes a more uniform
vertical rate possible and therefore insures a
more accurate discharge-weighted sample.
The audible signal eliminates the use of a
stopwatch and allows the operator more
freedom. The pacer is small enough that it
can be carried in the operator's shirt pocket.
The operator selects the vertical transit rate based on mean
stream velocity and the circumference of the sounding reel from the
tables and instructions included with the pacer.
405-006
US VTP-99
87
1 lb.
405-010
405-011
405-012
405-013
405-014
405-015
405-016
405-017
405-018
405-019
405-020
405-021
405-022
405-023
405-024
405-025
405-026
405-027
405-028
405-029
405-030
405-031
Pint Plastic Sample Container, 24/carton
4 lbs.
Pint Glass Sample Containers, 24/carton
24 lbs.
Quart Plastic Sample Containers,
6 lbs.
12/carton
Quart Glass Sample Containers, 12/carton 10 lbs.
3 L Plastic Sample Containers, 6/carton
4 lbs.
Plastic Caps for Pint Glass, 24/carton
1 lb.
Screw Caps for Quart Containers, 12/carton 1 lb.
Labels for Sample Containers, 500/carton 2.5 lbs.
Screw Caps for Pint Containers, 24/carton
1 lb.
1 ft. Wading Rod w/ Handle
2 lbs.
1 ft. Extension Rod
2 lbs.
3 ft. Wading Rod w/ Handle
5 lbs.
3 ft. Extension Rod
5 lbs.
1 ft. Meter Rod w/ Handle
5 lbs.
1 ft. Meter Extension Rod
5 lbs.
Wading Rod Teflon® Covering
2 lbs.
Epoxy Paint -Touch Up- 1 pt.
2 lbs.
3 L Teflon® Sample Container
18 lbs.
1 L Teflon® Sample Container
6 lbs.
1 L Plastic Container DH-81, 6/carton
6 lbs.
2 L Plastic Container, 6/carton
12 lbs.
Quart Glass Container- DH-81, 12/carton
24 lbs.
Sediment Traps
Sediment Sampling
Accessories
USFS Portable Bedload Trap
Labels
Labels can be used
on all containers. They
are self-adhesive and
record all necessary data
for each sample taken
and attach to the container.
405-040
Sample Labels (500)
1.5 lbs.
Note Sheets
USGS Sediment Measurement Station
Observation Sheet Notes (waterproof)
405-042
Station Notes (pkg 100)
1 lb.
Wading Basket
The wading basket was
designed to be used with the
US DH-48 sampler as a device
for holding bottles while wading a stream. It is capable of
holding ten pint bottles at the
side of the body or on the
chest. The basket comes with a
carrying handle and holding
strap. One side of the polyethylene rope is adjustable for various operator heights. The basket is
designed to have a low center of gravity to avoid tipping.
405-045
405-046
Wire Basket - holds 20 pint bottles
for easy carrying
Wire Basket - holds 12 quart bottles
for easy carrying
5 lbs.
5 lbs.
The water quality carrying
case utilizes a 24-quart, injection molded crate. Bottles are
insulated from shock by interchangeable foam inserts. A top
for this case is also available.
This case will hold six 1-quart
or twelve 1-pint sample bottles, depending upon which
insert is installed. This modular
unit is held together by nylon
strapping and a reusable metal buckle. All carrying cases are stackable, which provides for banding or multiple units. This feature is useful during shipping and storage. Proper use of this case should yield
low breakage of sample bottles during shipping. This case may be
shipped via UPS or motor freight. All components are sold separately.
405-050
405-051
405-052
405-053
405-054
405-055
405-056
Case, carrying, sampling bottle
Insert, foam, for pt. bottles
Insert, foam, for qt. bottles
Cover, carrying case, sediment
Strapping nylon
Buckle, for nylon strapping
Insert, top/bottom, polyethylene
5 lbs.
2 lbs.
2 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
1 lb.
0.5 lb.
1 lb.
The USFS
Portable
Bedload Trap
was developed
for representative sampling
initiation of
gravel motion
and coarse bedload transport
rates in wadable
gravel and cobble bed mountain streams.
The trap is 0.3
m wide, 0.2 m high and has a 0.9 m long trailing net with a 3.5 mm
mesh width. The trap can be quickly installed on a stream bottom
with little disturbance of the bed and can be operated by 1-3 persons
over a wide range of flow. For sampling, the trap is temporarily fastened onto ground plates anchored into the stream bottom. Usually
the traps are deployed in sets of 5 to 6 traps on riffles or runs in
mountain gravel-bed streams. Sampling time is usually one hour and
facilitates representative samples of a wide range of transport rates
(up to 7 orders of magnitude) and bedload particle sizes (4-90 mm).
This capability for representative sampling provides valuable bedload
data-sets suitable for performing initial motion computations.
406-001
USFS Bedload Trap
8 lbs.
In-Stream Sediment Collector
The In-Stream
Sediment Collector is a
recently patented and innovative stream sediment
removal device. This new
technology consists of a
stainless steel "box" with a
ramped front and slot opening on top which allows the
slowing particles ascending
the ramp to fall into an
internal hopper. Using a remote adjustable timer switch, the
sand/sediment within the collector is periodically purged via suction,
pumping the sand/water slurry to a contained upland site. The device
is intended for removal of excessive stream sediments and as an
instrument for accurately measuring bedload sediments.
The collectors are constructed as rectangular "boxes" with the
top being a ramped edge. They are fastened to the stream bottom
with spikes or rods. The force of the stream passing over the units
causes a significant downward pressure, even more so under floodflow conditions, ensuring the units are secure. Bedload sediments and
water pass over the ramped top. Slowed particles fall into a slot on
top of the collector and remain in a collection hopper. The collectors
can be constructed of various sizes and materials. The Series I is made
of laser cut, TIG-welded 304 series, 11 gage stainless steel in four foot
or eight foot wide sections that can be used individually or fastened
end-to-end to any desired width.
406-006
406-008
4 ft -Series I Sediment Collector
8 ft. Series I Sediment Collector
60 lbs.
130 lbs.
88
Core Samplers
Sediment Sampling
McNeil Sediment Core Sampler
USDA Coshocton-Type Runoff Sampler
The McNeil Core Sampler
consists of a cylinder that defines
the portion of the streambed to
be sampled and an attached
basin that is used to store the
collected sediments and trap the
suspended fines. The McNeil
core sampler is constructed out
of stainless steel and can be
modified to fit most sampling situations. The sampler is worked
into the channel substrate, and
the encased sediment core is dug
out by hand and deposited in a
built-in basin. When all sediments have been removed to the
level of the lip of the core tube, a cap is placed over the tube to prevent water and the collected sediments from escaping when the tube
is lifted out of the water. Those suspended sediments in the tube
below the cap are lost, but this loss is generally an insignificant percentage of the total sample.
The sediments and water collected are strained through a series
of sieves to determine the particle size distribution, percent fines, or
geometric mean diameter of the distribution. The sediments collected
can be analyzed in the laboratory using the “dry” method or in the
field using the “wet” method. Tube is 4″ dia. x 8″ long. Basin is 12″
dia. x 18″ tall.
The Coshocton-type
runoff sampler is constructed
to form a single unit with the
small H flume. Three basic
models, N-1, N-2 and N-3,
have been designed for use
with the 0.5, 1.0, and 1.5
foot (15.2, 30.5, and 45.7
cm) H flumes. Models N-1
and N-2 have been used
extensively in the field. A typical field installation is shown.
Sampler size and capaciTypical field installation
ty for a given experiment are
determined by the capacity of the H flume required to measure peak
runoff rates. Slightly oversized flumes and samplers are recommended
because the sampling error increases significantly at discharges above
80 percent of flume capacity. For small plot studies the maximum
runoff rate is assumed to equal the maximum expected 5-minute
rainfall rate. Sample storage capacity is provided for the aliquot sample from the maximum 48 hour runoff event.
Water discharge from the H flume falls on the water wheel,
which is inclined slightly from the horizontal, and causes the wheel to
rotate. An elevated sampling slot mounted on the wheel extracts an
aliquot sample as the slot traverses the flow jet with each revolution
of the wheel. The sample is routed through the base of the wheel to
a sample storage tank.
406-012
407-001
407-002
407-003
McNeil Core Sampler
16 lbs.
USFS Freeze Core Bed Material Sampler
The freezecore method of
bed material sampling uses a threetube device, driven
into the
streambed,
through which a
compressed gas
(C02) is allowed to
expand. The temperature reduction
associated with the
expanding gas
freezes the interstitial water in the
bed adjacent to the tubes, allowing the frozen core of relatively undisturbed sediment and organic material to be removed from the
streambed. The freeze methods allow collection of eggs and alevins,
at any stage of development. The methods will function at most air or
water temperatures or stream depths, and will allow analysis of horizontal and vertical locations of eggs and alevins.
A major advantage of the freeze-core sampler is that it provides
opportunity for vertical stratification of substrate cores. Particle-size
distributions of the freeze-core samples, which average from 3 kg to
20 kg per sample can then be analyzed by use of dry sieve analysis.
The sampler is supplied with the three tube probes, hoses,
valves, regulator, and tank (20 lbs.) of CO2 (carbon dioxide).
406-015
Freeze Core Sampler
89
36 lbs.
N-1 Coshocton Sampler
60 lbs.
75 lbs.
90 lbs.
Gerloch Trough Runoff Sampler
In the study of sediment yield with different
kinds of land use, Gerloch
troughs of various designs
have been used. Gerloch
troughs capture surface
runoff and channel the
slurry into a sealed bucket that is used to document sediment yields
from unbounded plots. These have been used extensively by the
USGS in Puerto Rico with excellent results. The trough is an aluminum channel 20” long with a 3/4” hose connection for collection
in a 5 gallon utility bucket. The top of the trough has a galvanized
sheet metal rain cover. Installation consists of digging an area the
width and length of the trough, creating a slight slope in the direction of the runoff hole. Insert the trough, anchoring the 2-inch lip in
the soil. Backfill the area under the trough; then connect a clear
nylon hose to the trough’s hose barb.
Place the bucket far enough
downhill to prevent backup into
the drain line. If a large amount of
precipitation is anticipated, an
additional drainhole can be
installed above the first drainhole
with runoff into a 2- or 5- gallon
bucket.
407-050
407-051
507-187
Gerloch Sampler
3/4” PVC Hose - 10 ft.
5 Gallon Utility Bucket
8 lbs.
0.4 lb.
0.5 lb.
Erosion Monitor
Sediment Sampling
PEEP Automated Erosion/Deposition Monitor
PEEP Automated Erosion/Deposition Monitor
(continued)
The PEEP (Photo-Electronic Erosion Pin) system allows monitoring of erosion and deposition automatically. The timing, magnitude
and frequency of the specific erosion/deposition events at the site can
be clearly identified. Conventional, manual methods like erosion pins
and resurvey techniques can only reveal net change to a site since the
previous field visit. They cannot therefore reveal the 'true' temporal
distribution of erosional and depositional activity. The high-resolution
information from PEEP systems, however, is incredibly valuable in
process and management studies for erosion.
PEEP Sensor Applications
• Automatic monitoring of erosion and deposition events in sediments and soils
• Near-continuous recording of the dynamics of geomorphological change
• River processes, waterway engineering, soil erosion, coastal
zone monitoring
• Environmental management
(e.g. soil conservation and bank stabilization work)
• Applicable to:
- River Banks
- Drainage/Irrigation
Channels
- Soil Erosion Plots
- Hillslopes
Two models are available:
• PEEP 110 is 50 cm long with active length of 11 cm and is
suitable for moderately active sites.
• PEEP 200 is 66 cm long, has an active length of 20 cm, and is
suitable for more dynamic sites. PEEP 200 has two thermistors
for automated temperature monitoring at the sediment surface and at 70 mm depth.
• Also available are installation tools such as 16 mm soil augers
to make installation holes and Wireman’s tape to help thread
PEEP cables through installation holes.
407-006
407-007
407-008
407-009
407-010
407-011
407-012
PEEP 110, including 10 m of
screened 6-core cable
PEEP 200, including 10 m of
screened 15-core cable
Cable for PEEP 110 models
(6-core): additional lengths
Cable for PEEP 200 models
(15-core): additional lengths
Regular installation auger
(110 cm long)
Long installation auger
(160 cm long)
Wireman’s Tape, 20 m long,
round section, nylon
6 lbs.
12 lbs.
8 lbs.
10 lbs.
2 lbs.
A PEEP sensor is a narrow transparent acrylic tube containing an
array of photosensitive cells. PEEP sensors are installed and reset in a
sediment surface much like conventional erosion pins (see diagrams
and photo below). PEEP sensors output a millivolt signal proportional
to the length of PEEP tube exposed to light. Erosion, therefore,
increases voltage outputs, while deposition decreases outputs.
Connect PEEP's to your datalogger (e.g. 15-min scans) to reveal the
magnitude, timing and frequency of erosional and depositional
events much more clearly than with conventional methods alone.
Even nocturnal events are usually detected just a few hours later!
90
Scour Sensor & Video Camera
Sediment Sampling
USGS Load-Cell Scour Sensor
Seaviewer Underwater Video Camera
The Load-Cell Scour Sensor is sensitive to small changes in sediment load and can measure infilling of gravel and cobbles with finegrained sediment. Ideal uses for the sensor include (1) shallow placement in spawning beds of fish for unattended monitoring of deposition, erosion and substrate temperature, (2) monitoring transport of
bedforms in experimental flumes, and (3) monitoring scour at bridge
piers or similar structures.
The load-cell sensor weighs the sediment, water, and air above
it, and an accompanying pore-pressure sensor weighs the water and
air above it. The difference between the two weights is the weight of
the sediment overlying the sensor pair. Combined sensitivity and
repeatability are ±0.01 foot of sediment thickness or less. A temperature sensor in the pressure-sensor housing provides useful information
about the spawning-bed and sensor environment and enables calibration of the pressure sensors to ±0.02 percent of the full-scale output.
The sensor can be buried or jetted into cohesion sediment such
as a sandbar. The deeper the sensor is buried, the safer it is from
being scoured and the larger the area it averages. The shallower the
sensor, the greater the detail that can be determined from closely
spaced sensors, but the greater the risk of removal by scour.
The sensor also works on its side, with the foil in a vertical plane,
because changes in horizontal stress (with a coefficient of about 0.3)
in sediment accompany changes in vertical stress (weight per unit
area) that are caused by scour and deposition.
The load-cell sensor can provide unattended measurement and
documentation of scour, deposition, and sediment transport in
ephemeral streams. Installation of multiple sensors in two or more
closely spaced cross sections will enable automated slope-area determinations of discharge and establishment of rating curves at sites in
sand channels that are inaccessible during flow. Additional uses of the
sensor include scour at bridge piers and similar structures, studies of
liquefaction or quicksand, and beach erosion.
The load-cell scour sensor consists of a shallow, stamped 10 inch
by 6 inch rectangular stainless steel vessel, and the sensors are tested
to 30 pounds per square inch and can be buried to a depth of 40
feet. Sensor output cables come in 50 ft. standard lengths with a 4-20
ma signal to a datalogger.
407-015
Scour Sensor
91
1.5 lbs.
The Seaviewer
Underwater Video
Camera is a useful tool
for observing bedload
movement and sediment transport field
studies. The Seaviewer
is a rugged field use
camera and is well suited to viewing bedload
sediments in low light
conditions and individual grains moving along the bed. Particles as small as 15 mm or larger are easily seen and measurable on the screen. Calibrating scales are
used with the Seaviewer Camera to estimate particle size and transport. Another important use of the Seaviewer is deployment with a
sediment sampler to analyze and monitor interaction between the
sampler and bed materials. The Seaviewer is available in black and
white (B&W) or color but the black and white model is better under
low light conditions. The Seaviewer Camera consists of a single
charged coupling device mounted in a compact plastic housing. The
camera attaches to a long pole and is suspended from the stream
bank or a bridge. To record video footage, the camera is connected
to a camcorder with video-in capability.
The “550” & “650” Series
The Seaviewer Cameras include:
• B & W (infra-red capable) or color camera probe
• Exclusive Sea-Tail™ with stainless steel mounting hardware
• 150 feet marine-quality cable
• 12 VDC cigarette-lighter power adapter
• Cable spool
• 3/4″ pole attachment
• Hard carrying/storage case
The Complete System price of the Seaviewer Cameras include:
• All of the items included with the camera, plus
• 5” portable monitor (B&W or Color, same as camera)
• Sea-Hood™ monitor hood (to reduce glare outdoors)
• 110 VAC power adapter
• Large hard carrying/storage case
407-018
407-019
407-020
407-021
407-022
550 B&W Seaviewer Camera only
650 Color Seaviewer Camera only
550 B&W Seaviewer Complete System
650 Color Seaviewer Complete System
PAL Video Standard Cameras
30
30
42
42
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Scour Inspection
Sediment Sampling
Bridge Scour Inspection- VideoRay ROV
Bridge scour inspections
can be performed economically and safely with the VideoRay
remotely operated vehicle
(ROV).
A light electric ROV,
VideoRay is significantly less
expensive and more maneuverable and compact than
other remotely operated vehicles. With portable power and
a weight of just 8 pounds, Video-Ray helps you expand the range of
underwater inspections. Use the control box and joystick to guide the
tethered unit to depths of 500 feet and a speed of up to 2 knots.
Mature technology, VideoRay is safely operated and transported
by a single person. Ready for underwater action in minutes, VideoRay
can dive before divers to scope out an area. Send VideoRay in place
of divers when risk is high and space is tight.
Integrate video, navigation, sonar, and data collection in VideoRay. The high reliability, low training requirements, and easy maintenance VideoRay features:
• Runs on 110 or 220 VAC power,
(maximum power requirements
300 watts)
• Two rugged Pelican cases
• 250 feet of neutrally buoyant tether
• Depth gage
• Adjustable joystick sensitivity
• Compass
• Cumulative hour meter
• 2 & 20 watt variable halogen lights
•
•
•
•
•
VideoRay Pro includes all the VideoRay 2000
has plus:
• On-screen heading, depth, time, date
display graphical or text compass rose
and depth graph
• High resolution, low lux color forward
viewing camera (replaces standard for
ward viewing camera)
Rear facing B&W camera
Rear facing lights 2 x 20 watts
Mini manipulator
Desert Star ROV Pilot Tracking System. Integrated with
VideoRay Pro control panel (Requires PC computer running
Windows 95/98
Computer interface (RS232)
407-025
407-030
VideoRay 2000
VideoRay Pro
43 lbs.
48 lbs.
Single-Stage Automatic Suspended Sediment
Sampler- US SS-59
The US SS59 is used to
collect automatic samples from
flashy, intermittent streams at
remote or not
easily accessible
sites, which are
visited by personnel at infrequent intervals.
Multiple samplers can be set
at predetermined stages of
the stream to
take samples.
The sampler consists of a pint bottle, a 4.76 mm inside-diameter
SST tube air exhaust, and a 4.76 mm or 6.35 mm inside-diameter
SST tube intake. Each tube is bent to an appropriate shape and inserted through a stopper which fits tightly into the top of the bottle.
There are two general types of this sampler, one with a vertical intake
and the other with a horizontal intake. Under some conditions either
type could be used but the two are not always interchangeable. The
vertical-intake (type A) sampler should be used only to sample suspended sediments finer than 62 microns. It is less subject to collection of debris and deposits of sediment in the intake nozzle than the
horizontal type of intake.
The horizontal-intake (type B) sampler is used for sampling suspended sediments coarser than 62 microns. The intake is only
approximately horizontal - generally it is inclined slightly downward
to prevent the accumulation of sediment in the outer end of the
intake.
408-001
408-002
408-003
US SS-59A Vertical Intake Sampler
US SS-59B Horizontal Intake Sampler
(up to 4 ft/sec)
US SS-59C Horizontal Intake Sampler
(up to 7 ft/sec)
6 lbs.
6 lbs.
8 lbs.
Single-Stage Sampler US U-73
Single-stage samplers such as the US SS-59 and US U-73 are
designed to obtain suspended-sediment samples from streams at
remote sites or at streams where rapid changes in stage make it
impractical to use a conventional isokinetic depth-integrating sampler.
The U-73 is a more sophisticated single-stage sampling device.
The sampler’s design configuration solves several of the problems
characteristic of the SS-59. Specifically, this sampler (1) can be used
to sample either a rising or falling stage. (2) has no problem of condensation in the sample container before the spring-loaded stoppers
are tripped, and (3) features an exterior design that allows for a
degree of protection from trash or drift without additional covers or
deflection shields.
The container is made from 2-inch copper pipe necked down to
3/4 inch tubing at the intake and exhaust. The container breaks apart
for removal of the sample, flushing, and resetting the stopper spring.
The U-73 is 27 inches tall and 8 inches wide and weighs 30 lbs.
408-004
US U-73 Sampler
38 lbs.
92
Automatic Samplers
Sediment Samplers
Detec Environmental Water Sampler
PST-5500 Portable Peristaltic Sampler
Surface Water Storm Water Sampling
• Collect a true “First Flush” sample
• Easy to use and maintain
• Does not require power
• Collect your samples at a fraction of
the cost of electronically
operated samplers.
• Cost-effective method of achieving a
sample without the use
of expensive equipment and labor
• Adapted to remote locations
The compact, lightweight, mechanically operated Environmental
Water Sampler (EWS) is ideal for water quality sampling in remote
locations or areas where no permanent site has been established. The
EWS is a mechanically operated device that allows for repeat sampling
from various locations. The sampler takes the ’first flush sample', seals
itself off and maintains sample integrity with minimal personnel
involvement. Urban or remote sampling using a network of samplers
in a project area will aid in determining where water quality problems
exist. In addition to providing information for impact and baseline
studies, the EWS also aids in the determination of permanent sites
and the extent of nonpoint pollution sources.
The EWS Is lightweight, easy-to-use, with a rugged design that is
easy to maintain and does not require a power source. The standard
setup includes one sampling head with two 1/2 gal HDPE jugs, one
stainless steel holding device and allen wrenches. A 4 liter glass container is also available.
408-006
408-007
EWS Set
4 L Glass Container
2 lbs.
2 lbs.
PST-5500 Portable Peristaltic Sampler
The Manning portable peristaltic sampler
will handle all your sampling needs. With a
revolutionary peristaltic pump, the PST 5500
surpasses other portable peristaltic samplers,
by significantly extending pump tubing life
without sacrificing pump performance. It is
also the only peristaltic sampler available, 18″
or less in diameter, that can take a full compliment of 1 liter bottles along with ice.
• Programming - Manning software has
been designed to be comprehensive, yet uncomplicated. A
user friendly menu driven operating system provides program
ming features.
• Peristaltic Pump - The heart of the Manning PST-5500 is a
powerful 3/8″ ID peristaltic pump which delivers samples at
the EPA recommended minimum of 2.0 ft/sec over a wide
range of head heights.
• Accurate, Repeatable, Sample Volumes - The Manning PST5500 outperforms current peristaltic models by delivering consistent and accurate sample volumes even with changing head
heights.
• Controller - Housed within a rugged ABS enclosure less than
18″ in diameter and environmentally sealed to Nema 4 x 6
standards, the PST-5500 controller is protected from the elements. A large backlighted LCD display makes the unit easy to
read and program, even in dark environments.
• Sampling - The PST-5500 is equally suited for toxic or nontoxic applications. With the addition of an optional toxic wetted parts kit and the appropriate bottle(s), the PST 5500 meets
EPA priority pollutant collection protocol. The 5500 is available
with PVC or Teflon® hose in a variety of lengths as well as
Teflon®, PVC or all stainless steel strainers.
93
(continued)
• Bottle Options - Converts between single and multiple bottles
without tools. Bottle choices include: (qty 1) 3,785 ml
(1 gallon) plastic or glass; (qty 1) 9,500 ml (2.5) gallon plastic
or glass; (qty 1) 19,000 ml (5 gallon) plastic or glass; (qty 8)
2000 ml glass or plastic; (qty 24) 1000 ml plastic; (qty 24) 500
ml plastic; or (qty 24) 350 ml glass.
Specifications:
29.00" H (73.66 cm) w/5 gallon composite container
Size
Diameter: 17.75" (45.085 cm)
Weight
Dry weight (without battery): 21.0 lbs. (9.5256 kg)
Environmental Protection
Nema 4X,6P housing around electromechanical components.
Sample Cooling
Chassis is vacuum formed ABS with all stainless steel hardware.
15 lbs. Ice. Bottle case with 24-1 liter bottles.
Pump Tubing
3/8" ID by 5/8" OD silicone rubber tubing.
Maximum Lift
28 ft. (8.5344 m)
Transport Velocity
Minimum 2 ft/sec @ 25 ft. of lift
Sample Volume
Setable in milliliters (10 ml increments)
Accuracy
Internal Battery
±5ml or ±5% whichever is greater.
5 year internal lithium battery to maintain program logic,
RAM memory, real time clock and date.
Power Options
408-010
12 VDC sealed lead acid battery, 110/220 VAC power supply.
PST-5500
26 lbs.
PVS-4901 Portable Vacuum Sampler
The Manning portable vacuum
sampler is the ideal instrument for CSO
monitoring, pre-treatment compliance, I
& I studies, stormwater applications,
NPDES compliance, and general purpose
sampling. With its powerful vacuum system, the PVS-4901 is well suited for high
vertical and long horizontal draws. No
other sampler can compare to this unit’s
sample volume repeatability and accuracy (0.5% of preset volume) for producing the most representative samples possible. The PVS-4901 has all the same features of the PST-5500 but has
a high performance vacuum pump.
• Vacuum Compressor - This powerful yet compact 12VDC unit
is capable of moving 9 gallons of air/min (1.2 CFM) which
translates directly into high transport velocity.
• Accurate, Repeatable, Sample Volumes - No other sampler
delivers more accurate and repeatable sample volumes over a
wider range of head heights than a Manning vacuum sampler.
Absolute accuracy of the 4901 is 0.5% of pre-set volume, giving you the confidence the collected sample will be exact, and
the integrity of your sample data will be undisputed.
• Transport Velocity - Experts and sampler manufacturers agree a
critical factor (if not the most critical) in obtaining a representative sample is the sampler’s transport velocity. By generating
over 1.2 CFM, Manning vacuum samplers produce the highest
transport velocity of any commercially available suction lift
sampler. This ensures samples collected by Manning vacuum
samplers are the most representative possible.
• Versatile - Manning’s portable vacuum unit is capable of taking
samples from a wide range of sources - from heavy influent to
critical stormwater or CSO sites. An optional 5/8″ ID intake is
recommended for applications with potential clogging problems or large solids.
408-012
PVS-4901
26 lbs.
Automatic Samplers
Sediment Samplers
Composite-Wastewater Sampler
Automatic Stormwater Sampler
The Composite Wastewater Sampler is designed
for sampling industrial discharges, sewers, rivers and
streams.
The compact, self-contained system provides all that is
required for collecting a composite 2-gallon sample. The simple controls, operator defined
sample intervals, adjustable sample volume and easy set-up
make it ideal for a variety of
applications. Settings also
include purge before, after or both before and after each sample for
total control. It is suitable for a wide range of composite sampling
applications including NPDES compliance. The model employs a fieldproven peristaltic pump to collect samples. The flowrate is 1000
ml/minute at 4 ft head and maximum lift 22 ft. A clear pump body
enables visual inspection of operating rollers and tubing. The 1/4 inch
ID pump uses long-life tubing.
Simply set the system near the area to sample, lower the sampling tube with attached weight, set the controls and start collecting
the sample. A float switch in the container cover turns the pump off
to prevent overflow.
System comes complete with 2-gallon polypropylene container,
peristaltic sampling pump, CMS solid state logic timer/controller,
rechargeable gel cell battery, clear 15 ft PVC inlet hose with weight
and screen, float switch, and a rugged, rain proof, lockable carrying
case. Battery powers the unit for four months or five sampling events
before recharging. Tubing may be extended with 1/4″ tubing and fittings. Dimensions: 9” x 17” x 22”.
Meets the sampling
requirements of the Stormwater
Program.
The rain activated
Stormwater Sampler automatically takes a "first flush" sample
in one bottle and a "flow
weighted" composite sample in
the second bottle. Because the
sampler uses two intake tubes,
two peristaltic sampling pumps
and two sample bottles, cross
contamination between first
flush and composite sample is eliminated. The flow rate is 1000
ml/minute at 4 ft. head and maximum lift 22 ft.
The unit is self-contained and completely portable with easy set
up and operation. Attach the pickup hoses in the drain, place the rain
gage in an open area, set the desired rainfall delay and turn the system on. The sampler takes care of the rest. To prevent overflow, each
bottle has a float switch to turn off the sampler pump if bottle is full.
System comes complete with two 400 ml polyethylene bottles,
two pumps, logic timer/controller, rechargeable gel cell battery and a
rugged, rain proof lockable carrying case. Battery powers the unit for
four months of five 24 hour storm events before recharging. Tubing is
15 ft. long and may be extended with 1/4″ tubing and fittings.
Dimensions: 19” x 9” x 13”.
Specifications:
Size:
Weight:
Sample Pumps:
19" x 9" x 13"
18 lbs.
Flow rate: 1000 ml/minute at 4 foot head;
max. lift: 22 ft.
Specifications:
Size:
Weight:
Sample Pump:
9" x 17"x 22"
Sample Hoses:
15 ft. nylon reinforced, 1/4" ID w/intake strainers
Battery:
4 AH gel cell
22 lbs.
Flow rate – 1000 ml/minute at 4 ft. head;
max. lift – 22 ft.
Sample Hose:
15 ft nylon reinforced, 1/4" ID
Battery:
3 AH rechargeable gel cell
408-015
408-016
Composite/Wastewater Sampler
3 AH Gel Cell Battery
408-018
408-019
Stormwater Sampler
4 AH Gel Cell Battery
20 lbs.
6 lbs.
24 lbs.
5 lbs.
94
Sand Gages
Field and Laboratory Equipment
Sieve Analysis Field Kit - SA-94
Samples for particle size analysis always require special processing and computational procedures to insure the determination of the
concentration as well as the particle-size distribution with only one
drying of the sediment.
Each of the several methods for determining concentration has
advantages and disadvantages. The two most commonly used methods are evaporation and filtration. The filtration method may be
somewhat faster than the evaporation method for samples of low
concentration. However, larger quantities of sediment tend to clog
the filters and inhibit the use of this method for the higher concentrations. The evaporation method requires an adjustment for dissolved
solids if the dissolved solids content is high, especially for samples
having low sediment concentration. Thus, the filtration method may
best be used on samples ranging up to about 10,000 mg/l of sediment that is mostly sand and about 200 mg/l of sediment that is
mostly clay. The evaporation method may be best used when the
concentration is more than these limits.
The SA-94 is a mechanical sieve kit
designed for reliable grain size analysis. Five
interlocking clear acrylic cylinders with replaceable mesh screens are stacked inside the ABS
plastic frame. Shaking the assembled unit distributes the different size particles so that the
percentage of volume can be read directly from
the graduated support frame. Twenty mesh
screens graduated to U.S. Bureau Standards,
ranging from size 4 to 270 (0.127” to
0.0019”). Unit is 14 1/2”L x 4” dia.
501-007
Sieve Analysis Field Kit
2 lbs.
Sand Gage - SG-95
For classifying sand from coarse to silt.
Flexible, water-resistant plastic card helps
determine size classification, bed thickness
and roundness of sand granules. It includes a
field checklist to organize field notes, geological time scale, and two carbonate classification charts. Actual sand grains are fused to
the plastic 2 1/2” x 3 1/2” with lanyard.
USGS Evaporation Method
The evaporation method consists of allowing the sediment to
settle to the bottom of the sample bottle, decanting the supernatant
liquid, washing the sediment into an evaporating dish with distilled
water, drying it in the oven, cooling it in a desiccator and weighing
the dried sample. Then the dried sample is sieved on a sieve shaker.
USGS Filtration Method
The filtration method, using a 47 mm or 90 mm glass filter holder with glass-fiber filter paper disks, oil-free vacuum pump and filter
flask, have proven satisfactory for filtration of most types of sediment
samples. These filter disks show no weight loss during filtration, save
considerable preparation time, result in more uniform filtration and
make cleaning of the crucible easier than do other types of filters.
However, the filter disks become clogged rather rapidly when some
types of fine sediment are filtered.
USGS Bottom Withdrawal Tube
USGS Visual Accumulizer Tube - Sand Size Analyzer
The Visual Accumulation Tube method fills a fundamental need
in the process of obtaining data related to sediment transport. It is a
fast, economical, and accurate means of determining the size distribution in terms of the fundamental hydraulic properties of the particles
and the fall velocity or fall diameter. Not only does “sieve” diameter
fail to indicate the desired hydraulic properties of a sediment sample,
but the particle-size distribution may be in error because of irregularities in the size and shape of sieve openings, limitations on the time of
sieving required to pass all particles, and possible adhesiveness of clay
on the larger particles. Therefore, the VA tube-pipet method is recommended for the determination of the particle-size distribution of sediment for most streams. The VA tube method is especially adapted for
size analysis of samples composed mainly of sand.
Specific Gravity Hydrometer Method
Sedimentation methods based on the laws of Stokes and Oden
are used widely to characterize particle size distribution in the 1-100
µm subsieve range. Each particle, under the action of gravity, falls at
its free-settling velocity where frictional drag of the fluid medium just
balances gravitational acceleration. When density among particles is
the same, large particles fall faster than small ones. Therefore, time of
sedimentation relates to particle diameter, and determination of distribution of percent by weight vs. equivalent diameter is possible by
measurement of weight settled vs. time.
501-013
0.3 lb.
Geotechnical Gage - GG-95
This is a guide to help classify soils into
sand, silt or clay. It is a flexible, waterproof
5” x 7” plastic card with a nylon lanyard
that contains miscellaneous data for soils
use. Printed on both sides, the gage features: roundness chart; chart for estimating
percentage composition; unified soil classification system; six common Munsell soil colors; soil compaction tests for clay and sand,
shear strength ranges; and size classification
with actual sand grains from coarse to silt.
Sand grains and color chips are permanently fused to the plastic.
501-027
Geotechnical Gage
0.8 lb.
US SAH-97 Handheld Size Analyzer
The US SAH-97 is a handheld
device used to grade or measure
gravel and small cobble size bed
sediments in the field. Generic
names are gravelometers, gravel
templates and pebblemeters.
The unit is constructed from
1/8” thick aluminum. The US SAH97 has 14 square holes of common sieve sizes (1/2-phi unit classes) ranging from 2 mm to 180
mm. There is also a scale along
one side that can be used to measure up to 310 mm. The scale is in
10 mm increments.
501-060
95
Sand Gage
US SAH-97 Handheld Size Analyzer
0.6 lb.
Testing Sieves
Plastic Sieve Ring, US SR-72A
ASTM Testing Sieves
The US SR-72A is a 5 1/2
inch diameter sieve ring made
of PVC plastic. These rings are
for use in processing samples
that may be chemically altered
if they are used with metal
sieves. USGS standards require
these sieves when testing for
trace metals and inorganic
analysis. The plastic sieve cloth
made of nylon, Teflon, or polyethylene may be stretched over rings and then fixed by means of
nylon self-locking straps. If worn or damaged, the cloth may be
replaced. The cloth is available from 5µm to 5500 µm mesh sizes.
The US SR-72A consists of one ring, five straps, and instructions for
installing the 8” square cloth.
The US SR-72 B and C are the top and bottom caps, respectively, necessary for use with a laboratory shaker.
Highest level of reliability. Constructed of brass frames and premium stainless steel wire cloth, each ASTM test sieve meets all applicable ASTM E-11, ISO and ANSI specifications. Sturdy construction will
provide years of use without loss in accuracy. Each sieve is serialized
for traceability and is packaged in a strong carton suitable for storage.
The stainless steel sieves have stainless
frames and stainless wire cloth. USGS
Standards for chemical organic compound analysis recommends all stainless
steel but states that brass is acceptable.
Choose from brass or stainless steel. All
sieves are 2”H X 8” diameter.
Other sieves are available by special
order including 3”, 6”, 10”, or 12”
diameter and 2 7/8” and 1 7/8”
heights.
502-035
502-036
502-037
502-038
Nitex
502-045
US-SR-72A Sieve Ring - 5 1/2”
US-SR-72B Top Cap - 8”
US-SR-72C Bottom Cap - 8”
Sieve Ring Straps (5)
Teflon
502-048
Poly
502-051
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.2
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Description
125µm Mesh Cloth 0.1 lb.
Mini-Sieve
This miniature sieve set has four 2” (51
mm) interchangeable screen holding sections, a catch pan, and a friction-fit cover all molded of polypropylene. This micro
sieve set has a stack of replaceable mesh
inserts, and the sections unscrew easily to
allow changing of the mesh inserts or to
clean them thoroughly. When finished, they
screw together snugly to lock the mesh in
place. Eight phosphor-bronze mesh inserts
are also included, one each of the following
sizes: 25, 35, 45, 60, 80, 120, 170, and 230 mesh.
502-066
502-067
Mini-Sieve Set
Replacement Sieve Screens, pack of 8
0.3 lb.
0.1 lb.
Hubbard Plastic Frame Screen Sieve Sets
Sediment samples can be analyzed in
the field or the laboratory. These sieves
work well in the field where the “wet sieving” or “wet weighing” method is commonly used. These sets are ideal for separating and grading samples and for demonstrating porosity, permeability and capillarity. Each set contains interlocking, highimpact plastic frame sieves with graduated
stainless steel wire screens. Any combination of screens may be used
to sort samples by size. Four piece screen sieve set pans are 6” diameter x 2 1/2” deep with wire mesh Nos. 5, 10, 60 and 230. A solid
bottom pan and a snap on lid are included. Six piece screen set pans
are 6 3/4” diameter x 3” deep with wire mesh Nos. 5, 10, 35, 60,
120, and 230. A solid bottom pan and a snap on lid are included.
502-073
502-079
4-Piece Sieve Set
6-Piece Sieve Set
3 lbs.
3 lbs.
Sieve Designation
U.S. Standard
Sieve Opening
Brass
Stock#
Stainless Steel
Stock#
#1/2
#1/4
12.5 mm
6.3 mm
502-085
502-086
502-125
502-126
#4
4.75 mm
502-087
502-127
#6
3.35 mm
502-088
502-128
#8
2.36 mm
502-089
502-129
# 10
2.00 mm
502-090
502-130
#12
1.70 mm
502-091
502-131
#14
1.40 mm
502-092
502-132
#16
1.18 mm
502-093
502-133
#18
1.00 mm
502-094
502-153
#20
850 µm
502-095
502-134
#25
710 µm
502-096
502-135
#30
600 µm
502-097
502-136
#35
500 µm
502-098
502-137
#40
425 µm
502-099
502-138
#45
355 µm
502-100
502-139
#50
300 µm
502-101
502-140
#60
250 µm
502-102
502-141
#70
212 µm
502-103
502-142
#80
280 µm
502-104
502-143
#100
150 µm
502-105
502-144
#120
125 µm
502-106
502-145
#140
106 µm
502-107
502-146
#170
90 µm
502-108
502-147
#200
15 µm
502-109
502-148
#230
63 µm
502-110
502-149
#270
53 µm
502-111
502-150
#325
45 µm
502-112
502-151
#400
38 µm
502-113
502-152
ASTM Testing Sieves
2 lbs.
Pans and Covers
Use these pans and covers in combination with the ASTM testing sieves when vigorously shaking samples for separation. Pans and
covers sold separately.
502-165
502-166
502-167
8” Diameter Pan
Pan with extended rim for
multiple analysis
8” Diameter Cover with Ring
1.8 lbs.
2 lbs.
1.3 lbs.
96
Sediment Sensor
SieveMaster Software
SieveMaster is an easy-touse program that has the
power to automate any application where particle size distribution is determined by
sieving. SieveMaster assists
users by automating data collection, providing software
control of instruments and
automating calculations and
reporting.
With one touch,
SieveMaster collects, processes, and displays data from any balance
with an RS232 port. Fully integrated with Microsoft Excel,
SieveMaster eliminates repetitive and time consuming processes from
your laboratory.
• Improve documentation and recording of sieving results
• Eliminate manual transcription errors
• Eliminate calculation errors
• Full integration with Microsoft Excel
SieveMaster communicates
directly with balances from all of the
major balance manufacturers, using
setup information and default parsers
from the Labtronics Instrument
Library. Communication between the
software and the balance is bi-directional; any control command that the
balance understands can be sent to
the software.
Starting a SieveMaster method
automatically launches an associated Excel workbook. Data that is collected from the balance is placed directly into the Excel spreadsheet
cells, as defined in the setup for the worksheet. Excel carries out all
calculations and processing of the instrument data. By guiding the
operator through the process with dialogue boxes and audible
prompts, SieveMaster provides the ultimate in sieving automation.
LISST-25 Constant Calibration Suspended
Sediment Sensor
The LISST-25 is a submersible
laser-scattering instrument that
shows true volume concentration
and mean size. It is a field instrument of in-situ measurements that
overcomes the historical problem
of calibrations changing with particle size. The LISST-25 has two specially designed detectors that measure forward scattered light to deliver total particle volume and total
particle area concentrations. The ratio of these concentrations, total
volume to total area, determines the Sauter Mean diameter (SMD).
Data downloaded and displayed on a computer screen shows
the volume concentration of particles, the SMD, and optical transmission. The calibration of the instrument remains constant so long as
the size of particles is within a specified 200:1 range.
In addition to the distant attraction of a single calibration capability, the LISST-25 is a self-contained unit
designed for the rigors of field deployment. It
is a submersible compact instrument that
includes optics, electronics, a battery pack, and
a programmable data logger.
Windows ‘95/’98/NT software is supplied
to process raw data into a time series of particle volume concentration, optical transmission,
and the Sauter Mean Diameter. The results can be saved in ASCII format.
Specifications:
Technology
Small Angle Forward Scattering (basis: Mie theory)
Laser
Solid State Diode (670 nm)
Optical Path
2.5 cm (standard), 5.0 cm (optional)
Parameters
Particle Concentration, Sauter Mean Diameter (SMD),
Deployment Modes
Submersible, Laboratory, Field, Towed, Moored, Platform, Profile
Operating Range
Concentration: Approximately 0.1 to 1000 mg/l at 30 microns
Optical Transmission
(limit changes linearly with particle size)
Size Range: 1.25 - 250 microns (standard), 2.5-500 microns (optional)
Transmission: 0-100% (useful range for measuring concentration
502-200
SieveMaster Software
2 lbs.
The fine part of the large sediment
sample from a gravel bed consists of fine
gravel and sand, and might weigh 10-20
kg. This is considerably more sediment than
is needed for a representative particle-size
analysis of this size range. It is useful to split
the sample before sieving with a riffle splitter. A riffle splitter consists of a hopper
under which a series of up to about 10
equally sized compartments is located. The
bottom outlets of the compartments are
alternately directed to the left or the right
side of the splitter. This process splits the sample in half. The sediment
to be split in a splitter must be dry, otherwise, fine particles may cling
to the compartment walls and produce subsamples with less fines
than the original sample.
The riffle splitter comes with three different riffle chute widths
and is made of aluminum although a stainless steel model can be
specified.
Riffle Splitter 1/16” (1.6 mm)
97
Concentration: ±20% over full range of sizes, SMD: ±10%,
Resolution
Concentration: 0.5 µl/l
Transmission: 0.1%
Riffle Splitter
502-210
502-211
502-212
and SMD: 30-98%)
Accuracy
1 lb.
2.2 lbs.
5.2 lbs.
Measurement Rate
Programmable, up to 5 Hz (five times per second)
Programmable Data Logger
Internal recorder and/or external data output
Data Capacity
27,500 samples of the 3 parameters, plus date & time
Interface
RS232, 2-letter ASCII commands, e.g., “GX”, 25-line Batch file capability
Win ‘95/‘98/NT Software
Power
Internal 4 x 9V alkaline batteries, External 6-12 VDC @ 250 ma max
Physical Dimensions
18" length x 3.5" diameter (45 cm length x 8.0 diameter)
Weight: in air 8 lbs. (3.6 kg), in water 2 lbs. (0.9 kg)
503-143
LISST-25 Sensor
12 lbs.
Size Analyzer
LISST-Portable Particle Size Analyzer
The LISST is a portable
particle size analyzer that
determines particle size distribution and particle volume
concentration. The LISST is a
laser-scattering, battery powered portable bench-top particle analyzer developed for
use in the field or in the laboratory. Using the same smallangle laser scattering principles as other LISST products,
the LISST-Portable analyzes
samples in a wet-state and
obtains particle size distribution and particle volume concentration. A unique feature of the LISSTPortable is the mixing chamber that incorporates a stirring capability
to keep large particles suspended. Also, the chamber is equipped with
in/out flow-through valves that can be used for circulating samples
drawn during online process.
The built-in data logger is programmable for unattended use over
an extended period of time or it can
provide measurements for immediate analysis. Compact, lightweight
and housed in a moisture-tight,
shock-resistant case, the LISSTPortable is built for the rigors of
transport and field use.
Windows ‘95/’98/NT software
is supplied for communications,
downloading, and processing of
data to size distributions. The results
can be saved in ASCII format.
Specifications:
Technology
Small Angle Forward Scattering (basis: Mie theory)
Laser
Solid State Diode (670 mm)
Optical Path
5.0 cm (standard)
Parameters
Particle Size Distribution, Particle Volume Concentration,
Optical Volume Scattering Function (VSF)
Optical Transmission
Deployment Modes
Portable bench-top unit for use in the field or laboratory
Operating Range
Particle Size Range: 1.25-250 microns. Concentration
(approximate limit with silt particles having a 30 micron
mean size 5.0 cm optical path - 10 to 750 mg/l limit
changes linearly with particle size.)
Accuracy
Concentration: ± 20% over full range of sizes, transmission: 0.1%
Resolution
Concentration: 0.5 µl/l, size distribution: 32 size classes, log spaced
Measurement Rate
Programmable, up to 4 Hz (four measurements per second)
Programmable Data Logger
Internal memory and/or external data output, RS-232C
Storage Capacity
3,000 measurements plus date & time
Interface
RS-232C, Windows ‘95/’98/NT Software
Power
Battery Powered – rechargeable NiMH battery pack
(3 hour life, typical), Data back-up battery 6 months life AC battery charger (110/220 VAC), 12 V adapter cable
Physical Dimensions
7" tall x 11.5" deep x 17.5" wide (17.7 cm x 29 cm x 44.3 cm)
Weight: 10 lbs. (4.5 kg)
503-149
LISST-Portable Particle Size Analyzer
14 lbs.
Visual-Accumulation Tube Sand Size Analyzer, US
VATSA-99
The US VATSA-99 is
a laboratory instrument
for the simple and rapid
determination of the
size frequency distribution of sediment samples containing particles
from 62 microns to 2
millimeters. The instrument records results in
terms of the fall velocity
of the individual particles of the sample. The US VATSA-99 is a
redesigned and updated version of the VATSA-53. Many obsolete
components have been replaced and the operation has been greatly
improved over the original US VATSA-53.
The analyzer consists of a glass sedimentation tube, a valve mechanism and a
recorder. The lower end of the glass sedimentation tube is reduced in diameter to
facilitate measurement of accumulated sediment. Tubes 120 cm. long are furnished in
four sizes with the lower end reduced to 2.1,
3.4, 5.0, and 7.0 mm inside diameter
respectively. These tubes are for analyzing
sands up to 1 mm in size. Two of each of
these four sizes are furnished with the analyzer. A tube 180 cm long may also be used
for analysis of sands up to 2 mm in size.
Selection of the tube to be used is based on
the quantity and size of material available in
the sample to be analyzed. The 180 cm tube
and accessories are not furnished as part of
the analyzer. The accessories for the 180 cm
tube may be obtained on special order.
To make an analysis, the sample is
introduced into the top of the tube. The particles are separated in size as they fall
through the water in the tube. As the sediment accumulates in the settling section of
the tube, the height of the column is followed manually and a grain
size curve is automatically and simultaneously traced on a chart. The
percent finer of each particle size classification in the sample is analyzed and may be read from this graph. A supply of 200 charts is furnished with the analyzer. The US Vasta-99 is available in 120V, 60Hz,
or 240V, 50Hz power supply.
503-155
503-160
503-175
503-176
503-177
503-178
503-179
503-180
503-181
US VATSA-99, 120V
US VATSA-99, 240V
Sedimentation tube (120 cm) 2.1mm
180 cm Sedimentation tube (tube only)
180 cm Sedimentation tube w/ accessories
Charts (additional) 100 per package
98
90 lbs.
90 lbs.
22 lbs.
22 lbs.
22 lbs.
22 lbs.
34 lbs.
38 lbs.
1 lb.
Size Analyzer
Advanced Sand Sedimentation Analyzer
Visual-Accumulation Tube Sand Size Analyzer,
US VATSA-01
The US VATSA-01 is a computerized laboratory instrument for
the simple and rapid determination of the size frequency distribution
of sediment samples containing particles from 62 microns to 2 millimeters. The instrument operates on the same principles of operation
as the original US VATSA-53 but uses a digital linear encoder with a
Campbell CR-10X data logger to eliminate the chart drum recorder.
The VATSA-01 produces a time based, size frequency distribution of
sediment particle size that gives a scalable array of data for digital
processing on a PC. The sedigraph software program is provided for
the analysis and presentation of data.
The Advanced Sand Sedimentation Analyzer can measure the
sedimentation velocity distribution, and its data processing program,
sedigraph, convert it into a distribution of other sedimentation variables, such as shape-specified grain size. For the conversion, the equation for drag coefficient as a function of Reynolds’ number and grain
shape is utilized.
Distributions of the following sedimentation variables are available:
• Sedimentation velocity
• Shape-specified grain size
• Grain shape
• Grain density
• Reynolds’ number
Each of the grain parameters density and shape can also be
quantified as a distribution. This is possible for samples of nearly equal
grain size such as narrow sieve fractions.
503-190
US VATSA-01
105 lbs.
These quartz sand size samples allow calibrating the VATSA or
bottom withdrawal tubes in accordance with ISO 9000 testing standards. 10 gm containers.
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
99
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Sand,
Sand,
Sand,
Sand,
Sand,
Sand,
22 mm
31 mm
500 µm
99 µm
32 µm
20 µm
The A-20 Scanning
Photo Sedimentograph uses
the same principle of operation as the VATSA-99 but is
designed for smaller particle
size analysis from sodium
down to 0.5 µm. The A-20
sedimentograph uses the
relationship defined in
Stoke’s Law between the
size of a particle and the
speed at which it sinks in a liquid is used for the determination of the
particle size distribution in sediment samples.
In the scanning photo-sedimentograph, a photometer for determination of the optical density travels upwards along a sedimentation
cuvette under computer control. The change in the concentration of
sedimenting particles in the liquid is measured as a function the
height and evaluated in a computer program and the particle size
distribution of the sediment sample is calculated from the values
obtained. In order that the measuring time might be further shortened, the speed of the “fast scanning” is set so that only that time is
required which is actually necessary to measure even the smallest particles.
Menu-assisted analysis
proceeds simply and quickly
utilizing computer function
keys. Normally, the user will
specify a lower limit for particle size measurement to speed
up time of analysis. Size measurements stop once this limit
is reached, and all remaining
sizes are then reported together as a single quantity. If no
limit is selected, distribution is
measured to the instrument’s
0.5µm limit. Results may be
screen displayed or printed as tabulations, mass frequency distributions or as cumulative distribution curves. Samples to be measured
are introduced in the 200 ml sedimentation tank (cuvette) of the
measuring unit.
Model A-20 comes complete with measuring unit and software
for use with a user-provided IBM-compatible computer. Calibration
Standards are dry quartz powders in 10g quantities complete with
certificate of analysis.
503-206
503-207
Standard Size Test Samples
503-195
503-196
503-197
503-198
503-199
503-200
Scanning Photo - Sedimentograph - Model A-20
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
115V Scanning Photo
Sedimentograph - A-20
230V Scanning Photo
Sedimentograph - A-20
Calibration Standards Samples
503-215
0.35 to 3.5 µm
503-216
1.20 to 20 µm
503-217
2.40 to 32µm
503-218
14.0 to 90 µm
80 lbs.
80 lbs.
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Size Analyzer
Bottom Withdrawal Tube - Model 1011
The Bottom Withdrawal Tube method of
determining particle size distribution is based
on application of the Stokes Law using the
Oden curve. The Bottom Withdrawal Tube
consists of a transparent tube of large diameter which is open at one end and contracted
at the other to a short section of small tube,
on which is slipped a short piece of rubber
tube which can be opened or closed with a
pinch-clamp. The tube which is shown is 48
inches (1.22 meters) long with a 1” inside
diameter, large enough to hold a pint (0.5
liter) sample. It is drawn down at the lower
end to 1/4 inch (6.4 cm) inside diameter on
which is slipped a 2” (5 cm) length of rubber
tube closed by a pinch-clamp.
503-220
503-221
503-222
Bottom Withdrawal Tube
15 lbs.
BW Tube Method - Particle Size
1 lb.
Analysis Laboratory Form (pkg. 100)
BW tube Method - Oden Curve Graphing 1 lb.
Form (pkg. 100)
USGS Laboratory Analysis Forms
These forms are used
in recording data for suspended sediment sample
concentrations. The short
form provides space for
10 samples with the long
form for 20 samples.
503-225
503-226
503-227
Sediment Concentration Notes
1 lb.
(Pkg. 100) Long Form
Sediment Concentration Notes (Pkg. 100) 1 lb.
Depth Integrated Samples - Short Form
Sediment Concentration Notes (Pkg. 100) 1 lb.
Point Integrated Samples
This is a lab form for the
Sieve-Pipet Method of particle size
analysis.
Dabney Automated Sediment Particle Size
Discriminator
The Dabney Automated
Sediment Particle Size discriminator (SPSD) is a settling tube apparatus designed for installation at
remote sites in gage houses. The
Dabney SPSD allows the separation
of sediment samples based on fall
velocity during rainfall storm
events when personnel are not on
site to take samples to a field laboratory. This will allow water quality
best management practices
(BMP’s) and non-point source surface water total maximum daily
loads (TMDL’s) to receive accurate
and timely data.
Because much agricultural
sediment is transported in the
form of aggregates of primary particles that may be altered during
storage or transport to a laboratory, unmanned, remote, “real-time”
operation combined with the acquisition of size fractionated samples
for sediment quality analysis is important. Sediment is separated into
five size fractions with fall velocities similar to that of quartz sand
falling in water at 25º C: <250 µm, 125 to 250 µm, 62.5 to 125 µm,
31 to 62.5 µm, and <32 µm.
Prior to sample separation, the settling tube is full of water, the
mixing chamber is drained, the raw sample is contained in the sheet
metal funnel, the turntable is in the home position, and all valves are
closed. To initiate sample separation, the turntable is rotated so that
the jar that will contain the coarsests fraction (>250 µm, jar 1 is positioned under the settling tube.) The top ball valve is then opened and
closed. The bottom valve is then opened and the microprocessor
begins a timing sequence. At programmed intervals, the turntable is
rotated so that progressively finer sediment is sequentially collected in
the remaining four jars. Rotation of the turntable from one position to
the next takes less than 1 sec. After sufficient time has elapsed for
sediment >32 µm to have fallen through the 26 cm mixing chamber
(~5 min), the lower ball valve is closed and the water in the mixing
chamber is drained into the residual fine sediment container by opening the two 3/8” ball valves for 2 min. After the final (fourth) sample
fraction is collected, the turntable is rotated to position the fifth jar
under the settling tube where it remains until another separation
sequence is initiated. This jar collects some portion of the sediment
finer than 32 µm and its contents are added to that of the residual
fines prior to analysis.
The separation sequence will be repeated as often as necessary
until the total sample from a storm has been processed. During each
cycle, additional sediment of a given fall velocity class will be composited in the same five jars. If no sample has been pumped within 6
hours, the storm will be considered completed and the device will
cycle twice more using makeup water to flush residual sediment from
the funnel and valve.
503-240
503-233
Particle size analysis, Sieve-Pipet Method
(pkg. 100)
Dabney SPSD
60 lbs.
1 lb.
100
Hydrometers
Specific Gravity Hydrometers
Field Use Specific Gravity Hydrometers
Two types of hydrometers are offered. One is
graduated to read in specific gravity, the other in
grams per liter of suspension, both at 68º F (20º
C). The 280 mm long hydrometers are useful for
determination of particle size distributions of materials where absolute density has little variation
among sample particles.
The method calls for hydrometer readings for
each sample at 68º F over a 24 hour period. A
1000 ml sedimentation cylinder, or hydrometer jar,
is required for each sample and cylinders must be
maintained in a constant temperature bath during
this period. Cylinders are 18 in. (457 mm) high x
2.5 in. (64 mm) diameter.
The circulating bath controls temperature at
68º F (20º C) during sedimentation. Holds 8 cylinders, all accessible with support brackets, and provides gentle, thorough agitation and circulation.
Tank has stainless steel interior parts; exterior is uniform throughout
bath at ±0.5º C. An over temperature safety cutoff is provided.
For the complete set of basic
equipment needed for hydrometer
analysis, the Hydrometer Analysis Set is
available. Set includes six Hydrometer
Cylinders and one each hydrometers.
504-246
Hydrometer Analysis Set, Complete
Individual Components
504-248
ASTM Hydrometer 151H,
range 0.995 to 1.038 S.G. by
.001 divisions
504-249
ASTM Hydrometer 152H,
range -5 to +60g/liter S.G. by
1g/ I divisions
504-250
Sedimentation Cylinder
504-251
Mechanical Stirring Apparatus
504-253
Dispersion Cup
504-254
Constant Temperature Bath
160 lbs.
1 lb.
1 lb.
2 lbs.
16 lbs.
0.5 lb.
205 lbs.
Imhoff Cone & Stand
This settling cone is used to determine
settleable materials in water and waste water
samples. Clear cone is externally graduated
in milliliters from the bottom upward and
includes a leakproof plug.
This 1000 ml cone is constructed of
clear, impact resistant plastic. Each cone is
externally graduated from 0 - 1000 ml for
easy reading and accuracy, and has a removable plug at the tip for removal of sediment.
The plastic coated steel stand, sold separately, will hold up to three cones for
repeated samples. Imhoff cones sold individually.
504-262
504-263
Imhoff Cone
Stand
101
1 lb.
3 lbs.
These are two precision instruments for testing specific gravity in liquids or soil. One specific gravity hydrometer
measures salinity in liquids, with graduated divisions of
0.0005 and a range of 1.000º to 1.070º Specific Gravity.
The other is a Buoyoucos scale hydrometer to determine
specific gravity of soil, with a range of -5 to 60 grams/liter
in 1.0 increments. Use the hydrometer jar for testing, sold
separately.
504-269
504-270
Specific Gravity Hydrometer for Liquids
Specific Gravity Hydrometer for Soils
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
Hydrometer Jar
For use with the specific gravity hydrometer. Molded clear plastic cylinder has a 500 mL capacity and a broad base for extra stability.
504-276
Hydrometer Jar
0.5 lb.
Apparent Color Chart
This Apparent Color
Chart is used to quantify the
apparent color of natural
waters. It contains the 147
color standards that represent
natural colors of aquatic
insects plus their habitats. Also
includes several bright colors,
which may be associated with
unusual discharges or pollution.
504-282
Apparent Color Chart
0.2 lb.
Laboratory Sample Splitter- US LSS-72A
The LSS-72A is a device for subdividing a sediment sample liquid
volume from one to ten equal parts
before laboratory analysis. When a
sample is poured into the funnel, it
flows into a series of thin rectangular
chutes. Each chute leads to one of
two containers placed below the
splitter body. Chutes are staggered
to approximate a random split of
both particles and liquid and thereby insure the two sample halves are
nearly identical. The splitter body is
made from TFE fluoro-carbon plastic
sheets, the funnel is pressed acrylic
plastic, and the stand is made of
type 316 stainless steel. Because only the plastic materials contact the
sampler, the device is suitable for use in analysis for trace metals. The
funnel may be removed to facilitate cleaning. The inside of the chutes
may be scrubbed but only with a brush no wider than 0.24 cm.
505-001
Laboratory Sample Splitter
8 lbs.
Churn Splitters
Churn Sample Splitter
Dekaport Cone Sample Splitter
Mix and divide a water sample into subsamples for testing.
The Churn Sample Splitter
provides a convenient and efficient method of preparing subsamples of collected water-sediment mixtures from stream flows
for water quality analysis. Water
sediment samples are customarily
collected in 473 ml (1 pint) or
946 ml (1 quart) bottles using
suspended sediment samplers.
The contents of the bottles are
poured into the sample splitter
where the samples are composited into one representative cross
section sample of the stream flow.
This composite can now be split into the required four to sixteen representative subsamples using the Churn Sample Splitter. USGS standard procedures allow use of the Churn Splitter for suspended-sediment concentrations up to 1000 mg/l.
The polyethylene sample splitter consists of a thick walled cylindrical vessel with a disc churn. The disc has holes in a specific pattern,
a center handle that extends through the cover and a locating notch
to keep it oriented in one direction. A small polypropylene spring
loaded spigot drains the subsamples into bottles for delivery to the
water quality laboratory. A swing type handle makes carrying the full
or empty vessel easy. Lid and spigot are replaceable.
The Dekaport Cone Sample
Splitter was designed for splitting a liquid volume from 1 to 10 equal parts.
The purpose of this is to build up a
composite sample, split sample for different required analysis and quality
assurance. It was primarily designed for
simultaneous distribution of surface
water samples into bottles. Standard
USGS procedures recommend the cone
splitter for suspended sediment concentrations up to 10,000 mg/l. The splitting accuracy is not known for concentrations from 10,000 mg/l to 100,000
mg/l but the USGS data indicates splitting accuracy is unacceptable at concentrations of 100,000 mg/l or more.
USGS standard procedures for organic
compound samples require fluorocarbon (Teflon™) tubing and suggest a
separate set for each site.
The Dekaport Teflon™ Sample
Splitter is a pour-through device
machined from solid Teflon™ used for
splitting water samples for a wide range of particle sizes and water
volumes. The spitter is 26 in. tall, has a 4 in. dia. reservoir and uses
3/8” O.D. tubing.
Features:
• Constructed of 100% Teflon for excellent
sample integrity
• Splits water samples quickly and effectively
• No flat walls, or benched surfaces inside
the chamber
• Ten exit ports to precisely direct individual
subsamples into subsample containers
• Uses sufficient tubing size to prevent any
back pressure or restriction of flow from
splitting chamber
• Designed for the USGS NWQA program.
• Integral bubble level for accurate
performance.
505-288
505-289
505-290
4L Churn Splitter
8L Churn Splitter
14L Churn Splitter
5 lbs.
7 lbs.
10 lbs.
USGS Water Quality Modified Churn Splitter
The USGS Modified Churn Splitter was
specifically designed to composite and split
surface-water samples for trace-element
analysis. The Modified Churn Splitter is available in 8 liter and 14 liter sizes and has the
following features:
• Silicone sealant injected into the
spigot valve to prevent leakage which
eliminates potential contamination
with the metal spring.
• Funnel assembly is inserted into the lid
of the splitter to minimize possible
atmospheric contamination of the
sample
• Churn covering which is two clear plastic bags are included for
durable covering to prevent contamination.
• Churn carrier, a white plastic container with lid which will hold
the double-bagged churn splitter assembly.
505-298
505-299
505-300
8 Liter Modified Churn Splitter
14 Liter Modified Churn Splitter
Box - Clear Plastic Bags (50 each)
6 lbs.
10 lbs.
1 lb.
505-306
Dekaport Cone Sample Splitter
8 lbs.
US SS-1 Teflon Churn Splitter
This inert, non-contaminating, fluoropolymer “Churn” sampler splitter consists of a thick walled cylindrical polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) vessel and agitator. A PTFE “push-pull” type spigot is
supplied to drain sub-samples from the
splitter. The splitter has a volume of 14
liters. Dimensions are 10 1/4” dia. x
11 3/4” H.
505-310
US SS-1 Teflon Churn 35 lbs.
Splitter
102
Balances
Field and Laboratory Balances
Top Loading Balances
Accurate balances are necessary for precise sediment load measurements. Sediment samples can be analyzed either in the field or in
the laboratory. For the most accurate measurement samples are collected and then analyzed in the laboratory. The wet weighing method
can be done on site and is the least expensive but also the least accurate method.
Analytic Balances
Analytical balances are extremely precise laboratory balances which feature four
decimal accuracy and integral draft shield.
Other features include temperature compensated calibration, analog bar graph display,
built-in RS-232 interface which communicates directly with window applications, and
the balance is set up with software for specific gravity measurements pre-installed.
Specifications:
Model AY120
Capacity
Model AY220
120 g
220 g
.0001 mg
.0001 mg
Standard deviation ∂
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
Linearity
±0.2 mg
± 0.2 mg
Minimum display
Ambient temperature
Temperature coefficient
Capacity
Readability
Repeatability
Linearity
Pan size
506-330
320 g
0.001 g
± 0.001 g
± 0.002 g
4.3" x 4.1"
5~40º C/41~104º F
506-331
420 g
0.001 g
± 0.001 g
± 0.002 g
4.3" x 4.1"
± 2 ppmº C
506-332
620 g
0.01 g
± 0.01 g
± 0.02 g
6.7" x 7.1"
506-333
3200 g
0.01 g
± 0.01 g
± 0.01 g
6.7" x 7.1"
506-334
4200 g
0.01 g
± 0.01 g
± 0.02 g
6.7" x 7.1"
506-335
320 g
.01g
± 0.01 g
± 0.01 g
4.3" x 4.1"
506-336
620 g
.01 g
± 0.01 g
± 0.02 g
4.3" x 4.1"
506-337
3200 g
.1 g
± 0.1 g
± 0.1 g
6.7" x 7.1"
506-338
6200 g
.1 g
± 0.1 g
± 0.2 g
6.7" x 7.1"
of sensitivity
(10~30º C50~86º F)
Pan size (dia)
80 mm/3.1in
506-312
506-313
Model AY120
Model AY220
6 lbs.
6 lbs.
Ohaus® Navigator Electronic Balance
Accessories & Peripherals
SMK-301
506-319
506-320
506-322
506-323
Windows™ Direction Function
Specific Gravity Measurement Kit SMK-301
For Complete S.G. Measurements
RS-232C Cable for IBM PC Compatibles
Needed on Windows™ Direct Function
Battery Pack (120V)
Approx. 8hrs of service after 12 hrs charging
Battery Pack (240V)
Approx. 8hrs of service after 12 hrs charging
103
Top Loading Electronic Balances are high performance balances
designed for lab or field work. These come in various weight capacity
and precision tolerances for a variety of applications. These balances
feature a very fast response time which saves time and work and are
equipped with an LCD display and overload protection. Options
include automatic calibration, built-in clock functions, RS-232
Interface for connection to an IBM compatible PC and powered by
120 or 220 AC. Models are available in high or standard resolution.
These lightweight and compact portable balances run off
8AA batteries or an AC adapter.
They feature six standard weighing modes and parts counting
mode and RS-232 interface. An
optional RS-232 cable is also
available, sold separately.
All models feature an error
indicator, an LCD display, and a
full range tare. An optional weight set is available. Balances come
with an AC adapter. Overall Dimensions: 10.5” x 7.25” x 2.25”.
Capacity (G)
Readability (G)
Repeatability (G)
32
0.002
0.002
3"
210
0.01
0.01
4.75
410
0.1
0.1
5.5 x 6
8100
0.5
0.5
5.5 x 6
506-344
506-345
506-346
506-347
506-348
206-017
Navigator 32g
Navigator 210g
Navigator 810g
Navigator 8100g
IBM 9-pin cable
AA Battery (8 pack)
Pan Size (Dia.)
4 lbs.
4 lbs.
4 lbs.
4 lbs.
1 lb.
0.3 lb.
Balances
Metric Gram Masses
Wet Weighing Method Kit
For general laboratory and technical
work.
Masses of 1 g and larger are made of
brass and are Class Mz tolerance. Masses of
less than 1 g are made of stainless steel/aluminum and adjusted to Class C tolerances.
Mass Sets come in a hinged storage box
and include 1000 g x 1 g; (1) 1000 g, (1) 500 g, (2) 200 g, (1) 100
g, (1) 50 g, (2) 20 g, (1) 10 g, (1) 5 g, (2) 2 g and (1) 1 g.
The wet method uses
water-flushing with some hand
shaking to sort sediments
through a series of sieves. The
trapped sediment on each sieve
is allowed to drain and is poured
into a water-filled graduated
container. The amount of water
displaced determines the volume
of the sediment plus the volume
of any water retained in port spaces in the sediment.
When the wet method is used, water retained in the sediment
must be accounted for, since water retention per unit volume of fine
sediments is higher than for coarse sediments. A conversion factor
based on particle size and specific gravity can be used to convert wet
volume to dry volume.
The most important component of the field weight system is a
battery operated electronic balance.
Plastic buckets are used to hold the bedload samples. A brass
weight is added to the bottom of each sample bucket to facilitate
obtaining a submerged tare weight when the bucket is empty. The
sample buckets are suspended from beneath the balance using a
lightweight chain and two S-hooks. The diameter of the sample
buckets are small enough to be submerged in the larger five gallon
buckets. A five gallon bucket can be sued to hold water for submerged weighing. The five gallon bucket is filled with water and the
chain and five-quart sample bucket is completely submerged in the
five gallon bucket. When these adjustments are finished, the sample
bucket is removed and the balance turned on. The balance will automatically zero, ignoring the weight of the chain and hooks. Select the
desired units on the balance and obtain a submerged tare weight for
each sample basket. The kit includes: Model 8100G Electronic
Balance, 5 gallon bucket, brass tare weight, (6) 5 quart sample buckets, S-hooks and chain.
506-356
Metric Gram Masses
6 lbs.
Ohaus® Scout Electronic Balance
This rugged portable balance works well in the lab or in
the field and the easy-grip side
makes it easy to lift and carry. The
Ohaus Balance features span and
linear calibration, parts counting,
below-balance weighing, full-scale
tare, and auto shutoff.
Balances include below-balance weighing hook, calibration
mass, and 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz
adapter with 6-ft cord.
Cat. No.
506-362
506-363
506-364
Capacity
200 g
400 g
600 g
Readability
0.01 g
0.1 g
0.1 g
± 0.01 g
± 0.1 g
± 0.1 g
Repeatability
Pan Size
Power
Housing Size
4" dia
5" W X 5 3/4" L
120 VAC or
120 VAC or
9V battery
9V battery
9V battery
6 3/4" W x 2 3/8" H
6 3/4" W x 2 3/8" H
6 3/4" W x 2 3/8" H
x 8 1/4" D
x 8 1/4" D
x 8 1/4" D
120 VAC or
506-371
506-362
506-363
506-364
506-365
206-022
Scout 200 g
Scout 400 g
Scout 600 g
Adapter; 220 VAC, 50/60 Hz
9V Battery
4 lbs.
4 lbs.
4 lbs.
0.2 lbs.
0.1 lbs.
Wet Weighing Method Kit
25 lbs.
Step-Down Transformers
Step-Down transformers are
for changing 220-230 V, 50/60 Hz
current to 110-115 V to permit use
of standard equipment with foreign
electrical service. Each model is
housed in black metal case and has
3-wire cord and receptacle.
Transformers change voltage only,
and standard 60 Hz motors run slower and hotter on 50 Hz current.
Therefore, use of transformers with motor-operated equipment
should normally be limited to small fractional hp sizes in applications
where speed is not important to performance. The V-A rating should
be at least double the equipment watts rating. When available,
always select an instrument with built-in 230V/50 Hz in preference to
a transformer.
506-377
506-378
506-379
506-380
506-381
506-382
506-383
100 V-A Transformer
200 V-A Transformer
350 V-A Transformer
750 V-A Transformer
1000 V-A Transformer
4.5 lbs.
7.5 lbs.
13 lbs.
24 lbs.
26 lbs.
30 lbs.
35 lbs.
104
Sieve Shakers
Model SS-15 Sieve Shaker
Standard Color-Coded Wash Bottles
The Model SS-15 is an economical,
portable, 8-inch sieve shaker that holds six
full height sieves and a pan. Clamp bar
with attached cover secures sieves in place.
15 minute timer has back and forth lateral
motion that is combined with up and
down and tilting motions to cause sample
material to travel in an orbit on the sieve
surfaces. This forced travel assures full use
of sieve mesh area without precise leveling
of the tester. Unit can be mounted or used
free-standing. Operates on 110 or 220V.
Durable bottles are fitted with
leakproof polypropylene closures.
Choice of four colors lets you colorcode the bottles in your lab for
faster identification of contents.
Angled spout delivers a consistent
downward stream during dispensing. Choose Narrow-or Wide-mouth
bottles.
All bottles are made of lowdensity polyethylene. Please specify
lid color: B (blue), G (green), R
(red), W (white).
507-005
SS-15 Sieve Shaker
48 lbs.
8” Tyler Ro-Tap Sieve Shaker
The Tyler Ro-Tap is the standard
sieve shaker in the industry. It has
278 horizontal revolutions and 150
taps per minute as specified for certain ASTM and 150 worldwide standard sieving applications. Up to 6 full
height sieves and pan can be mounted with the adjustable plate sieve
support. A built in digital timer can
be set up to 99 minutes at 0.1 second intervals. The shaker bolts easily
to any solid table. Operates on 110
or 220V.
507-007
Ro-Tap Sieve Shaker
507-023X
507-024X
507-025X
507-026X
507-027X
Narrow-Mouth, 500mL/16oz.
Narrow-Mouth, 1000mL/32oz.
Wide-Mouth, 250mL/8oz.
Qty./Pkg.
5
5
5
5
5
Brushes
A variety of sieve and tray cleaning brushes are available as well
as brushes for general lab use.
507-033
190 lbs.
Electro Magnetic Sieve Shaker
This heavy duty sieve shaker features trouble
free electromagnetic operation and will accommodate up to eight 8” (200 mm) standard
sieves. In addition to 3000 oscillations per
minute vibratory circular motion, it also has a
vertical pulsing motion with height adjustment
from 0-3 mm. Time controlled operation from
1-99 minutes. Operates on 220V-50 Hz. Includes
clamping cover.
507-008
Sieve Shaker
507-034
507-035
68 lbs.
Wet Sieving Kit
507-036
The Wet Sieving Kit converts your shaker into a complete wet
testing station. It provides uniform dispersion of water over material
and reduces binding of fine to coarse particles. Kit includes flowmeter
stand and assembly, sieve support, cover, 8 diameter bottom pan, 24
feet of amber twin-wall latex tubing plug connector and polyethylene
tee.
507-009
Wet Sieving Kit
19 lbs.
Wash Bottles
105
507-037
507-033
507-034
These are polyethylene squeeze dispensing
bottles. Adjust the flow of the bottle by cutting
the tip.
507-035
507-010
507-011
507-037
250 ml
500 ml
0.2 lb.
0.3 lb.
507-036
Small Fine Sieve Brush, 5/8” dia. x 6” L 0.1
Fine Sieve Brush,
0.2
1 1/4” dia. x 5 3/4” L
Coarse Screen Tray Brush,
0.5
5 1/2” x 3/4” fine (.005) brass wire bristles
Coarse Sieve Brush,
0.2
1 1/2” x 1 3/4” of brass wire bristles
Wire Loop Brush,
0.2
1 1/4” W with 1 5/8” L metal bristles
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Brushes & Pans
Brushes
Stainless Steel Pails
Made of type 304 stainless steel. Onepiece construction provides greater tensile
strength.
507-075
507-076
9 Qt. Pail
16 Qt. Pail
3.3 lbs.
4.5 lbs.
507-038
Stainless Steel Bowls
Ideal for mixing samples. Rolled
down lip bowls have stainless steel lip
bowls have stainless steel sides and bottoms. When not in use, bowls stack neatly
inside each other.
507-039
507-038
507-039
Table Brush, 9” x 3” of pure black
horsehair bristles
Wire Scratch Brush, No. 26 gage,
2” x 1/16” flat wire bristles
0.8 lb.
1 lb.
507-082
507-083
507-084
507-085
Capacity
1 1/2 qt.
4 qt.
8 qt.
13 qt.
Dia.
7 1/4”
10 3/8”
13 1/4”
16”
Depth
3”
4 1/4”
5 3/8”
6”
0.5 lb.
1 lb.
1.5 lbs.
2.5 lbs.
Stainless Steel Measuring Cup
Stainless Steel Sampling Accessories
Recommended by the EPA, these items are ideal for sediment
samples, wet or dry. Stainless steel is non-reactive with most chemicals, organic or inorganic, and can easily be decontaminated.
Stainless Steel Spoon
Heavy gage stainless spoons can be used for your dry or wet sediment sampling needs.
1 quart cup used to measure exact
amount of sample. Graduated in quarts and
cc’s. Standard seamless cup features rolled lip
and welded-on handle. Entire cup is stainless
steel for easy decontamination.
507-097
Measuring Cup
0.5 lb.
Stainless Steel Funnels
Use to pour samples into narrow mouth
bottles. The stainless steel seamless funnel has a
rolled lip and finger ring.
All Stainless Steel Spoons
507-045
15” Solid Spoon
507-046
15” Pierced Spoon
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
Small Sampling Teaspoon
507-059
5 1/4” Handle (pkg. of 12)
507-060
4” Handle (pkg. of 12)
1 lb.
1 lb.
507-103
507-104
507-105
Capacity
2 1/8 oz.
6 3/8 oz.
13 oz.
Top Dia.
3”
4 1/4”
5”
0.3 lb.
0.8 lb.
1 lb.
Stainless Steel Sponge
Stainless Steel Square Pans
Mixing pans are ideal for
storing and weighing samples.
The pans are made from stainless steel for easy decontamination and have rounded corners
to prevent dirt from collecting in
the sides. Pans nest inside each
other without the lids and stack
together when the lids are on.
Stainless steel lids are optional,
order separately.
507-066
507-067
507-068
507-069
4 Qt. Pan, 12 5/8”x 10 3/8 x 4”
Solid Cover
14 Qt. Pan, 20 1/2”x 12 1/4 x 4”
Solid Cover
2.3
1.3
3.8
2.8
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Corrosion resistant sponge is recommended for scouring stainless steel equipment. Sponge has a high chromium-nickel content.
507-111
Stainless Steel Sponge, (pkg of 12)
0.5 lb.
AMS Stainless Steel Scoops
Developed for taking samples of
sediments, these two-piece scoops
are made of welded stainless steel.
507-123
507-124
507-125
507-126
507-127
Capacity Handle WidthScoop Length
2 oz.
2 1/4”
2 1/4”
3 oz.
2 1/4”
4”
6 oz.
3”
5”
8 oz.
3 1/2”
4”
12 oz.
4”
5”
0.8 lb.
0.8 lb.
0.8 lb.
0.8 lb.
1 lb.
106
Tools & Containers
U-Dig-It™ Folding Trowel
Aluminum Moisture Boxes
This versatile stainless steel tool is compact, rustproof, weighs only 6 oz., and opens
to 8 3/4” (4 1/2” closed). Folds up and stores
away neatly into its durable leather belt
sheath.
The Aluminum Moisture Box is
ideally suited for temporarily preserving moisture in samples to be
weighed and dried for moisture
determination. By using the
Moisture Boxes, the user eliminates
changing tare weights caused by
rusting containers.
Features:
• Heavy-gage aluminum
construction
• Lightweight and rust
resistant
• Covers fit top and bottom
of box
• Package of 12
507-117
Folding Trowel
1 lb.
Disposable Aluminum Pans
Ribbed bottom and gathered corners make them unsuitable for
decontamination and reuse. The dimensions are 12 5/8” L x 10 3/8”
W x 2 1/2” deep.
507-091
Aluminum Pans, 100 pack
2 lbs.
Reynolds® Aluminum Foil
0.007 mils thick. Use to cover tools and samples to protect them
from being contaminated. 18” x 500 ft. rolls.
507-133
Aluminum Foil
9 lbs.
507-157
507-158
507-159
507-160
507-161
1 3/4” dia. x 7/16” H (44 x 11 mm)
2” dia. x 7/8” H (51 x 22 mm)
2 1/2” dia. x 1 3/4” H (64 x 44 mm)
3” dia. x 1” H (76 x 25 mm)
3 1/2” dia. x 3” H (90 x 51 mm)
0.3 lb.
0.4 lb.
0.8 lb.
0.8 lb.
1.5 lbs.
Utility Tapes
Duct Tape
Duct Tape works for many sampling applications. 2” x 180 ft. silver cotton polyethylene tape. Non-dielectric.
507-139
Duct Tape
1 lb.
Sample Cans
Features:
• Cylindrical Cans - Tinned metal; lacquered inside; frictionclosing cover
• Rectangular Cans - Tinned steel; 1” (25 mm) dia. screwclosing cap
Strapping Tape
3/4” x 180 feet polyester with glass reinforced tape. 5.2 mils
thick.
Round
507-167
507-145
507-168
Strapping Tape
0.5 lb.
Masking Tape
2” x 1880 ft., 5.3 mils thick.
507-151
Masking Tape
Rectangular
507-169
0.5 lb.
507-170
Scrub Brushes
Use these scrub brushes for all your decon needs. They feature
plastic handles and bristles. The short and long handles brushes have
2” long bristles. The handheld scrub brush has 1” long bristles.
507-140
507-141
507-142
8” Handle Scrub Brush
20” Handle Scrub Brush
6” Hand-Held Scrub Brush
0.5 lb.
1 lb.
0.5 lb.
Alcohol Decon Wipes
Excellent for cleaning and decontaminating a
wide range of products in the field including samplers, sampling bowls, spoons, water level meters
and more. These wipes are saturated with 70% Isopropyl alcohol and 30% DI water. Contained in a
self-dispensing canister, each wipe measures 6” x
9”. The dispenser contains 100 wipes.
507-150
107
Decon Wipes
1.9 lbs.
1 qt. Capacity: 4 1/8” dia. x 4 7/8”
(105 x 124 mm)
4 qt. Capacity: 6 5/8” dia. x 7 1/2”
(168 x 190 mm)
1 qt. Capacity: 2 1/2” x 4 1/4”
x 7 1/2” (64 x 108 x 190 mm)
4 qt. Capacity: 4 1/8” x 6 5/8”
x 10 1/4” (105 x 168 x 260 mm)
0.5 lb.
1.5 lbs.
0.5 lb.
1.5 lbs.
Mortars and Pestles
Constructed of heavy-duty porcelain, you’ll find these perfect for
grinding dry materials into fine powders for sediment analysis.
Mortars have a pouring lip and are glazed on outside only.
Pestles are oversized for comfortable use, and are glazed up to the
grinding surface.
Features:
• Light-duty porcelain for
general lab work and
other
applications
• Available in three different
sizes
507-176
507-177
507-178
Mortar & Pestle, 135ml
1 lb.
2 lbs.
3 lbs.
Containers
Nalgene® Air-Tight Pail
Evaporating Dishes
Porcelain dishes, glazed inside and out.
Non- evaporative, close-fitting, air-tight covers make
these pails ideal for storing samples. Made of low-density
polyethylene, with nylon coated wire bail, they have sturdy
plastic-coated handles. White. 10.4 L/ 11qts.; 12” tall with
cover.
507-211
Air-Tight Pail
1.8 lbs.
Nalgene® Aspirator Carboy with Spigot
507-180
507-181
507-182
507-183
80mm x 34mm, 80 ml
93mm x 40mm, 120 ml
100mm x 46mm, 150 ml
122mm x 51mm, 250 ml
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.7 lb.
1 lb.
Screw-Top Pails
Thread plastic cover for quick opening
and resealing. Screw-Top Pails provide the
rugged security of a tight-head pail with the
access of an open-head pail. These pails are
nestable and recyclable. Choose your size all are ideal for sediment and water samples.
Construction: Made of high-density
polyethylene with ribbed reinforcement for
strength. 1 gallon through 6 gallon sizes
have galvanized metal handles.
507-184
507-185
507-186
507-187
507-188
507-189
507-190
1(gal.) Pail, 7 1/2” dia. x 8” H
2.5 (gal.) Pail, 10” dia. x 9” H
3.5 (gal.) Pail,11” dia. x 10” H
5 (gal.) Pail,11” dia. x 14” H
6 (gal.) Pail,11” dia. x 17” H
10.1 (gal.) Pail, 13 1/3” dia. x 20 1/8”H
12.2 (gal.) Pail,14”dia. x 21 3/8”H
0.2 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.7 lb.
2 lbs.
2.3 lbs.
Wheaton BOD Bottles
Clear Glass BOD
Black Glass BOD
507-217
Aspirator Carboy
5.3 lbs.
Rubbermaid® Utility Pail
Holds 14 quarts. These pails have a thick
rim and convenient metal handle and are made
of polyethylene. Graduated in liters, pints,
quarts, and gallons; they are 12” dia x 11 1/4” H.
507-223
Utility Pail
2 lbs.
Nalgene® Polypaper Labels
These Nalgene® Polypaper labels are coated polyethylene pressure-sensitive adhesive and have an excellent resistance to chemicals,
aging and mildew. They are also waterproof and rip-proof and can be
used with most printing processes and with all writing devices. Labels
sticks well to plastics, glass, and metals and are packed ten sheets of
labels per package. Package of 120, 1 1/2” x 3: labels.
507-229
Standard 300 ml size BOD bottles feature
tapered ground glass stopper to prevent air
entrapment, flared lip for water seal, and
white marking area for identifying sample.
Available in clear Wheaton soda lime glass or
in black glass to prevent entry of light into
bottle. Polyethylene cap and closed-cell foam
insert positively lock stopper in place during
field or lab transport. 3/4” ID mouth opening.
507-196
507-197
Constructed of leakproof, high density polyethylene, Nalgene’s® tough carboy withstands high temperatures encountered when sterilizing with an autoclave.
Molded graduations indicate amount used and are graduated to 1/4 gallon and 1/5 liter. They have a
polypropylene screw closure and spigot and have a fivegallon capacity.
Polypaper Labels
0.4 lb.
Nalgene® Lab Pen
Felt-tip pen has specially formulated, quick-drying black ink to
provide the ultimate chemical and water resistance with Poly-paper.
Ideal for providing permanent work records, it is also an excellent
indelible pen for use on plastic and glass.
0.6 lb.
0.8 lb.
507-235
507-236
507-237
507-238
Lab
Lab
Lab
Lab
Pen,
Pen,
Pen,
Pen,
Black
Blue
Green
Red
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
Nalgene® Jerricans
For dispensing and storage, Nalgene Jerricans
are made of high density polyethylene with
polypropylene closures. Their wide stance and low
center of gravity provide for greater stability and
have molded graduation in liters and gallons.
Nalgene Jerricans have a strap fastened closure that
can’t be lost, a recessed bottom and are leakproof.
507-204
507-205
2 1/2 gallon Jerrican
5 gallon Jerrican
3 lbs.
4.3 lbs.
108
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Containers
HDPE Sample Bottles
Whirl-Pak® Sterilized Sampling Bags
Economical high-density polyethylene
bottles are leak proof and chemical resistant. Choose narrow- or wide-mouth styles
in natural or amber color. HDPE bottles feature heavy duty walls that resist splitting
and puncturing. Use amber bottles for storing light-sensitive aquatic samples. Meets
UN/DOT shipping (A) Amber requirements.
Sterilized, transparent polyethylene bags
are ideal for sampling water or for sampling
solid materials. Pull tabs make opening the bags
easy, while tape and wire framing at the top
help to keep the bag open for easy filling.
Simply whirl the bag and bend over the tab
ends for an air and moisture tight seal.
507-245X
507-246X
507-247X
507-248X
507-249X
507-250X
507-267X
507-268X
507-269X
507-270X
507-271X
507-272X
30 ml Narrow Mouth, 72/box
30 ml Wide Mouth, 72/box
5 lbs.
5 lbs.
6 lbs.
8 lbs.
8 lbs.
10 lbs.
5 lbs.
5 lbs.
6 lbs.
8 lbs.
8 lbs.
10 lbs.
Plain Sample Bags - Carton of 500
507-318
3” x 5” Plain Sampling Bags, 2 oz.
507-319
3” x 7 1/4” Plain Sampling Bags, 4 oz.
507-320
4 1/2” x 9” Plain Sampling Bags, 18 oz.
507-321
507-322
Sample Bags
507-328
507-329
507-330
507-331
507-332
2.5 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
5.8 lbs.
7.5 lbs.
11.0 lbs.
w/ Write-On strip - Carton of 500
2 1/2” x 5” Write-On Sampling Bags, 1 oz.
3” x 5” Write-On Sampling Bags, 2 oz.
3” x 7 1/4” Write-On Sampling Bags, 4 oz.
4 1/2” x 9” Write-On Sampling Bags, 18 oz.
6” x 9” Write-On Sampling Bags, 24 oz.
2.3
2.5
3.5
5.8
6.2
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Waterproof Labels
EPA Precleaned Containers
Use these labels to organize your samples. Fill out the label using
a pen, pencil or marker; the plastic overlay permanently protects the
label. Label comes off easily after you’re done using it and doesn’t
leave sticky residue. These labels are pressure-sensitive and come in a
roll of 1000.
Certified Level 1 and Level 2 containers, precleaned and assembled to EPA protocols. Level 2 containers are quality-assurance analyzed by an independent lab.
Cases are marked with lot numbers for
traceability.
Specifications: Borosilicate Glass Vials
are precleaned to EPA protocol B. Highquality borosilicate glass for use in volatile
organic analysis. Available with polypropylene open-top caps with Teflon® septa or
with Teflon®-lined, closed-top caps. Short
and Tall Wide-Mouth Jars have straight
sides for easier collection and access to
samples. Amber Wide-Mouth Packers are
available in four sizes. Boston Round
Bottles have a useful shape for storage and
samples. Choose from Clear or Amber.
Straight Side Jars have the convenience of a clear short wide-mouth
jar with the advantages of amber glass. All come standard with virgin
Teflon-lined, closed-top caps and are precleaned to EPA protocol A.
Please add suffix: 1 (Level 1), 2 (Level 2), -A (Amber).
507-290
507-291
507-292
507-293
2”L
3”L
4”L
5”L
x
x
x
x
1” H
1 1/2” H
2” H
3” H
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Bottle Carrying Racks
Polyvinyl-coated steel
carrying racks have
extendible handles for
easy carrying.
507-310
507-311
507-312
Carrying Rack: 28”W x 4” H x 10” D.
Holds 48, 125-ml bottles or
maximum OD of 2”
Carrying Rack: 18” W x 6” H x 12” D.
Holds 24, 250-ml bottles or a maximum
OD of 2 1/2”
Carrying Rack: 13”W x 6”H x 10”D.
Holds 12, 500 ml bottles or maximum
OD of 2 7/8”
3 lbs.
3 lbs.
3 lbs.
Vermiculite Absorbent
Vermiculite is a lightweight, clean absorbent that is used as packaging material for shipping sample bottles. It is excellent for protection of sample bottles in case of a spill or breakage. Comes in 4 cubic
foot bag; 17”W x 36”L x 11”D.
507-315
Vermiculite
109
22 lbs.
507-339X
507-346X
507-347X
507-348X
507-349X
507-350X
507-351X
507-352X
507-365X
507-366X
507-367X
507-368X
Vial w/ Closed Cap, 40 ml/ 1.28 oz.
Short Wide Mouth, 125 ml/ 4 oz.
Tall Wide Mouth, 125 ml/ 4 oz.
Boston Round, 125 ml/ 4 oz.
72/case
24/case
12/case
12/case
12/case
24/case
12/case
12/case
24/case
12/case
12/case
12/case
Bottles
Foam Shipping Sleeves
Nalgene® Wide-Mouth Bottles
These foam sleeves slip on glass sample containers to protect
them when packed in ice chest coolers for shipping. They can also
can be used to protect glass bottles when in transit or packed in cartons for shipping.
For chemicals, specimens, and general use where
autoclaving is required. Made of polypropylene with
polypropylene screw closure, they are also leak proof.
507-414
507-415
507-416
507-417
507-418
507-419
507-420
507-421
507-422
Foam
Foam
Foam
Foam
Foam
Foam
Foam
Foam
Foam
Sleeve - 40 ml vial
Sleeve - 125 ml wide mouth
Sleeve- 125 ml Boston round
Sleeve - 250 ml Boston round
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Alconox® Powdered Detergent
Cleans in all types of water. Removes contaminants, chemicals, oils, soils and grime from glass,
porcelain, metal, rubber, fiberglass, and plastic. Can
be used on soft metals such as copper, aluminum,
zinc, and magnesium, if rinsed promptly and it
leaves no residue. Biodegradable and readily disposable, its pH range is 9.0 to 9.5. High foaming - not
for machine or spray use.
507-378
507-379
4 lb. Box
Box of 50 1/2 oz. packets
5 lbs.
2.3 lbs.
507-405
507-406
507-407
507-408
4 oz./125 ml
8 oz./250 ml
16 oz./500 ml
32 oz./1,000 ml
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.4
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Nalgene® LDPE Sample Bottles
Economical low-density polyethylene bottles have a polypropylene-threaded closure with valve seal and are translucent with excellent impact resistance. These LDPE bottles offer better visibility of
contents than HDPE. Leakproof and meets UN/DOT shipping requirements.
507-428
507-429
507-430
507-431
507-432
507-433
507-434
507-435
507-436
507-437
507-438
Narrow-Mouth, 30 ml/ 1 oz., 72/ case
Narrow-Mouth, 4 L., 6/ case
Wide-Mouth, 125 ml/ 4 oz., 72/ case
3 lbs.
3.8 lbs.
5.2 lbs.
8.8 lbs.
10.2 lbs.
12.3 lbs.
17.1 lbs.
5.2 lbs.
8.8 lbs.
10.2 lbs.
12.3 lbs.
Liqui-Nox Liquid Detergent
Used for critical cleaning of analytical equipment, it removes oil, grit, grime, chemicals, and
solvents that may affect results. For use with glass,
metal, stainless steel, porcelain, plastic, and fiberglass. Can be used on soft metals if rinsed promptly. Phosphate free, biodegradable, and readily disposable and is highly effective in hard water. It is
an EPA standard detergent for sampling apparatus.
PH range 8.2 to 9.2. High-foaming - not for
machine or spray use.
507-385
One Gallon Jug
9.5 lbs.
Nalgene® Large Wide-Mouth Bottles
1/2 gallon/2,000 ml
1 gallon/4,000 ml
0.5 lbs.
0.8 lbs.
These white polypropylene jars with white polypropylene closures are leakproof and have excellent chemical
resistance. Autoclavable.
4 oz./125 ml
8 oz./250 ml
16 oz./500 ml
508-444
508-445
508-446
508-447
125 mL
250 mL
500 mL
1000 mL
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.4
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Teflon Sample Bottles with Tefzel ETFE screw closure is chemicalresistant and designed for trace metal, pesticides and organics sampling. Temperature range is from -105ºC to +150ºC. Features light
weight, translucent and leak proof design.
Nalgene® Straight Wide-Mouth Jars
507-397
507-398
507-399
Teflon® Wash Bottles, with Tefzel ETFE
closure/stem and draw tube. The most chemical-resistant wash bottle, these wash bottles have a one-piece
stem and closure for leakproof service and provide
contamination-free dispensing, useful for trace element work. Packaged individually.
Teflon® FEP Bottles
These bottles feature high-density polyethylene, polypropylene screw closures and are
leakproof.
507-390
507-391
Teflon® FEP Wash Bottles
0.1 lb.
0.2 lb.
0.4 lb.
508-539
508-540
508-541
508-542
508-543
508-544
508-545
508-546
508-547
508-548
508-549
30 ml Narrow Mouth
60 ml Narrow Mouth
125 ml Narrow Mouth
125 ml Wide Mouth
250 ml Narrow Mouth
250 ml Wide Mouth
500 ml Narrow Mouth
500 ml Wide Mouth
1000 ml Narrow Mouth
1000 ml Wide Mouth
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
0.2 lb.
0.2 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
1.2 lbs.
110
Teflon Bottles
Teflon® FEP Funnels
Teflon® PFA Bottles, Wash Bottles and Carboys
The funnels have been designed in two
different types, each with three sizes, as well
as a small miniature funnel with a thin stem
for doing intricate work. The “Standard
Funnel” has a 5 degree taper in the stem,
while the “Powder Funnel” and the “Mini
Funnel” have a straight stem.
• Ideal for high purity applications
• Non-stick, easy cleaning
• Chemically inert/non-contaminating
• For use in trace metal analysis
PFA Graduated Bottles
508-490
20 mL Wide Mouth
508-491
100 mL Narrow Mouth
508-492
100 mL Wide Mouth
508-493
250 mL Narrow Mouth
508-494
250 mL Wide Mouth
508-495
500 mL Narrow Mouth
508-496
500 mL Wide Mouth
508-497
1000 mL Narrow Mouth
508-498
1000 mL Wide Mouth
508-499
2 Liter
508-500
3000 mL
508-501
5000 mL
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
0.2 lb.
0.2 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
1.2 lbs.
2.5 lbs.
4 lbs.
PFA Wash Bottles
508-507
100 mL Narrow Mouth
508-508
100 mL Wide Mouth
508-509
250 mL Narrow Mouth
508-510
250 mL Wide Mouth
508-511
500 mL Narrow Mouth
508-512
500 mL Wide Mouth
508-513
1000 mL Narrow Mouth
508-514
1000 mL Wide Mouth
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.5
PFA Carboys
508-520
508-521
508-522
6 lbs.
11 lbs.
14 lbs.
508-453
508-454
508-455
508-456
508-457
508-458
508-459
450 ml Standard, 124 mm, 13 mm
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Teflon® TFE Beakers
Teflon® Beakers formulated from TFE are the
most chemical resistant beakers available and are useful for trace element work. Packaged individually.
508-475
508-476
508-477
508-478
508-479
508-480
50mL
100mL
250mL
400mL
600mL
1000mL
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.5
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Teflon® PFA Bottles, Wash Bottles and Carboys
The Ultimate in ultra purity. Non-contaminating - made from 100% pure PFA. Proven to
have the lowest levels of leachable metal ions of
all fluoropolymers. No added chemicals, oils, or
plasticizers. Imparts no odors and does not support growth of bacteria or fungi. Can be sterilized.
Chemically Inert - Completely inert to all
concentrations of corrosive reagents and ideal for
long term storage.
Superior Heat and Cold Resistance Outstanding low temperature toughness and
flexibility (-270ºC). Can withstand intermittent
heat up to 600º F (315º C).
Easy to Clean - Resists adhesion of practically all materials. Even the stickiest substances are easily removed.
Translucent - For easy viewing.
Light Weight - For easy handling.
Leakproof - Double seal includes cap and separate Teflon® neck
insert.
Unbreakable - Physically tough and resilient - especially at cryogenic temperatures. Resist cracking and chipping by thermal or
mechanical shock.
Non-Wettable - Hydrophobic. Contents can be emptied without
leaving residue. No dribbling of dangerous corrosives or wasting of
expensive solutions.
Graduated - For reference levels.
111
10 Liter Narrow Mouth
PFA Sample Bottles
508-528
30 ml Narrow Mouth
508-529
60 ml Narrow Mouth
508-530
125 ml Narrow Mouth
508-531
250 ml Narrow Mouth
508-532
500 ml Narrow Mouth
508-533
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.5
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Teflon® Field Bench Cover
This Teflon surface protector is a chemically inert, easy to apply self-adhesive that
works like contact paper. This makes it easy
and economical to make a Teflon® protected
work space in the field for handling and analyzing sediment or aquatic samples. Simply
cut with scissors or knife to fit, peel off backing material and press into place. It can be
pulled up and repositioned if necessary and provides an easy to clean,
smooth, wipeable surface. Virtually nothing sticks to Teflon® and it
can be easily pulled up even after a year or more of use. Smooth vinyl
support backing provides a cushion which reduces glass breakage.
Type PRO T18 is a .001” thick FEP fluoropolymer film of Teflon®
bonded to .008” self-adhesive vinyl. A general purpose surface protector with a working temperature up to 200º F (93º C). Standard roll
size is: 25 inches x 15 feet long.
Type PRO T12 is a .001” thick FEP fluoropolymer film of Teflon®
bonded to .002” self adhesive aluminum foil. This high temperature
version is recommended for applications over 200º F (93º C) but less
than 400º F (204º C). Standard roll size is: 25 inches x 15 feet long.
508-555
508-556
All Purpose Type PRO T18
High Temp Type PRO T12
8 lbs.
8 lbs.
Glassware
Plastic Carboy with Spigot
Plastic Graduated Cylinders
This is a 20L (5.5 gallon) LDPE Carboy that is ideally
suited for collecting and dispensing distilled water. The
low-density polyethylene construction includes leak proof
design and convenient wide shoulder handles.
These plastic graduated cylinders have a large, black base to
resist tipping. They are non-wetting and deliver all they contain with
a generous pour spout. They are compatible with virtually any chemical for typical brief use and are shatterproof.
508-562
508-717
508-718
508-719
508-720
508-721
508-722
20L Carboy with Spigot
7 lbs.
Plastic Filtering Flask
This is a 500ml polypropylene flask designed with
heavy wall to withstand vacuum. Uses #7 stopper.
508-568
Plastic Filtering Flask
25 ml capacity x 0.5 ml divisions
1 liter capacity x 10.0 ml divisions
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.3
0.5
0.8
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
0.5 lb.
Bellwether Funnels
With glass stopper and PTFE stopcock. Bellwether
Funnels meet ASTM specifications and feature smooth
tooled tips. The stopcock bores, body openings and
stems are carefully aligned for even liquid flow with fast
shut-off and they are supplied with ground glass stopper.
Rubbermaid® Measuring Cups
These Measuring Cups are made of lightweight
carb-x material, are dishwasher safe to 212º F and
are graduated in oz. and ml.
508-758
508-759
2 quart/1.9 liters
4 quart/3.8 liters
1.2 lbs.
2.7 lbs.
508-596
508-597
508-598
508-599
100 ml
250 ml
500 ml
1000 ml
0.8 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
2 lbs.
Plastic Dispensing Bottles
These wide-mouth polyethylene bottles
allow for faster, easier filling. The bottle and
tubulation are molded in one piece and have
leak proof closures. The dispensing tip can be
cut to increase flow.
508-574 8 oz. (250 ml) capacity
508-575 16 oz. (500 ml) capacity
0.3 lb.
0.5 lb.
Plastic Funnels
Theses funnels are constructed of heavyduty polyethylene and will operate with temperatures up to 176º F (80º C). They are noncontaminating and withstand nearly all chemicals at room temperature.
508-581
508-582
508-583
2” Top Dia. 1 1/2 stem
4” Top Dia. 3 stem
6” Top Dia. 3 1/2 stem
5” top diameter
8” top diameter
Ground and finished stopcocks
for leak-free
operation.
Burets meet
ASTM specifications and are made with uniform wall
tubing to insure capacity tolerances.
They feature durable, permanent markings;
fine, sharp lines and large, easy-to-read numbers.
508-605
508-606
508-607
25 ml capacity, 0.10 ml grad. interval
0.5 lb.
0.8 lb.
1 lb.
Volumetric Pipets
0.1 lb.
0.2 lb.
0.5 lb.
Nalgene® Polypropylene Utility Funnels
508-589
508-590
Bellwether Burets
0.2 lb.
0.4 lb.
Reusable with enameled markings and color-codings. Pipets
meet ASTM specifications with sharp and permanent calibrated graduation line. Pipets 0.5ml to 10.0ml come in package of 12. Pipets in
15ml to 100ml come in package of 6.
508-613
508-614
508-615
508-616
508-617
508-618
508-619
0.5 ml capacity, 0.005 ml graduations
0.5 lb.
0.8 lb.
0.8 lb.
0.8 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
508-625
508-626
508-627
508-628
508-629
15 ml capacity, 0.03 ml graduations
0.8 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1.8 lbs.
112
Glassware
Pipette Rack
508-698
Pipette rack holds
up to 50 pipettes.
Graduated Beakers
General purpose Griffin beakers feature
spouts for easy pouring. The 250 to 1000 ml
beakers have a double graduated metric. Made
from sturdy borosilicate glass with optimum balance between thermal shock resistance and
mechanical strength, beakers have permanent
graduations with a large marking square. They
have easy-to read white graduated scale and are
low form style.
1.5 lbs.
Glass Graduated Cylinders
Cylinders are calibrated to deliver and feature white
enamel graduations. Bumper guards are included on the
25 to 2000 mL sizes. They include two sets of numerals,
one reading from bottom to top, the other top to bottom and are double numbered with zero at top and bottom. Individually packed one per carton.
508-746
508-747
508-748
508-749
508-750
508-751
508-752
50 ml capacity, 10 ml graduation
1.0 lb.
2.0 lbs.
2.0 lbs.
4.0 lbs.
5.5 lbs.
4.0 lbs.
5.0 lbs.
Erlenmeyer Flask
508-704
508-705
508-706
508-707
508-708
508-709
508-710
508-711
50 ml capacity x 1 ml divisions
1 liter capacity x 10 ml divisions
2 liter capacity x 20 ml divisions
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
0.2 lb.
0.4 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.8 lb.
1.5 lbs.
2.5 lbs.
Glass Specific Gravity Bottles
These are Lussac type 5G bottles with ground-in
perforated stoppers. They feature matching serial
numbers on bottle and stopper and meet ASTM
specifications.
508-728
508-729
508-730
25 ml
50 ml
100 ml
113
125 ml capacity, #5 stopper
2.5
3.5
3.0
5.0
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Glass Volumetric Flasks
These flasks are graduated to contain rated
capacity at 68º F (20 º C) within allowable ASTM
tolerances. Glass Volumetric Flasks are for use in
specific gravity determinations and other laboratory operations.
508-774
508-775
508-776
508-777
These Filtering Flasks are designed for sediment
lab filtration with side tubulation for 3/8” ID tubing.
Heavy duty 200/400 ml sizes have thick wall for
max. strength. They feature durable, permanent
graduations and a large marking square.
508-765
508-766
508-767
508-768
0.5 lb.
0.7 lb.
0.8 lb.
Filtering Flasks
508-736
508-737
508-738
508-739
508-740
These Erlenmeyer Flasks feature a narrow
mouth with a heavy-duty rim. Graduations are
white enamel and a large marking area is provided.
100 ml capacity; stopper, 0.08 ml tolerance
0.8 lb.
1.5 lbs.
1.0 lb.
2.0 lbs.
Rubber Stoppers
Black neoprene stoppers are sulfur-free and resistant to heat,
hydrocarbons and sunlight. All come in 1lb. package.
2.0 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
4 lbs.
5 lbs.
7 lbs.
508-778
508-779
508-780
508-781
508-782
508-783
508-784
508-785
#3 Stopper (39
#4 Stopper (33
#5 Stopper (28
#6 Stopper (20
#7 Stopper (15
#8 Stopper (12
#9 Stopper (10
#12 Stopper (2
PCS)
PCS)
PCS)
PCS)
PCS)
PCS)
PCS)
PCS)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Lab Ovens
Laboratory Ovens
Oven Accessories
These laboratory ovens afford quality standard features and a wide range
of options at an economical price.
Well-crafted and versatile, gravity
and forced convection ovens offer cabinets that have painted exteriors, a
scratch resistant hammer finish, heavy
steel double-wall construction, high
density mineral wool insulation and corrosive-resistant aluminized steel interiors.
The laboratory ovens are offered in
gravity and forced convection models.
Gravity Convection Oven
The smaller ovens have 1 in. (25.4mm)
wall insulation. Gravity models employ a
special perforated heat shield to distribute radiant heat evenly. Forced
air models are designed to maintain a uniform temperature accurate
to ± 1% of full-range via a special-design fan blade and air transfer
plenum. A dual-range º F/º C dial thermometer is mounted in doors.
All electrical components are UL and CSA recognized. The control panel is equipped with an illuminated ON-OFF switch and
heat/cycle pilot light. Temperature is controlled by a bimetal thermostat with a perforate heat shield which absorbs radiant heat for even
distribution. Also, the energy-efficient, incolloy sheathed elements
offer quick run-up and recovery times. Two adjustable-position
chrome plated shelves and a grounded 6 ft (1.8 m) cord with plug
are provided. All models have optional stainless steel interiors.
Electricals are 50/60 Hz., single phase; most are 115V, but 230V is
optional.
509-798
509-799
509-800
509-801
509-802
509-803
Floor Cabinet w/ 2 slide-out shelves
30-in (652mm) Floor Stand w/
1 fixed shelf.
Exhaust Adapter for 3” exhaust pipe
Timer, 12 hr range,
auto shut off and continuous hold
230/208V Option
Thermometer with rubber grommet
140 lbs.
80 lbs.
10 lbs.
3 lbs.
10 lbs.
Hot Plate
Ideal for general laboratory heating and sample drying, this hot plate
has a pure ceramic material top which
provides both impact strength and
chemical resistance. Reflective white
color enhances visibility and the body
is constructed of rugged aluminum for
stability and durability. Variable heat control provides up to 375 W of
even heat and is CSA approved. 115 V, 50/60 Hz.
509-810
509-811
Hot Plate, Small (5 1/4” x 4 3/4” x
4 1/4” H) Heat Surface- 16 in.2
Hot Plate, Large (8 1/2” x 7 3/4” x
4 1/2” H) Heat Surface- 49 in.2
7 lbs.
12 lbs.
Droppers
Good for all applications. Made of polyethylene, these one-piece
droppers are low priced for disposal or easily-cleaned for reuse. The
bellows-shaped bulb is leakproof and easy to use. Graduations show
the leading amount of liquid drawn and quantity pricing is available.
Sold in packs of 100.
509-812
509-813
1.5 mL
4.0 mL
3 lbs.
3 lbs.
Digital Timer
Forced Convection Oven with
Floor Stand
Chamber Size in. (cm)
Order #
W
D
H
Laboratory Oven with Floor Cabinet
Overall Size
Max. Operating
Capacity
Temperature
Electrical 50/60 Hz
Feet3 (liters)
ºC
ºF
KW
Weight
Total Amp
lbs.
170
Large Forced Convection Oven
509-783
26 (66) 26 (66) 20 (51)
7.8 (221)
140
300
1.1
9.7
509-784
26 (66) 26 (66) 20 (51)
7.8 (221
225
437
2.1
18.3
170
509-785
26 (66) 24 (61) 20 (51)
7.2 (204)
288
550
3.1
13.5
175
40
This countdown timer is great for both
the field and the lab. Super large LCD makes
it easy to read from a distance and features an
audible alarm. Minutes are displayed by two
3/4” digits and seconds by two 1/2” digits.
Timing capacity is 99 minutes and 59 seconds
and the set-point is automatically stored in
memory for quick reset. One “AAA” battery is
included and the dimensions are 2 1/2” x 2
1/2” x 1/2”.
509-819
206-015
Digital Timer
(2) “AAA” Batteries
0.2 lb.
0.1 lb.
Gravity Convection Oven
509-786
12 (30) 10 (25) 10 (25)
0.7 (20)
225
437
0.8
5.2
509-787
13 (33) 13 (33) 13 (33)
1.3 (37)
225
437
1
8.7
50
509-788
18 (46) 12 (30) 16 (41)
2.0 (57)
225
437
1.2
10.4
70
509-789
18 (46) 14 (36) 21 (53)
3.1 (87)
225
437
1.6
13.9
100
Small Forced Convection Oven
509-790
12 (30) 10 (25)
9 (22)
0.6 (17)
225
437
0.8
7
50
509-791
13 (33) 13 (33) 12 (30)
1.1 (32)
225
437
1
8.7
60
509-792
18 (46) 12 (30) 15 (38)
1.8 (52)
225
437
1.2
10.4
80
509-793
18 (46) 14 (36) 20 (51)
2.9 (81)
225
437
1.6
13.9
115
114
Desiccators
Curved Fine Point Forceps
Desiccator Cabinets
These forceps can be used for picking up samples or are needed to remove
filter paper from filtration holders. They are made of stainless steel
with a curved point for smaller hard-to-reach surfaces and are 4 1/2”
long.
The Dry-Keeper Plus™ desiccator cabinet
has an electronic control that lowers relative
humidity inside the cabinet to between 20% to
30% in 6 hours to periodically regenerate desiccant after absorption of water from recirculating air. No user handling of desiccant is needed. The efficient dehumidification is monitored
by a hygrometer dial. The hinged door has a
one-touch latch and silicone rubber gasket. The
molded ABS plastic insulated cabinet measuring 12.2 x 13.9 x 16.9” (310 x 353 x 430 mm) W x D x H comes
with three clear removable perforated shelves and a 6 ft. (2-m)
115V/60 Hz cord and plug.
509-825
Curved Fine Point Forceps
0.1 lb.
Straight Fine Point Forceps
These forceps are stainless steel with
serrated jaws and measure 4 1/2” long.
509-831
Straight Fine Point Forceps
0.1 lb.
Straight Tweezers
These Straight Tweezers are made
of nickel-plated steel. They are 4 1/2”
long with sharp points for smaller surfaces and niches.
509-837
Straight Tweezers
0.1 lb.
Watchmaker Forceps
4” long stainless steel forceps have
finely ground sharp points for manipulating
smaller objects.
509-843
Watchmaker Forceps
0.1 lb.
Desiccator System
Desiccators are used to keep a sample moisture-free as it is cooling from being heated in the oven to evaporate water from the sample before weighing. Four different desiccators are offered, three
using desiccant cartridges that can be regenerated and one using a
nitrogen purge from a nitrogen tank and regulator.
Desiccators, space saver
Desiccators, space saver,
complete with cover and plate.
Clear heavy, polycarbonate
with cover with knobs. Comes
with a desiccator plates, stable
and chemical resistant.
510-849
510-850
510-851
6” (152 mm) ID with No. 3 Plate
3 lbs.
5 lbs.
6 lbs.
Desiccant Cartridges
Desiccant Cartridges are in
durable bags to fit desiccators.
Indicating silica gel beads are blue
when dry, pink when moist, and cartridges regenerate repeatedly in a 300º F (150º C) oven.
510-852
510-853
510-854
114 mm (for 6” and 8”)
197 mm (for 10”)
Desiccant, Twelve 1 lb. Packs
115
0.2 lb.
0.3 lb.
13 lbs.
510-860
510-854
Dry-Keeper Plus™
15 lbs.
13 lbs.
Economy Dry-Keeper
Smaller Economy Dry-Keeper
comes with clear acrylic sides and
comes in two sizes and units may be
stacked for added convenience at reasonable overall cost. A roll-latch releases the gasketed door to slide into a
bottom compartment when opened.
Design includes a tray for silica gel
desiccant and two shelves with vent
holes. Four shelf positions allow for
variations in height of work materials.
510-866
510-868
510-854
Dry-Keeper (9” x 9” x 16” D)
Dry-Keeper (12” x 12” x 12” D)
7 lbs.
9 lbs.
13 lbs.
Acrylic Nitrogen Blanket Desiccator Cabinet
These desiccators have gas
ports for flushing unit and maintaining stable internal conditions.
Units are made of 1/4” thick acrylic.
Clear units are ideal for easy viewing; amber units protect light-sensitive samples from UV light and PVC
gaskets prevent system leaks. Inlet
gas port is 1/8” NPT(M) and outlet
gas port is 1/4” NPT(M).
Slip-away hinges allow complete removal of door. Cat. #510-875
and 510-876 include two shelves but will hold five shelves. Cat.
#510-877 and 510-878 include four shelves but will hold ten shelves.
510-875
510-876
510-877
510-878
Clear, 12”W x 12”H x 12”D
Amber, 12”W x 12”H x 12”D
Clear, 18”W x 18”H x 18”D
Amber, 18”W x 18”H x 18”D
Accessories
510-884
510-886
510-887
Gas Regulator
Outlet Tubing (50’) and Fitting
Inlet Tubing (50’) and Fitting
17
17
80
80
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Lab Equipment
Stirrer
Filtration Equipment
These are great magnetic stirrers,
ideal for labs or field work. They feature
speed controls, ABS and stainless steel
housing to resist most harmful chemicals, and an internal VCO device which
stops motor from accelerating as soon
as load is removed. One 25 mm (1
1/4”) long magnetic stir bar is included.
115VAC.
510-900
510-901
510-902
4.8” x 4.8” x 1.8”, ABS cover, 1L capacity
4.8” x 4.8” x 1.8”, Stainless Steel cover,
1L capacity
7.1” x 7.1” x 2.8”, Stainless Steel cover,
2.5L capacity
This handheld field filtration
apparatus is designed for quick,
reliable operation in the field.
Samples can then be easily stored
to be taken to the lab. The EPA
recommends this filtration apparatus for preparing chlorophyll and
biomass subsamples for periphyton
analysis.
1.4 lbs.
1.4 lbs.
3.6 lbs.
Teflon® Stirrer Bars
Extra strength Teflon stirrer
bars are octagonal in shape. Sizes
are diameter by length. Prices listed are for package of 12.
510-908
510-909
510-910
5/16” (0.8 cm) x 1/2” (1.3 cm)
5/16” (0.8 cm) x 1” (2.5 cm)
5/16” (0.8 cm) x 2” (5 cm)
0.4 lb.
0.6 lb.
1 lb.
Merit Water Still
Compact, efficient distiller for
general laboratory use. Comes with
a strong metal stand for bench or
mounting. Provides 4 liters/hour of
pyrogen free distilled water. With a
distillate conductivity of 1-2
micromho, this compact Still provides high quality distilled water at
low cost. It has a built-in thermal
shut-off and automatic distillate
receiver shut-off and the Still comes
with borosilicate. The Still is cleaned easily without dismantling the
unit.
Borosilicate glass boiler with 3kW chromium-plated heater allows
unit to use 60 liters per hour. Hose can be fitted or removed easily
and safely. Power 15 110 VAC or 220 VAC as specified.
510-893
4L water still
13 lbs.
Primus® Portable Lab Burner
The Primus Portable Burner allows lab tests in
the field just like in the lab. It features a gas inlet
valve to control the flame and an air intake valve to
adjust the flame’s temperature. Portable fuel cartridges allow you to carry the burner outdoors and
contain a special propane/butane mixture which
burns exceptionally hot and performs well in colder
temperatures. Fuel cartridges are sold separately. Burn
time per cartridge is (approx.) 2 hours.
510-922
510-923
Portable Burner
Fuel Cartridge
Reusable Filter Holders
These reusable filter
holders, receivers and
funnels are available in
three useful volumes
and various configurations. They are made of
durable, transparent
polysulfone and are fully
autoclavable with or
without membranes in
place.
Holders feature an upper chamber designed for pressure or vacuum filtration. Independent locking rings seal upper chamber to
receiver or funnel without damaging membrane. Chamber accommodates 47 mm membrane and has three ports for venting and aseptic
addition of samples. Ports also can be attached to a pressure source.
Filter holder with Graduated Receiver is particularly useful for
field work. Also accepts syringe filters and can be connected to 1/4”
to 5/16” (6.4 to 8 mm) vacuum tubing. With polypropylene cover
and TPE port caps.
Use Filter Holder and Funnel with any filtering flask or manifold
that accepts a No. 7 or No. 8 rubber stopper with hole. With no-twist
vacuum gasket for use in place of stopper.
511-001
511-002
511-003
250 ml Chamber x 250 ml Receiver
0.4 lb.
0.6 lb.
1 lb.
Hand-Held Vacuum/Pressure Pumps
Durable hand-operated vacuum pumps
are ideal for siphoning, filtration, liquid transfer, bleeding fluid lines, and checking for
leaks. Gage monitors vacuum in centimeters
and inches of mercury. Trigger release disassembles for repair or replacement of internal
parts. Lightweight units are sealed and selflubricating with removable covers on exhaust
port and trigger to release vacuum without
disconnecting pumps from the line. Pumps
include 2 of both 1/4” and 3/8” ID PVC tubing, a vacuum/pressure gage. Holds vacuum of 25 in. (635 mm) Hg. or
15 PSIG pressure.
511-010
511-011
PVC Hand-Held Pump
Aluminum Hand-Held Pump
1 lb.
1 lb.
1.5 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
116
Filter Papers
Whatman® Filter Papers
Vacuum Filtration Assemblies
• The industry standard for highpurity filtration
• Available in a variety of grades
and sizes
• Packaged 100 to a box
High-purity quantitative papers are the choice for gravimetric
analysis. Hardened filters have a high wet-strength and are chemical
resistant to handle filtration or acid/alkali solutions.
Water pollution glass microfiber filters are made entirely of
borosilicate glass and contain no binders. The maximum temperature
1022º F (550º C).
Quantitative Filter Papers
Pore Size
Diameter
47 mm
90 mm
Type
(µm)
511-017
511-025
Whatman 541
20-25
Applications
511-018
511-026
Whatman 540
8
Gravimetric analysis of trace metals
511-019
511-027
Whatman 542
2.7
High retention of finest particulates
Coarse filtration for gravimetric analysis
Hardened Ashless – less than 0.008% ash
These vacuum filtration assemblies for 47 and 90 mm diameter
membranes all include a graduated glass funnel, anodized aluminum
clamp and a filter support base. Models are available with a variety of
support bases. Glass Support types have coarse fitted glass support
useful for analysis of particulate or microbiological contamination.
Models with Flasks have integral No. 2 vacuum connection in filter support base (positioned above filtrate drip tip to prevent contamination of vacuum line by filtrate droplets). 40/35 joint connection to
flasks . Models with all-glass construction eliminate phthalate contamination from silicone and neoprene stoppers as well as metal contaminate extraction by acid-preserved samples.
Support
Glass Microfiber Filter Papers
90 mm
Type
511-033 511-040 Whatman GF/C
(µm)
1.2
Capacity
Approximate H & W
Funnel
Flask
47 mm Filter Holders with Flasks
Pore Size
Diameter
47 mm
Material
511-065
Glass
17" x 5 3/8" (430 x 117 mm)
300 ml
1000 ml
Standard in filtering waste waters
511-066
Glass
20 1/4" x 6 1/2" (515 x 165 mm)
500 ml
2000 ml
Applications
1.5
For water pollution official test methods
511-067
Glass
23 2/3" x 8 1/16" (600 x 205 mm)
1000 ml
4000 ml
511-035 511-042 Whatman GF/D
2.7
Good membrane prefilter
511-068
316 SS
17" x 5 3/8" (430 x 117 mm)
300 ml
1000 ml
511-036 511-043 Whatman GF/B
1
511-037 511-044 Whatman GF/F
0.7
1000 ml
511-034 511-041 Whatman 934-AH
Extra thick membrane prefilter
EPA toxicity (TCLP)
90 mm Filter Holders with Flasks
511-074
Glass
20 1/4" x 6 1/2" (515 x 165 mm)
1000 ml
511-075
Glass
20 1/4" x 6 1/2" (515 x 165 mm)
1000 ml
2000 ml
Buchner Funnels
511-076
Rep. Glass
23 2/3" x 8 1/16" (600 x 205 mm)
1000 ml
2000 ml
For vacuum filtration, two piece, polypropylene
Buchner funnels with perforated filter plate. Funnels are
lightweight, but not top-heavy and easy to clean.
Polypropylene, suction nozzle fits 1/4” ID tubing and rubber gasket and comes 4 to a case.
511-077
Rep. Glass
23 2/3" x 8 1/16" (600 x 205 mm)
1000 ml
4000 ml
511-078
316 SS
20 1/4" x 6 1/2" (515 x 165 mm)
1000 ml
1000 ml
511-047
511-053
90 mm filter size, for vacuum filtration
90 mm filter size, for gravity filtration
2 lbs.
2 lbs.
Filter Forceps
Solid 304 stainless steel forceps
are 4.5” (11.4 cm) long and have flat
tips to handle filter membranes without damaging them.
511-059
Filter Forceps
0.2 lb.
Portable Oilless Diaphragm Vacuum/Pressure Pump
Easy-to-carry pump requires no lubricator and provides oilfree discharge.
Features pressure vacuum only, and simultaneous vacuum and pressure operation
and is furnished with a 0-60 psi pressure
gage and 0-30” Hg vacuum gage.
Diaphragm is heat-resistant Nordel/Nomex.
Pump head is aluminum. Motor is thermaloverload protected and operates on 115
VAC, 60 Hz. Includes a 3 wire 6 ft. cord
with plug, on/off switch, and rubber feet.
Overall size is 7 5/8” long x 5 1/2” wide x
10 11/16” height. Intake and discharge
connections are 1/4” barbed fittings for use
with 1/4” ID tubing. Free Air- 1.1 CFM,
Max. Vacuum- 25.5” Hg, max. psig- 60.
511-084
117
Portable Vacuum Pump
18 lbs.
Filtration Assemblies
Heavy Duty Piston Oilless Vacuum/Pressure Pumps
Barrel Filter Holder 2.4 Liter
Built to withstand the most
rugged operating conditions, these
piston pumps pack lots of power for
high flow and vacuum. Pump head is
aluminum; internal parts are corrosion resistant. Pumps require no
lubrication, provide an oilfree discharge, and have an exhaust valve
screen and carrying handle, except
where noted. Intake connection is 1/4” NPT female. Motor is thermal
overload protected, and has a 10 ft, 3 wire cord with plug. Intake filter trap (sold separately below) removes foreign matter in air. Use one
trap on each cylinder. Offered in two sizes with both units supplying
max. 27.5” Hg vacuum, 10 psig, 115/230 VAC power. The 1/6 HP
pump supplies 3.2 CFM free air and the 1/2 HP, 5.0 CFM.
The Barrel Filter is an
acrylic pressure filtration unit
designed for the convenient
and rapid filtration of water
samples prior to chemical
analysis. The Barrel Filter
Holder is designed for on-site
filtration where power is not
available and in-line filtration
is not practical. It uses a
0.45µm, 102 mm filter membrane. It is lightweight, compact, rugged
and is particularly convenient for field use. It is recommended for filtration of samples at the time of collection. The application of moderate pressure from a hand pump permits rapid filtration of all but the
most excessively turbid samples.
511-090
511-096
511-097
Specifications:
Heavy Duty Vacuum Pump, 1/6 HP
Heavy Duty Vacuum Pump, 1/2 HP
Intake Filter Trap
25 lbs.
40 lbs.
1 lbs.
Filter membrane size
102 mm diameter
Pre-filter size
90 mm diameter
Barrel body
Polycarbonate
Series I and Series II Peristaltic Pumps
Filter holder plates
Acrylic
The Geopump™ Series I and II
Peristaltic Pumps were designed for single
and multi-stage pressure or vacuum pumping of liquids for field or laboratory use.
Because they operate to a depth of 27 feet
at sea level, they are ideally suited for sample removal from shallow wells and all surface water sources. They operate by
mechanical peristalsis, so the sample comes
in contact only with the tubing. This allows
for sample integrity as well as easy cleaning
and replacement. With the optional stainless steel tubing weight, tubing can be lowered to a specific depth without curling or floating on the surface of
the water.
The Peristaltic Pumps which measure 3 1/2” x 8” x 8” operate
off of any external 12 VDC or 120 VAC power source. The AC cord is
8 feet in length. The DC power cord is 15 feet long, has a cigarette
lighter to battery clip adapter. All of these units have variable speed
control and (depending upon model), operate from 60 to a maximum of 600 RPM with a liquid delivery rate of 1.67 ml per revolution. All peristaltic pumps have the reversible flow feature that works
in conjunction with plate-type Back flushing Membrane Filter Holders,
or the disposable filters. The reversible flow feature extends the life of
the filter membrane in both types of filters under heavy sedimentladen waters. Both filtering systems are compact and very portable.
Series I Peristaltic Pumps have one pumping station which can
also be piggy-backed for multi-station pumping. They are variable
speed from 60 RPM to 350 RPM.
Series II Peristaltic Pumps have two pumping stations which can
also be piggy-backed. The first pumping station is rated at 30 RPM to
300 RPM and the second station at 60 RPM to 600 RPM. Each pumping station works in conjunction with the other.
O-ring/Tubing
Silicone
Geopump™ Series 1
511-102 AC
511-103 DC
511-104 AC/DC
Acrylic (102 mm and 142 mm)
• Higher resistance to corrosives and pressure than polycarbon
ate or polypropylene
• Smooth machined parts for easy decontamination
• 3/8” NPT fittings
511-113
Tubing Weight
Geopump™Series 2
511-110 AC
511-111 DC
511-112 AC/DC
6 lbs.
6 lbs.
6 lbs.
Filter support screen
Polyester mesh with vinyl border
Capacity
Up to 2.4 liters
Inlet-outlet fittings
3/8" NPT by 3/8" hose barb
Maximum pressure
30 PSI maximum, 7-15 PSI recommended
511-118
Acrylic Barrel Filter Holder with case
and In-line Filter Holder
5 lbs.
In-line Filter Holders
The In-line Filter
Holders are specifically designed for onsite, rapid filtration of
water samples
through large diameter flatstock membranes. While able to
be used in-line with
any dedicated or
portable pumping
Aluminum In-line Filter
Stainless Steel In-line
Holder, Plate-type
Filter Holder, Plate-type system, they are
most often used with
the Geopump™ Peristaltic Pump. The sample can be directly pumped
from any surface water source or monitoring well. The sample then
enters the filter holder and flows into a collection container placed
beneath the discharge fitting.
Plate Type
142, 102 & 90 mm Vacuum
A wide variety of plate type filter holders are as follows:
0.5 lb.
511-124
511-125
Acrylic Plate Type, 102 mm
Acrylic Plate Type, 142 mm
3 lbs.
4.4 lbs.
118
Filter Holders
In-line Filter Holders
Disposable In-line Filters
Stainless Steel (90 mm and 142 mm)
• Designed to minimize resistance and maximize flowrate
• Includes vent relief valve for improved performance
• Made of 316 SS - rated @ 100 psi
The Disposable In-line
Capsule Filters are sealed units
so the likelihood of contamination is reduced because the filter
itself is not handled. Surface
area of the capsule filter is
roughly three times that of the
142 mm plate filter (600 cm2)
and is less subject to clogging.
Cleaning the filter between samples is not necessary because
each capsule filter is used only once and then discarded.
Polypropylene material with a 50 PSI maximum pressure.
Features for Dissolved Metals Sampling
• Validated for 69 elements and anions
• Exhibit non-detectable levels when a metals analysis is performed on their effluent
• Individually certified clean by an independent lab
• Exceed filtration requirements of the US EPA
• Large filtration area ideal for particulate laden water
• Available in pore sizes of 0.45, 1.0 and 5.0 micron
• Tapered fittings allow easy attachment of a variety of
tubing sizes
• 1/8 NPT fittings or 3/8” ID tubing
511-127
511-128
SST Plate Type, 90 mm
SST Plate Type, 142 mm
8.5 lbs.
14.1 lbs.
Aluminum (142 mm)
• Designed for use by U.S.G.S.National Water Quality
Assessment program
• Low cost alternative to stainless steel
• Ideal for filtration of organics
• Allows for high pressure filtration, preset to 45 psi
• Single quick release band clamp
511-129
Aluminum Plate Type, 142 mm
8 lbs.
Polycarbonate (142 mm)
• Able to use in wide temperature ranges with excellent
chemical compatibility
• Adjustable pressure relief valve
• Lower cost, lighter weight alternative to acrylic
511-130
Polycarbonate Plate Type, 142 mm
3.1 lbs.
Cylinder Type
47 and 90 mm vacuum
A wide variety of cylinder type filter holders
are as follows:
Teflon® (47 mm and 90 mm)
• Designed for filtering small volumes
• All wetted surfaces are Teflon® PFA so fluids contact only inert
pure Teflon.
• 25 PSI operating pressure
• 1/4” NPTM fittings, 47 mm
• 1/2” or 5/8” NPTM fittings; 90 mm
High Pressure Teflon Filter Holder
• Reinforced TEFZEL clamp nut with 25% glass fiber
• 65 PSI pressure rating with Teflon membrane
511-147
511-148
511-154
Teflon® Cylinder Type, 47 mm
Teflon® Cylinder Type, 90 mm
Teflon® High Pressure, 47 mm
0.3 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.3 lb.
Polypropylene (47 mm)
• Able to use in wide temperature ranges with
excellent chemical compatibility
• Adjustable pressure relief valve
• Lower cost, lighter weight alternative to acrylic
• 1/4” NPTM fittings
511-172
Polypropylene Cylinder Type, 47 mm
119
0.3 lb.
511-184
511-185
511-186
0.45 micron Disposable
0.2 lb.
0.2 lb.
0.2 lb.
Filter Membranes
Teflon® Filter Membrane
Filter Membranes
Membrane filters are used with
the barrel filter holder, plate-type inline filter holder and the in-line filter
holders. These filter membranes are
used primarily for water quality sampling filtration for trace metals and
chemical analysis. The standard filter
membranes are offered in four basic
materials.
• Pure Teflon® TFE
• 10 membranes per package
511-217
511-218
511-219
511-220
Cellulose Acetate Membrane recommended for most analytical
filtration applications. Made of cellulose triacetate and diacetate, they
are highly flexible with a high burst and tensile design strength.
These membranes have the lowest extractable level at 0.1% (by wt.),
improved heat resistance, low protein binding, and are resistant to
low molecular weight alcohols.
Cellulose Nitrate Membrane may be used in most Cellulose
Acetate applications. Made of pure Cellulose Nitrate, they are typically 80% porous, allowing for excellent flow rates. They have a slightly
higher extractable level at 3% (by wt.) and are composed of glycerin
and wetting agent.
PTFE Membrane (Teflon®) are highly porous and resistant to
most acids, bases and chemically aggressive solvents. They are naturally hydrophobic making them difficult to use in common filtration
of aqueous solutions.
Glass Fiber Pre-filters are highly recommended for sediment
laden samples to reduce the particulate loading on the membrane
surface. A pre-filter will greatly extend the life of the membrane.
They are exceptionally pure, containing no binder that could alter the
filtrate. These are also used for sediment analysis and are listed with
our Whatman glass microfiber filter papers.
511-221
USGS Sandstrom Organic-Compound Plate Filter
Assembly
Cellulose Acetate Membrane
Pore Size µm
Porosity
Thickness
Density
511-192
0.8
72% Open
125µm
0.39 g/cm3
511-193
0.45
67% Open
125µm
0.44 g/cm3
125µm
3
511-194
0.2
66% Open
0.46 g/cm
Cellulose Nitrate Membrane
Pore Size µm
Porosity
Thickness
Density
511-200
5
84% Open
160µm
0.26 g/cm3
511-201
3
83% Open
155µm
0.29 g/cm3
511-202
1.2
83% Open
150µm
0.29 g/cm3
511-203
0.8
81% Open
150µm
0.31 g/cm3
511-204
0.8
78% Open
135µm
0.036 g/cm3
511-205
0.65
81% Open
150µm
0.32 g/cm3
511-206
0.65
76% Open
135µm
0.36 g/cm3
511-207
0.45
78% Open
145µm
0.36 g/cm3
511-208
0.45
77% Open
133µm
0.39 g/cm3
511-209
0.3
77% Open
140µm
0.38 g/cm3
511-210
0.2
75% Open
133µm
0.41 g/cm3
511-211
0.1
66% Open
110µm
0.56 g/cm3
Coarse Grade- 20-30 micron maximum pore size,
47 mm diameter by .10 mm thickness
Medium Grade- 5-6 micron maximum pore size,
Fine Grade- 1-2 micron maximum pore size,
Very Fine Grade- .45 micron pore size,
Finest Grade- .2 micron pore size,
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
This is a USGS
specified filtration
equipment set up for
filtering water-sediment
samples for determination of organic compounds. The assembly
uses fluorocarbon
(Teflon®) containers and
tubing with a ceramicpiston filtration vacuum
pump with aluminum
plate filter assembly
and 142 mm, 0.7 µm
glass microfiber filter.
Description of
Equipment
Container for unfiltered sample. Clean, laboratory-grade glass
bottles with fluorocarbon polymer-FEP-lined lids.
Fluorocarbon polymer-FEP tubing, 6.35-mm outside diameter.
Union, 6.35-mm tube
Fluorocarbon polymer-FEP convoluted tubing, 6.35-mm
outside diameter.
Tube fitting, 6.35-mm diameter tube to 6.35-mm diameter
pipe thread.
Pump, ceramic-piston, valveless, with 12-volt direct current
motor, capable of pumping from 0 to 500 mL/min
Battery, 12-volt gelcell 7 AH
Tube fitting, 6.35-mm diameter tube to 9.53-mm diameter
pipe thread
In-line plate-filter assembly, aluminum (or stainless steel),
142-mm diameter
Glass-microfiber filter media, binder-free, 142-mm diameter,
0.7µm nominal pore size, GF/F grade
Bottle for filtered samples,amber borosilicate glass, 1 L with
fluorocarbon polymer FEP-lined cap
Fluorocarbon polymer-FEP squeeze wash) bottle for organicgrade blank water
Stainless-steel forceps for handling the filters
511-235
USGS Sandstrom Organic-Compound
Plate Filter Assembly
22 lbs.
120
Tubing
Peristaltic Pump Tubing
511-340
Silicone (size 15)
511-341
Silicone (size 17)
511-342
Silicone (size 18)
511-343
Silicone (size 24)
511-350
Tygon (size 15)
511-351
Tygon (size 17)
511-352
Tygon (size 18)
511-353
Tygon (size 24)
511-360
C-Flex (size 15)
511-361
C-Flex (size 17)
511-362
C-Flex (size 18)
511-363
C-Flex (size 24)
Sampling Tubing
Silicone, Teflon™, Polythylene,
Teflon™ lined, Tygon, C-Flex
Sampling tubing is offered in
many materials, sizes and styles
for use with vacuum, peristaltic,
metering and submersible
pumps. This is high quality environmental tubing for of all types
of sampling. Tubing is available
by the foot or by the roll.
Sampling Tubing
Environmental
511-250
511-251
511-252
511-253
Sampling Tubing
Polyethylene (translucent)
I.D. x O.D.
.170”x 1/4”
1/4”x 3/8”
3/8”x 1/2”
1/2”x 5/8”
Screw Clamp
511-260
Teflon® Lined Polyethylene
1/4”x 3/8”
511-395
511-261
Teflon®
3/8”x 1/2”
511-262
Teflon® Lined Polyethylene
1/2”x 5/8”
511-270
Teflon® FEP (transparent)
1/8”x 3/16”
511-271
Teflon®
FEP (transparent)
.170”x 1/4”
511-272
1/4”x 3/8”
511-273
3/8”x 1/2”
511-274
511-280
511-281
511-282
511-283
511-284
511-290
511-291
511-292
511-320
511-321
511-322
511-323
511-324
511-325
PVC Nylobraid (clear)
Vinyl (PVC-clear)
Vinyl (PVC-clear)
Vinyl (PVC-clear)
PVC -Metric (clear)
PVC -Metric (clear)
PVC -Metric (clear)
PVC -Metric (clear)
PVC -Metric (clear)
PVC -Metric (clear)
1/2”x 5/8”
1/4”x 3/8”
3/8”x 9/16”
1/2”x 3/4”
3/4”x 1”
1”x 1 5/16”
1/4”x 3/8”
3/8”x 1/2”
1/2”x 5/8”
4 mm x 7 mm
6 mm x 9 mm
8 mm x 11 mm
10 mm x 14 mm
12 mm x 16 mm
15 mm x 20 mm
Lined Polyethylene
Vacuum Pump Tubing (29.9 in. Hg)
511-300
Tygon (clear)
511-301
Tygon (clear)
511-302
Tygon (clear)
511-310
Teflon® FEP Corrugated (clear)
511-311
Teflon® FEP Corrugated (clear)
511-315
Teflon® TFE Convoluted
511-316
Teflon® TFE Convoluted
121
1/4”
3/8”
1/2”
1/4”
3/8”
1/4”
3/8”
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
5/8”
7/8”
1 1/8”
3/4”
1”
3/4”
1”
3/16” x 3/8”
1/4” x 3/8”
3/8” x 1/2”
1/4” x 7/16”
3/16” x 3/8”
1/4” x 3/8”
3/8” x 1/2”
1/4” x 7/16”
3/16” x 3/8”
1/4” x 3/8”
3/8” x 1/2”
1/4” x 7/16”
This is a Screw Clamp with adjustment screw
to permit accurate flow regulation in flexible tubing. Ni-plated brass with pivoting lower jaw.
Screw Clamp
0.1 lb.
Barbed Fitting Kits
Assorted fittings come in an
impact-resistant plastic box. Labeled
compartments let you easily locate the
fittings you want. All four kit types are
available with either small (1/16” to
1/4”) or large (1/4” to 1”) fittings.
511-400
511-401
511-402
511-403
(s)
(s)
(s)
(s)
Connector/Reducer Kit
Threaded Barb Adapter Kit
Elbow/Tee/ Y-Connector Kit
Threaded Elbow/Tee/Plug/ Nipple Kit
(L) - denotes large fitting kit
Teflon® PTFE Thread Sealer Tape
Teflon® PTFE tape helps prevent leaks and
seepage at threads. Withstands temperatures from
-250 to 500ºF (-157 to 260ºC). Roll is 260”L x
1/2”W
511-405
Teflon® Thread
Sealer Tape
0.3 lb.
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Grab Samplers
Aquatic Sampling
Introduction
Water resource investigators
must not only focus on assessments of the location, quantity
and availability of water but also
determination of water quality.
The quality of a particular body
of water, whether stream, river,
lake or estuary can be assessed
by examining the physical,
chemical and biological characteristics. These parameters can be evaluated based upon sampling both the water itself, the sediments and
aquatic life supported by the body of water being examined.
The instrumentation and samplers in this section are of standard
use by the USGS, EPA and other federal and state agencies as well as
international standards for testing as set forth in the ISO guidelines.
To provide data for planners, developers, water-quality managers and
pollution-control agencies, a high degree of reliability and standardization of this data is of paramount importance.
The instrumentation can be categorized into water quality samplers such as the Kemmer, horizontal and vertical Van Dorn water
bottles, benthos samplers such as Ekman, Ponar and Van Veen, substrate samplers such as Hester-Dendy and periphyton, standard hand
cores Kajak-Brinkhurst (K-B) and gravity tube cores and flowing water
aquatic samplers such as the Surber, Hess and drift net.
Physical and chemical characteristics can be evaluated by instruments that continuously monitor and record these properties or by
spot checks when the hydrologist is actually on-site making measurements. These samplers will collect water or sediment samples for
examination in the lab or on-site with various tests. Water quality
meters can be used on-site with the data recorded for later analysis.
Samplers used for biological parameter assessment include periphyton, benthic macroinvertebrates and fish.
Water Samplers
Water Samplers for field use come in several different styles for
different applications and sampling protocols. These samplers collect
water samples at various depths and locations for water quality and
organism analysis.
Discrete Water Samplers
Dip sampling involves dipping a bottle
into a water body. Dip sampling is not recommended for discharge-weighted sampling
when it is possible to obtain a depth-integrated, isokinetic sample. The error introduced by dip sampling can be significant if
the target analyzes are absorbed into suspended materials that are not uniformly distributed along the cross section. Care must
be taken to avoid collecting particulates that
are resuspended as the result of wading or
bumping the sampler on the streambed.
Procedure is as follows:
• To collect a dip sample in water that is too shallow to
submerge an isokinetic, depth-integrating sampler, wade to
where the sample(s) will be collected and immerse a bottle at
the centroid of flow or at multiple locations along a cross
section.
• Stand downstream of the bottle while it is being filled.
• To collect a dip sample where water is too deep to wade,
lower a weighted-bottle sampler at the centroid of flow or at
multiple locations along a cross section.
Swing Sampler
Adjustable extension allows for collecting from a horizontal flowing stream
or pond with easy access to the source.
The end of the Swing Sampler allows
collection from different angles up to
90º. Choose a 6 foot pole that extends
to 12 feet or an 8 foot pole that extends
to 24 feet. Small Bottle Attachment
holds 500 mL bottle. Large Bottle
Attachment holds 1000 mL bottle.
601-000
601-001
601-002
601-003
601-004
601-005
Swing Sampler, 6-12 ft. Pole
Swing Sampler, 8-24 ft. Pole
500 mL HDPE Bottle - case 12
1000 mL HDPE Bottle - case 12
Small Bottle Attachment (Snapper Band)
Large Bottle Attachment (Snapper Band)
5 lbs.
8 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
2.5 lbs.
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
Subsurface Grab Samplers
This complete line of subsurface grab samplers allows accurate
remote sampling of streams, rivers, lagoons, manholes and hard to
reach areas. Choose from three designs. Each sampler is sold with
one sampler bottle.
Grab Sampler
The basic unit features a 6 ft. aluminum body
with clamp for securing a 1000 ml sample bottle. An
attached extension allows the bottle to be opened
and closed under water for discrete sampling.
601-008
601-009
601-010
Grab Sampler
1000 ml Bottle w/Cap
Case of 24 Bottles w/Caps
5 lbs.
2 lbs.
39 lbs.
Grab Sampler II
Constructed of telescoping 6 ft. aluminum sections that can be broken down for easy transport.
The high density polypropylene head holds a narrow
mouth 1000 ml borosilicate jar and uses a remote
valve that can be opened by pulling and releasing
the finger ring on the handle.
601-014
601-015
601-016
601-017
601-018
Grab Sampler II, 6 ft.
1000 ml Bottle w/Cap
Case of 24 Bottles w/Caps
4.5 lbs.
6 lbs.
7 lbs.
2 lbs.
39 lbs.
Grab Sampler III
Similar in design to the Grab Sampler II.
Constructed of stainless steel with optional 6 ft.
extensions. Polypropylene head holds a PVC coated
wide mouth 1000 ml soda lime glass bottle for sampling sludges. Caps for bottles sold separately.
601-022
601-023
601-024
601-025
601-026
Grab Sampler III
Grab Sampler III Ext. Kit
500 ml Bottle, Case of 48
1000 ml Bottle, Case of 12
Teflon® Lined Caps, Case of 12
122
8 lbs.
2 lbs.
46 lbs.
33 lbs.
1 lb.
Sampling Bottles
Aquatic Sampling
Stainless/Teflon® Kemmerer Bottle
Water Sampling Bottles - Kemmerer Type
Kemmerer Sample Bottles are used for collecting water and
plankton at specified depths. One of its main benefits is its rugged
construction and reliability. The Wildco® Kemmerer bottle samplers
come in four different materials, stainless steel, acrylic, PVC and
Teflon. Two standard sizes are 1.2 liter and 2.2 L. Sizes 4.2 L and
6.2 L must be special ordered.
Constructed of all stainless steel with Teflon® end
seals for sampling when stainless steel and Teflon® is
required.
Available with or without carrying case, or in Kit
form with 100 feet of steel cable, messenger and case.
1.2 L volume capacity.
Stainless Steel Kemmerer Bottle
601-058 Stainless/Teflon®, w/Case
601-059 Stainless/Teflon®, Kit
Useful for general purpose sampling
at specified depths. In operation, the open
sampler is lowered on a graduated rope to
the desired depth which assures complete
flushing of the bottle as it is lowered. Both
ends of the bottle are closed by means of
a messenger and the undisturbed sample
is brought to the surface. Samples can be
drawn off by means of a drain in the lower
stopper.
Constructed of a stainless steel sampling tube and polyurethane end seals, the
Kemmerer has few moving parts and
needs little maintenance. 1.2 L volume.
Available with or without carrying
case, it is also available in Kit form with
100 feet of braided line, messenger and
carrying case. Stainless steel.
601-029
601-030
Kemmerer, 1.2 L, w/Case
Kemmerer, 1.2 L, Kit
12 lbs.
13 lbs.
Plastic Kemmerer Bottles
Acrylic Sampler, 1.2 L w/Case
Acrylic Sampler, 1.2, Kit
Acrylic Sampler, 2.2 L, w/Case
Acrylic Sampler, 2.2, Kit
PVC Sampler, 1.2 L, w/Case
PVC Sampler, 1.2, Kit
PVC Sampler, 2.2 L w/Case
PVC Sampler, 2.2 Kit
Teflon® Kemmerer Bottle
Constructed with an all Teflon® cylinder, Teflon®
end seals and an all stainless steel trip head. For added
strength, the center rod is solid Teflon®. The replaceable
line has a Teflon® adapter for attaching it to the center
rod. Samples touch only Teflon® allowing use for trace
metals.1.2 L volume.
Available in Kit form with 100 feet of steel cable,
stainless steel messenger and case, or without case.
601-070
601-071
12 lbs.
20 lbs.
Water Sampling Bottles
Alpha and Beta Van Dorn Type
Van Dorn Vertical PVC Water Bottle - Type Alpha
10
12
13
15
11
13
13
15
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
During descent, the vertical bottles wide open mouth offers little
restriction or distortion to the smooth flow of water through the bottle. This allows a true sample of water with no entrapment of water
from other levels. Free-flushing and “in-series” deployments can be
accomplished at any depth without exposing samples to light with
this vertical bottle. The messenger-activated release mechanism has
integral cable clamps allowing samplers to be easily attached to any
point on a line. Constructed from opaque PVC, polyethylene, and
polyurethane, this bottle is intended for general physical, chemical,
and biological water analysis (excluding trace metals and organics).
Unit includes: 2.2 liter vertical water bottle, 20.0 m calibrated
polypropylene line with 1.0 m graduations, line reel, 250 g solid
bronze messenger, and carrying case. Note: in-series deployments of
multiple bottles on a single line require 333 g split bronze messengers with lanyards (sold separately).
601-080
601-081
123
Teflon® Kemmerer, 1.2 L, w/ case
Teflon® Kemmerer, 1.2 L, kit
Van Dorn sample bottles are well suited for general purpose
sampling at any depth. They are made in both a horizontal and vertical design with the horizontal most used for discrete point sampling
at a given depth. The vertical bottle design is typically used for stratification studies with multiple or single samplers suspended by cable.
Two types of each are available depending upon the need for trace
metal and organics sampling. The Wildco® Alpha Van Dorn bottle is
used for general physical, chemical and biological sampling while the
Wildco® Beta Plus can be used for trace metals and organics.
Great for general sampling when stainless
steel is not required. These Kemmerer Samplers
have silicone seals a wide mouth opening for a
lower profile and a choice of 1.2 L or 2.2 L volumes in transparent acrylic and opaque PVC
materials. Acrylic is a hard, durable material and
PVC is resistant to acids, alcohols, hydrocarbons
and oils. Metal parts are made from stainless
steel.
Available with carrying case or in a complete
Kit with 100 feet of polyester line, stainless steel
messenger and carrying case.
601-042
601-043
601-044
601-045
601-050
601-051
601-052
601-053
12 lbs.
14 lbs.
2.2 liter Vertical PVC Alpha Bottle
333 g Split Messenger with Lanyard
18 lbs.
3 lbs.
Sampling Bottles
Aquatic Sampling
Van Dorn Vertical Acrylic Water Bottle Type Beta Plus
Van Dorn Horizontal Water Bottle - Type Beta Plus
For free-flushing and “inseries” deployments, this vertical
bottle collects water samples at
any depth. The messenger-activated release mechanism has integral
cable clamps allowing samplers to
be easily attached to any point on
a line. Constructed of clear polycarbonate, polyethylene and silicone, this bottle is EPA approved
for “ultra-clean” analysis of water,
including trace metals and organics. Unit includes: 2.2 liter vertical
bottle, 20.0 m calibrated
polypropylene line with 0.5 m
graduations, line reel, 250 g solid
bronze messenger, and carrying
case. Note: in-series deployments
of multiple bottles on a single line require 333 g split bronze messengers with lanyards (sold separately).
601-083
601-084
2.2 liter Vertical Beta Plus Bottle
333 g Split Messenger with Lanyard
18 lbs.
3 lbs.
Specifically designed for thin-layer stratification and near bottom
studies, this horizontal bottle collects water samples at any depth. A
messenger-activated release mechanism closes a single sampler on
the end of a line. Constructed from acrylic or opaque PVC polyethylene and silicone, this bottle is EPA approved for “ultra-clean” analysis
of water, including trace metals and organics. Unit includes: horizontal water bottle, 20.0 m calibrated polypropylene line with 0.5 m
graduations, line reel, 250 g solid bronze messenger, and plastic carrying case.
Acrylic Beta Plus Water Bottles
601-099
Horizontal, w/Case
601-100
Horizontal, Kit
601-102
Vertical, w/Case
601-103
Vertical, Kit
14
14
10
16
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
PVC Beta Plus Water Bottles
601-105
Horizontal, w/Case
601-106
Horizontal, Kit
601-108
Vertical, w/Case
601-109
Vertical, Kit
14
16
14
14
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
BOD Sampler
This water sampler is designed to properly collect
biological oxygen demand (BOD) water samples for oxygen determination by Winkler titration or test kit analysis.
The 400 ml sample chamber contains a 60 ml BOD bottle and is deployed in the closed position to the specified
depth. A sharp pull on the towline dislodges two rubber
stoppers allowing water to flush through the BOD bottle
while air escapes through a port. The sampler is retrieved,
lid removed, and the water sample is ready for oxygen
determination. For rapid descent and minimal drift in low
currents, attach the 2 lb. weight. The unit includes a clear
polycarbonate and polyethylene sample chamber, 2 lb.
lead ballast weight, 60 ml bottle, 10.0 m calibrated line
with 1.0 m graduations, and nylon carrying case.
Van Dorn Horizontal Water Bottle - Type Alpha
Collect water samples at any
depth without exposing them to
light during retrieval. Horizontal
bottles are specifically designed
for thin-layer stratification and
near bottom studies. Messengeractivated release mechanism closes a single sampler on the end of
a line. Constructed from clear
acrylic or opaque PVC, polyethylene, and silicone, this bottle is
intended for general physical,
chemical, and biological water
analysis (excluding trace metals and organics). Unit includes: 2.2 liter
horizontal water bottle, 20.0 m calibrated polypropylene line with
1.0 m graduations, line reel, and 250 g solid bronze messenger and
plastic carrying case.
Acrylic Alpha
601-087
601-088
601-090
601-091
Water Bottles
Horizontal, w/Case
Horizontal, Kit
Vertical, w/Case
Vertical, Kit
13
15
15
15
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
PVC Alpha Water Bottles
601-093
Horizontal, w/Case
601-094
Horizontal, Kit
601-096
Vertical, w/Case
601-097
Vertical, Kit
13
15
13
15
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
601-112
BOD Sampler
7 lbs.
Wheaton BOD Bottles
These bottles are used for incubating diluted samples of sewage, effluents,
polluted waters and industrial wastes to
determine Biological Oxygen Demand
(BOD). Available in clear borosilicate
glass or with a black coating to block
light rays for the light bottle/dark bottle
method. Standard clear bottle has white
square for numbering.
601-113
601-114
Clear Glass, 60 ml Bottle
Black Coated Glass, 60 ml Bottle
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
124
Bottom Samplers
Aquatic Sampling
Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Sampler
The VOC Sampler is specifically
designed to collect non-aerated
samples in 40-mL glass septum vials
for determination of volatile organic
compounds. Most VOC’s are manmade compounds that are components of gasoline by-products of
chlorinating drinking water or solvents. A newly developed VOC
Sampler designed by the USGS is
used to collect stream water samples for VOC analysis. This sampler
is made of non-contaminating
materials (stainless steel and refrigeration-grade copper) that will not
sorb the analytes of interest, can collect a sample representative of
environment conditions in most streams. An important function of
the sampler design is to evacuate air and other gases from the sampler before collecting a sample. The VOC sampler weighs 11 lb. and
can be suspended, by hand, from a short rope or chain while wading
a stream. However, when sampling during periods of high flow,
10 lb. weights can be added to keep the sampler vertical when it is
suspended from a bridge or cableway.
The Sampler is designed to collect a sample at a single point in
the stream. The stainless-steel sampler holds four 40 mL vials.
The sampler begins to fill as soon as it enters the stream; however, the final sample is retained in the vial during the last 15 to 20 seconds of the filling process. A cover over the inlet ports prevents contamination from surface oil and debris when the sampler is removed
from the stream. Samples should be removed from the sampler,
processed, and capped streamside to avoid possible contaminants in
the vehicle.
601-115
601-116
601-117
601-118
VOC Sampler
Vial, glass, amber septum, 40 milliliter
(case 12)
Rope, nylon, 1/4 inch diameter (20 ft.)
10 lb. Weight
15 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
2 lbs.
12 lbs.
Bottom Sediment Grab Samplers
These samplers are designed to collect an accurate representative sample of the sediment bottom. The bite of the sampler should
be deep enough so all depths are sampled equally. The closing mechanism is required to completely close and hold the sample as well as
prevent wash-out during retrieval. Likewise, during descent the sampler should be designed to minimize disturbance of the topmost sediment by the pressure wave as it is lowered to the bottom.
The Wildco® Ekman, Ponar and Van Veen samplers meet these
requirements and are excellent samplers for lakes and slow moving
rivers and streams. The BM-60 and BM-54 are hydrodynamically
designed for maintaining their position in faster moving rivers and
streams.
Benthic Sediment Bottom Samplers
Ekman Bottom Grab Samplers
The Ekman
Bottom Grab sampler is designed for
sampling in soft
bottomed lakes
and rivers composed of muck,
mud or fine peat.
As the sampler is
lowered, two
hinged upper lids swing open to let water pass through and close
upon retrieval preventing sample washout. When the sampler reaches
the bottom, a messenger is sent down the line tripping the overlapping spring-loaded scoops. Each sampler is constructed of 316 stainless steel including the springs, cables and fasteners. Also available is
a 5 ft. and 10 ft. extension handle for operating the sampler in shallow water instead of a cable and messenger. The sampler is also available as a kit which includes stainless 300 gm messenger, 100 ft. cable
and carrying case (ordered separately).
Description
Penetration
Approx. Sample
Shipping
Volume
Depth
Weight (lbs.)
Weight
602-001
6" x 6" x 6" Standard Ekman Sampler
3.5 L
6"
15-25
15 lbs.
602-002
6" x 6" x 9" Tall Ekman Sampler
5.3 L
9"
20-35
18 lbs.
602-003
9" x 9" x 9" Large Ekman Sampler
11.9 L
12"
45-70
33 lbs.
602-004
5 ft. Extension Handle
602-005
602-006
Standard Ekman Sample Kit
5 lbs.
8 lbs.
15 lbs.
Benthic Sediment Bottom Grab Samplers
Ponar Type Grab Sampler
The Wildco® Ponar Type Grab sampler is a commonly used sampler that is
very versatile for all types of hard bottoms such as sand, gravel and clay. It can
be used in streams, lakes reservoirs and
the ocean. This modified Van Veen type
self-tripping sampler features center
hinged jaws and a spring loaded pin that
releases when the sampler makes impact
with the bottom. It also includes an
underlip attachment that cleans gravel
from the jaws that would normally prevent lateral loss of sample. The
top is covered with a stainless steel screen with neoprene rubber flaps
which allows water to flow through for a controlled descent and less interference with the
sample. It is constructed of stainless steel with
zinc plated steel arms and weights. A simple
pin prevents premature closing.
The Ponar style sampler comes in several
sizes with the lightweight model (1/8” stainless plate) easily used from a small boat with
nylon cable. The heavyweight models (1/4”
stainless plate) should be used with a sounding reel.
Sample
Penetration
Approx.
Volume
Depth
Sample Weight
weight
602-012 6" x 6" Lightweight Grab Sampler
2.4 L
2.75"
15-20 lbs.
16 lbs.
602-013 6" x 6" Heavyweight Grab Sampler
2.4 L
2.75"
15-20 lbs.
26 lbs.
602-014 9" x 9" Heavyweight Grab Sampler
8.2 L
3.5"
50-70 lbs.
Description
602-015 Extra Bolt on Weights (2)
125
Sample
Shipping
45 lbs.
15 lbs.
Grab Samplers
Aquatic Sampling
Van Veen Grab Sampler
Core Samplers
The Van Veen grab is a lightweight sampler designed to take
large samples in soft bottoms. Its
long lever arms and the sharp cutting edges on the bottom of the
scoops, enable it to cut deeply into
the softer bottoms. The Van Veen
grab sampler is manufactured in two
sizes from stainless steel. The weighted jaws, chain suspension, and doors
and screens allow flow-through during lowering to the bottom and
assure vertical descent where strong
underwater currents exist. The relatively large surface area and the
strong closing mechanism allow the jaws to excavate relatively undisturbed sediments. When the powering cable is slowly made taut, the
chains attached at the top of the release exert great tension on the
long arms extending beyond the jaws, causing them to lift, dip deeper into the sediment, and trap material as they tightly close. The
stainless-steel, 583 micron, door screens have flexible rubber flaps
which, during lowering, are lifted. When the grab settles on the bottom, the flaps fall back and cover the screens completely, preventing
any loss of sediment during retrieval.
Core samplers are used when an undisturbed sample of sediment is required. They are suitable especially for clay, silt, or sand
bottom and are used more widely in lakes than in streams. Hand corers designed for manual operation can be used in shallow water as
much as several meters in depth. Deeper water requires devices such
as the Wildco® K-B type or Ballchek corer which depend on gravity to
drive them into the sediment. The AMS sort sediment corer and the
Ogeechee sand pounder both work with a drop hammer to drive the
sampler into the river or lake bottom. All corers have been designed
to retain the sample as the instrument is withdrawn from the sediment and returned to the surface. The parts for the Wildco® K-B type
and Ballchek corers are interchangeable allowing for maximum flexibility. Depending on the study objectives, sections of the core may be
retained in the tube. Intact cores are best preserved by freezing, but
the sample can be sieved, labeled, and preserved.
Description
602-021 14" x 11" (36 x 28 cm)
Small Van Veen
602-022 27" x 14" (70 x 36 cm)
Large Van Veen
Sample
Penetration
Aprox.
Shipping
Volume
Depth
Sample Weight
Weight
24 L
10"
150-200 lbs.
40 lbs.
60 L
10"
220-440 lbs.
66 lbs.
Wash Stand
This Wash Stand is designed for use with Eckman, Ponar, and
Van Veen samplers which can be set on top of the stand cross bars
while the sample washes through the #30 mesh (600µm) stainless
wire cloth. Fine sand and sediments wash out leaving specimens and
larger particles. Made of stainless steel construction, it measures 14” x
20” x 4”.
Hand Corer Sampler
The simple design of this bottom sediment sampler is the key to its versatility. In
shallow waters, the sampler can be pushed
into the sediment using the handles on the
head assembly. If water depth permits,
extension handles of 5, 10, or 15 ft. can be
used to sample from boats or docks. In
deeper waters, the sampler can be dropped
by attaching a line to the clevis, located on
the head assembly between the handles. A
simple flap valve allows water to flow
through the sampler during descent and
close tightly when removing the sampler,
minimizing sample loss. Corer takes a 2”
diameter sample and measures 20” long. All
parts are constructed of 316 stainless steel.
The corer is available in two styles: standard core tube without
liners or a liner-type core tube that accepts removable plastic or stainless steel liners. Standard corer includes stainless core tube and head
assembly. Liner-type corer includes threaded stainless core tube, 2
Lexan nosepieces, 2 plastic liners with end caps and 3 eggshell core
catchers for retaining soft sediments.
603-002
603-004
603-005
602-031
Wash Stand
16 lbs.
Sampler Messenger Accessories
603-122
603-123
603-124
603-125
603-126
603-127
300 gram messenger, stainless steel, solid
600 gram messenger, stainless steel, solid
300 gram messenger, stainless steel, split
Nylon rope, 1/4” diameter, 100 ft.
Stainless steel aircraft cable, 1/16” diameter, 100 ft.
Stainless steel aircraft cable, 3/32” diameter, 100 ft.
Standard Tube Corer
Liner-Type Tube Corer
Case
Liners and Accessories
603-010
603-011
10 ft. Extension Handle,
603-012
15 ft. Extension Handle,
5 ft. Handle & (2) 5 ft. Extensions
603-013
Repl. Lexan Nosepiece
603-014
Repl. Stainless Steel Nosepiece
603-015
Plastic Sample Liner
603-016
Plastic Sample Liner, pack of 12
603-017
Stainless Steel Sample Liner
603-018
Eggshell Core Catcher, pack of 3
603-019
Stainless Steel Core Catcher
603-020
Core Removal Tool
12 lbs.
14 lbs.
8 lbs.
10 lbs.
19 lbs.
21 lbs.
1 lb.
2 lbs.
2 lbs.
6 lbs.
3 lbs.
1 lb.
3 lbs.
4 lbs.
126
Core Samplers
Aquatic Sampling
Ballchek Core Sampler
KB (Kajak-Brinkhurst) Core Sampler
The Wildco® Ballchek core sampler allows for both
shallow and deep water core sampling applications. It is
a gravity type sampler that comes with a stabilizing fin.
The Ballchek comes standard with a 2” diameter, 30”
long stainless steel sampling tube. It is not considered a
complete flow through sampler and should not be used
where the water-bottom interface is important to sample.
The stabilizing fin is made of non-corrosive PVC which
offers both high strength and low drag characteristics.
The Ballchek sampler has a simple, positive sealing
mechanism which acts as a check-valve and prevents the
sample from leaving the core tube during raising operations. Check-valves are made of tough, resilient
polyurethane for long life and excellent service. All parts
that come in contact with the core sampler are made of
inert plastic.
Includes one 316 stainless steel core tube (liner type, 30”L x 2”
ID), two plastic liner tubes with caps, two lexan nose pieces, two
eggshell core catchers, 100 feet of nylon line, and one PVC stabilizing-fin assembly for high-strength and low-drag characteristics.
Core-tube weight increases core penetration (order separately
below). Order replacement/extra parts from “Accessories”.
603-026
603-027
603-028
Check-valve Core Sampler
Core-tube Weight
Plastic liner, 30” L
38 lbs.
14 lbs.
3 lbs.
KB (Kajak-Brinkhurst) Core Sampler
The Wildco® standard KB core sampler is
a messenger-operated gravity type core sampler allowing unrestricted flow of water
through its core tube during descent.
The force of the water through these
samplers during descent is not required to
hold the top valve open. The result is less
frontal wave. This is particularly important
where there is a soft water/bottom interface
or where a more accurate representation of
organisms in the water/bottom interface is
required.
Compared to the Ballchek sampler, KB
core samplers include a messenger-operated
valve closure, allowing the sampler to remain
open until the operator feels that the sampler
has a solid sample. When the seal is closed by
the messenger, a partial vacuum is created
inside the core tube as the sampler is raised,
thus allowing collection of all but the soupiest samples.
The overall weight of the standard KB core
sampler head, without core tube, is approximately
18 pounds. Core tube length is 20”.
Tube Weight. A fourteen pound weight is
available which may be attached to either the standard or heavy KB samplers at the top of the core
tube if additional weight is desired on either sampler. Note: these can be used on all of the Wildco®
2” core tubes.
Nose Piece
Top Weight. A twelve pound weight is also
available which may be attached to the top of the sampler around
the trip head. This weight may only be used with KB samplers.
Heavy-KB core sampler. May be chosen where greater weight is
desired. Weight of the heavy KB head, without core tube, is 41
pounds.
127
(continued)
Converting the standard KB. If you have
a standard KB sampler that you wish to convert to the heavy KB, the base of the standard
KB may be removed and replaced with the
heavy base, thus increasing the overall weight
of the sampler. Weight of the heavy KB base is
approximately 31 pounds.
All KB core samplers come complete
with a split-barrel tapered nose messenger
Stabilizer Fin
which is required for operation, as well as 100
feet of aircraft cable and cable fittings. Winches must be ordered separately.
A stabilizing fin is not included with the KB samplers, and may
be purchased separately to be attached to the top section around the
trip mechanism for added stability. Note: it is possible to add either a
stabilizing fin or a twelve pound top weight, but not both, to the KB
at the same time.
Complete core sampler kit includes one 316 stainless steel core
tube (liner type) measuring 20”L x 2” ID, two plastic liner tubes with
caps, three eggshell core catchers, two lexan nose pieces, one messenger, and 100 feet of aircraft cable. Optional wooden case available.
Order stabilizer-fin attachment and core tube weight separately
below.
603-034
603-035
603-036
603-037
603-038
Standard KB Core Sampler
Heavy KB Core Sampler
Stabilizing Fin Attachment
Core-Tube Weight
Case for KB Core Sampler
23
48
40
14
18
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Hand, Ballchek and KB Core Sampler Accessories
Nosepieces
603-044
603-045
603-046
Lexan nosepieces, 3 per pack
Lexan nosepieces, 6 per pack
Stainless steel nose pieces, 3 per pack
1 lb.
2 lbs.
2 lbs.
Core-Sample Removal Tool
Push-rod assembly has a 1 1/2”
diameter plunger on one end and an
easy-grip handle on the other. Solid
brass construction.
603-052
Core-sample removal tool
3 lbs.
Liner Tubes
Tough, clear plastic liner tubes are supplied with two PVC end caps.
603-058
603-059
Liner tubes, 6 per pack
Liner tubes, 12 per pack
6 lbs.
10 lbs.
Eggshell Core Catcher
Non-corrosive plastic core catcher
is reusable for 6 to 20 samplings.
603-065
603-066
Core Catcher, 3 per pack
Core Catcher, 10 per pack
1 lb.
1 lb.
Core Samplers
Aquatic Sampling
2” Core Tubes
AMS Soft Sediment Core Sampler
PVC and stainless steel
core tubes for longer than
standard sampling.
The AMS Soft
Sediment Core Sampler
addresses the need for
a simple device to collect undisturbed samples of saturated sands,
silts, and sediments. It
may be used directly on
exposed materials at or above the low water line or from a stable
boat, pier or platform when submerged samples are needed.
Designed for use by one or preferably two operators, the AMS
Soft Sediment Sampler will allow collection of virtually undisturbed,
profile core samples of saturated materials from the surface or mud
water interface to depths of up to 4 feet. The samplers are sized
either 2 inches square by 2 or 4 feet long, or 3 inches square by 2 or
4 feet long. Each sampler includes a close fitting, rectangular, flapper
valve to prevent sample loss during recovery.
The AMS Soft Sediment Sampler comprises two right angle
shaped elongated sampler halves that lock together, each with a
pointed lower end. They are positioned on the material to be sampled with a guide rod and are then sequentially driven into the material with an in-line drop hammer. A mechanism is provided to ensure
alignment of the two halves. This process results in a high quality
sample because blocking cannot occur and compaction is minimized.
It also makes it easier to drive.
AMS Soft Sediment Sampler, complete: blade set, primary and secondary heads, alignment block, drop weight and 20 shear bolts.
603-072
603-073
603-074
603-075
603-076
603-077
603-078
20”
20”
30”
36”
48”
60”
96”
PVC
SST
SST
SST
SST
SST
SST
2 lbs.
3 lbs.
4 lbs.
6 lbs.
8 lbs.
10 lbs.
16 lbs.
Core catchers fit between the bottom of a threaded core tube or
liner tube and the nosepiece. Core catchers help hold samplers in the
core tube that otherwise might be lost during retrieval. When the
core sampler descends, fingers are forced open. When the core sampler is being retrieved, the fingers close.
Ogeechee™ Sand Corers
The Wildco® Ogeechee™ sand corer is the first sampler to effectively sample most bottom sands. The
Ogeechee™ sand corer is a low cost core sampler designed
for coring in fresh, salt, or brackish waters. The top closing
valve is located inside its solid 316 stainless steel head
assembly, and is under full control of the operator by
means of its own closing line. The closing valve design provides for long life of both the valve and valve seat and for
tight sealing against air leakage under sandy conditions.
When cleaning and lubricating is desired, the entire valve
and valve seat are easily removed, cleaned, and/or
replaced.
The Ogeechee™ sand corer was designed to sample
in swiftly moving water with the use of an extension handle
up to 4.5 meters (15 feet) long. Extension handles allow
both twisting and downward pressure to work together to
obtain a long core sample in firm or sandy bottoms. In
depths greater than 4.5 meters (15 feet), the Ogeechee™
Sand-Pounder corer can be hammered into the sand with
the optional drive hammer.
The drive hammer is used to drive only the
Ogeechee™ Sand-Pounder corer into the sediments and sand by
repeated lifting and dropping of the drive hammer. The drive hammer will severely damage other corers. Caution: clays, heavy soils, or
long cores may make sampler removal difficult, requiring a power
winch!
Ogeechee head assembly fits all 51 mm (2”) threaded corer
tubes and their accessories.
603-083
Ogeechee Sand Corer 20”
25 lbs.
603-084
36” long core tube
4 lbs.
603-085
5 foot long extension handle
6 lbs.
603-086
5 foot long extension section
6 lbs.
603-087
4.2 kg (9 lb.) drive hammer weight kit
12 lbs.
with 20” hammer guide and cap
603-093
603-094
603-095
603-096
603-097
603-098
603-099
603-100
603-101
2” x 2’ Soft Sediment Corer
Aluminum Guide Rod 3’
Aluminum Guide Rod 5’
Guide Rod Coupling
Top Loop Fitting
Nylon Rope, 25 ft.
34 lbs.
40 lbs.
42 lbs.
48 lbs.
2 lbs.
3 lbs.
0.2 lb.
0.1 lb.
0.5 lb.
Russian Peat Corer
This sidefilling sampler
collects uncompressed samples from wetlands and estuaries. The chambered-type corer collects samples which
are not compressed or shortened during recovery, unlike samples
taken with end-filling core samplers. Simply deploy the corer (in the
closed position) to the desired depth. The corer is rotated clockwise
180º so that the sharpened edge of the chamber cuts a sediment
core which is contained by the cover plate. During retrieval, the cover
plate’s counterclockwise rotation extrudes the undisturbed sample.
Ideal for use in woody peat, sand, silt, and clay. Corer measures 5 cm
in diameter and 50 cm in length with a sample volume of 10 ml/cm.
The optional bronze slide hammer assembly helps drive and retrieve
the corer in compact deposits. The lightweight, buoyant aluminum
holobar extension rods allow one-man operation of the sampler from
a boat. Additional rods (4.0 cm diameter) are available in two
lengths. 1.2 m and 2.4 m. Corer includes stainless steel corer head,
two 1.2 m aluminum holobar extension rods, turning handle and carrying case.
603-102
603-103
603-104
603-105
Russian Peat Corer
Bronze Slide Hammer Assembly
1.2 m Extension Rods
2.4 m Extension Rods
29 lbs.
16 lbs.
3 lbs.
5 lbs.
128
Core Samplers
Aquatic Sampling
Universal Core Sampler
Modified Hesslein In-situ Pore Water Sampler
The Universal Core Sampler takes high
quality cores of water-sediment interface. The
core head drives clear, polycarbonate barrels
into sediments, resulting in long cores with
minimal effort and sample compression. The
one-way check valve permits the barrel to free
flush during deployment and also retains the
core sample without using core catchers and
nosepieces. To obtain a sample, attach a polycarbonate core barrel to the core head and
push or lower the sampler into the sediment. If
sampling in compact deposits, use the optional
slide hammer. To adjust sampler weight, use
the optional bronze gravity weights for even
easier penetration. In shallow water (less than
20 ft.), the sampler is manually-driven using the
“T” handle and the optional aluminum extension rods. In deeper water, the corer is
gravity/slide hammer-driven.
The Modified Hesslein In-situ Pore Water
Sampler, also called a “peeper” or dialyzer is based
on the principle that given enough time, a contained quantity of water in the sampler will diffuse
and equilibrate through dialysis membrane, or
other materials such as porous Teflon, with the surrounding water and its dissolved solutes. The in-situ
equilibrator can either be removed to the surface or
the pore water can be collected through attached
tubing while the device remains in the sediments.
This sampler is made of two sheets of acrylic
plastic (a 0.3 cm thick cover sandwiched with a 1.3
cm thick body) that are held together by screws.
Horizontal, elongated sampling compartments are
machined 1 cm apart, through the 0.3 cm cover
and into the acrylic body. Different types of dialysis
membranes are used with these samplers. The
membrane is usually pierced with a syringe needle
when sampling pore water. Options are 0.2 µm
pore size polycarbonate membranes, biologically
inert PVC membranes with 0.45 µm pore size and
3 µm Teflon®. A nonporous 75 µm (3 mil Teflon) membrane would
allow for diffusion of gases but not ionic chemical species into the
sampling compartments.
603-111
603-112
603-113
603-114
603-115
603-116
603-119
603-120
Universal Core Sampler
14 lbs.
24” Polycarbonate Core Barrels
with End Caps
3 lbs.
48” Polycarbonate Core Barrels
with End Caps
5 lbs.
Slide Hammer Assembly
16 lbs.
Gravity Weight
12 lbs.
Core Extruding Rod with Extruding Plug 5 lbs.
4 ft. Extension Rods
3 lbs.
8 ft. Extension Rods
5 lbs.
Economy Aquatic Suction Sampler
Extract aquatic invertebrates from wet sand or
loose muck using this durable, economy sampler!
Just place the end of the sampler over the hole left
by the invertebrate or over any other area where
you suspect specimens are located. Pull up on the
sampler’s handle. An area of negative pressure is
formed in the void and the substrate as the inner
piston moves up the sampler’s housing, allowing
the specimens to be securely drawn inside. Made of
heavy duty PVC, hardwood, and rubber. Not recommended for use in clay-based mud. Dimensions
42”L x 2 1/14” diameter
603-141 Aquatic Suction Sampler
1 lb.
USGS Type K Teflon® Sampler
This is an all Teflon® bed material grab sampler. The top 1”-2”
layer of newly deposited sediment in shallow rivers and streams can
be collected with this grab sampler. Designed for parts-per-billion
sampling to a depth of about four feet, the “grab” end is machined
from two sections of solid PTFE. With legs of fiberglass-reinforced
EXTREN tubing and handles of high density polyethylene, the sampler functions like a large pair of scissors. It is an effective bottom
skimmer and can pick up fine particles or small gravel equally well.
603-130
Type K Sampler
129
6 lbs.
603-135
Modified Hesslein Sampler
3 lbs.
Flowing Water Samplers
Flowing water samplers utilize mesh material and nets to collect
invertebrates and drift organisms from streams, rivers and tidal flows.
These can be deployed for stream sampling such as the Wildco®
surber and hess or deployed at different suspension depths or by
hand as with Wildco® drift nets, plankton nets, or kick nets.
Surber Stream Bottom Sampler
Surber Samplers are
used for quantitative analysis of benthic stream
organisms and can be
used in shallow streams
less than 18” deep with a
range of bottoms from silt
to large cobble. The sampler consists of a 12” x 12”
horizontal frame that sets
on the stream bottom to
border the sampling area
and is used to stir up the bottom sediments and invertebrates. The
standard size net measures 9” diameter and 24” long and is attached
to the vertical frame to catch the benthic invertebrates and sediments
as the horizontal frame is agitated and they flow into the net. Nets
are available in rugged Nitex nylon in four mesh sizes. Optional base
extensions that attach to the bottom of the frame are available for
use in areas of fine sediments to allow the operator to minimize
movement of organisms outside of the sampling area. All samplers
include carrying case.
604-001
604-002
604-003
604-004
604-005
604-006
604-007
1000 µm mesh size
600 µm mesh size
500 µm mesh size (EPA recommended)
363 µm mesh size
3” Base Extension (75 mm)
6” Base Extension (150 mm)
Poly-bottle COD end option
10 lbs.
10 lbs.
10 lbs.
10 lbs.
4 lbs.
5 lbs.
1 lb.
In-Stream Samplers
Aquatic Sampling
Hess Stream Bottom Sampler
Kick Net
The Hess Sampler was
designed for effective sampling of streams with gravel
and small cobble bottoms. It
has the same basic function as
the Surber but is designed to
prevent escape of organisms
and contamination from drift.
It consists of a stainless steel
13” (330 mm) by 16” high
cylinder with two upstream and two downstream Nitex windows and
two strong handles for pushing the cylinder into the stream bottom.
Penetration depths of 3” or 6” can be achieved by attaching the handles to either end of the sampler. Water flows through the upstream
opening of the sampler and out through the downstream windows
and into the collection net and bucket. The downstream net is constructed of Nitex nylon in a choice of mesh sizes.
Kick Nets are useful for rapid coverage of
large sections of water. The 52” handles
attached to 1000 micron mesh netting allows
the user to stretch the netting across fast moving water to trap organisms. The actual net
measures 42” x 45” and can be folded for carrying in a knapsack. Vinyl sleeves on each side
of the square net allow quick assembly. The
bottom is weighted with leaded line to keep
netting from floating up during sampling.
604-013
604-014
604-015
604-016
1000 µm mesh size
600 µm mesh size
500 µm mesh size
363 µm mesh size
17
17
17
17
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Benthic In-Stream Samplers
Stream Drift Net
Floating organic material in a
stream, or drift, is sampled with a
drift net. This net is mounted on a
frame and placed with the mouth
upstream. As drift moves down
with the current, it is trapped to
be examined later to determine
composition and amount.
Drift nets are stationary nets
for use in streams and rivers designed to sample organisms from flowing waters at and below the water surface. Nets can be used singularly or in groups with the nets placed side-by-side, anchored to the
bottom with stakes. Frame and stakes are constructed of stainless
steel. Net is durable Nitex® nylon with a 363µm mesh size and measures 40” long with a net mouth of 12” x 18”. Also available is a
floating assembly which attaches to the top of the net and suspends
it in water deeper than 18”. The assembly comes with floating ring
and hardware to attach to the net. The drift net is supplied with two
18” stakes.
604-137
604-138
604-139
604-140
604-141
Drift Net- 363µm
Drift Net- 600µm
Drift Net- 800µm
Drift Net- 1000µm
With poly-bottle COD end
6
6
6
6
2
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
604-075
Kick Net
7 lbs.
Collector Bottle Kick Net
Kick nets with a collector bottle in the
center are great for collecting macro zooplankton and small invertebrates in open
water. This net drains collected invertebrates
into a 125 ml plastic bottle for simple
removal. Use in a sweeping motion like a
seine in open water, a big kick net downstream of aquatic weeds, or as a big drift
net to collect floating invertebrates.
These kick nets have a sleeve for a handle on each side with grommets to securely
attach the net to screw hooks on the hardwood handles. The handles have a wear
resistant metal cleat to reduce damage to
the bottom of the handle and makes holding the net easier and more secure.
The screen is made of Nitex® bolting cloth with 600µm mesh
and is weighted on the bottom. Measures 1m x 1m (40” x 40”).
604-081
Collector Bottle Kick Net
7 lbs.
Wash Bucket
This bucket is designed to separate macroinvertebrates from fine sediment by washing
prior to examination. The body of the bucket is
made of heavy duty, long life plastic with a
chromed steel handle and molded pouring
spout. The bottom is made of #30 mesh (600
µm) stainless steel wire cloth, reinforced with
hardware cloth and a heavy stainless steel ring.
Measures 10 7/8” deep x 9 5/8” diameter.
604-087
Wash Bucket
5 lbs.
Floating Drift Net Assembly
Also available is a floating
assembly which attaches to the
top of the net and suspends it in
water deeper than 18”. The
assembly comes with floating ring
and hardware to attach to the net.
604-150
Drift Net Floating Assembly
4 lbs.
130
Dip Nets
Aquatic Sampling
Aquatic Sampling Equipment
HatchMatch™
When it is only necessary to make rough estimations of insect
presence and the approximate numbers of different species present, a
Wildco® “D”-net can be used to take samples from various habitats.
The net is moved over plant or bottom surfaces to loosen and sweep
up individual organisms. Sampling of this sort, where there is no
need or attempt to determine population numbers is called qualitative sampling.
The HatchMatch
is a two-compartment seine, perfect
for quick and easy
checks of stream
water quality and
insect life.
Collapsible and
lightweight, the
HatchMatch measures 10 inches wide
and 16 inches high
and in its carrying
bag weighs approximately 1.2 pounds. It can be comfortably transported in a field vest.
When placed in a stream to a depth of 12 inches to 14 inches,
its upper compartment collects insects on the water surface and from
the upper few inches of stream flow while the lower compartment
samples insects from deeper depths and stream bottom.
Color of the seine provides for high visibility when examining
insects and the mesh allows rapid flushing of debris and insects from
the seine when sampling is complete. Fabric components are constructed of mildew-resistant materials and the frame is molded plastics.
D-Frame Aquatic Dip Net
Designed for sweeping over
light weeds or for use in shallow
ponds or streams. Net ring is made
of rust-resistant stainless steel and is
securely attached to the hardwood
handle with a superior handle
attachment system. It is constructed of a 900µm or 500µm mesh
nylon net bag reinforced with
heavy muslin and an internal rope
at the edge.
Mouth Size: 300 mm (12” x 14”); Depth: 560 mm (22”)
Handle: 1 1/4” x 52” ; EPA approved for RBA program.
604-099
604-100
D-Frame Aquatic Dip Net µ900
D-Frame Aquatic Dip Net µ500
8 lbs.
8 lbs.
Triangle Aquatic Dip Net
Triangle Aquatic Dip Net µ900
Triangle Aquatic Dip Net µ500
HatchMatch
1 lb.
Benthic Aquatic Sampling Equipment
The triangle aquatic dip net is
designed to take samples in heavy
weeds and is heavy enough to stand
up under the most demanding conditions. Ring is made of rust-resistant
stainless steel with heavy muslin and
rope reinforcement at the net ring.
Heavy muslin also protects the sides
and edges from snags and wear.
Tough multifilament nylon netting is
900µm or 500µm.
Mouth Size: 300 mm (12” x 12” x
12”); Depth: 255 mm (10”)
Handle: 1 1/4” x 52” ; EPA approved
for the RBA program
604-106
604-107
604-205
Plankton population in a lake or pond is estimated using a plankton net. This fine mesh net cone is drawn through the water, filtering
and trapping the suspended organisms. The collected organisms are
counted to give an estimate of plankton variety and abundance.
Since the size of the net opening is known, and since the distance the net was pulled can be measured, it is possible to determine
the volume of water which passed through the net. The sampling,
which results in counting the number of individuals in a known volume or space is a quantitative sample since it gives an explicit numerical value for population size per unit volume or area.
Standard Plankton Net
8 lbs.
8 lbs.
This high quality, Standard Plankton Net is ideal for use in most
aquatic environments. The net itself is constructed of long wearing
Nitex® mesh. The collection bucket is made of PVC and the ring and
bridle are made of stainless steel. The standard sizes stocked for the
net are 80 and 153 microns; however, other sizes are listed below
and available.
Bottom Aquatic Kick Net
Rectangular stainless steel net
ring and wear resistant net construction are designed to pick up bottom
dwelling specimens over a wide area.
The hardwood handle unscrews into
two pieces for greater versatility. Bag
is constructed of 900 or 500 µm mesh
with heavy muslin reinforced sides and
ring edges for added strength.
Bag depth: 10” ; Frame: 18” x 10” ;
Handle is two pieces and is 1 1/4” x
60”; EPA approved for RBA program.
604-113
604-114
Bottom Aquatic Kick Net µ900
Bottom Aquatic Kick Net µ500
131
10 lbs.
10 lbs.
Mouth Diameter x Length
Mesh Size (µ)
20 cm x 50 cm
30 cm x 90 cm
30 cm x 120 cm
50 cm x 150 cm
20
604-022
604-032
604-042
--
50 cm x 200 cm
--
50
604-023
604-033
604-043
604-052
604-061
80
604-024
604-034
604-044
604-053
604-062
100
604-025
604-035
604-045
604-054
604-063
153
604-026
604-036
604-046
604-055
604-064
200
604-027
604-037
604-047
604-056
604-065
250
604-028
604-038
604-048
604-057
604-066
300
604-029
604-039
604-049
604-058
604-067
363
604-030
604-040
604-050
604-059
604-068
500
604-031
604-041
604-051
604-060
604-069
Plankton Nets
Aquatic Sampling
Wisconsin Plankton Net
Artificial Substrate Samplers
Used for vertical tows, the main design feature of
the Wisconsin net is the anterior reducing cone which
makes this sampler more efficient than a standard conical net. The sampler consists of three major parts: reducing cone, filtering net and specially designed net/bucket
adapter with screw on stainless steel plankton bucket.
Screw on bucket holds tighter to net, eliminating leaking
bottles and awkward hose clamps.
Net measures 30” long with a 5” diameter mouth
opening. The net is 7” in diameter where the filter net
meets the reducing cone. It is constructed with stainless
steel net frames, brass bridle and Nitex® nylon net with
80µm mesh or 153µm.
Perphyton literally refers to aquatic plants growing around (on)
solid surfaces. Recently, the term “periphyton” has been extended to
include the entire community of micro-organisms that live attached
to or on solid submerged surfaces, generally above the depth of light
extinction. The term encompasses not only algae but associated bacteria, fungi, protozoans, rotifers, and other small organisms.
604-157
604-159
Wisconsin Net, 80µm
Wisconsin Net, 153µm
Periphyton Samplers
2 lbs.
2 lbs.
Sedgewick-Rafter Counting Cell
This is used for counting zooplankton
samples. A 1 ml counting cell 45 mm
long, 20 mm wide, and 1 mm high.
Precision rectangular brass cell is bonded
to a 1” x 3” (25 mm x 75 mm) glass
slide. It is supplied with two extra cover
glasses and a plastic case.
604-165
604-166
Wildco® Sedgewick-Rafter Counting Cell 0.1 lb.
Replacement Cover Glass, pack of 12
0.1 lb.
Plankton Net Totalizing Flowmeter
This Totalizing Flowmeter is ideal for determining water speed,
volume or distance. These are general purpose instruments for flow
measurements with plankton nets to determine water volume for
each tow. Each flowmeter is made with a nickel-plated brass nose
cone, clear polycarbonate body, and is properly balanced to maintain
horizontal position when suspended from the towing line. The precision molded rotor is coupled directly to a six digit counter that registers each revolution and displays it on an odometer. After sampling,
remove meter and record reading and time. Subtracting the first
reading from the second gives you your average speed over the sampling time. The flowmeter has unlimited depth capacity and includes
an 8 3/4” long flowmeter, 18” stainless steel tow line and stainless
steel connecting axle pin. Choice of standard or low speed impellers.
Standard Impeller. For use in oceans, rivers, open channels or
with towed nets. Range: 10 cm/sec. - 79 cm/sec. 6 digit counter
measures 999999 counts, approximately 14.5 nautical miles. 2 3/4”
diameter.
Low Speed Impeller. Features a 6 1/2” wide two-blade gray
impeller with more surface area to sense slower currents. Range from
2 cm/sec. to 100 cm/sec. Replacement low speed impeller converts
standard flowmeter to low speed.
604-172
604-173
Standard Impeller - 6 digit counter
Low Speed Impeller - 6 digit counter
This floating
Artificial Substrate
Sampler was developed
for the EPA and other
groups interested in
sampling for comparative conditions of water
quality.
It is placed in a
stream, reservoir, or lake and is secured by means of a line and
anchor (not included) attached to the Locking Rings. The lower bend
in the wire frame allows for bottom anchoring and/or holding the
sampler below the water surface. A deflection plate helps provide a
quiet water flow area for best biotic growth and is made from a flexible water and sunlight resistant plastic.
It is left in place for two weeks during which time algae grows
on the glass slides. At the end of the sampling period the slide trays
are easily retrieved. The algae and other growth on the slides can
then be examined for identification and counting.
Manufactured from impact resistant ABS plastic with stainless
steel hardware, it will withstand the stress of attachment to anchors
and buoys, a necessity for sampling of the zebra mussel. It features
20 slots that will hold up to 40 standard microscope slides (two slides
in each slot). In addition, the periphyton sampler will accommodate
alternative sampling media such as fibrous filter cartridges.
The periphyton sampler is available in three different configurations depending on your specific sampling needs. Slides sold separately.
Variable Depth Model - Take samples at different water depths.
Sold complete with directional wind vane to position the sampler
plus a stainless steel pivot pin and “S” hooks which are used to
anchor the sampler onto buoys.
Floating Sampler - This sampler collects periphyton samples just
below the surface of the water. The float hardware positions the sampler inconspicuously below the water’s surface in an orientation that
will not capsize.
Sidestream Sampler - Sold complete with suction cups that can
be glued or fastened to the side of docks, buoys, or any flat surface.
604-127
604-128
604-129
604-131
Variable Depth Sampler
Floating Model Sampler
Sidestream Sampler
Slides - pack 72
1.5 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1.3 lbs.
132
Substrate Samplers
Aquatic Sampling
Artificial Substrate Basket
The Artificial Substrate Basket is made
of one inch square, 14 gage galvanized
wire with a PVC coating. The cylindrical
basket measures 6 1/2” in diameter and
11” in length. One end is hinged and tied
with a nylon releasable tie. The other end
is permanently fastened to the cylinder.
The rocks used to fill a series of samplers
should be of the same general size, shape,
and composition and should be cleaned by scrubbing with a brush
before use.
Angular limestone commonly is used in basket samplers,
although spheres of porcelain or concrete provide a more uniform
substrate. Coniferous tree bark has been used as a lightweight substitute for rocks.
If possible, suspend three samplers at a depth of 0.3 m below
the surface for experimentally determined exposure period or for 4 to
5 weeks. In environments of variable depth, suspend the samplers
from a float.
604-186
Artificial Substrate Basket
5 lbs.
The cone’s height is 10 inches and its
base is 10 inches. The bottom pan has an
oversized 200 micron mesh nylon pad to
prevent “wash out”. The bottom fits inside
the cone’s base and is held in place with four
nylon releasable ties. The two circumferences
are covered by PVC welting for protection
from the wire ends. The cone is used for
deep water sampling in rivers and lakes.
The Retrieval Funnel is designed to work
with the cones. The “funnel” is constructed
out of 16 ounce copper and is evenly
weighted with four weights. The funnel covers the submerged cone
during retrieval to shield the cone from wash out.
Artificial Substrate Cone
Retrieval Funnel
4 lbs.
6 lbs.
Riffle Rock Bags
The bag is made of nylon twine
with the mesh size 1 sq. in. The bag is
22 inches long and a maximum mouth
opening of 52 inches in circumference.
The mouth has a cord and grip closure.
604-189
Riffle Rock Bag
This sampler is used if the objective is to compare sampler catches
with the population of a surrounding
rocky substrate. The basket can be
loaded with materials simulating the
natural bed on which it lies. This
sampler is useful for lakes, shallow
streams, or for deep, swift rivers. The
sampler consists of a collapsible basket
holding gravel or rocks and is surrounded by a nylon netting bag of 1/2” sq. in.
mesh. A 18” SST rim around the top helps
retain the gravel. When lowered to the bottom, the basket collapses to form an area of gravel that is subsequently colonized. When raised off the bottom, the basket extends to
its original hemispherical shape and the surrounding net bag prevents
loss of invertebrates during retrieval.
604-180
12 lbs.
Some substrate samplers sample over time as well as in a particular space. Where the substrate will not allow grab samplers or similar
devices, organisms can be lured into samplers designed to mimic the
substrate. The multiple-plate substrate sampler mimics substrates with
narrow, openings, such as leaves or woody debris. These kinds of
samplers are placed in the substrate for a period of time and recovered. The number and kind of insects which have colonized the surfaces are counted. Since the surface area of the plates or spheres is
known, the multiple-plate samplers are quantitative samplers.
The Hester-Dendy sampler is available in three different designs:
small, square plates, round plates, and large, square plates. These are
approved by the USGS, EPA and other groups for benthic macro
invertebrate organism collection found in rivers, streams, lakes, and
tidal flats. Their hardboard plates are divided by special nylon spacers
and when left in place for about two weeks will attract a good collection of insect larva and other organisms. The plates have smooth surfaces on each side, are fastened together with a long eye bolt, and
can easily be disassembled for specimen examination.
Plates and samplers in all designs are made of 1/8” (3mm)
smooth, tempered hardboard. The eyebolt, washers, and wingnut are
made of stainless steel for long life. Wingnuts at the bottom allow disassembly without tools.
Large Square Hester-Dendy
Fourteen 3” (7.5 cm) square plates and 1” diameter spacers.
Total sampling area is 0.16 m2.
1 lb.
604-195
133
Collapsible-Basket Sampler
Multiplate Hester-Dendy Sampler
Artificial Substrate Cone
604-187
604-188
Benthic In-Stream Samplers
Collapsible-Basket Sampler
Large, Square Sampler
1 lb.
Substrate Samplers
Aquatic Sampling
Round Hester-Dendy
Secchi Discs
Fourteen 3” round disks and 1”
diameter spacers. Total sampling area is
0.16 m2. This style will fit in a wide
mouth mason jar for transport or storage.
Secchi Discs are designed for the measurement of the relative turbidity and clarity
of a body of water. This disc is constructed
of PVC and is finished in alternating black
and white quadrants of acrylic paint. The
disc operates as such: the disc is lowered
into the water on a graduated line. The
depth at which the disc is no longer visible is recorded. The disc is
then raised, and a recording of the depth at which the disc reappears
should be made. The mean of these two recordings is considered to
be the limit of visibility. Although the disc is unable to provide an
actual measure of light penetration, it is useful in providing a rough
index of visibility for comparative purposes available in a kit that
includes a weighted, 20 cm (8”) diameter Secchi disc with black and
white quadrants, 20 m uncalibrated nylon line on foam spool, and
instructions.
604-196
Round Sampler
1 lb.
Small Square Hester-Dendy
Nine 3” square plates and 1” diameter spacers. Total sampling
area is 0.10 m2. This style will fit in a wide mouth mason jar for transport or storage.
604-197
604-198
604-199
Small, Square Sampler
Wide Mouth Glass Mason Jar w/Lid
Case of 12
Wide Mouth Plastic Sample Container
w/Lid, Case of 12
0.5 lb.
8 lbs.
3.2 lbs.
605-015
605-016
2 lbs.
5 lbs.
Transparency Turbidity Tube
Aquatic Sampling Support Equipment
The Transparency Turbidity Tube is used to estimate
stream quality as it relates to suspended materials in water,
measuring water clarity. Just as a secchi disk is used as a
measure of lake quality, the transparency tube is an excellent reference for the study of water quality. The 1 3/4”
diameter clear PVC tube is marked in cm from 0 to 60 with
a 4.5 cm standard secchi disc pattern at the bottom of the
tube. To use, the tube is filled with water and drained off
using the drain tube until the secchi pattern appears. The
height of the water column is then recorded. Each reading
becomes a reference for measuring changes.
Aqua Scope Viewing Scope
The Aqua Scope is used for Secchi disk readings as
well as aquatic plant and animal observations. The innovative design eliminates both surface glare as well as internal
reflection. Features include a black interior, flotation collar
and neoprene viewing mask for eliminating peripheral
light, and a comfortable handle. The features combine to
allow consistent viewing parameters regardless of environmental conditions. Overall length is 26”.
605-001 Aqua Scope
Secchi Disc - 20 cm (8”) in diameter
Secchi Disc Kit
4 lbs.
605-018
Transparency Tube
2 lbs.
Depthmate Portable Depth Sounders
Wash Bottles
These wide-mouth wash bottles feature
one-piece leak-proof cap and nozzles. Great
for a variety of uses including washing littoral samples and rinsing down invertebrates from plankton nets, surber samplers
or wash buckets. Sold plain, labeled or in a
variety pack of six labeled bottles.
605-007
500ml Wash Bottle- Isopropanol, 6/pkg
0.8 lb.
605-008
500ml Wash Bottle- Deionized Water, 6/pkg 0.8 lb.
605-009
500ml Wash Bottle- Ethanol, 6/pkg
0.8 lb.
605-010
500ml Wash Bottle- Variety*, 6/pkg
0.8 lb.
605-011
500ml Wash Bottle- Plain, 6/pkg
0.8 lb.
605-012
1000ml Wash Bottle- Plain, 3/pkg
0.8 lb.
* Includes 1 each of Methanol, Isopropanol, Acetone, Ethanol,
Water, Toluene
The Depthmate Portable
Depth Sounder is used to quickly
determine water depth for sampling
and lake studies. A quality transducer transmits high frequency pulses
that reflect off the bottom and back
to the unit where they are
processed to determine depth. The handheld unit features an
enclosed transducer and a waterproof case. The remote unit features
a transducer with 12 foot cable and optional accessory pack for
mounting on a pole or hull of a boat. A depth range of 1.8 ft. to 240
ft., a seven digit backlit LCD, and 9V battery (included).
Specifications:
Minimum Depth:
1.8 ft.
Maximum Depth:
260 ft.
Frequency:
200 KHz (Beam angle 24º)
Accuracy:
±1%
Dimensions:
1.7" x 7.8" (42 mm x 198 mm)
Weight:
10 oz. with battery
605-024
605-025
605-026
Depth Sounder - Handheld
Depth Sounder w/cable transducer
Accessory Pack Mount
1 lb.
1.5 lbs.
1 lb.
134
Sampling Accessories
Aquatic Sampling
EZ-Reel - Storage & Retrieval Reel
Best Buoy
Made of tough, weather
resistant polyethylene, this reel is
an ideal way to retrieve and store
up to 200 ft. of polyrope or 500
ft. of Teflon® cord. Also used to
store up to 100 ft. of extension
cord. It has base and handle for
easy handling and storage.
Substrate baskets use these buoys to suspend nets, mark underwater structures, and
sampling points. Constructed of UV protected
plastic to resist fading, each buoy comes with 75
feet of nylon cord and a plated steel weight that
also snaps into the side of the buoy to prevent
tangled cords. Available in high visibility orange. Sold in packs of two.
605-072
605-032
EZ-Reel
3.5 lbs.
Quick Reel Cord Reel
The Quick Reel Cord Reel holds up to 200 ft. of polyrope and
500 ft. of Teflon® cord. It does not have a stand or handle.
605-038
Quick Reel
2 lbs.
3/16” Solid-Braided Polyester Rope
Durable 3/16” polyester rope is
ideal for sampling applications. The
polyester fiber doesn’t shrink like
nylon, so the cord stays flexible and
easy to handle. It holds knots well and
is not affected by UV light. Tensile
strength is 620 lbs.
605-078
605-079
605-080
100 ft. Spool
300 ft. Spool
500 ft. Spool
For working in cold water these fully
lined and insulated gloves provide warmth
and protection from the fingertips to the
shoulder. Their textured palms aid in handling slippery objects. The two gloves are
attached with a wide elastic connection at
the shoulder, so you will never end up with an odd glove. Available in
two lengths.
14” Mid-Forearm Glove
Shoulder Length Glove
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
Electrofishing
1 lb.
3 lbs.
5 lbs.
This strong, durable lightweight nylon 1/8” cord is handy for
lowering and retrieving bailers and lightweight dredges.
100 ft. Spool
5 lbs.
Fluorescent Orange PVC Gloves
605-084
605-085
Nylon Braided Cord
605-051
Best Buoy (2)
0.5 lb.
Electrofishing is an efficient capture method that can be used to
obtain reliable population estimates, length-weight relationships, and
age and growth on most streams. Electrofishers tend to collect larger
fish more easily than smaller fish but variable control electrical transformers allow adjustable control of voltage, pulse, and electrical frequency thereby reducing size selectivity. Electrofishing efficiency can
also be affected by stream conductivity, temperature, depth, and clarity of water. Each condition must be considered to ensure a reliable
population estimate. Electrofishing can be more efficient than other
methods of population estimates such as seining and underwater
observation. Boulder-rubble substrate, turbidity, aquatic vegetation,
and undercut banks can bias other population estimation methods.
1/4” Polyrope
Electro-Fishing Unit - Model 2000
This hollow braided polypropylene rope is high visibility yellow
and works well for general sampling.
The Model 2000 ElectroFishing Unit is a 2000 watt electro-fisher that features variable
voltage and frequency mounted
on a non-conductive nylon pack
frame with quick release shoulder
straps and hip belt. It is a lightweight, noise free unit with electronic digital timer and waterproof case. The Model 2000 is
completely portable and comes
with an aluminum field case for easy storage, traveling and carrying
that will house all parts for the electro-fisher.
605-057
1000 ft. Spool
9.5 lbs.
Teflon®/Stainless Steel Suspension Cable
The Teflon® covered 304 stainless steel 3/32” cable is designed
for use with Teflon® samplers.
605-063
605-064
605-065
605-066
50 feet
100 feet
250 feet
Suspension Cord End Cap Kit,
pack of 11 Teflon® end caps
1 lb.
1.5 lbs.
3 lbs.
0.1 lb.
Specifications:
Battery
24 volt gel cell
All Purpose Snaps
Output Voltage
200-100 volts (in 50 volt steps)
Spring loaded one-way latch makes one
hand operation a snap. Zinc or stainless steel.
Output Power
Pulse power range 100-2000 watts
Output Frequency
5 to 300 Hertz
109-075 (S)
109-076
109-077
109-078
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Overload Protection
20 amp fuse
Electrodes
2 piece anode pole
Timer
6 digit second timer
Monitor
0-3 AMP meter
605-097
135
Model 2000 Electro-Fishing Unit
Electrofishers
Aquatic Sampling
Boat Mounted Electro-Fisher - Model 2020
Electro-Shock Dip Net
The fiberglass handle of this dip net
insulates from user shock! It also features an
aluminum bow construction which eliminates
netting abuse from rocks, sand, branches,
etc. The nylon netting is completely encased
in the bow. Dimensions: 16” x 16” bow with
6’ fiberglass handle. Nylon net is 3/16” mesh
x 8” deep.
605-091 Electric-Shock Dip Net
2 lbs.
Fish Measuring Board
The Model 2020 is a boat mounted electro-fishing unit that features a 2500 watt, 300 volt battery operated power source.
Specifications are the same as the model 2000 but uses a larger 24V
battery source along with higher wattage and voltage output.
605-103
Model 2020 Boat Mounted Electro-Fisher
Electro-Shock Low Voltage Gloves
Made of natural rubber, these gloves
are for use on circuits of up to 1,000 volts
and work well in electro-fishing applications.
Maximum use voltage in accordance with
ASTM specifications, 1000 volts. 11” long.
605-109 Size 10 Gloves
This high density polyethylene Wildco® Fish Measuring Board
provides fast and accurate fish measurements. Its smooth surface and
easy-to-read scales allow for minimal trauma to the fish during data
collection. The tempered aluminum straight edge is set up for metric
measurements, but can easily be turned around for English measurements. A tapered backstop helps prevent fish from sliding off during
measurement. Available in 30” (75 cm) and 24” (60 cm) sizes with
English and metric measurements. English scale has .1” divisions.
Metric scale has 1 mm divisions.
0.8 lb.
605-115
605-116
Measuring Board, 30” (75 cm)
Measuring Board, 24” (60 cm)
7 lbs.
6 lbs.
136
Sampling Kits
Aquatic Sampling
Fieldmaster Water Sampling Kit
Borger Color System Chart
This high quality water Wildco® sampling fieldmaster kit contains all of the
equipment necessary for detailed water
studies. The kit consists of: a one liter clear
acrylic water bottle; a four ounce tapered
messenger; thermometer (-40º to +120ºC in
1º divisions); 153 µm plankton net with
removable 125 ml poly bottle; 20cm secchi
disk; 20 m of braided poly line on winding
board; and instruction manual. All are contained in a sturdy plastic carrying case.
The Borger Color System Chart is an effective color guide for
limnology and water quality studies. The 17 page book includes 147
water resistant color chips, measuring scales and data sheet.
606-052
Fieldmaster Water Sampling Kit
606-120
Borger Color Chart
Armored Thermometer
The Armored Thermometer measures from -5ºC to 45ºC with
0.5ºC divisions and is enclosed in a protective plastic jacket.
606-140
14 lbs.
Limnology Fieldmaster Sampling Kit
Wildco®
This
Fieldmaster Limnology
Sampling Kit is assembled for the study of
aquatic fauna, bottom and sediment stratification collecting, sampling and measuring pH, turbidity and temperature in one
complete kit. The kit contains the following:
Kemmerer Water Sampler with
Thermometer
1.2 liter clear acrylic water bottle
with internal fresh water thermometer
and 11 oz. messenger and is equipped with a patented all angle trip
head. The thermometer may be removed and used separately with a
temperature range of -40º F +120º F in 1º divisions.
Hand Corer
Hand Corer is a standard stainless steel core sampler for taking
undisturbed stratified samples of semi-firm sediments. The Hand
Corer is suitable for studying bottom organisms and the top valve
creates a vacuum to minimize sample loss. 2” D x 20” L. Does not
use liner tubes.
Armored Thermometer
The Forel-Ule Color Scale is an octet comparator with standard
colors and descriptions to analyze water color.
606-146
Forel-Ule Color Scale
USGS and EPA requirements for cleaning sampling equipment or
“clean hands” water quality and aquatic sampling call for non-powdered disposable gloves. Both organic and inorganic compounds
sampling protocol allows for latex gloves while organic compounds
also can use nitrile gloves and inorganic compounds can use vinyl
gloves. The gloves offered meet all USGS
and EPA sampling requirements.
Disposable Nitril Gloves
These gloves are 4 mil thick with
superior tensile strength and are puncture
resistance. Powder free, 50 pairs per box.
607-015
607-016
607-017
M ed.
Large
X-large
1.8 lbs.
1.8 lbs.
1.8 lbs.
Disposable Vinyl Gloves
Made of lightweight vinyl, these flexible,
durable, chemical resistant gloves are available
in two thicknesses. 50 pairs per box.
607-023
607-024
607-025
607-026
5 mil White, Med.
5 mil White, Large
6.5 mil Green, Med.
6.5 mil Green, Large
Fresh Water pH Testing Kit
This is a wide range kit covering the pH range from 3.0 to 10.0.
It contains two comparison tubes, reagent for 50 tests, instruction
and plastic case. Included with kit is 100 ft. of braided line and carrying case.
Disposable Latex Gloves
606-058
607-032
607-033
607-034
607-035
137
1 lb.
Aquatic Sampling
Secchi Disk
20 cm (8”) acrylic plastic with white and black quadrants, this
disk is used for determining water transparency index.
40 lbs.
0.3 lb.
Forel-Ule Color Scale
Plankton Net
153µm Nitex® nylon net with a 20 cm (3”) diameter mouth and
50 cm (20”) L. This net features stainless steel cable bridle with nickel
plated brass swivel and a latex drain tube for easy sample removal.
Designed for shallow streams, the drift net is constructed of
363µm Nitex® bolting cloth for dimensional stability with closed end.
Rectangular mouth measures 300 mm X 460 mm (12” x 18”), 990
mm (39”) long. It has a zinc plated stainless steel frame with two 18”
stainless steel stakes for anchoring to stream bottom.
Limnology Field Sampling Kit
0.3 lb.
4
4
4
4
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Hypoallergenic strong elastic latex
glove with textured surface, grips even
when wet. Sold in box of 50 pairs (XL sold
in box of 45 pairs).
9”
9”
9”
9”
Powder-free,
Powder-free,
Powder-free,
Powder-free,
Small
Med.
Large
X-large
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Sampling Accessories
Aquatic Sampling
Accessories
Sample Labeler™ Software
(continued)
Repeat Label Sets
Information on as many projects as
desired can be saved in individual project
files. Once stored, the information can be
used to quickly print repeat sets of labels for
subsequent sampling rounds.
Plastic Sample Pails
607-041
607-042
607-043
607-044
5 gallon pail with snap-on,
snap-off lid
5 gal. with tamper proof lid
Lid opener tool - allows reuse of lid
5 gallon pail adapter - turn a 5 gal.
pail into an air tight and leak-proof
container. Lid comes with an
o-ring seal to ensure waterproofness.
3 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
0.3 lb.
1.5 lbs.
Poly Sample Bags
607-050
607-051
607-052
8” x 13”, 6 mil poly - box of 100
12” x 20”, 6 mil poly - box of 100
24” x 36”, 6 mil poly - box of 100
3 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
4.5 lbs.
Sample Bag Ties
607-053
7” plastic coated wire twist ties - per 100 0.3 lb.
Identify your samples with these easy to use
tear-off sample tags. Pocket sized sample book
contains 50 waterproof pages which are perforated along the lower edge to form a tag to put
inside the sample bag. Each page is stamped with
an ID number to identify the sample. The date,
remarks, analysis, and who took the sample is
written in the book.
Weatherproof Sample Book
Advantages
• Saves field time
• Avoids forgotten samples and bottles
• Ensures laboratory can read the label
• Eliminates field errors in sample naming
• Easy-to-use
607-065
607-070
Sample Tag Book
607-059
Labels
Sample Labeler can print on paper or polyester labels, 3.0” x
1 7/8”, 3.5” x 1 7/16” or 4.0” x 1 7/16”, in either pin-feed rolls or
fan-fold stacks.
Pre-printed labels can minimize possible contamination from the
use of markers. Labels pre-printed in the office are smudge-proof.
Standard paper labels are water resistant and can be waterproofed
with a mylar overlay. Polyester labels are waterproof and very durable.
1.5 lbs.
Sample Labeler™ Software
A sample container with an unreadable label means a wasted
sample!
The Sample Labeler software package prepares bottle labels for
environmental sampling. The program gives environmental professionals a fast, easy method to prepare sample labels before leaving
the office. Only the ‘Date’, ‘Time’ and ‘By’ blanks need completing in
the field.
Sample Labeler makes QA/QC standards easier to attain. It
increases the accuracy of both sampling and labeling, and saves field
time.
Sample Labeler is pre-loaded with more than 100 common analytes, as shown below. These are matched to appropriate preservatives and storage requirements. They can be added to and edited.
Analyte Data Base
30 Common Metals
EPA 500 Series Methods
Field Parameters
Inorganic Compounds
Microbiological Analytes
Miscellaneous Analytes
Radioactive Analytes
Sample labeler Software
3” x 1 7/8” Polyester Labels (Roll 500)
3 lbs.
2 lbs.
Aquatic Stream Habitat Survey Equipment
Embeddedness
Embeddedness rates the degree to which rocks (gravel, cobble
and boulders) and snags are covered or sunken into the silt, sand or
mud of the stream bottom. Generally, as rocks become embedded,
the surface area available to macroinvertebrates and fish (shelter,
spawning, and egg incubation) is decreased. Embeddedness is a
result of large-scale sediment movement and deposition, and is a
parameter evaluated in the riffles and runs of high-gradient streams.
The rating of this parameter may be variable depending on where the
observations are taken. Observations of embeddedness should be
taken in the upstream and central portions of riffles and cobble substrate areas.
Stream Embeddedness Survey Ring
Standard procedures use three
60 cm diameter randomly stream
embeddedness survey hoops (rings)
with all rock sizes surveyed within
these hoops. An alternative procedure uses 30 cm diameter rings.
These are made of heavy gage
stainless steel strap material with handles.
607-001
607-002
60 cm dia. ring (set 3)
30 cm dia. ring (set 3)
14 lbs.
10 lbs.
138
Light Density Meters
Aquatic Sampling
Stream Embeddedness Survey Grid
GRP Densitometer
This method uses a standard 1 square
meter survey grid made of stainless steel
wire divided into 1 square decimeter
squares. Another standard size is 24 inch
square with 2 inch squares providing 144
subsquares.
The GRP Densitometer offers a
simple solution for estimating canopy
coverage. The 45 degree mirror provides a quick and simple view of the
immediate canopy coverage. The internal levels allow getting perfect 90
degree views with every reading.
Estimating your canopy coverage is
very simple. For example, if you take 100 equidistant readings along
a transverse and 56 of those readings show canopy coverage, then
your canopy coverage is 56%.
607-008
607-009
1 Square Meter Grid
24” Square Inch Grid
7 lbs.
10 lbs.
Spherical Densiometer
Total light incident on the stream and
the resulting heat load are important factors
regulating biological activity in the stream.
The water column is the medium of
support and movement for fish and other
aquatic organisms and is strongly controlled
by its bordering riparian vegetation. The
amount of sunlight, which is the energy base
for photosynthesis and stream temperature,
is also controlled by the surrounding vegetation.
The concave Spherical Densiometer,
Model B can be used on permanent points or transects to estimate
relative vegetative canopy closure or canopy density caused by vegetation. Vegetative canopy closure is the area of the sky over the
selected site (stream channel) bracketed by vegetation.
The concave mirror surface of the Densiometer has 37 grid intersections forming 24 squares. At a probability level of 95 percent, tests
show that average measurements of the same overstory area can be
expected to be within ±2.4 percent of the mean.
To take readings, hold the instrument level, 12” to 18” in front
of body and at elbow height. Assume four equi-spaced dots to each
square of the grid and systematically count the dots equivalent to
quarter-square openings. Multiply the total count by 1.04 to obtain
percent of overhead area not occupied by canopy. The difference
between this and 100 is an estimation of overstory density in percent.
Units are housed in a 3” x 3” x 1” thick walnut case with operating
instructions permanently affixed to the lid. A leveling bubble is also
included for accurate positioning during estimations.
Two models are available: Convex and Concave. The readings
from the Convex Densiometer are representing a larger sample size
area than those of the concave unit.
607-089
607-090
Convex Densiometer
Concave Densiometer
1 lb.
1 lb.
Foot Candle/Lux Meter
The Foot Candle/Lux Meter accurately measures the light density under tree canopies over
streams. It measures light levels in terms of Foot
Candles (Fc) or Lux over a wide range and measures from 0 to 5000 Fc in three ranges: 0-200,
0-2000, 0-5000, with 0.1 Fc resolution. It will
also measure 0-50,000 Lux in three ranges: 02,000, 0-20,000, and 0-50,000, with 1 Lux resolution.
Meter comes equipped with a 1mV per
count analog output for downloading to a
recorder. Includes one 9-volt battery. Dimensions: 6.4” x 2.89” x 1.2”.
607-096
607-097
Foot Candle/Lux Meter
Vinyl Carrying Pouch
139
1 lb.
0.5 lb.
607-103
GRP Densitometer
0.8 lb.
Rubbermaid® Ice Chest Coolers
Rubbermaid Ice Chest Coolers
are ideal for sample storage and transport. These coolers are tough, durable
and feature thick urethane foam insulation. They have tight seals on lids
with strong hinges, rugged handles
and drain plug. Samples should be
packed upright in the cooler with at
least two times as many ice packs as
total volume of the samples.
607-110
607-111
607-112
607-113
607-114
607-115
34 quart, sturdy hinges, removable tray.
Easy-grip, molded-in handles, blue with
white lid. 21 1/16”L x 13 9/16”W x 13”H
48 quart, sturdy hinges, removable tray.
Easy-grip, folding handles, blue with white
lid. 25 1/2”L x 15 1/4”W x 16 7/8”H
54 quart. Features a mesh retainer in the
cover and folding handles, white.
25.3”L x 17”W x 15”H
80 quart. Features 3 refreeze bottles in
the lid, a tray and built-in handles on the
sides, white. 34 1/2”L x 17”W x 15 1/2”H
102 quart. Features a tray and drain plug,
white. 40”L x 17 1/2”W x 17 1/4”H
178 quart. Features a tray and rope handles,
drain plug threaded for water hose, white.
39.75”L x 17”W x 15”H
6.5 lbs.
8.3 lbs.
12.8 lbs.
20.5 lbs.
25 lbs.
36.8 lbs.
Rubbermaid® Personal Coolers
Six-quart size holds six 12 oz. cans;
12-quart size holds twelve 12 oz. cans. The
cooler is made of a sturdy polyethylene
with thick insulation and a lock down lid
and is blue with a hinged white lid.
607-121 Personal 6-pack, 12 1/8” x 8 1/2” x 9”
607-122 Personal 12-pack, 15 3/8” x 9 3/8” x 11 1/4”
607-123 Repl. refreeze bottle
3 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
1 lb.
Spring Scales & Calipers
Aquatic Sampling
Rubbermaid® Blue Ice Soft Packs
Accessories for Clip Attachment Scales
For sample preservation, ice packs should be
used instead of loose or
bagged ice. When loose
ice melts, the contents of
the cooler are free to shift,
potentially allowing contamination of samples. These ice packs can be frozen then placed in
your ice chest for hours of cold power. Poly bag materials are safe and
odorless. Cooling effect of 4 lbs. of ice.
607-129
Ice Pack, 6 3/4” x 2 1/4” x 5”
1.5 lbs.
Economy Coarse Aquatic Shaker Sieve
Replacement clip
Hook w/eye clip
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
Scales with Hook Attachment
607-170
607-171
607-172
607-173
607-174
607-175
1000g x 10g, 22cm length
5kg x 50g, 37cm length
50kg x 500g, 37 cm length
100kg x 1000g, 46 cm length
0.3 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.8 lb.
0.8 lb.
1.8 lbs.
4.3 lbs.
Pressure Set
This coarse sieve is ideal for quick
sifting with wet or dry material. After
placing sample in the shaker sieve, move
the sieve back and forth vigorously.
Insignificant particles fall out, leaving the
larger specimens behind for easy observation. The Sieve is constructed of clear
pine with a #7 polyethylene screen, reinforced by galvanized hardware cloth.
Dimensions: 24”L x 10 1/2”W x 3
1/2”D.
607-147 Shaker Sieve
607-167
607-168
1.5 lbs.
Transforms scale into an instrument to measure pressure resistance as a penetrometer to test compaction. Consists of a pressure
rod, threaded hook and cap nut.
607-191
Pressure Set
0.8 lb.
Calipers
These calipers are used in stream habitat surveys for pebble size
measurements and riparian vegetation and stream debris measurement and mapping. The data logging capability of the Mitutoyo
Digital Calipers are extremely labor saving for pebble count measurements.
MITUTOYO® Digital Calipers
PESOLA Spring Scales
Pesola Scales are the perfect weighing
instrument for field or lab use. Tare screw
allows for user recalibration and “zero out” of
objects weighing up to 25% scale capacity.
Available in a range of scales to weigh
practically anything, PESOLA Spring Scales are
made of corrosion resistant stainless metal
with an anodized finish. Accuracy ±0.3%.
Two-year warranty on all models.
These instruments are easy to use and extremely accurate with
an extra large 1/4” high LCD and a 0-6” range. These calipers feature
built-in solar powered LCD display. Features include four and five
digit LCD and control switches for on/off, inch/mm. Digimatic
calipers include locking slider clamp to prevent accidental jaw movement. Each unit comes with battery and fitted carrying case.
SPC cable connects digimatic caliper to Mitutoyo’s Multiplexer.
A standard 25 pin female connector cable is also needed to connect
Multiplexer to an IBM compatible PC. SPC cable also connects caliper
to the Digi-Card which installs in the expansion slot in your PC.
Specifications:
Scales with Clip Attachment
607-180
607-181
607-182
607-183
607-184
607-185
607-186
607-187
607-188
10g x 0.1g, 22cm length
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
# of Digits
Accuracy
Resolution
Plasti-Cal
Four
±.008” (±0.2 mm)
.001” (0.1 mm)
My-Cal Lite
Four
±.005” (±0.2 mm)
.001” (0.1 mm)
Digimatic
Five
±.001” (±0.1 mm)
.0005” (0.01 mm)
607-197
607-198
607-199
607-200
607-201
607-202
607-203
607-204
Plasti-Cal Caliper
Digimatic My Cal Lite - four digit
Digitmatic - w/o data output
Digimatic - with data output
SPC Connecting Cable
Multiplexer Interface Box
Digi-Card Computer Board
25 Pin Computer Cable
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1.3 lbs.
1 lb.
4 lbs.
0.5 lb.
0.3 lb.
140
Data Collection Computers
Aquatic Sampling
Aluminum Tree Calipers
Juniper Systems Data Collection
Computers
These aluminum calipers are constructed for better service and longer
life. The strong, lightweight aluminum
alloy jaws are molded into the high
strength injection molded plastic brackets. The hand-hold on the sliding portion of the caliper features a thumb rest
for slight movement of the slide assembly.
Figures and graduations are black
on the aluminum background.
Adjustable friction pads on the moving
jaw allow regulation of tension which
increases accuracy. Graduated in inches
and 10ths for English scale and centimeters for metric scale.
607-218
607-219
607-220
607-221
50
65
80
95
cm
cm
cm
cm
Caliper
Caliper
Caliper
Caliper
JS 600 Fieldbook™
The JS 600 FieldBook™ is a rugged,
economical data collection computer.
Information is entered directly into the
FieldBook where it is stored in a spreadsheet
format eliminating the need for paper data
sheets. The FieldBook accepts both handkeyed data and readings from digital sensors, bar code wands, and RS-232C devices.
1 lb.
1.5 lbs.
2 lbs.
2.3 lbs.
English/Metric - English Graduations on one side of beam and metric
graduations on other side.
607-227
18”/ 50 cm Caliper
1 lb.
607-228
1.5 lbs.
607-229
2 lbs.
607-230
2.3 lbs.
607-231
Leather Holster
0.3 lb.
Quick Check Tree Caliper
Accurately measures trees and logs up
to 8” diameter with 1” to 8” graduations
on one side and one to 20 cm on the other
side. The 9 1/2” aluminum alloy caliper fits
easily in your hand.
JS 600 Features:
• The JS 600 can be programmed to perform mathematical calculations on data, make decisions based on data received,
search or sort through your data file, automatically record data
at either preset intervals or in response to an event, and record
the date and time.
• Data can be transferred directly to a computer, printer or
modem eliminating time-consuming, error-prone manual data
reduction and keyboard entry.
• The JS 600 is rugged and sealed from moisture and dust. It
weighs less than 2 pounds.
• The full alphanumeric keyboard has keys large enough for
gloved hands.
• The JS 600 is equipped with 4 digital inputs, 3 digital outputs,
and an RS-232C port allowing it to interface directly to a
variety of sensors and instruments. The digital outputs can be
used to turn external devices on and off.
Data Collection Capacity
The Fieldbook uses CMOS static RAM for data storage. Because
of the way data are stored in the FieldBook, twice as much numeric
data can be collected and stored compared to a standard computer
with the same amount of memory. A FieldBook with 448 K of RAM
can store the equivalent of 500 typewritten pages of numeric data,
80 columns wide with 50 lines per page.
Technical Specifications:
Processor
Hitachi 64180, 3 MHz clock speed,
Operating System
Proprietary
Internal Data Storage
256 K or 448 K CMOS static RAM
Software Included
PolyTools application development
6 MHZ crystal
607-237
Aluminum Caliper
0.5 lb.
and communication program
USFS Pebble Count Sampling Frame
Physical Specifications:
This is a 60 cm x 60 cm collapsible aluminum sampling
frame with an adjustable grid of
white elastic bands to define the
particles to sample. When placed
onto the stream bed the elastic
bands stretch across cobbles that
protrude above the bed.
Size
8 x 4 x 2.1 inches
(20.32 x 10.16 x 5.33 cm)
Weight
1 lb. 13 oz. (.822 kg)
Operating Temperature
-4 to +122 º F (-20 to +50º C)
Rugged design
High-impact polycarbonate
case sealed from water and dust,
EMI shielded, CE approved
Continued on next page ->
607-240
Pebble Count Sampling Frame
141
2.5 lbs.
Data Collection Computers
Aquatic Sampling
JS 600 Fieldbook™
(continued)
DATAPLUS Application Generator
DATAPLUS EXTM is an
application generator for the JS
600 FieldBook. The program is
menu driven, making it simple
to set up data collection templates in the FieldBook to use in
place of paper data sheets. The
program can include validity
checking and the automatic
entry of default data and data
from sensors.
The FieldBook can be used to collect wetland delineation and
stream survey data. The rugged, waterproof design keeps data secure.
JS 600 FieldBook Plus Package
JS 600 FieldBook Plus Packages include everything you need to
begin collecting data in the field, plus you pay less than you would if
you purchased each item individually. A package includes the following items:
• JS 600 FieldBook
• Battery Pack
• Battery Charger
• Nylon Carrying Case
• Reset Connector
• Battery Tester Connector
• RS-232C Communication Cable, 9 Pin
• User’s Manual
• DATAPLUS EX V2.0 Spreadsheet Program
• PolyTools Application Development Software and Polycode
Subroutine Library
607-243
607-254
JS-600 Plus, 256 K FieldBook Plus Package
JS-600 Plus, 448 K FieldBook Plus Package
6 lbs.
6 lbs.
Allegro Field PC
The Allegro Field PC is a rugged waterproof field computer that runs both the
DOS and Windows CE operating systems.
This capability allows you to run all of your
existing DOS applications while you develop new applications in the Windows CE
environment. The Allegro is suitable for
applications in extremely harsh environments with operating temperature specifications of -30 to 54 degrees C. A display backlight for low consumption
rates are low and all data storage is on non-volatile media.
Gaskets completely seal the case from water and dust. The
Allegro can be submerged; it even floats. The Allegro weighs less than
two pounds and the weight distribution is carefully balanced. No
tools are required to access the batteries and PC card.
The DataPlus Application Generator Software
packages allow you to create electronic data collection forms to mimic paper data sheets. If you currently collect your field data on paper, you can use
DataPlus to create an electronic form for the Allegro
Field Computer. The form is created in a Windows
environment on your PC, then downloaded to the
Field Computer. There is no programming involved.
DataPlus has built in communications functions to
facilitate easy transfer of files back and forth
between the Field Computer and your PC.
Allegro Field PC
(continued)
Enter your field observations directly into the Allegro. Use your
existing DOS data collection program or create one to run in
Windows CE. You can design a spreadsheet to run in Windows CE
using PTab. DOS applications can be created using DataPlus
Professional or EASYDC.
Collect Data From Sensors and Instruments
For automatic data collection, integrate the Allegro with sensors
and instruments including laser rangefinders, GPS receivers, electronic
scales, and bar code scanners.
Applications include: stream gaging, gaging station data management, resource assessment, stream survey habitat classification,
water quality monitoring, wetland delineation, land mapping, hydrology studies, stream restoration, GPS/GIS data collection and mobile
GIS.
Allegro Field PC Technical Specifications:
Processor
486 AMD processor, 100 MHz
Operating Systems
Windows CE 2.12; MS-DOS 6.22
Programs (for Allegro and PC)
Windows CE
Desktop PC: CE Services
Allegro Suite: PTab Spreadsheet,
Microsoft Windows Explorer, Email InBox,
Pocket Internet Explorer and Pocket Word
DOS Utilities
Desktop PC: Lynx File Transfer Utility
Allegro Utilities: FileScout DOS File Manager
Physical Specifications:
Size
10" high x 5.25" wide x 1.5" deep
(256 mm x 133 mm x 38 mm)
Weight
1.78 lbs. (807 grams)
Operating temperature
-22 to 130º F (-30 to 54º C)
Storage Temperature
-33 to 140º F (-35 to 60º C)
Waterproof
Passes MIL-810E-512.3 and IP67 leak (immersion) tests.
Shockproof
Passes MIL-810E-512.4 shock (drop) test.
You receive everything you need with the Allegro to begin collecting data in the field. Allegro Field PC package includes the following:
• 16 M RAM
• 24 M Disk Storage
• PCMCIA Card Slot (accepts Type I or II 3V/5V PC Cards)
• 100 MHz 486 Class CPU
• 2 Serial Ports with 9 Pin Connectors
• Display Backlight and Heater
• NiMH Battery Pack
• Windows CE Software Suite
• DOS Utility Programs
• Universal Wall Charger
• CE Serial Communication
Cable
• Mini and Full Size Stylus
• Carrying Straps
• User’s Manual
607-260
Allegro Field PC Package
8 lbs.
142
Field Books
Aquatic Sampling
“Rite in the Rain®” Weatherproof Paper
Pocket Size Bound Books
Get the function of our standard bound books
in a smaller form. This pocket sized book measures
4” x 6 1/2” and is available in a variety of patterns
for a perfect fit for your back pocket. Fabrikoid covers only.
“Rite in the Rain” paper, created specifically for writing field
notes in wet, humid weather. A unique and exclusive chemical coating sheds water, making it possible to write clear, readable notes even
during a rainstorm.
Standard Bound Books
“Rite-in-the-Rain” bound books ensure that your valuable data
won’t be lost. With a variety of page patterns, there is bound to be a
book for you. These 4 5/8” x 7 1/4” books have 156 pages (78
sheets) including a title and contents page.
607-335
607-336
607-337
607-338
Pattern
Level - 156 Pages (78 Sheets)
Field - 156 Pages (78 Sheets)
Horizontal Line - 156 Pages (78 Sheets)
Environmental - 76 Pages (38 Sheets)
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
“Rite-in-the-Rain” Bound
Field Books
The professional’s bound book. This is the
only bound book manufactured with true outdoor durable components. The cover, the
paper, even the glue are designed to survive.
Geological Bound Book
This all weather bound book comes
equipped with 20 helpful reference pages. It
has standard and metric rulers along with numbered pages to keep you organized. The book
is 4 5/8” x 7 1/4 “ and has 156 pages (78
sheets). A photo scale and ruler are included.
607-345
Fabrikoid
607-300
607-302
607-304
607-306
607-308
607-310
607-312
607-314
607-316
Polydura
607-301
607-303
607-305
607-307
607-309
607-311
607-313
607-315
607-317
Pattern
Transit
Level
Blank
Cruisers Transit
Field
Metric Field
Metric Grid
Horizontal Line
Cross Section
Geological Pattern
0.7 lb.
Environmental Bound Book
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
These numbered page, sewn bound, EPA approved books are
legally defensible in case of litigation. They contain 10 helpful environmental reference pages. The 4 5/8” x 7 1/4” book has 156 pages
(78 sheets). The 4” x 6 1/2” pocket version has 76 pages (38
sheets).
Fabrikoid
607-350
607-352
Polydura
607-351
N/A
Pattern
Environmental
Environmental Pocket
0.7 lb.
0.3 lb.
Top Opening Bound Books
EPA Approved Bound Field Books
Reference valuable data in your “Rite in the Rain” bound books
numbered pages. They are the same size as the standard bound
books. With 156 consecutively numbered pages, (78 sheets); furthermore, these books meet EPA field book requirements to be legally
defensible.
Fabrikoid Cover
607-325
607-327
Polydura Cover
607-326
607-328
Pattern
Field
Horizontal Line
0.7 lb.
0.7 lb.
The USGS style top opening fabric hardbound book is a favorite
among geologists around the world. This 5 1/4” x 8” book has a
title and contents page. The pages are perforated and three hole
punched for easy removal and archival storage.
607-355
607-356
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
Field Desk
The Polydura storage clipboard is the key to your outdoor office.
It stores 8 1/2” x 11” data sheets, pencils and other field equipment
inside. Conveniently lightweight and completely weatherproof, the
“Rite in the Rain” Field Desk is perfect for outdoor writing.
607-480
143
Pattern
Level
Field/Quad
Field Desk
1.5 lbs.
Field Notebooks
Aquatic Sampling
“Rite-in-the-Rain” Weatherproof Notebooks
Stapled Notebooks
“Rite-in-the-Rain” notebooks are unlike any other notebook in
the world. Their solid construction and “Rite-in the Rain” paper made
them a field worth companion in any weather condition. There are
sizes and patterns available to match any situation.
This is an inexpensive
4 5/8” x 7” “Rite in the Rain”
product that will deliver lasting
strength. With a “Rite in the
Rain” tagboard cover and
secure stitching, this notebook
has quickly become a favorite
among students and professionals alike. These stapled notebooks are sold by the dozen
and have 48 numbered pages
(24 sheets). A clear vinyl slip
cover is available.
Max-Spiral Notebooks
This is a large format notebook,
8 1/2” x 11”. The Maxi-Spiral
Notebooks have strong Polydura covers, wire-o binding, and 84 pages (42
sheets).
607-365
607-366
607-367
607-368
Pattern
Level, Side Spiral
Field, Side Spiral
Horizontal Line, Side Spiral
Field, Top Spiral
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
A pocket-sized notebook (3 1/4” x 5”) that opens from the side.
The spiral memo is perfect for a variety of all-weather applications.
100 pages (50 sheets). A black leather cover is available as well.
Pattern
Horizontal Line
Black Leather Cover for 3x5 Side Spiral
0.2 lb.
0.2 lb.
Spiral Notebooks
These 4 5/8” x 7” notebooks are made with a Polydura cover
and wire-o binding. The field and horizontal line patterns are available
with numbered pages. 64 pages (32 sheets).
607-375
607-376
607-377
607-378
607-379
607-380
607-381
607-382
Pattern
Transit
Level
Field
Metric Field
Metric Grid
Horizontal Line
Field with Numbered Pages
Horizontal Line with Numbered Pages
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
607-405
607-406
607-407
607-408
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Pattern
Transit
Level
Horizontal Line
Clear Vinyl Slip Cover for Mini
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Loose Leaf Paper
Tough, durable and of course,
weatherproof, these “Rite in the Rain”
4 5/8” x 7” loose leaf sheets are perfect
for recording data that will be filed or
reorganized. Fits all 6 ring binders. Sold
in packs of 100.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
While any old pencil will work on “Rite in the Rain” sometimes
you just need a pen. These all-weather pens write on wet paper and
upside down in temperatures from -50º F to 400º F. The All-Weather
Bullet pen closes to only 3 3/4” long. Black Ink.
All Weather Pen
All Weather Bullet Pen
All Weather Pen Refill (fits both)
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.1
Perfect for smaller jobs, these 3 1/4” x 4 5/8” notebooks have a
sturdy tag cover and 24 numbered pages (12 sheets). They are sold
by the dozen. A clear vinyl slip cover is available for extra protection.
All-Weather Pens
607-485
607-486
607-487
Pattern
Transit
Level
Cruiser’s Transit
Field
Metric Field
Metric Grid
Horizontal Line
Clear Vinyl Slip Cover for Stapled
Stapled Pocket Notebook
Spiral Pocket Memo Notebook
607-390
607-391
607-395
607-396
607-397
607-398
607-399
607-400
607-401
607-402
607-435
607-436
607-437
607-438
607-439
607-340
607-341
607-342
Pattern
Transit
Level
Cruiser’s Transit
Field
Metric Field
Horizontal Line
Blank
Environmental
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
144
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Soil Samplers
Aquatic Sampling
All-Weather Copier Paper
Soil Sampling Mini Kit
Copy or laser print your own all-weather forms, charts, maps
and worksheets on “Rite in the Rain” all-weather copier paper. “Rite
in the Rain” enables you to work efficiently, regardless of the environment. Paper is 20 sub bond and is sold in packs of 200 sheets.
Portable mini soil sampling kits are ideal for a variety of soil sampling environments. Each kit contains two
AMS augers: regular and
mud type, four 3’L extensions, a rubber-coated cross
handle and a soft carrying
case.
The regular auger is for ordinary soil sampling. Features specially
designed bits that guarantee easy penetration. The mud auger has an
opening cut out of the cylinder for easy removal of heavy, wet soil
and clay samples. Bits are similar to regular augers but are spaced further apart. The poly canvas carrying case offers a convenient, lightweight way to carry and store your sampling equipment.
607-450
607-451
607-452
607-453
607-454
607-455
607-456
Sheet Size
8 1/2 x 11
8 1/2 x 14
11 x 17
(A4) 21 x 29.7 cm
(A3) 29.7 x 42 cm
8 1/2 x 11 Tactical Green
11x17 Tactical Green
2.5 lbs.
3 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
2.5 lbs.
3 lbs.
2.5 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
Grid Sheets
“Rite in the Rain” Grid Sheets are a
favorite for many outdoor professionals.
They have plenty of room to sketch and
take notes. The sheets are padded in
50’s and 3 hole punched. 2 pads (100
sheets) per pack.
607-465
607-466
607-467
607-468
607-469
607-470
607-471
607-472
Pattern
Geology form 1 in Grid
Cross Section 1/4 in Grid
Cross Section 1/10 in Grid
Columnar - 11 Columns
31 Day Report - 12 Columns
Horizontal Lines
Metric Cross Sect. 2 mm Grid
Metric Cross Sect. 5 mm Grid
Custom Grid Sheets
Need your own grid sheet? Copy your existing forms on “Rite in
the Rain” copier paper or have us print what you need with our custom printing service.
Ring Binders
A tough binder for tough
paper the “Rite in the Rain” allweather binders are strong, sturdy and best of all durable. Each
binder is made out of Polydura
with rust-proof metals.
For data collecting on a continual basis, nothing beats the
loose leaf format. File, add,
remove, or rearrange the pages
according to your needs. Oval
punches fit most 6 ring binders.
Sheet Size
4 5/8” x 7”
8 1/2” x 11”
A4
Grid Sheets
607-415
607-416
607-417
607-418
145
Rings
6
6
6
3
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
607-600
607-601
3 1/4” AMS Mini Field Kit
2 1/4” AMS Mini Field Kit
14 lbs.
11 lbs.
Soil Sampling Kit
The soil sampling kit includes
three 3 1/4” diameter heads (regular,
mud and sand). One
rubber coated cross
handle and three 4
ft. extensions. The
sand auger specially
designed for use in
extremely dry, sandy
soils. Bits are formed to touch so that they can hold dry sand samples. The regular and mud augers are described with the mini kit.
Also included is a 2” x 6” core sampler with a slide hammer attachment, nylon cleaning brush, and two wrenches all stored in a fieldready carrying case.
This kit is also available in stainless steel with all subsurface
equipment, augers and extensions are made of stainless steel. This is
the environmental sampling kit and comes with all the same components. Also available as an accessory is the Dutch auger which is
excellent for drilling extremely wet, boggy soil and fibrous, heavily
rooted swampy areas. Forged from high-carbon spring steel, it is only
available in 3” diameter.
607-610
607-611
607-615
Soil Sampling Kit
Environmental Sampling Kit
Dutch Auger
61 lbs.
62 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
Kayaks & Pontoons
Aquatic Sampling
Stearns® Kayak with Motor Mount Chassis
Stearns® Four-Piece Kayak Paddle
This lightweight and durable kayak is extremely
maneuverable allowing biologists, hydrologists
and environmental scientists unlimited
access wherever you work: in small
lakes rivers, or backwoods
creeks. Constructed from
heavy-duty nylon PVC and
protected by a tearproof fabric cover,
the four-chambered vessel
inflates in minutes. Add the aluminum motor mount and your electric trolling motor for additional
speed and control. Features a zip-open, 12 V marine battery compartment/storage hatch cushioned with inflatable battery pad. This kayak
is ideal for using a sampling dredge or bottom grab as well as for
monitoring water levels or testing sediment on site.
Well-appointed utility deck includes three built-in elastic mesh
pockets, perfect for hand corer, Kemmerer bottle, or depth sounder.
Transparent, waterproof pockets easily hold test kits and field books.
Tough bungee deck lacing secures all your loose gear. Molded rubber
handles, paddle holder, and beverage holder.
Trolling Motor Capacity: 44 lbs. thrust maximum (not included).
Battery Capacity: Group 24 battery maximum (not included)
Includes heavy-duty duffel bag with shoulder strap
and repair maintenance kit.
Weight recommended: up to 400 lbs. with motor and battery.
607-495
Kayak w/Motor Mount Chassis Green
42 lbs.
The E-Z float frameless pontoon design
delivers stability and
convenience.
Larger and roomier than similar small
craft, the E-Z Float is
able to transport
equipment such as samplers and water bottles.
Shielded by a durable 420 Denier
nylon cover, the separate PVC bladder
pontoons levy added balance, buoyancy,
and easy guidance. Each pontoon provides two generous cargo pockets with gym-style openings, two generous cargo pockets with gymstyle openings and two smaller zippered compartments that will easily
store water quality meters, a secchi disk, and extra gear.
Features include lash tabs, carry straps front and back, PVC-coated mesh stripping apron with size scale and genuine sheepskin fly
patch. All zippers are nylon coil and self-repairing. Blaze orange panel
on back of seat for safety.
E-Z Float Pontoon Wetlands Blue
E-Z Float Pontoon Wetlands Camo
607-507
Four-Piece Kayak Paddle
3.8 lbs.
Stearns® Kayak Back Pack
This pack allows hiking into any
remote site comfortably with your kayak.
Pack it in and paddle it out! Built with a
6500 cu. in. main compartment, it accommodates any Stearns Kayak complete with
sized pockets for your paddle and other
gear. Internal frame system reinforces the
built-in, padded lumbar support.
Contoured and comfortable, the thickcushioned shoulder straps complement the
waist belt’s 2” buckle and sternum straps.
It has pockets for holding 4-part paddle
and the large self-draining, mesh compartment store water shoes or
wet clothes. Multiple padded grab handles, side and top compression
straps and drain holes are also features of this back pack.
607-513
Kayak Back Pack
6.3 lbs.
Stearns® Bellows Foot Pump
Stearns® E-Z Float™ Pontoon
607-500
607-501
The lightweight, durable aluminum shaft and its 45 degree,
standard offset blade, allow precise control over short or long distances. The blade position adjusts to different paddling styles. It floats
for easy retrieval and breaks down for easy storage and portability.
Also included is a nylon/mesh bag.
13 lbs.
13 lbs.
The super-compact, bellows
action pump displaces 1/2 liter of air
per stroke. This means full kayak inflation in under 8 minutes (maximum 2
psi) and includes an extra long hose.
607-519
Bellows Foot Pump
2.3 lbs.
Stearns® Double Action Hand Pump
Pumps air on both up and down
stroke. Its quick action inflates kayaks or
pontoons twice as fast: one liter air displacement per stroke. It pumps up to 100
strokes per minute and has an extra long
air hose with multiple adapters.
607-525
Double Action Hand Pump
2.5 lbs.
146
pH Meters
Introduction
Water quality can be assessed by examining the physical, chemical and biological characteristics of a particular body of water.
Samplers allow water to be collected from various specific locations,
depths or simple grab samples for analyzing in the lab or for on-site
analysis. Often water quality parameters can be evaluated at a gaging
station continuously and recorded with a data logger.
Common water quality parameters to be measured and recorded by hydrologists include temperature (º C), conductivity or specific
conductance, dissolved oxygen (µg/L), pH, turbidity (suspended matter), salinity, biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) as well as total dissolved solids (TDS) and its specific components such as sulfates,
nitrates, calcium, etc.
Physical and chemical characteristics can be evaluated by instruments that continuously monitor and record these properties or by
spot checks when the hydrologist is on site making measurements.
Three basic types of water quality meters are used for on-site measurements. We have selected the best available and commonly used
instruments by the USGS, USEPA, and other major state and federal
agencies.
• Single parameter water quality meters allow the hydrologist to
take quick, accurate measurements in the field. These meters
can have a probe with cable from the water into the stream or
lake or have a cup in the meter to hold a sample which is
poured into the analyzer. Also these can be used with a flow
through chamber for multiple meters to analyze a sample
pumped through it.
• Multi-parameter water quality meters offer the advantage of
one meter which can simultaneously monitor several parameters at once from a hand-held meter with probe suspended
by cable from the meter. A Sonde type multi-parameter meter
is deployed in the river or lake for short or long term recording.
• A multi-channel data logger at the gaging station can be
equipped with water quality sensors that can be deployed in
the river with cable running to the datalogger in the gage
house. Often a flow-through chamber is installed in the gage
house and the probes mounted in the chamber and connected
to the data logger.
HANNA Waterproof pH/ORP/º C Meters with
“Intelligent” Electrodes
These meters can store up
to 500 measurements. The pH
electrodes contain a chip that
memorizes the calibration date,
time, offset and slope properties
as well as buffers used to calibrate. When the "intelligent"
electrode is attached to the
meter again, it is automatically
recognized. This saves you time
and increases efficiency. It also
allows for the use of multiple
electrodes without recalibrating
the meter and prevents erroneous measurements.
The backlit LCD is easy to
read, even in dimly lit areas. The
range of pH measurement is from -4 to 19.99 and calibration is automatic at one or two points with five memorized buffers. Unit automatically alerts you when recalibration is necessary. Stability indicator
on the display shows you when pH reading is stable.
Range
Temperature
ORP
-20.0º to 120.0º C
±2000 mV
Resolution
0.01
0.1º C (-10º to 120º C)
0.1 mV (±400 mV)
Accuracy
±0.01
±.4º C (0º to 70º C); ±1º C
±.2 mV (±400 mV)
701-001
701-002
701-003
701-004
HI 98140 pH Meter w/ Electrode
HI 98150 pH/ORP Meter w/ pH
electrode (ORP Electrode sold separately)
Replacement Intelligent pH Electrode
Intelligent ORP Electrode
2 lbs.
2 lbs.
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
HANNA Waterproof pH Meter
This waterproof pH meter
comes in two models, Model 9023C
or Model 9025C, each features a
case that is waterproof up to1m.
The model 9023C features 3
memorized buffers for calibration
plus a dual level LCD display that
simultaneously displays pH and ºC.
The Model 9025C features 5 memorized buffers for calibration, a dual
LCD that simultaneously displays pH
or mV with temperature plus a
memory function that allows the
user to store one reading while making additional measurements.
Both models come with a double-junction, pH electrode with
BNC connector and 1m cable, temperature probe with 1m cable, pH
4 & 7 buffers, four 1.5V batteries, instruction manual and carrying
case.
701-132
701-133
147
pH
-4.00 to 19.99
HI 9023C Waterproof Meter
HI 9025C Waterproof Meter
3.8 lbs.
3.8 lbs.
pH/ORP Meters
Multipurpose pH Field Meter
ORP Calibration Solution
This multipurpose meter is an excellent
choice for pH or ORP measurements. (Requires
separate ORP probe). Offering several features
usually found only on more expensive meters,
this economical meter includes two-point calibration, automatic temperature compensation
and full range millivolt measurement.
The meter comes with a double junction
electrode, stainless steel temperature probe
and 9V battery.
Range
Accuracy
0.00-14.00
±0.01
0.01
Temp.
0.00-100º C
±0.5º C
0.1º C
-1999 to +1999
±1
1
701-139
701-140
701-141
701-142
206-022
HI 8314 Field Meter
Repl. pH Electrode
Repl. Temp Probe
ORP Electrode
9V Battery
701-063
ORP Calibration Solution
1.5 lbs.
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
1.3 lbs.
pH Electrode Solutions
Electrode Cleaner
Removes contaminants that could
cause loss of sensitivity. 460ml plastic
bottle or qty. ten, 20 ml packets.
Storage Solution
Prevents dehydration of electrodes
and keeps them in ready-to-use condition. 460ml Plastic Bottle.
Resolution
pH
Millivolts
This solution is for calibration of ORP probes and meters. The
460 mL bottle of solution measures in a range from 200-275 mV.
701-183
701-184
701-185
Electrode Cleaner (460 ml)
Storage Solution
Electrode Cleaner- 20 ml packets
1.3 lbs.
1.3 lbs.
0.4 lb.
pH Buffer Solutions
Epoxy Body pH Electrodes
Choice of diameters, lengths and styles. Unbreakable electrodes
feature an epoxy body and BNC connectors. Single-junction Gel-Filled
electrodes are low maintenance and are not-refillable. Double junction electrodes for use in samples with proteins or silver precipitates.
Refillable double junction electrode requires refill solution of 3.5M
KCI. Can be used with any of the following pH meters:
Hanna Models
701-200
Gel-filled, 1/4″ x 6″
701-201
Gel-filled, 3/8″ x 12″
701-202
Gel-Filled, 1/2″ x 6″
701-203
Gel-Filled, 9/16″ x 4 1/2″
701-204
Gel-Filled, 3/8″ x 3 1/2″
701-205
Double junction, Gel-filled, 1/2″ x 6″
701-206
Double junction, Refillable, 1/2″ x 6″
701-207
Refill Solution 3.5M KCI 50 ml Bottle
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
A variety of pH buffer solutions are available for instrument calibration. These come in 16 oz pint bottles (460 ml) or single use
20 ml packets (qty. 10) that are very convenient to take and use in
the field.
701-190
701-191
701-192
701-193
701-194
701-195
701-196
pH 4.01 Buffer (460 ml)
Set of 3, One each of above
pH 4.01 Buffer - 20 ml packets
1.3 lbs.
1.3 lbs.
1.3 lbs.
4.3 lbs.
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
ORP Electrodes
These platinum ORP electrodes are sealed with an epoxy body
and 3 foot cable. The economy ORP electrode is an excellent choice
for most applications. For faster response or for very dirty applications, choose the ORP electrode with the Sure-Flow junction. This
refillable electrode has a junction that can be exposed for thorough
cleaning, increasing its effective life.
Can be used with any of the following pH meters for ORP measurements: HANNA models 9023C, 9025C and 8314.
701-055
701-056
701-057
Economy ORP Electrode
ORP Electrode w/Sure-Flow Junction
Refill Solution 5x50mL
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
1 lb.
148
DO/Ion Specific Meters
HANNA Ion Specific Meters
Zero Oxygen Solution
The meter reads a colored sample to
determine the concentration of a measured
parameter.
Portable field meters with laboratory
accuracy from the world's leading manufacturer of electro-analytical instruments.
These meters will solve the problem of
measuring water parameters in an easy,
inexpensive and accurate way. Ion specific
meters are a simpler alternative to Ion
Selective Electrodes and time consuming
chemical test kits.
Simple reagents are added to each sample to produce a color
change that represents the concentration of the measured parameter.
Each meter reads this change in color with a silicon photocell and
shows the value of the parameter on the large LCD with lab grade
accuracy from the powerful microprocessor.
Comes with instructions, 2 cuvets, transport and measurement
caps and 9V battery. Test refills (with 100 tests) must be ordered separately.
Meters
Parameter
Range
Resolution
HI 93712
Ammonia
0.00-1.00 mg/l
0.01 mg/l
HI 93711
Chlorine/pH
Free: 0.0-2.5 mg/l
0.01 mg/l
Total: 0.0-3.5 mg/l
0.01 mg/l
5.9-8.0 pH
0.1 pH
HI 93732
Dissolved Oxygen
0-14 ppm
0.1 ppm
HI 93728
Nitrate
0.0-30.0 mg/l
0.1 mg/l
HI 93707
Nitrite
0-30 mg/l
0.1 mg/l
HI 93713
Phosphate
0.0-2.5 mg/l
0.01 mg/l
702-015
702-016
702-017
702-018
702-019
702-020
702-021
702-101
702-102
702-103
702-104
702-105
702-106
702-107
702-108
HI 93712 Ammonia Meter
HI 93711 Chlorine/pH Meter
HI 93732 Dissolved Oxygen Meter
HI 93728 Nitrate Meter
HI 93707 Nitrite Meter
HI 93713 Phosphate Meter
Replacement Cuvets (pk. 4)
Ammonia Test Refills
Free Chlorine Test Refills
Total Chlorine Test Refills
pH Test Refills
D.O. Test Refills
Nitrate Test Refills
Nitrite Test Refills
Phosphate Test Refills
2 lbs.
2 lbs.
2 lbs.
2 lbs.
2 lbs.
2 lbs.
0.5 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
HANNA Waterproof Dissolved Oxygen Meter
Excellent for freshwater studies. Rugged
hand-held meter features a shock resistant, watertight construction. Features air calibration, automatic temperature compensation, large LCD and
probe that is specially shaped for BOD bottles.
Auto shut off conserves battery power. Range: 0.0
to 19.9 mg/L. Response time: 20 seconds. Comes
complete with probe, cable, spare membrane kit,
and rugged carrying case.
702-027
702-028
702-029
702-030
HI 9142 DO Meter w/13 ft. (4 m) cable 2.5 lbs.
DO Meter w/33 ft. (10 m) cable
3 lbs.
Pack of 5 replacement membranes
2 lbs.
DO Electrolyte Solution
0.2 lb.
149
Zero oxygen solution for calibrating any dissolved oxygen
meter. One 8 oz, bottle.
702-035
Zero Oxygen Solution
1 lb.
Multi-Range Conductivity Meters
Two versions are available. Whether
you need an all-purpose field conductivity
meter or a water-resistant meter for
rough outdoor work, these will meet your
needs. Both meters come with a conductivity probe that features new 4-ring technology for the most accurate and the
most stable conductivity readings possible. Both meters also read over a very
wide range and feature automatic temperature compensation to insure accurate
readings from de-ionized water to brine.
The water-resistant meter is sealed against rain, splashes and dust.
Both meters are sold with probe on a 3 ft. cable and a 9V battery which will provide up to 100 hours of use.
Range:
0.0 to 199.9µS/cm, 0.00 to 1999mS/cm,
0.00 to 19.9mS/cm, 0.0 to 199.9mS/cm
Resolution:
0.1µS/cm, 1µS/cm, 0.01 mS/cm, 0.1 mS/cm
Accuracy:
1% full scale
701-069
701-070
206-022
HI 9330 All-Purpose Meter
HI 9033 Waterproof Meter
Repl. 9V Battery
1.5 lbs.
1 lb.
0.3 lb.
One-Use Conductivity Calibration Standards
These standards are
compatible with all conductivity probes and are ideal for
lab or field use.
Each bottle is labeled for
calibrating conductivity, resistivity and dissolved solids.
Solutions are traceable to
standards provided by NIST
and have accuracy of
±0.25%. Comes with individual serial-numbered Traceable
Certificate of Analysis and
step-by-step calibration
instructions. Each standard contains 100mL and comes in a package
of 6.
701-010
701-011
701-012
701-013
701-014
701-015
701-016
Micromhos (Microsiemens) Megohms
10
0.1
10
00.01
100
00.001
1413
0.00071
10,000
0.0001
100,000
0.00001
Assortment (one of each of the above)
TDS/PPM
6.5
65
650
933
6500
65,000
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Salinity /pH Testers
HANNA Salinity Meter
pHep Waterproof Testers
This is an ion-selective meter that reads
direct salt (NaCl) content of a solution. With 4
measurement ranges, from 0.150 g/L all the
way to 300 g/L and a separate temperature
probe that provides readings from 0-80˚ C in
0.1˚ steps. NaCl and ºC measurements are
shown simultaneously. All operations are
microprocessor controlled with a simple 2-step
calibration. Waterproof and dustproof.
Increased longevity reduces cost.
Rugged, waterproof testers float, making it ideal for most difficult working
conditions. Replacement electrode helps
save on costs.
The pHep 4 and 5 displays both
temperature in ºC and ºF and pH simultaneously. Automatically calibrates to
N.I.S.T. or U.S. standard buffers, compensates for temperature and shuts off
after eight minutes of inactivity to conserve power. Includes stability indicator
and battery level at start up. The pHep
4 display reads to 0.1 and the pHep 5
has 0.01 resolution, temperature displays from 0.0 to 60º C, 0.0 to 140º F.
701-105
701-106
701-107
701-108
701-109
701-110
HI 9311 Salt Content Meter
Replacement Electrode
Replacement Temp. Probe
30 g/L NaCl Solution (460 mL)
3 g/L NaCl Solution (460 mL)
0.3 g/L NaCl Solution (460 mL)
1 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
SALINTEST Salinity Meter
Handheld pocket salt content meter with
replaceable electrode. The SALINTEST salt content meter monitors salt concentrations in estuaries, and oceanographic investigations. This
compact meter is designed for low-range testing
up to 58 g/L of NaCl.
701-116
701-108
701-118
HI 98203 SALINTEST Meter
30 g/L NaCl solutions (460 mL)
Replaceable electrode
701-022
701-023
701-024
pHep 4 Tester pH and Temp.
pHep 5 Tester pH and Temp.
Replacement electrode cartridge
Waterproof pHep pH Testers
These waterproof testers combine economy and accuracy in a
convenient pocket-sized meter. Three
models are available, choose the unit
that is best for your application. All
pHep meters measure from 0.0 to
14.0 pH with ±0.1 accuracy. The
pHep 1 features manual two point
calibration. The pHep 2 has automatic temperature compensation and
manual calibration while the pHep 3
features fully automatic temperature
compensation and calibration and an
auto switch-off to save battery life.
Runs on four 1.4V watch batteries,
included. Replacement batteries sold
separately.
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.1 lb.
Conductivity/TDS Calibration Solutions
Designed for precise calibration of your dissolved solids or conductivity meter. 460 ml plastic bottle or ten 20 ml packets. All solutions are calibrated at 25ºC.
701-124
701-125
701-126
701-127
701-128
701-129
701-130
701-131
1,382 ppm TDS (460 mL)
1,413 µS (460 mL)
12,880 µS (460 mL)
1382 ppm TDS - 20 ml packets
1413 µS - 20 ml packets
12,880 µS - 20 ml packets
84 µS - 20 ml packets
800 ppm TDS - 20 ml packets
1.3 lbs.
1.3 lbs.
1.3 lbs.
0.4 lb.
0.4 lb.
0.4 lb.
0.4 lb.
0.4 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.2 lb.
Accuracy
Temp. Comp.
Calibration
pHep 1
±0.1
None
Manual 2-point
pHep 2
±0.1
Automatic
Manual 2-point
pHep 3
±0.1
Automatic
Automatic 2-point
701-158
701-159
701-160
206-036
pHep1 Tester
pHep2 Tester
pHep3 Tester
Repl. 1.4 V battery (pkg. 4)
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
150
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Pocket Testers
Hand-Held TDS or Conductivity Tester
ORP Tester
Choose from four waterproof models. These pocket-sized meters are ideal
for environmental applications, featuring
automatic temperature compensation
and ±2% accuracy. Choose from four
models with your choice of range and
read-out units in conductivity and dissolved solids.
Runs on four 1.4V batteries (included) for 150 hours use. Sold complete
with calibration screwdriver.
Hand-held and portable, this handy
all-in-one meter is excellent for quick
check for oxidation-reduction potential
(ORP). It features a platinum probe and
will measure from -999 to +999 mV,
±1mV. The unit will run for about 700
hours on the four 1.4V batteries supplied. Replacement batteries are available.
701-049
206-036
ORP Tester
Replacement 1.4V battery (pkg. 4)
0.5 lb.
0.3 lb.
HANNA Triple Parameter Meters
Range
Model 1
Model 2
Model 3
Model 4
1999 ppm
0-10.0 ppt
1999µS/cm
19.99 mS/cm
Resolution
1 ppm
0.01 ppt
1µS/cm
0.01 mS/cm
701-040
701-041
701-042
701-043
206-036
Model 1 - TDS
Model 2 - TDS
Model 3 - Conductivity
Model 4 - Conductivity
Repl. 1.4 V Battery (pkg. 4)
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
HANNA Watercheck™ Pocket Meters
Read both
pH/Conductivity or pH/TDS
with one meter. Each
Watercheck pocket meter is
designed for rugged field
applications demanding accurate readings in a minimal
amount of time. Powerful electronics and a new replaceable
probe provide quick response,
a high degree of accuracy and
over 290 hours of operation on
three 1.4V batteries. Meters also feature automatic temperature compensation and simple one point calibration.
Choose the Watercheck for pH/Conductivity and the Watercheck
1 for pH/TDS. Meters come with pH calibration solutions, either conductivity or TDS calibration solution depending on meter, batteries
and case.
Range:
Watercheck
Watercheck 1
0.0 to 14.0 pH, 0 to 1990 µS/cm
0.0 to 14.0 pH, 0 to 1990ppm
Resolution:
0.1 pH, 10 µS/cm
0.1 pH, 10ppm
Accuracy :
±0.2 pH / ±2% F.S.
±0.2pH/±2% F.S.
701-076
701-077
701-078
206-036
Watercheck pH/Conductivity
Watercheck 1 pH/TDS
Repl. Probe - fits both meters
Repl. Battery, 1.4V (pkg. 4)
151
1.5 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
0.5 lb.
0.3 lb.
This economical meter
measures pH/conductivity/TDS.
Take along just one instrument
required for water quality analysis; portable combination meter
measures pH, conductivity and
TDS in the field.
Calibration is reduced to
one point for pH and conductivity/TDS modes. All conductivity
and TDS measurements are
compensated against the effects
of temperature automatically.
Fast-response probe does not
need to be replaced when
changing parameters. pH electrode has a fiber junction and contamination-resistant gel electrolyte. Two models are available and both
measure pH from 0 to 14 with 0.1 resolution. HI 9812 checks conductivity and TDS in the lower 0 to 1990 ranges, while HI 9811 measures conductivity from 0 to 6.00mS/cm and TDS from 0 to 3.00g/L
both in hundredths of units. Each meter includes probe with 1m
cable, pH 7 buffer (20mL), calibration solutions (20mL each), 9V battery and instruction manual. Soft Carrying Case and Replacement
pH/Conductivity/TDS Probe available separately.
701-030
701-031
701- 033
701-034
701-036
701-037
701-038
HI 9812 Triple Parameter Meter
HI 9811 Triple Parameter Meter
Soft Carrying Case
Replacement pH/Conductivity/TDS Probe
Electrode Cleaning Solution
1413µS Calibration Solution
12,880 µS/cm Calibration Solution
1.3
1.3
0.2
0.3
1.2
1.2
1.2
lbs.
lbs.
lb.
lb.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Multi Parameter Meters
HANNA Waterproof Multi-parameter Meters
HANNA Portable Turbidity Meter
Four meters in one. This meter
tests pH, conductivity (EC), Total
Dissolved Solids (TDS) and temperature with a single probe. It is easy to
use with all selections controlled by
only two buttons. Waterproof, the
meter may be used in any weather.
New technology using gel electrolyte
and a fiber junction for the pH sensor, and graphite for the EC/TDS sensor eliminates oxidation and polarization errors. The meter comes with
probe and a hard carrying case with
calibration solutions.
Available in two models (low range and high range), with
auto calibration and auto temperature compensation. 500 hrs. of
use from 4 1.5V batteries (included).
A microprocessor based field
meter with lab-grade accuracy, the
Hanna turbidity meter is the only
meter equipped with a High Emission
Infrared LED light source. The infrared
LED has a long life and maintains
constant emission for the life of the
instrument. The infrared LED produces the required intensity of diffused light in samples with low turbidity, and reduces interference from
colors. To insure accurate calibration
schedules, the meter automatically stores and retrieves the last calibration data with time and date. For best field accuracy, the meter
measures from 0-50 FTU in steps of 1/100th FTU that is ten times
better than comparable models that measure 10 to 50 in tenths.
Added features include an easy to use four button keypad, automatic
troubleshooting functions and auto shut-off after five minutes.
The meter is sold in kit form with meter, carrying case, calibration solutions, cleaning solutions, cleaning towels and 2 measurement
cuvets. Uses four AA batteries, included.
Low Range Multi Meter
Ranges:
Resolution:
Accuracy:
702-001
702-002
702-003
702-004
702-005
702-006
702-007
702-008
High Range Multi Meter
0.00-14.00 pH
0.00-14.00 pH
0-3, 999 µS/cm (EC)
0.00-19.99 mS/cm (EC)
0-1,999 ppm (TDS)
0.00-10.00 ppt (TDS)
0.0-60.0º C (32-140º F)
0.0-60.0 º C (32-140º F)
0.01 pH
0.01 pH
1 µS/cm
0.01 mS/cm
1 ppm
0.01 ppt
Accuracy:
±0.5 FTU or ±5%
Light Detector:
Silicon Photocell
0.1º C/F
0.1º C/F
±0.02 pH
±0.02 pH
2% full scale (EC/TDS)
2% full scale (EC/TDS)
±0.5º C (±1.0 º F)
±0.5º C (±1.0º F)
HI 991300 Low Range Multi-Meter
HI 991301 High Range Multi-Meter
pH 4.01 Buffer
pH 7.01 Buffer
pH 10.01 Buffer
1,413 µS Solution
1,382 ppm TDS Solution
12,880 µS Solution
2 lbs.
2 lbs.
1.3 lbs.
1.3 lbs.
1.3 lbs.
1.3 lbs.
1.3 lbs.
1.3 lbs.
Range:
0.00 to 50.00 FTU / 50 to 1000 FTU (Formazine
Resolution:
0.01 FTU/1FTU
Turbidity Unit) = 1 NTU (Nephelometric Turbidity Unit).
701-084
701-086
701-087
701-088
701-089
701-090
Accessories:
703-001
703-002
Chamber
Case for Chamber
4 lbs.
2.5 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.3 lb.
Portable Turbidity Meter
The Model WQ770 Turbidity Meter features the dip
and read method of operation and makes taking readings easy and portable - no vials are needed! The turbidity sensor combines a 90º nephelometer with a
transmissometer which determines turbidity by the
ratiometric method in which errors typically caused by
variations in light beam intensity, fouling of
windows, changing colors and ambient
light are virtually eliminated. The meter is
easily calibrated and comes with a 10
foot cable. (Longer lengths up to 100 feet
are available upon request.
Multi-Probe Sampling System- USGS Flow-Through
Chamber
The flow-through
chamber is mounted on
three legs. Water is pumped
into the chamber at an
angle from the bottom,
which creates a circular
motion within the chamber.
Water is drained from the
chamber through a pipe mounted in the bottom. Conductivity,
temperatures, pH, and dissolved-oxygen probes are mounted in
the top of the chamber through liquid-tight connectors. The chamber can be used in gage houses so the probes can be protected or
for groundwater applications. The flow cell volume is 2.7 liters and
accommodates a 1 to 3 gpm glow rate. Inlet is 3/8” and outlet is
1/2”.
HI 93703 Turbidity Meter
Measurement Cuvets (pack of 4)
0 FTU AMCO-EPA-1
Standard Solution (30ml)
10 FTU AMCO-EPA-1
Standard Solution (30ml)
Cleaning Solution for Cuvets (230ml)
Towel for wiping the Cuvets (4 ea.)
Specifications:
Range:
0 to 1,000 NTU (Nephelometric Turbidity Units)
Accuracy:
±2% of Response Time: 2 seconds
Light Source:
pulse LED
Display Size:
8.5" x 4" x 1"
Sensor Size:
1.5" dia. x 8.5" Lg.
704-001
206-022
WQ770 Portable Turbidity Meter
One 9V Battery
9 lbs.
0.1 lb.
152
Multi-Parameter Meters
HYDROLAB
Multi-Parameter Water Quality Instruments
Hydrolab water quality instruments are known for their excellent
construction and reliability in the field.
Generate accurate, reliable water quality data with your choice of the Quanta
hand held data display and multi-parameter probe for field surveying, or the
long term logging capability of the
Datasonde 4 Logger. Each comes standard with sensors for measuring temperature, conductivity, pH and dissolved oxygen, with options for turbidity 1, redox and depth.
Quanta
Dissolved Oxygen
Rebuildable Reference
Electrode
pH and ORP
Electrodes
Temperature
Depth or Vented Level
Parameter
For field use, the Quanta is a multiparameter water quality instrument
capable of simultaneously monitoring
temperature, dissolved oxygen, conductivity, pH, redox, and depth. In designing the Quanta, the engineering team
combined state of the art technology,
field proven sensor methodologies, and
modern manufacturing principles.
Hydrolab is able to offer the durable,
high-performance Quanta at a fraction
of the cost of other professional grade water quality instruments.
The Quanta waterproof display is easy-to-use, shows five parameters at once and can store 100 frames of data. An intuitive menu
system allows for easy calibration of the instrument and new users
can be fully trained in 30 minutes or less. Perfect for fresh and salt
surface waters, the Quanta system is compact, light-weight and covered by an industry-best three-year warranty (includes the sensors),
providing you with worry-free water quality data.
Output from the Quanta transmitter is SDI-12, allowing it to be
connected to numerous third party data loggers including the
Campbell 510, CR10X and CR23X. All data conforms to the Standard
Method for the Examination of Water and Wastewater and USEPA
Methods. The new turbidity probe also conforms to EPA standards.
Base Configuration: Hydrolab Quanta Transmitter with
Temperature, Dissolved Oxygen, pH and Specific Conductance, display. Runs on 10 "AA" Batteries - included. Comes with probe maintenance kit, instruction manual and a 5m cable.
153
Sample Circulator
Conductivity
Temperature
Range
Accuracy
Sensor
Resolution
+23 +120º F/
±0.15º C
Thermistor
0.01º C
-5+50˚ C
pH
0 to 14 units
±0.2
Glass electrode
0.01
Conductivity
0-100 mS/cm
±1% range
6-electrode Cell
4 digits
0-20 mg/L
±0.2 mg/L
Polarographic
0.01 mg/L
0-33 ft.
±.01 ft.
Strain-guage
None
Oxygen
Depth
Resistor
Redox
702-040
702-041
702-042
-999 to 999 mV
±20mV
Pt electrode
Quanta Display and Probe w/ 5m cable
1 mV
13 lbs.
15 lbs.
18 lbs.
Optional Sensors
702-051
Depth 0-10 meters vented cable
702-052
Redox Potential
702-053
Turbidity
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
Accessories
702-059
702-060
702-061
1 lb.
5 lbs.
5 lbs.
Flow Cell
Stirrer (installed by manufacturer)
Padded Carrying Case
Datasonde Loggers
Datasonde 4A
For unattended data
collection, the Datasonde 4
logger can function without an external power supply, cables or controls - or
as a water quality data
transmitter when connected to the Surveyor 4 Data
Display (optional) or RS-232 compatible data handling device.
Series 4a instruments include the Datasonde 4a, Minisonde 4a
and Surveyor 4a display and logger. The Surveyor 4a is available
with optional GPS and barometric pressure sensors. The Datasonde
4a can measure up to 15 or more parameters. The Minisonde 4a is
1.75″ in diameter, a light-weight unit well suited for profiling or
long term deployment.
The Series 4A instruments measure pH, dissolved oxygen,
temperature, and specific conductance as standard parameters. It
contains internal memory, an internal battery pack, SDI-12 and RS232 outputs, and a weighted sensor guard. A low ionic strength
reference pH probe, a turbidity probe, a pH/ORP probe, and a
nitrate probe may be added to the standard probes for specific
applications. The Surveyor 4 may be used to set up, calibrate and
review data collected by the Datasonde 4. An underwater cable,
calibration cable, and interface cables, which are application
dependent must be ordered with this unit.
Hydrolab Series 4a Instruments are more versatile and provide
additional sensors including:
Ammonia/Ammonium
Chlorophyll
Nitrate
Transmissivity
Chloride
Ambient Light (PAR)
Total Dissolved Gas
(Shuttered) Turbidity
Record up to 120,000 measurements at user-selected intervals
and downloaded directly to a PC or other data storage device.
Users can define logging run, including start-stop date and time
and logging interval.
All Series 4a instruments are covered by a two year warranty,
which is extendible to up to five years. Please call for more information on configurations. The Datasonde 4A is 3.5″D x 24.5″L.
Supplied with logging software, four standard sensors, maintenance kit, instruction manual, sensor guard, internal battery pack,
and calibration/data transfer cable. 15 m extension cable available
for use with Surveyor 4 data display
702-070
702-071
702-072
702-073
702-074
DataSonde 4 Multiprobe Logger
15 m Extension Cable for DataSonde
Minisonde 4 Multiprobe Logger
Minisonde Weighted Sensor Guard
Flow Cell
Maintenance Kit for DataSonde 4A and
MiniSonde 4A
Calibration stand for use with
Hydrolab water-quality monitors
Maintenance kit for the MiniSonde and DataSonde 4 includes
dissolved-oxygen electrolyte, 15 standard membranes, spare dissolved-oxygen O-ring, toothbrush, syringe, reference electrolyte,
sandpaper, silicone gel, spare conductivity screws, spare conductivity
O-rings, and a spanner wrench.
702-120
702-121
Maintenance Kit
Calibration Stand
Surveyor 4
The Hydrolab
Surveyor 4 display may be
used with Datasonde 4
and Minisonde 4. It allows
the user to view all parameters including internal
battery voltage and barometric pressure simultaneously on a high-density
liquid-crystal display. The Surveyor 4 contains 128k memory and
adapter cable needed if underwater cables are not used.
702-130
702-131
Surveyor 4 with 128K Memory
Surveyor 4 with 4 adapter cables
3 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
9 lbs.
12 lbs.
4 lbs.
0.5 lb.
12 lbs.
Accessories
702-075
702-076
702-077
702-078
702-079
702-080
702-081
External Power Adapter - interfaces
0.6 lb.
Datasonde 4 field cable to PC and allows
connection to external battery.
Underwater Cables - Connects
DataSonde 4 to Data logger
(SDI-12 or RS-232) 10 m, 50 m, 75 m, 150 m
Calibration cable
0.3 lb.
Low ionic ref pH probe
0.5 lb.
Turbidity probe
0.5 lb.
pH/ORP (Redox) probe
0.5 lb.
Nitrate probe
0.5 lb.
154
Temperature Recorder
Starmon Underwater Temperature Recorder
This is a high accuracy (±0.5º
C) long term- five year battery life,
87,200 measurements temperature
recorder for use in rivers, lakes and
oceans.
Starmon records the temperature at a user selected sampling
interval and stores the data into an
internal memory under the control
of a microprocessor. The recorder is supplied with a special Windows
software and a PC communication cable, which are the necessary
accessories to operate and communicate with the recorder. After the
sampling period, the data can be retrieved by connecting the
Starmon to a PC computer and use the software to download data
from the recorder.
The Starmon is designed for analyzing the temperature fluctuations in underwater environments. Starmon is ideally suited for biological and environmental research applications in rivers and lakes.
Model 2700 Series Water Quality Sensors
2702
2704
Specifications:
2702 Conductivity Sensor
2704 pH Sensor
Output:
4-20mA
4-20 mA
Range:
0-5,000 (micro mhos)
Accuracy:
1% of full scale
Temperature
Size
Pressure tolerance
Weight (in air)
Plastic version: 40 bar (400 m)
1% of full scale
Thermistor integral to the probe
compensation:
25mm dia. x 130mm length
(continued)
provides temperature compensation
Power requirements:
12 Vdc
Turn on time:
600 mS
12 Vdc
10 mS
Titanium version: 1100 bar (11000 m)
Operating temperature:
-40º to +55º C
-40º to +55º C
Plastic version: 80 g.
Size:
1" dia x 8" long
0.8" dia x 8" long
Titanium version: 170 g.
Memory capacity
87200 measurements
Memory type
Non-volatile EEPROM
Data retention
20 years/ 5 yr internal battery
Temperature range
-2º C to +40º C (28ºF to 104ºF)
2706
Outside ranges available upon request
Average resolution
0.013ºC (0.023º F)
Measuring accuracy
±0.05º C (0.09º F)
Response time
Plastic: Time constant (67%) is 18 sec.
And final value (100%) reached in 3 min.
2708
Titanium: Time constant (67%) is 6 sec.
And final value (100%) reached in 35 sec.
Specifications:
702-150
702-151
Starmon-Plastic
Starmon-Titanium
1.3 lbs.
1.3 lbs.
2706 Dissolved Oxygen Sensor
4-20 mA
4-20 mA
Range:
0-40 mg/1
-50º C to +50º C
Accuracy:
±0.2º F or ±0.1º C
Membrane:
The Model 2700 Series Water Quality Sensors are rugged, industrial grade sensor designed for direct immersion or insertion into
water streams. Each sensor is powered by 10 to 36 Vdc and has a linear 4-20 mA output. 25 foot cable lengths are standard with optional
cable lengths up to 500 feet total. These are designed to connect
directly to a datalogger.
This ORP sensor has a measurement range of -100 mV to
+100 mV with 4-20 mA output. 0.9” dia. x 8” long.
ORP Sensor w/ 25 ft. Cable
155
Electrolyte:
3 lbs.
12 Vdc
Half saturated KCL
Turn on time:
14 mS
Operating temperature:
Linearity:
±0.5% of full scale
2% of full scale
Size:
0.8" dia 8" long
704-013
704-014
704-015
704-016
10 mS
-40º to +55º C
Combined error:
704-010
704-011
704-012
ORP/REDOX Sensor - 2716
704-005
0.001 FEB Teflon (standard)
Power Requirements:
Model 2700 Series Water Quality Sensors
2708 Water Temperature Sensor
Output:
0.6" dia x 8" long
Conductivity Sensor w/ 25 foot cable
3 lbs.
pH Sensor w/ 25 foot cable
3 lbs.
Dissolved Oxygen Sensor w/ 25 foot cable
3 lbs.
and spare membrane and refill kit
Spare membrane and refill kit for DO Sensor 0.5 lb.
Water Temperature Sensor w/ 25 foot cable
0.3 lb.
22 AWG 2 cond polyurethane sensor cable, for all
sensors except Conductivity, per foot, (must be added
at time of order)
22 AWG 3 cond polyurethane sensor cable, for
conductivity sensor, per foot, (must be added
at time of order
Water Quality Sensors
OxyGuard Dissolved Oxygen Probe - 2710
The 2710 OxyGuard probe is a self-polarizing
galvanic cell with automatic temperature compensation from +4º to +40º C. It has a linear mV output which is proportional to the oxygen present in
the water. Its measurement range is 0 to 15 mg/l
dissolved oxygen, with repeatability better than
±0.2 mg/l. Requires one differential channel, 2.5
inch submersion depth, and 1 inch/second minimum water flow
across the membrane.
The 2711 agitator consists of 12 Vdc solenoid and toggle mechanism that sweep a brush across the probe membrane. A timer controls the sweeping frequency to keep the probe clean and provide
water movement for accurate readings.
Specifications:
2710 Dissolved Oxygen Probe
Range:
0-20 ppm (mg/l)
Accuracy:
0.5 ppm with standard calibration
Principal of measurement:
Galvanic cell, self-polarizing
Output:
3 millivolts/ppm (mg/l)
Output Impedance:
5 k (approx.)
Cable length:
25 foot standard
Dimensions:
2.28" dia x 2.32" long
704-020
704-021
704-022
Dissolved Oxygen Probe w/ 25 foot cable
Annual Service Kit, for dissolved oxygen sensor
Oxyguard Agitator
3 lbs.
0.3 lb.
0.2 lb.
Turbidity Sensor - 2714
The 2714 Turbidity Sensor is a highly accurate submersible
sensor for insitu environmental or process monitoring. It
incorporates a precision optical system with sapphire windows, EPA recommended incandescent light and 90º
light scattering. The sensor is mounted in a
rugged anodized aluminum housing and is fully
encapsulated with marine grade epoxy for
trouble-free operation.
The sensor provides extremely accurate
linear measurements in the 0.1 NTU to 100 NTU optical range which
covers most environmental water conditions. Optional ranges of 0-10
NTU for groundwater and 0-2000 NTU for wastewater and industrial
processes are also available. The sensor operates from 10 to 36 Vdc
battery power at a low 50 mA and has a 4-10 mA output. The sensor
can be pulsed on and off by dataloggers or telemetry RTU's for
extremely low power consumption.
Specifications:
Temperature range:
Light source:
Accuracy:
Range:
-10º to +70º C
Incandescent lamp
Power required:
Output:
2714 Turbidity Sensor
12 Vdc, 50 mA typical
4-20 mA (3 wire)
±0.1 NTU for 0-100 NTU
Standard 0-200 NTU,
Optional 0-2000 NTU and 0-10 NTU
Cable length:
Size:
704-030
704-035
704-040
704-045
25 ft. standard, optional up to 500 ft. total
YSI 30: Conductivity, Salinity and Temperature
Meter
The YSI 30 conductivity, salinity, and
temperature instrument is ready to use
when you turn it on. A large, backlit display displays temperature along with conductivity, temperature-compensated conductivity, or salinity. In addition, the YSI 30
lets you set the reference temperature and
the temperature coefficient if you are measuring temperature – compensated conductivity. The YSI 30 offers user calibration
for the highest accuracy. A built-in storage
chamber protects the probe when not in
use.
Features:
• Measures conductivity, salinity and temperature
• Weighted probe sinks easily
• Automatic salinity compensation for dissolved oxygen
• Auto-ranging enables fast, convenient conductivity
measurement
• Automatic function check verifies the system is working
properly
• Meets IP-65 water tightness requirements
Conductivity ranges (four in all): 0 to 499.9 µS/cm, 0 to 4,999
µS/cm, 0 to 49.99 mS/cm, and 0 to 200 mS/cm with ±0.5% accuracy (full scale). Salinity range: 0 to 80 ppt with ±1.0% accuracy (full
scale). Temperature range: -5ºC to +95ºC with ±0.1º accuracy. Cable
lengths (three available): 10 ft., 25 ft., or 50 ft. Ambient operation
temperature range (meter): 0ºC to 50ºC. Batteries: Six “AA” (included). Battery life (approx.): 100 hours continuous. Dimensions
(approx.): 9 1/2”L x 2 3/4” W x 2”H.
704-050
704-051
704-052
704-053
704-055
YSI 30 w/ 10 ft. Cable and Probe
Carrying Case for 10 ft. and 25 ft. Models
Pelican® Waterproof Case for 50 ft. Model
4 lbs.
4.3 lbs.
5 lbs.
1.8 lbs.
8.8 lbs.
YSI 63: pH, Conductivity, Temperature & Salinity
Meter
The YSI 63 multi-meter measures pH,
conductivity, temperature and salinity making it an ideal tool for field use. Microprocessor based electronics for accurate
readings and reliability in the field with a
non-volatile memory capable of storing up
to 50 measurements with ID stamp and
auto two- or three-point calibration and
probe storage compartment. A new combination electrode design features built-in signal amplification that allows accurate measurements to 100’. The large, backlit LCD
also simultaneously displays temperature
along with temperature compensated readings for either pH, conductivity or salinity. Has the same specifications
as the YSI 30, but adds pH with a 0.01 resolution over the 0-14
range. Powered by six AA batteries (included).
1.1" dia x 8" L
Turbidity Sensor, range 0-200 NTU
3 lbs.
3 lbs.
3 lbs.
22 AWG 3 cond polyurethane sensor cable, per foot
704-150
704-151
704-152
704-153
704-155
YSI 63 w/ 10’ Cable
Waterproof Carrying Case
4 lbs.
6 lbs.
9 lbs.
12 lbs.
5.5 lbs.
156
DO/Conductivity Meters
YSI 550: Dissolved Oxygen Meter
YSI 556: Handheld Multi-Probe Meter
The new YSI 550 DO meter features a
waterproof, impact-resistant case and innovative
field-replaceable DO electrode modules.
Measure dissolved oxygen and temperature
simultaneously using YSI’s proven polarographic
technology for oxygen and YSI Precision™ thermistors, the worldwide standard for accuracy.
Measurements are fast and easy with onehand operation, an easy-to-use backlit display,
automatic push-button calibration, and a
weighted, quick-sinking probe. The YSI 550 DO has a built-in calibration chamber, low-battery indicator, salinity and altitude compensation.
Features:
• Measures dissolved oxygen and temperature
• Field-replaceable DO electrode
• Easy -to-use, screw-on cap DO membranes
• 3-year warranty on the instrument; 1-year on the probe
modules
• Over 2000 hours of battery life
• Calibrate in either mg/L or % saturation
• User-selectable temperature units (ºC or ºF)
• Meets IP-68 water tightness requirements, submersible
to 3 feet.
Accuracy: ±0.3 mg/L or ±2% of reading, whichever is greater;
±2% saturation or ±2% of reading, whichever is greater; ±0.2º C.
Range: mg/L; 0-200% air saturation; -5º C to +45º C temperature.
Resolution: 0.01 mg/L; 0.1% air saturation; 0.1º C temperature.
Altitude: Auto compensation. Salinity: Auto compensation. Power: 4
“C” cell batteries. Warranty: 3-year for the instrument, 1-year for the
DO module.
The YSI 556 simultaneously measures
dissolved oxygen, pH, conductivity, temperature, and ORP. Rugged, reliable and waterproof, the YSI 556 MPS (Multi-Probe System)
combines the versatility of an easy-to-use,
easy-to-read handheld unit with all the functionality of a multi-parameter system.
Featuring an IP-67, impact-resistant case, the
YSI 556 MPS assists the user in conforming
to GLP standards.
Measurements are easy with fieldreplaceable DO electrode modules and easyto-use, screw-on cap DO membranes. Two
models are available. The standard model
measures dissolved oxygen, pH, conductivity, temperature and ORP. The YSI 556 model
with an internal barometer provides barometric pressure measurements in addition to the measurements taken by the standard model.
Features:
• Field-replaceable DO electrode modules
• RS232 and compatible with Ecowatch™ for Windows™ data
analysis software
• Easy-to-use, screw-on cap DO membranes
• 3-year warranty on the instrument, 1-year on the probe
module and cables
• Stores over 49,000 data sets, time and date stamped
• User upgradeable software from YSI
• Meets IP-68 water tightness requirements, submersible to
3 feet
Order the instrument, cable and accessories separately.
Measurement Specifications: Dissolved Oxygen – Range: 0 to
500% air saturation/0 to 50 mg/L. Accuracy: 0 to 200% air saturation, ±2% of the reading or 2% air saturation, whichever is greater;
200 to 500% air saturation, ±6% of the reading/0 to 20 mg/L, ±2%
of the reading or 0.2 mg/L, whichever is greater; 20 to 50 mg/L,
±6% of the reading. Resolution: 0.1% air saturation/0.01 mg/L. pHRange:0 to 14. Accuracy: ±0.5% of reading +0.001 mS/cm.
Resolution: 0.001 mS/cm to 0.1 mS/cm (range-dependent).
Temperature-Range: -5º C to 45º C. Accuracy: ±0.15º C. Resolution:
0.1º C. ORP-Range: -999 to +999 mV. Accuracy: ±20 mV. Resolution:
0.1 mV. Barometer (optional) - Range: 500 to 800 mm Hg.
Accuracy:±3 mm Hg within ±15º C temperature range from calibration point. Resolution: 0.1 mm Hg.
704-070
704-071
YSI 550 w/ 12ft. cable and probe
YSI 550 w/ 25ft. cable and probe
2 lbs.
2 lbs.
Accessories
704-072
704-073
704-074
704-075
Probe Reconditioning Kit
Replaceable DO Electrode
Carry Case
Membrane Kit, 6 each
0.5
0.8
0.4
0.5
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
YSI 85: Salinity, Conductivity, Dissolved Oxygen &
Temperature Meter
The YSI 85 multi-parameter probe provides
simultaneous measurement of temperature, dissolved oxygen (DO), conductivity and salinity.
This combines the specifications and features of
the YSI 30 and adds the dissolved oxygen features of the YSI 550. This meter has the same
case design as the YSI 63.
For advanced users, an adjustable conductivity reference temperature and compensation
factor can be used, as well as user defined equations for determining salinity. Unit comes complete with combination probe, six cap membranes, DO fill solution and instruction manual. Power is supplied by
six AA batteries (included).
704-160
704-161
704-162
704-163
704-164
704-155
Model 85 w/ 10’ Cable
Cap Membranes w/ Fill Solution
Waterproof Carrying Case
157
4 lbs.
6 lbs.
9 lbs.
10 lbs.
0.3 lb.
5.5 lbs.
704-100
704-110
704-111
704-112
704-113
704-115
704-116
704-120
704-121
704-125
704-126
704-127
704-060
704-061
704-062
704-130
704-135
YSI 556 w/ carrying case
YSI 556 w/ barometer w/case
4 m cable and DO/Temp./Conductivity
pH Kit
pH/ORP kit
Flow chamber
Dissolved oxygen membrane kit, 6 ea.
w/ electrolyte
pH 4 buffer (460 ml)
Conductivity Solution, 1,000 µS/cm (460 ml)
Zobell solution for ORP calibration (125 ml)
Rechargeable Battery Kit
2.3 lbs.
2.3 lbs.
3 lbs.
5 lbs.
7 lbs.
1 lb.
1 lb.
2.5 lbs.
0.8 lb.
1.2 lbs.
1.2 lbs.
1.2 lbs.
1.2 lbs.
1.2 lbs.
1.2 lbs.
0.4 lb.
1.3 lbs.
Test Kits
Water Quality Test Kits
Mine Acid Test Kit
This kit contains tests for alkalinity,
chloride, hardness, sulfite, iron, and pH.
These are several of the most frequently
monitored factors in water quality. The
test components are efficiently arranged
in the case for quick recognition and use
and come with calibrated vessels with
ported caps, reagents and pipettes.
Hanna’s exclusive pHep® tester, is
also supplied instead of conventional colorimetric determinations to provide a
faster and more accurate pH reading. All
titration reagents are pre-standardized
and ready to use. This kit contains everything you need for on-site
testing for up to 110 tests. Complete with a rugged carrying case,
ideal for in-field applications.
Strip mining produces water runoff
that can be either acidic or alkaline and
can also contain such metals as iron.
Because this water can run into rivers and
lakes, it is important to have a method of
monitoring it before it can affect fish and
community water supplies. This kit contains several tests that enable close monitoring of acidity, alkalinity, pH, and iron.
The test components are clearly labeled
and organized in the case and the tests are
designed so that accurate results can be
obtained from personnel with no experience with testing. The pH is determined
with Hanna’s exclusive pH tester, pHep®, instead of having to use
less accurated pH (litmus) paper.
704-200
704-210
HI 3817 Water Quality Kit
4.6 lbs.
Ecological Test Kit
HI 3814 Ecological Kit
2.7 lbs.
Marine Science Test Kit
The ecological test kit includes 6 of
the most frequently performed parameters in testing water: acidity, alkalinity,
carbon dioxide, dissolved oxygen, hardness and pH. Each test is designed to
maximize performance and comes with
all needed reagents and test supplies to
perform up to 110 tests.
Hanna’s exclusive pHep® tester, provides a more accurate alternative to conventional pH methods. The parts are contained in a rugged carrying case for
secure and simplified field use.
704-205
HI 3819 Mine Acid Kit
The most important parameters for
testing estuaries, bays, and other salt water
bodies are included in this Hanna kit: alkalinity, carbon dioxide, hardness, dissolved
oxygen, salinity and pH. The kit is arranged
logically using easily identifiable containers
and comes in a rugged field case. An exclusive Hanna pHep® tester, simplifies pH measurements and eliminates laborious colormetric methods. With these, and many
more features, the Hanna marine science kit
will produce fast and accurate results even
with the experienced operator.
5 lbs.
704-215
HI 3823 Marine Kit
6.6 lbs.
158
Staff Gages
Stage Measurement
Introduction
USGS Staff Gage
The stage of a stream or
lake is the height of the water
surface above an established
datum plane. The water-surface elevation referred to some
arbitrary or predetermined
gage datum is called the gage
height. Gage height is often
used interchangeably with the
more general term stage
although gage height is more
Stilling Well Installation
appropriate when used with a
with Wire Weight Gage
reading on a gage. Stage or
gage height is usually expressed in feet and hundredths of a foot.
In stream gaging, gage heights are used as independent variable
in stage-discharge relation to derive discharges. Reliability of the discharge record is therefore dependent on the reliability of the gageheight record as well as the stage-discharge relation. Several different
types of stage measuring devices are available from the simple to
most sophisticated technology with automatic digital data recording.
Gage-height records may
be obtained by a water-stage
recorder, by systematic observation of a non-recording
gage, or by noting only peak
stages with a crest stage gage.
For U.S. Geological Survey primary records at gaging stations, two basic types of water
level sensors are used, the float
in a stilling well or by a gasPS-2 Installation
purge (bubble gage) system
which transmits the pressure head of water in the stream to a
manometer or pressure transducer. The primary instrument used by
the USGS since the 1950’s for stage measurement has been the STACOM manometer with a bubbler pressure system. However, due to
the environmental and personal safety hazards with the mercury used
with this manometer, these are no longer used and have been
replaced by several different instrument options which are described
in this section.
Recorders for these sensor elements can be graphic such as the
Type F and A-71 or digital data loggers such as the Aqualog series or
other commercially available logger. Systems can be set up to also
record both graphically and digitally. Non-recording gages generally
used are staff, wire-weight, float-tape and electric tape.
Non-recording gages are still in general use as auxiliary gages at
water-stage recorder installations to serve the following purposes:
• As a reference gage to indicate the water-surface elevation in
the stream.
• As a reference gage to indicate the water-surface elevation in
the stilling well. Gage readings on the stream are compared with the
reference readings in the well to determine whether stream stage is
being obtained in the well.
• As a temporary substitute for the recorder when the intakes
are plugged or there is equipment failure. The outside reference gage
can be read as needed by a local observer to continue the record of
stage during the malfunction.
Staff and wire-weight gages are normally used at nonrecording
gaging stations. They are also used as the outside reference gage at
recording gaging stations. Float and electric tape gages and the vertical staff gages are used in stilling wells. Staff gages are read directly
whereas the other three types are read by measurement to the water
surface from a fixed point.
The staff gage is used for quick visual indication of the surface
level in reservoirs, rivers, streams, irrigation channels, weirs and
flumes, and wherever accuracy and readability are important. These
environmentally rugged iron gages are finished with a special porcelain enamel to ensure easy reading and resist rust or discoloration.
They virtually never need replacement under normal conditions. Each
gage is accurately graduated and has grommeted holes for easy fastening to walls, piers and other structures.
159
Style A
Style C
Style E
Style M
Style T
Style A
Style A is the standard USGS gage and is 4 inches wide, marked
at every foot, tenth, and 0.02 foot with total elevations, and is available in 3 1/3 foot sections for numbering 0 to 99.92 feet.
801-001
801-002
801-003
801-004
801-005
801-006
801-007
801-008
0-3.32 ft
3.36-6.72 ft
6.76-10.12 ft
10.16-13.52 ft
13.56-16.92 ft
16.96-20.32 ft
20.36-23.72 ft
23.76-27.12 ft
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Style C
Style C is 2 1/2 inches wide, graduated to hundredths and
marked at every foot and every tenth. Numbered 3 1/3 foot sections
are available 0 to 27 feet (higher numbering available on special
order). Style C is also available in 1, 1 1/2, and 2 foot lengths.
801-040
801-041
801-042
801-050
801-051
801-052
801-053
801-054
801-055
801-056
801-057
0-1.06 ft.
0-1.56 ft.
0-2.06 ft.
0.00-3.32 ft.
3.36-6.72 ft.
6.76-10.12 ft.
10.16-13.52 ft.
13.56-16.92 ft.
16.96-20.32 ft.
20.36-23.72 ft.
23.76-27.12 ft.
0.5 lb.
0.8 lb.
1 lb.
1.5 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
Staff Gages
Stage Measurement
USGS Staff Gage
Style E
Inclined Staff Gage
(continued)
Style E is 3 1/2 inches wide, graduated in feet and tenths, is
unnumbered, and is available in 1, 2, and 5 foot sections which may
be assembled for any foot length. Separate figures (black figures on 2
by 3 inch white porcelain enameled plates) are fastened on a plank,
wall, or pier to number any elevations desired.
801-080
801-081
801-082
1 foot section
2 foot section
5 foot section
1 lb.
1.3 lbs.
3 lbs.
Style M
Style M is a metric gage, 65 mm wide and 1 meter long. It is
divided into centimeters with each decimeter numbered. Gages for
any elevation may be assembled. Separate number plates (50 mm x
76 mm) are available to show elevation.
801-090
1 Meter Section
1.5 lbs.
These are custom gages primarily used in trapezoidal concrete
lined irrigation channels. Mounted flush on the sloped sides, these
gages give a direct reading of the vertical stage height.
801-072
Fiberglass Staff Gage
This is a 4 inch wide fiberglass staff gage which can be set at
any reference height without the need for separate numeral plates.
Each gage is graduated with black markings in feet, tenths and hundredths of feet. The foot graduations are not numerically labeled but
each gage includes 4 sets (0-9) of large red adhesive numerals. This
allows the gage to be easily positioned and marked in relation to an
existing reference height. The gage is 4 foot long and also comes in a
metric scale with meter, decimeter and centimeter graduations.
801-070
801-071
4 ft. Fiberglass Gage
1 M Fiberglass Gage
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
Snow Gage
Style O
Accurately measure the amount of snowfall with
this snow gage that measures fallen snow depths up to
30 inches. This weather-resistant corrugated plastic
gage has large white 1/2” graduations on a 4” wide
green background and is designed for reading from a
distance. Gage self-adjusts by sliding down the legs to
allow for accurate measuring no matter how far the
supports are positioned in the ground. Spring steel
legs are designed to withstand blizzard-force winds.
Style O is a metric gage 165 mm wide and 1 meter long with
the international E-pattern available in yellow on black and red on
black. The gage is divided into decimeter and 2 cm intervals by the
E’s and are available for both vertical and inclined installations.
(Special order item)
801-095
Inclined Gage
1 Meter Section
3 lbs.
Style T
Style T is a metric gage 150 mm wide and 1 meter long with
the modified international E-pattern. Style T has a white background
and black numerals with same division as Style O. Available for both
vertical and inclined installations. (Special order item)
801-075
Snow Gage
0.5 lb.
Porcelain Touch-up Paint
Style W
Chipped or cracked staff gage enamel can be repaired with
porcelain touch-up paint. This is a waterproof, chip-proof paint that
can be applied to the area being repaired. Full hardness is achieved in
12 hours without heat.
Style W is a half round aluminum metric gage 130 mm wide
and 1 meter long. This is for clamping on 3” pipe (75 mm) and has
Style M markings (Special order item)
801-078
801-076
801-115
Staff Gage Fasteners
801-110
1 Meter Section
1 Meter Section
3 lbs.
2.5 lbs.
These individual black figures are on
2” x 3” white porcelain enameled plates.
Using a combination of these figures and
Style E or Style M gages, any elevation may
be represented.
Number 0
Number 1
Number 2
Number 3
Number 4
Number 5
Number 6 or 9
Number 7
Number 8
Minus Figure (-)
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
Each gage and number plate has grommeted holes for fastening
with a number 8 x 3/4” round head wood screw.
Number Plates for Style E and M Gages
801-130
801-131
801-132
801-133
801-134
801-135
801-136
801-137
801-138
801-139
Porcelain Paint, White
Porcelain Paint, Black
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
801-085
801-086
Screws, Brass, Box (100)
Screws, Stainless Steel, Box (100)
Staff Gage Post
This is a standard “T”-style steel fence post which works great
for staff gage mounting beside a stream. Painted forest green. Also
available is a post driver and puller for installing and removing Tposts.
801-083
801-084
801-088
T-Style Post
25 lb. Post Driver
Post Remover
3 lbs.
27 lbs.
22 lbs.
160
Wire Weight Gage
Stage Measurement
USGS Wire Weight Gage - Model 8500
USGS Electric Tape Gage
A wire weight gage is a
device that can be bolted to a
bridge or railing or other
appurtenance over a body of
water to obtain water surface
gage heights. It is manually
read by opening the protective
cover and cranking down a
weight until the weight touches the water. A counter is provided to automatically give the
output of the cable and determine the water height in increments of 0.01 feet.
A horizontal checking bar
is mounted at the lower edge of the instrument so that when it is
moved to the forward position the bottom of the weight will rest on
it. The gage is set so that when the bottom of the weight is at the
water surface, the gage height is indicated by the combined readings
of the counter and the graduated disc. The wire-weight gage is used
as an outside reference gage.
The size of the wire weight gage is approximately 15 inches
wide by 13 1/2 inches high by 9 1/2 inches deep (38 cm by 34 cm
by 24 cm). The protective cover can be locked in place. The new HIF
design features an integral latch protector cast with the cover and
stronger backplate for added vandalism protection.
The rear (mounting) cover of the wire weight gage assembly can
be individually drilled to meet mounting requirements at each particular location. The maximum length of the cable is 90 feet (27.4
meters). The gage is sold complete with weight and cable.
The USGS Electric Tape Gage is used primarily as an inside reference gage (base
gage) over a stilling well. An electric tape
gage consists of an aluminum frame holding
a voltmeter, a reel to hold steel tape, and a
base to bolt the assembly to a tabletop. A
battery of less than 6 volts is required, but not furnished.
The weight is lowered until is contacts the water surface; this
contact completes the electric circuit and produces a signal on the
voltmeter. With the weight held in the position of first contact, the
tape reading is observed at the index provided on the reel mounting.
801-100
Wire Weight Gage
40 lbs.
Double Drum Wire Weight Gage-Model 8550
A Double Drum Wire Weight Gage is available which will hold
180 feet (55 meters) of cable for gaging from a high bridge or large
reservoir. It is the same basic design except the drum length is twice
the standard wire weight gage.
801-120
Double Drum
52 lbs.
Wire Weight Gage Brake
This is a hand operated brake which
threads onto the sheave shaft and the brake
pad rides on the flange of the drum. As the
wire weight gage weight free falls toward the
water surface the brake is an easy way to control the descent eliminating slow hand cranking down to the water.
801-125 Wire Weight Gage Brake
0.4 lb.
801-143
801-144
801-145
801-146
801-140
801-141
801-142
Gage, electric tape, without tape
Tape, 25 ft.
Tape, 50 ft.
Tape, 100 ft.
Tape, 10 m.
Tape, 20 m.
Tape, 30 m.
2 lbs.
0.3 lb.
0.4 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.4 lb.
0.5 lb.
USGS Crest-Stage Gage - Type A and C
The Crest-Stage Gage is a
device for obtaining the elevation
of the flood crest of streams. The
gage is widely used because it is
simple, economical, reliable and
easily installed.
Many different types of creststage gages have been tested by
the Geological Survey. The one
found most satisfactory is a vertical
piece of 2 inch galvanized pipe
with a wood staff held in a fixed
position with relation to a datum reference. The bottom cap
has six intake holes located so as to keep the non-hydrostatic drawdown or superelevation inside the pipe to a minimum. Tests have shown this arrangement of intake holes to be effective with velocities up to 10 feet per second, and at angles up to 30
degrees with the direction of flow. The top cap contains one small
vent hole.
The bottom cap contains regranulated cork. As the water rises
inside the pipe the cork floats on its surface. When the water reaches
its peak and starts to recede, the cork adheres to the staff inside the
pipe, thereby retaining the crest stage of the flood. The gage height
of a peak is obtained by measuring the interval on the staff between
the reference point and the floodmark.
While the standard gage is four feet in length, other lengths are
also available. The Type C gage is mounted on a steel 2” pipe driven
into the ground or attached to a fence post.
Type A: Galvanized steel 4’ long (other
lengths available) for mounting on a flat
surface with brackets.
Type C: Galvanized steel 4’ long for mounting on top of a steel pipe.
Type AP: Same as Type A in PVC material.
Type CP: Same as Type C in PVC material.
Granulated Cork: 1 pound box.
Finely ground cork, for crest-stage
gages, 1 pound
container.
801-150
801-160
801-170
801-180
801-190
161
Type A Crest Gage
Type C Crest Gage
Type AP Crest Gage
Type CP Crest Gage
Granulated Cork
12 lbs.
12 lbs.
5 lbs.
5 lbs.
2 lbs.
A-71 Recorder
Stage Measurement
Crest-Stage Gage Bracket
US Type A-71 Water Level Recorder
The galvanized steel bracket is used to support
the gage and affix it to the mounting surface with two
7/16 inch diameter holes. A minimum of 2 brackets
are required to adequately support a crest-stage gage.
The US Type A-71 Water Level
Recorder provides continuous, unattended recording - with high accuracy regardless of range. The Type
A-71 has been improved and perfected over the years and today it is
still the world-wide standard in
quality and reliability for river
hydrography and other installations
where long term operation is
required.
A Type A-71 Recorder uses a
strip chart and pen marker to provide a permanent on-site record of water level fluctuations. Both metric and English models are available. The recorder is precision-made
to respond to 3 mm water level change at 1:5 scale (or 0.01 ft. at 1:6
scale) using a 254 mm/10 inch float. The float is used with either a
beaded float line or a float tape (graduated in meters, decimeters,
centimeters or feet, tenths, hundredths). A clock drive controls the
movement of the strip chart at a constant speed. The pen marker
moves laterally across the chart and reverses direction at each margin
to provide an unlimited recording range.
The recorder stands on a three-legged cast metal base, and has
an ABS plastic cover with a full face gasket and a clear viewing port.
Safety features to prevent accidental record loss include an automatic
friction roller engaging knob and a safety pawl attachment.
Strip charts are printed on high quality paper to minimize
humidity effects. Several days of record are normally visible with
recorder in operation. The 25 cm wide A-25 chart is for metric measurement and the 10 inch wide A-10 chart, for English measurement.
A disposable cartridge pen is provided as standard equipment.
Time scales are designated by the number of inches of chart utilized in one day. The chart speed specified most frequently is 2.4
inches (6.1 cm) per day at which speed the chart will last about a
year. Standard time scales are easily interchanged in the field. With
the QMT drive this is done by switch selection - with other drives by
substituting gears.
Two chart drives are available. Timer and time scale gears can be
easily changed in the field.
• Quartz Multispeed Timer (QMT) - The most frequently specified, the QMT uses a 6 volt battery. It can be used with solar cell battery charger for 5 year minimum operation. Time scale gears need
never be changed again since seven switch-selectable scales are available.
• Negator Spring Drive with Chelsea Clock - for time scales up
to 12.2 cm/4.8 inches per day. This chart drive uses a large spring
which slowly unwinds from one drum onto another, driving the
instrument’s chart for 4 1/2 months or on special order for 6 months.
The Chelsea clock regulates the rate at which the spring unwinds and
thus the speed of the chart.
Gage Scales: The ratio between the chart record and water-level
changes is known as Gage Scale, e.g. a 1:5 Gage Scale means that
the record will be 1/5 actual size (Standard English Scales are multiples of the ratio 1:12). Instruments may be converted in field from
English to metric system, and vice versa.
Also required for operation and sold separately are one of each
of the following:
• Float Pulley
• Beaded line or float tape
• Float
• Counterweight
• End Hooks
801-195
801-196
801-197
6” Bracket
8” Bracket
10” Bracket
2 lbs.
2.5 lbs.
3 lbs.
Lory Hook and Point Gages
For the Precision Measurements of Water
Surface Elevations.
These gages have been developed from
many years of close attention to the needs of
hydrographers and hydraulic engineers.
Equally useful in the field or laboratory, they
combine rugged dependability and high precision with convenience of installation and operation.
Finish: The mounting is finished with an
oven-baked crystal black enamel. Staff, thumbwheel, thumb-screws, point and hook are
heavily chromium-plated.
Lory Type A: Graduated in feet and hundredths, with vernier reading to the thousandths of a foot. Standard lengths are 1 ft, 1
1/2 ft., 2 ft. and 3 ft.
Lory Type B: Graduated in inches and
tenths, with vernier reading to hundredths of
an inch. Standard lengths are 1 ft., 1 1/2 ft., 2
ft. and 3 ft.
Lory Type C: Graduated in centimeters,
millimeters, and vernier reads to a tenth of a millimeter. Standard
lengths are 30 cm, 60 cm and 100 cm.
801-210
801-215
801-220
Type A Hook/Point
Type B Hook/Point
Type C Hook/Point
3 lbs.
3 lbs.
3 lbs.
Float Gage - Model 8850
The Float Gage is a simple, inexpensive, yet
practical means of continuously indicating liquid
levels in tanks and reservoirs. It also is used extensively as a reference gage in stilling wells to check
the record accuracy on water level recorders.
The Float Gage consists of a copper float, a
pulley mounted on a standard and a counterweight. A graduated stainless steel tape is
attached to the float with an adjustable clamp
and connected at the other end to the counterweight. The pulley standard has an adjustable
index for precision settings.
Stainless steel tapes are available in selected
lengths as separate accessories to fit each particular installation. They are graduated in feet, tenths,
and hundredths for English measurement, or
meters, decimeters and centimeters for metric
equivalents.
802-001
Float Gage
8 lbs.
162
Type F Recorder
Stage Measurement
US Type A-71 Water Level Recorder
US Type F - Water Level Recorder
(continued)
Standard Gage Scales in Metric Units
Water Level
Change for
Gage
One Traverse
Graph Change
Scale
Across Chart
per Meter
Smallest
Chart
Float
Metric
(25 cm Chart)
of Water Change
Division
Pulley
1:1
0.25 m
100 cm
0.2 cm
375 mm
1:2
0.50m
50 cm
0.4 cm
750 mm
1:5
1.25m
20 cm
1.0 cm
375 mm
1:10
2.50m
10 cm
2.0 cm
750 mm
1:10
2.50m
10 cm
2.0 cm
375 mm
1:20
5.00m
5 cm
4.0 cm
750 mm
1:25
6.25m
4 cm
5.0 cm
375 mm
1:50
12.50m
2 cm
10.0 cm
750 mm
Standard Gage Scales in English Units
Gage
per Foot of
Scale
English
Water
10-inch Chart
Change
10:12
1 ft.
10.0 in.
0.01 ft.
18 in.
5:12
2 ft.
5.0 in.
0.02 ft.
36 in.
1:06
5 ft.
2.0 in.
0.05 ft.
18 in.
1:12
10 ft.
1.0 in.
0.10 ft.
36 in.
1:12
10 ft.
1.0 in.
0.10 ft.
18 in.
1:24
20 ft.
0.5 in.
0.20 ft.
36 in.
1:30
25 ft.
0.4 in.
0.25 ft.
18 in.
1:60
50 ft.
0.2 in.
0.50 ft.
36 in.
Recommended Float Sizes: 305 mm/12-inch diameter for 1:1 and 1:2 metric
(continued)
The time period of recording may vary from 12 hours to 32
days, (depending upon chart, gearing, and type of clock drive).
Charts are available with English or metric divisions.
A balanced, ball-bearing mounted chart drum responds to 0.01
ft. (3 mm) change at 1:1 scale, using a 5 in. float. The instrument is
actually sensitive to 0.002 foot (0.6 mm) and can record to such a
degree of accuracy if a large enough float is employed.
Features:
• Accurate quartz multispeed timer (QMT) eliminates need for
time scale gear changes. Battery operated time scales corresponding
to 32, 16, 8, 4, 2, 1 and 1/2 days of chart operation.
• Compact, portable, self-contained power
• Quick, easy chart changing
• Easy field conversion to vary recording ratio
• Unlimited range in stage
• Charts - with English or Metric scales
• The Recording Pen - The Recorder is supplied with a cartridge
style nylon tip pen
• Choice of stainless steel beaded float line or direct reading
graduated tape
• Scow float eliminates float well (optional)
Also required for operation and sold separately are one of each
of the following:
• Float pulley
• Beaded line or float tape
• Float
• Counterweight
• End hooks
scales or 10:12 and 5:12 English. 203mm/8-inch diameter for all other
metric scales and 10-inch for all other English scales.
Basic Instrument Specification:
Float operated water-level recorder; rectangular strip chart 25
cm/10 inches by 22.9m/25 yards; gage scale standard for 1:5 metric/1:6 English; cartridge type pen with spare cartridge, quartz multispeed timer (QMT); plastic cover with viewing port; cast aluminum
base with three leveling screws.
802-010
802-020
A-71 Recorder - English
A-71 Recorder - Metric
45 lbs.
45 lbs.
US Type F - Water Level Recorder
The US Type F Water Level
Recorder is an inexpensive,
accurate versatile recorder for
general-purpose recording
including:
• Stream gaging
• Irrigation
• Sewerage
• Water supply
• Ground water studies
The Type F Water Level Recorder is an instrument for permanently recording varying levels of any liquid surface. Among other uses,
flow data may be obtained by use with weirs, Parshall flumes or other
rated measuring structures in which heights, or differences in heights,
are an index of flow.
The rise and fall of the float with changing water levels turns the
drum proportionately, as the clock-controlled pen moves across the
chart at a constant speed. The resulting graph shows the water level
against a record of time. The range in stage is limited only by the
length of the float line and float size, since the chart drum may make
any number of revolutions.
163
Gage Scales are required for use and are included in Basic
Recorder price. The relation between the rotation of the float pulley
and the chart drum is set by gearing. Thus changes in the gearing or
the pulley circumference affect the ratio between the chart record
and water level changes. This ratio is known as gage scale. To make a
field change from any scale listed (except 1:20) to another requires
only the substitution of a pair of gears. The 1:20 scales are obtained
by installing the 750 mm or 36” circumference ring on float pulley of
a recorder geared for 1:10.
Water Level
Smallest
Gage
Change for
Chart Division
English
Scale
1 rev. of Drum
F-1/F-2
F-3 Chart
Float Pulley
113360
1:01
1.0 ft.
0.01 ft.
0.1 in.
18" circ.
113362
1:02
2.0 ft.
0.02 ft.
0.2 in.
18" circ.
113364
1:05
5.0 ft.
0.05 ft.
0.5 in.
18" circ.
113366
1:10
10.0 ft.
0.10 ft.
1.0 in.
18" circ.
113368
1:20
20.0 ft.
0.20 ft.
2.0 in.
36" circ.
Metric
F-4 Chart
113350
1:01
0.3m
2mm
375 mm circ.
113352
1:02
0.6m
4mm
375 mm circ.
113354
1:05
1.5m
10mm
375 mm circ.
113356
1:10
3.0m
20mm
375 mm circ.
113358
1:20
6.0m
40mm
750 mm circ.
Basic recorder system includes recorder, chart, cartridge type
pen with spare cartridge, cast aluminum base and metal cover. Also
included is Quartz Multi-Speed Timer equipped with a seven switch
selectable time scale for 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, and 32 days.
802-030
802-040
Type F Recorder - English
Type F Recorder - Metric
25 lbs.
25 lbs.
Shaft Encoders
Stage Measurement
Shaft Encoders - 8400 Series
Shaft Encoder - Incremental Output - Model 8436
Shaft encoders convert shaft rotation
to pulses for accurate and precise measurements of river stage or other water
applications. Mechanical float and pulley
assembly rotates with fluctuating water
level. As a float rises or falls, a pulley
rotates the shaft of the encoder, generating signals for both rotation direction and
amount. SDI-12 absolute encoders read
the signals and send a calculated water
level to the datalogger. Incremental
(quadrature) encoders emit two pulse
trains, one “up” and one”down”, which
are recorded by the datalogger. The datalogger adds or subtracts from a running total to calculate the water
level. The encoders are used with water level measuring systems
(such as the GS-71, GS-86, GS-98) and output directly to a data logger or telemetry system. The shaft encoders measure the rising or
falling water level to a USGS primary record requirement accuracy of
0.01 foot.
Features:
• Solid state reliability
• Low starting torque, zero backlash
• Uses standard A-71, L & S and F & P ADR hardware
• Low power requirements
• Easy set-up and installation
• May be added to existing chart recorders
• Display encoder LED shows level
• Incremental or absolute output
The Model 8436 Stand Shaft Encoder
(incremental output) comes in a small
weather resistant enclosure for mounting
in a stilling well for use with float wheel
(pulley), float, counterweight and float
tape. The stand-alone encoder can also be
slaved to ADR’s, bubbler system manometers or A-71 type recorders using sprockets, chain and jack shafts.
The 8436 is a float-driven stage sensor with an incremental output that is designed for use with dataacquisition instruments that have incremental encoder inputs. The
5/16 inch diameter smooth shaft is fitted with a 1 foot pulley, it measures stage to a resolution of 0.01 foot.
Specifications:
Operation
Rotating magnet and hall effect device
Range
Unlimited
Sensitivity
Shaft diameter
0.25" or .312", 7 or 9 mm available
Starting torque
0.65 inch ounce (46.8 cm-g)
Power required
12 VDC Nominal (10-16 VDC Range)
Signal output
Incremental and direction pulses
Accuracy
±1 increment .01 ft with 1 ft. cir. pulley
3 lbs.
Shaft Encoder - SDI-12 Output - Model 8438
The model 8438, Stand-Alone
Encoder with absolute data output produces pulses as the shaft rotates, totalizes the signal and outputs a serial ASCII
signal which reads directly in feet, e.g.
82.45 so that the signal relates to
absolute level or change in level.
The 8438 is a float-driven stage
sensor with an SDI-12 output that is
designed for use with any data-acquisition instrument that has an industry-standard SDI-12 data interface.
When the 5/16 inch diameter smooth shaft is fitted with a 1 foot pulley, it measures stage over a range from 0 to 327.67 feet with a resolution of 0.01 foot.
802-108
-40 to 60º C
Humidity
0-100%
Stand-alone
5" H x 5" L x 4.75" D
Weight
2.5 lbs
Floats and counterweights, float pulley wheel,
beaded or borehole float line, chain and sprocket,
gear drives, guide pulleys
Shaft Mounted Encoder - Model 8430
The Model 8430 Shaft mounted incremental encoder mounts directly on the shaft
of the Type A-71 of Type F recorder, L & S
7000 or F & P 1542 punch tape recorder
(ADR). This eliminates the need for an external
gear and chain interface when installing it at
an existing site.
Shaft Mounted Encoder
Shaft Encoder-SDI-12
3 lbs.
Shaft Encoder - Incremental and SDI-12 Outputs Model 8440
±1 increment 1mm with 375 mm cir. pulley
802-100
Shaft Encoder-Incremental
0.01' (1 mm) standard (specify 50, 100, 150, 300
or 375 counts per revolution)
Accessories
802-104
The 8440 is a float-driven
stage sensor with two independent
outputs - one incremental and one
SDI-12. It is designed for simultaneous use with any data-acquisition instrument with an incremental encoder input, with CR-510,
CR-10X and CR-23X data loggers
when used with a QD1 incremental encoder interface, and any
data-acquisition instrument with
an industry-standard SDI-12 data
interface. When the 5/16 inch diameter smooth shaft is fitted with a
1 foot pulley, it measures stage with a resolution of 0.01 foot.
802-112
Encoder-Incremental and SDI-12
3 lbs.
0.4 lb.
164
Shaft Encoders
Stage Measurement
Shaft Encoder - Display with SDI-12 - Model 8448
The Model 8448 stand-alone display encoder has incorporated an
LCD read-out to allow a local readout of level. The Display Encoder level
reading (999.99) is displayed on the
encoder by pushing the display button. The display is base set for the
actual reading by pushing the incrementing or decrementing button. The
output of the Display Encoder
remains the same as the standard
encoders. 0.01 foot resolution is standard.
The 8448 is a float-driven stage sensor with an SDI-12 output
designed for use with compatible SDI-12 loggers and DCP’s. The
8448 has an integral five-digit LED display. When fitted with a 1 foot
pulley, it measures stage with a resolution of 0.01 foot. The display
feature will allow users to view the current water level and/or make
changes to the water level being measured.
802-116
Display Encoder-SDI-12
3 lbs.
Universal Shaft Encoder Cable
Cable may be used to connect a 8400 series shaft encoder
to a Model 3100 data collection
platform (DCP) or a CR510,
CR10X, or CR23X datalogger.
Each cable is supplied with a
card listing wiring connections
required for each encoder.
Standard cable is 10 ft long.
802-180
Universal Cable
US GS-71 Shaft Encoder System for A-71 Water
Level Recorder (continued)
The Model 8600 Aqualog has a selectable 3 digit ID number, a
selectable time recording interval, an on-site display of your level
reading (99.99) with controls for setting your initial water level reading and starting time.
The memory module data card is a card that can be taken from
the data logger and read in the office on the Model 8640 module
card reader. This data can then be dumped to the personal computer
and reports analyzed and printed.
Every 15 minutes (or other programmable time from 1 to 60
minutes) a real-time clock turns on a micro-processor, which checks
the encoder position and logs the water level data on a solid-state
data cartridge. The capacity of the data cartridge is 32 K or 64 K
bytes, allowing 170 to 340 days of 15 minute interval recording.
A software package for the PC is provided on floppy disk. The
software package automatically analyzes the archived data and produces an output report. The water level is a digital printout of all of
the readings logged on the cartridge, presented by day in hourly
groups for easy reading along with the daily mean.
The GS-71 System includes:
• 8430 Shaft Mounted Encoder
• 8600 Datalogger
• 8640 Data Card Reader
• Data Card 32K or 64K
802-190
6 lbs.
US GS-96 Shaft Encoder Stage Recording System
2.5 lbs.
US GS-71 Shaft Encoder System for A-71 Water
Level Recorder
The GS-71 Encoder System is the most
common way to convert and upgrade an
existing A-71 or Type F water level recorder
gaging site to digital data logging capability. Also many installations which prefer
paper back up recording with data logging
use the GS-71 type system.
The Model 8430 shaft mounted
encoder can be easily installed in the field
at an existing A-71 or Type F gaging site,
connected to the model 8600 data logger
and immediately start receiving digital data
for reporting and processing on your office
computer. The same battery and solar
panel charger used to power the quartz
clock can be used to power the data logger
for a minimum 5 year battery operation.
The Model 8600 Aqualog Universal Data Logger is used with this
system. It is a single channel logger designed as a computer interface
for chart (A-71) or punch tape (ADR) recorders. The Model 8600 provides reliable 0.01 foot level recordings.
The GS-96
encoder System is the
most common
encoder system for
USGS primary records.
It is a complete system
that provides field
proven accuracy and
the reliability of digital
data recording and
economical cost. The
GS-96 recorder system utilizes a counterbalanced float with a stainless
steel float tape. The tape is coupled to an incremental shaft encoder.
As the encoder rotates with changes in water level, its position is
translated into digital data by the recording electronics. The data logger is the model CR510 and includes the Y-cable and gel-cell battery
cable for connecting the system components.
The recorder is usually installed on a platform on top of a stillwell. A 30 foot (10 meter) length of float tape is included with the
instrument. If the distance from the recorder to the water surface is
further than this, a longer tape can be purchased. The standard measuring range of the instrument is 100 feet (30 m) with an accuracy of
.01 ft.
Accessories and Parts:
• Tape, SS, Blank, 3/8” with 0.2’ punches
• Float, Low Density Polypropylene, 6”
• Counter Weight, SS, for 6” float
• Float Wheel, 12” circumference
• Battery, 12 VDC, 7 AH Gel Cell
• Solar Panel, 10 Watt, 15.0 VDC Maximum
802-210
165
GS-71 Encoder System
GS-96 Encoder/Float Recording System
12 lbs.
Floats
Stage Measurement
Stage Potentiometer - Model 8480
Float Gage and Shaft Encoder Sensor Accessories
The stage sensor consists of a precision, wire-wound 10-turn potentiometer on an aluminum bracket. It is
used with various data-recording
devices such as data loggers and datacollection platforms. The potentiometer provides an output voltage that
increases with rising stage and decreases with falling stage. It requires a precision, switched excitation voltage and is
connected to an analog input on the
data-recording device. When used with
a one-foot circumference float wheel,
the range of measurement is 10 feet.
The stage potentiometer, commonly called a “stage pot” was
designed as a stage sensor for non-critical applications, with moderate accuracy, where low cost is an important factor. These pots are
precision units with a resistance tolerance of ±3% and a linearity of
±0.1 %. With the proper data logger or data collection platform
(DCP) setup, and proper wiring and measurement techniques, accuracies of ±0.05 ft. are common. The stage pot does not meet the
USGS accuracy requirements of stage sensing for primary records.
802-250
Stage Potentiometer
3 lbs.
Hydrologger - Model 8490
This is the best
low cost float type
water level recorder for
stream, river or lakes or
any water body where
USGS primary record
accuracy is not
required. The
hydrologger can be
mounted on a bridge
pier, post or other
structure and has been
particularly popular in
irrigation districts and
stormwater detention
pond monitoring and measuring canal flow, deliveries, seepage losses
and return flows. The hydrologger comes in a 4 foot range and 8 foot
range and has a standard data logger capable of 7943 readings or an
optional four channel logger with up to 32,520 readings. Other features include a data shuttle to eliminate the need to take your laptop
to the field but to download from the datalogger to the shuttle and
then take the shuttle to your office PC. Another option simultaneously
measures temperature and water level. The operating features include
a 1.5” diameter float inside a 3” PVC pipe stilling well actuating a 10
turn potentiometer and water level recorded with a datalogger. One
advantage over submersible transducers is that the expensive components are out of the water and don’t require periodic calibration. The
data logger compartment is waterproof. Accurate measurement
range is ±.01 ft. and temperature range is -4º F to 158º F.
802-255
802-258
802-260
802-262
802-263
802-265
4 foot Hydrologger
Data Shuttle
4 Channel External Data Logger
Windows® Compatible Software
Optional Avg. Daily Stage/Flow
Charting Software
8 Foot Hydrologger
6 lbs.
0.4 lbs.
1 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
11 lbs.
For use with:
• Float gage
• Type F Recorder
• Type A-71 Recorder
• Shaft encoder
• GS-71 and GS-96 Systems
Copper Floats
The Copper Floats are hollow and made from spun copper and
weighted to allow them to float at the correct depth. An eye-bolt is
mounted on top of the float to attach a float line or tape, and a small
breather hole is provided on the top to equalize inside and outside
pressure. The copper floats are painted with durable aquamarine urethane that inhibits aquatic growth.
Float sizes range from 2.5 to 16 inches diameter. Larger floats
provide greater operating force for a given water level change, overcoming instrument friction for greater measurement resolution.
However, this requires a larger diameter float well.
802-321
802-322
802-323
802-324
802-325
802-326
802-327
802-328
802-329
802-330
64 mm/2.5” dia.
76 mm/3” dia.
102 mm/4” dia. (encoder)
127 mm/5” dia.
153 mm/6” dia. (encoder)
203 mm/8” dia. (Metric A-71)
254 mm/10” dia. (English A-71)
305 mm/12” dia.
356 mm/14” dia.
406 mm/16” dia.
1 lb.
1.2 lbs.
1.6 lbs.
1.9 lbs.
2.4 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
4.5 lbs.
4.8 lbs.
6.5 lbs.
7.2 lbs.
Plastic Floats
Pan Type Float
Ball Type Float
Cylinder Type Float
Plastic floats come in three basic styles depending on diameter.
The cylinder type is designed for wells, boreholes and small diameter
stilling wells. The ball type is for 3” thru 8” diameters and are popular
because they don’t easily get hung up on the sides of a corrugated
pipe stilling well. The pan type are for larger diameters and offer the
most accuracy because of their size. All plastic floats are properly
weighted to allow them to float at the proper depth.
802-300
802-301
802-302
802-303
802-304
802-305
802-306
802-307
40 mm/ 1.5” dia. Cylinder
64 mm/ 2.5” dia. Cylinder
76 mm/ 3” dia. Cylinder
102 mm/ 4” dia. Ball (encoder)
153 mm/ 6” dia. Ball (encoder)
203 mm/ 8” dia. Ball (norm. A-71)
254 mm/ 10” dia. Pan
305 mm/ 12” dia. Pan
0.5 lb.
0.6 lb.
1.2 lbs.
1.6 lbs.
2.4 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
4.5 lbs.
4.8 lbs.
166
Float Tape/Cable
Stage Measurement
Plastic Float Hanger
Float Tape and Beaded Cable Accessories
The Plastic Float Hanger is used to suspend the plastic float from
the end hook at the end of a float tape.
802-315
Float Hanger - For Plastic Floats
0.3 lb.
Beaded Cable
The Standard Beaded Float
Line is geometrically wound, nontwisting, 0.040 inch diameter,
stainless-steel cable. The line has
beads crimped on at uniform
intervals which match the recesses in the float pulley for non-slip
operation.
802-340 (tot m)
802-341 (tot ft)
802-342 (tot ft)
12.5 cm centers
6 in. centers
3 in. centers
Tapes, Stainless Steel, Perforated
The Graduated Float Tape
can be used when a visual reading of water level heights is
desirable. It is graduated in feet,
tenths, and hundredths, or in
meters, decimeters, and centimeters, punched at 0.2 foot intervals to fit shaft encoders and
ADR float wheels and 0.5 foot
intervals to fit A-71 level recorders. A splined pulley/float wheel provides sprocket-like, non-slip operation, and an adjustable indicator
provides an index for direct reading from the tape.
Tape-stainless steel, perforated:
802-350
802-351
802-352
802-353
802-354
802-355
802-356
25 ft. Graduated English,
0.4 lb.
punched 0.2 ft. (2.4 in)
0.8 lb.
1.2 lbs.
Ungraduated English, punched 0.2 ft. (2.4 in.)
0.4 lb.
punched 0.5 ft. (6 in.)
0.8 lb.
punched 0.5 ft. (6 in.)
10 M Graduated Metric,
0.5 lb.
punched 12.5 cm
Idler Wheel
Index Bracket
Adjustable Idler Wheel
Float Tape Indicator/Index Bracket
The Float Tape Indicator, also know as an index bracket, indicates position where stage (gage height) is read on float tape. Comes
with screws to mount in gage house.
802-370
Float Tape Indicator
0.3 lb.
Idler Wheel
The Idler Wheel, also known as the guide pulley, is designed to
be used to offset the counter weight , so it won’t hit the float as it
rises and falls in the stilling well. It is a 2” diameter wheel for use with
the insulated and uninsulated tape drive float wheels. Idler wheel
only.
802-373
Idler Wheel
0.4 lb.
The Adjustable Idler Wheel is designed for use with the insulated
and uninsulated tape-driven float wheels to offset the counterweight
so that it does not hit the float as they rise and fall in the stilling well.
802-374
0.8 lb.
End Hooks
End Hooks are used with a punched, steel float
tape or beaded cable to provide a suspension point for
the float and counterweight. Sold as a set of 2.
802-376
End Hook (set)
0.2 lb.
Idler Wheel Kit
Idler Wheel Kit is designed for use with a cable driven float
wheel to offset counterweight so that it does not hit the float as they
rise and fall in the stilling well.
802-375
167
Idler Wheel Kit
0.8 lb.
Float Wheels/Pulleys
Stage Measurement
Stainless Steel Counterweight
Encoder Adapter Sleeve
Counterweights are designed to keep tension on the float tape
or beaded cable and to maintain the proper float depth in the water.
These are stainless steel with all stainless hardware.
Adapts a 1/4 inch diameter shaft to a 5/16 inch diameter shaft for float wheels.
802-425
Encoder Adapter Sleeve
0.2 lb.
Float Wheel Mounting Kit
802-380
802-381
802-383
802-384
802-385
802-386
802-387
802-388
85 g/3 oz. (3” float)
113 g/4 oz. (4” float)
170 g/6 oz. (5” float)
227 g/8 oz ( 6” float)
283 g/10 oz. (8” float)
340 g/12 oz. (10” float)
454 g/16 oz. (12” & 14” float)
567 g/20 oz. (16” float)
802-430
Float Wheel, for Flat Tape
These Flat Tape Float Wheels
(pulleys) are designed for standard
punched tape. The metric spacing
of 12.5 cm and the English 0.2 ft
and 0.5 ft. The float wheel is made
of UV inhibited Delrin to insulate
encoders from lightening strikes.
Aluminum float wheels are also available if requested.
802-395
802-396
802-397
802-398
802-399
802-400
375 mm circ.
500 mm circ.
12 in. (0.2 ft./2.4” centers )
18 in. circ. (0.5 ft./6” centers)
750 mm circ. ring
36 in. circ. ring
0.3 lb.
0.5 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.5 lb.
2.5 lbs.
2.5 lbs.
The Float Pulley for Beaded Cable is aluminum with holes spaced for 12.5 cm beaded
cable for the metric pulleys and 6” and 3” spacing for the English pulleys. The standard pulley
has a 1/2” dia hole, but can be adapted for
encoder use with the Delrin hub insert assembly.
375 mm circ.
12 in. circ., (3 in. centers)
18 in. circ. (6 in. centers)
750 mm circ. ring
36 in. circ. ring
Delrin Hub Insert
Converts aluminum float wheels having a
1/2 inch center hole to 5/16th inch and insulates shafts from electrical surges. Hub attaches
to encoder shaft with split bolt clamp.
802-420 Delrin Hub Insert Asbly.
0.4 lb.
Float Wheel Mounting Kit
0.4 lb.
USGS-ADR Float Wheel Option
Float Pulley, for Beaded Cable
802-410
802-412
802-411
802-413
802-414
For use with uninsulated, tapedriven, metal float wheels having a
1/2 inch center hole. These are typically used on a A-71 and Type F
recorders or encoders with threaded
shafts.
0.4 lb.
0.4 lb.
0.6 lb.
0.7 lb.
0.9 lb.
1 lb.
1.3 lbs.
1.7 lbs.
• The stage kit is packaged primarily to adapt a digital recorder for use on
a 3 inch pipe well. The kit consists of a 4
13/16 inch diameter float wheel, 40 feet
of stranded steel cable, 10 ounce counterweight, counterweight standoff and
idler wheel, and a 2 1/2 inch polyethylene float.
• The rainfall kit is basically the same as this stage kit, except the
float wheel is 3 13/16 inches in diameter.
802-440
802-441
802-442
802-443
802-444
Float wheel, stage
Kit, stage, w/float,
counterweight & cable
Float, molded polyethylene 2 1/2 in.
Kit, rainfall, w/float,
counterweight & cable
Float wheel, rainfall
0.2 lb.
1.5 lbs.
0.3 lb.
1.5 lbs.
0.2 lb.
A-71 Recorder Charts
Strip charts are used with the A-71
recorder and are printed on high quality
paper to minimize humidity effects. The 25
cm wide A-25 chart, for metric measurement,
is graduated in centimeters with 5 divisions
per cm and is about 23 cm long. The 10 inch
wide A-10 chart, for English measurement, is
graduated in inches with 0.10 inch divisions
and is 25 yards long.
A-71, English Chart (A-10)
802-450
1 roll (std. 25 yd. length)
802-451
10 pack
0.8 lb.
9 lbs.
A-71, Metric Chart (A-25)
802-455
1 roll (std. 23 m length)
802-456
10 pack
0.8 lb.
9 lbs.
168
Recorder Accessories
Stage Measurement
A-71 Recorder Pens
A-71 and Type F Recorder Enclosure
A special ink is used for free flow under low temperatures. While
replacement intervals depend on chart speed and other factors, a cartridge will provide about 610m/2000 feet of linear chart marking.
802-460
802-461
A-71 Cartridge, Single
10 Pack
This is an enclosure designed to be
mounted on a stilling well pipe from 4” to
18” diameter. The recorder mounts inside
and the enclosure provides weather and
vandal protection. 1/8” aluminum, lockable, hinged cover with 3/4 in. treated plywood base, 30” wide x 21” deep x 15”
high.
0.1 lb.
0.4 lb.
A-71 Recording Ink
This ink is used with the capillary pen with acrylic or glass reservoir and is formulated for free flow under seasonal temperatures and
humidity ranges.
802-490
802-491
1 oz., Dispensing bottle
16 oz., Plastic bottle
0.2 lb.
1.2 lbs.
A-71 Reversal Indicator
This indicator draws a continuous pen line on the right margin
of time chart with a long jog for rising stage reversal and a short jog
for falling stage reversal. This accessory can be supplied on the
recorder or fitted in the field.
802-465
Reversal Indicator w/Pen
0.5 lb.
A-71 Time Marker
With this accessory, a side pen marking on the left margin of the
chart makes a jog each 2.4 inches, corresponding to 24 hours at time
scale of 2.4 inches/day. The action is controlled by the chart drive so
that jogs correspond to clocktime and not to time divisions on the
chart, thus they serve as a basis for applying corrections to the graph
for possible errors due to humidity effects.
802-470
Time Marker
1.5 lbs.
Type F Recorder Charts
F-1 charts recommended for 32,
16, 8 & 4 day recording. F-2 charts recommended for 2 & 1 day or 12 hour
recording. See Gage Scales for F-3 chart
divisions for selecting times. Box of 54
charts.
802-475
802-476
802-477
802-478
F-1,
F-2,
F-3,
F-4,
English, 0.10 ft.
English, 0.10 ft.
English, See Gage Scale
Metric, Centimeters
1
1
1
1
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Type F Cartridge, Single
10 Pack
169
0.1 lb.
0.4 lb.
Instrument Enclosure
22 lbs.
Maximum-Minimum Stage Indicator
The maximum-minimum stage indicator, when
attached to a float tape beneath the recorder table, will indicate maximum or minimum stage by sliding along the tape
as stage rises or declines. As the stage changes, the tape
slides through the indicator, which will therefore stop at the
maximum and minimum stages since last set. To read, carefully rotate the float wheel until the indicator hits the underside of the
table top and read the gage height on the recorder or float-tape
gage.
802-535
Indicator, stage, max-min, box of 50
1.2 lbs.
HydroLink Precision Ladder Chain and Sprockets
These versatile instrument and servo
transmission components have been especially designed for hydrologic service.
They employ corrosion resistant anodized
aluminum idler shaft hangers and stainless
steel flanged ball bearings. Ultra-precision
Delrin™ sprockets and ladder chain are
quiet and smooth running. Sprockets are
available in 3/16”, 1/4”, 5/16”, and 3/8”
dia. used with manometers to drive
potentiometers, A-71 chart recorders,
ADR’s, shaft encoders, etc. All components have extremely low friction, even at -60º C.
802-550
Type F Recorder Pens
802-485
802-486
802-500
Sprocket
No. of Teeth
8
9
10
12
15
16
18
20
24
30
32
40
48
Ladder Chain, 5 ft.
3/16”
803-035
803-036
803-037
803-038
803-039
803-040
803-041
803-042
803-043
803-044
803-045
803-046
803-047
1/4”
803-050
803-051
803-052
803-053
803-054
803-055
803-056
803-057
803-058
803-059
803-060
803-061
803-062
0.3 lb.
5/16”
803-065
803-066
803-067
803-068
803-069
803-070
803-071
803-072
803-073
803-074
803-075
803-076
803-077
3/8”
803-080
803-081
803-082
803-083
803-084
803-085
803-086
803-087
803-088
803-089
803-090
803-091
803-092
Manometer
Stage Measurement
AquaGage - Balanced Beam Manometer Model 9100
Manometers are
used by the USGS to
remotely sense the
stage or elevation of
water levels in streams,
lakes and reservoirs.
Manometers were
developed as an alternative to the stilling
well. The balanced
beam manometer
pressure sensing unit is
USGS qualified as an
approved primary
record standard device and meets the required accuracy, reliability
and operating performance and is used worldwide. Water stage measurement is achieved by continually measuring the gas pressure
required to balance the head of water above a gas bubbler system to
measure the hydrostatic pressure difference.
The Balanced
Beam Manometer,
like a beam balance
scale for weighing,
has near-infinite resolution, cannot easily get out of calibration, is drift-free, has
virtually no temperature error (the arms on each side of the fulcrum expand proportionately), no gravity error (the movable poise weight and the gaged
body of water are both subject to the same local gravitational pull of
the earth, unlike spring scales or spring type pressure transducers),
has high inertial resistance to effects of vibration and other unique
properties. The Balanced Beam Manometer is the only operational,
true, generic, manometer form in existence; using earth gravity, as
the opposing force, like a Stacom Manometer but without mercury.
A counter displays the stage height in feet of water, which is
recorded on an analog or digital recorder or both. The manometer
assembly converts the pressure in the sensing element of the gas
purge system to a shaft rotation, which drives the stage-indicating
and recording mechanisms.
Description. The Pressure Sensing Unit operates on the highly
accurate and sensitive force balance system which reduces the effects
of the bellows to negligible proportions. With this system, virtually no
movement of the bellows occur as the force output (the product of
pressure (P) and bellows area (A) is balanced out).
The above illustrates the manner in which this principle is
applied to the Pressure Sensing Unit.
The Force output is
automatically balanced by
a servo system. An increase
in pressure causes the
beam to rotate and close
switch S1 which in turn
operates the motor (M)
through the delay unit (D).
The motor continues to
turn until the switch S1
opens and the beam has
been returned to the null
position. A decrease in the
pressure causes switch S2
to close which moves the
weight in the opposite direction, hence the angular rotation of the
motor is a precise measurement of the pressure applied.
Operation. The best results are obtained using the gas purge
(bubble system). The Conoflow Sight Feed Assembly and HS-23 bubble unit have been designed specifically for this application.
The single line system depicted below covers most applications
as it will operate without any loss of accuracy with tubing lengths of
up to 500 feet (150 m). If site conditions are such that this length is
insufficient then it is recommended that an additional static line be
laid parallel to the main pressure line and connected to it near the
orifice. Using the dual tubing configuration, the instrument can be
located up to 1300 feet (400 m) from the orifice.
Dual Line: A second static line is provided for sites with pressure
lines in excess of 150 meters to reduce response lags.
Features include:
• Highly sensitive
• Drives input shafts of water level recorders and shaft encoders
• Eliminates costly float wells
• Ideal for remote locations as power is only consumed during
change in level
• Reliable switching system
• Fast follow rate - 10 meters per hour (small range) and up to
15 meters per hour (higher ranges)
• Efficient servo mechanism with ample torque to drive a number of recording systems.
• Complete temperature compensation over range of - 10
degrees C to +60 degrees C (special models will operate down
to -40 degrees C)
• Unaffected by adverse climate conditions
• Dimensions - 28” x 12” x 13” (72 cm x 27 cm x 29cm)
Accessories:
Bubble Unit
Pressure Line - Black polyethylene
Gas Supply - Bottled dry nitrogen
Gas Bottle Regulator
Gears or Chains and Sprocket Drives
Power - 7 AH 6 VDC Battery
803-001
803-010
803-015
803-020
803-025
50 ft. (15 M) Range,
0.1 ft (2 mm) Sensitivity
65 ft. (20 M) Range,
100 ft. (30 M) Range,
115 ft. (35 M) Range,
230 ft. (70 M) Range,
45 lbs.
50 lbs.
60 lbs.
60 lbs.
65 lbs.
170
PS-2 System
Stage Measurement
Aquabar Gage Pressure Sensor - Model 9300
The Aquabar 9300 Pressure
Sensor is a highly accurate solid
state pressure transducer capable
of measuring gage pressures from
0 to 200 psi with the normal
range for stage measurements
being 0 to 15, 22, or 30 psi which
correlates to 30, 50 and 70 feet
(10, 15, and 22 meters) of water.
The Aquabar 9300 operates over
the range of 0 to 50 feet of water
(0-22 PSIG) with an error of less
than ±0.01 foot of water. The
Aquabar is temperature compensated to operate over the range of
-40 to 60 degrees Celsius.
Housed in a durable aluminum case, the Aquabar Gage Pressure
Sensor is equipped with a DB-9 (RS-232) female connector, a circular
cannon plug connector, and a fitting for a 1/8” OD tubing. The
power requirement is 12 VDC. The unit is equipped with a pressurerelief valve for protection from over pressures. The fiberglass enclosure
measures 8 by 10 by 6 inches high and has a hinged lid with quickrelease latches for easy access to the transducer, tubing and wiring.
With its low power consumption and low maintenance requirement,
it is ideal for remote stage measurement sites.
The sensors are designed to measure differential pressures and
digitally transmit the measured values to a data recorder or computer
(via the SDI-12 or RS-232C serial interface).
The transmitted values can be in the form of any meaningful
engineering units related to pressure, typically meters, feet or inches
of water. The temperature of the instrument is also provided as an
output, often eliminating the need for separate temperature instrumentation.
Specifications:
Accuracy
0.01% output is reported in psi units; 0.02% output is
Resolution
0.0001% of FS
reported in converted engineering units (meters, feet, etc.)
Temperature Range
-54 degrees to 100 degrees C
Power Requirements
+6 to +25 VDC at 25 mA maximum
Overpressure
1.2 x full scale
Output
Single SDI-12; 16 bit parallel interface (RS-232)
Sensor Dimensions
3.12 in x 5 in. x 3.12 in. (7.92 cm x 12.7 cm x 7.92 cm)
Sensor Weight
1.8 lbs. (1.13 kg)
803-100
Aquabar 9300
2.6 lbs.
USGS PS-2 Pressure Sensor System
The USGS
Standard
Nonsubmersible
Pressure Sensor
(PS) system, the
PS-2, works with
a USGS gaspurge (bubbler)
system and data
logger or datacollection platform to measure and record water level in feet of stage by using a
gas-purge system to transmit the pressure head of water over an orifice to the pressure transducer. The PS-2 is specifically designed for
water level measurements to meet the U.S. Geological Survey
Specification HIF-S-02.
171
USGS PS-2 Pressure Sensor System (continued)
PS-2’s are certified to measure pressure over the range of 0 to 30
pounds per square inch gage with a total error less than ±0.02 percent of full scale. This corresponds to a range of 0 to approximately
70 feet of water with an error of less than ±0.01 foot of water. The
PS-2 comes in three standard models. The PS-2-30 (30 feet of water,
10 meters), P-2-50 (50 feet of water, 16 meters) and the PS-2-70 (70
feet of water, 20 meters). The units are temperature compensated to
operate within the specified accuracy at any temperature within the
range of -20 to 55 degrees C.
The PS-2 is housed in an 8 by 10 by 6 inch fiberglass environmental enclosure with mounting feet for attaching to a wall or bench
(see fig. 2). It consists of an Aquabar Model 9300 pressure transducer,
pressure transmitter, and associated plumbing and wiring. A 4-pin
connector is provided for electrical connection to the SDI-12 bus and
external 12-volt power. The pressure transmitter is equipped with a
relief valve for protection from overpressure resulting from either
improper purging of the orifice line or a clogged orifice. A gas connection kit, with instructions, is provided for connecting the PS-2 to
an existing gas-purge system. The PS-2, ready to install, weighs
approximately 6 pounds and comes with mounting feet for securing
it to a bench, table or wall.
The PS-2’s come standard with the SDI-12 (serial digital interface) developed by the USGS but is also available with standard computer serial RS-232, 16 bit parallel interface port. This enables the
pressure sensor system to be used with any industry standard data
logger and personal computer.
The PS-2’s record these values at every user-selected interval:
• Time
• Water level (feet or meters)
• Pressure transducer temperature (approximate shelter
temperature)
In addition to the above recordings, the PS-2 system records
these values at midnight:
• Year
• Date (previous day)
• Maximum reading (last 24 hours)
• Minimum reading (last 24 hours)
• Battery voltage
SDI-12 or RS-232C Interface Communications
The SDI-12
(Serial Digital
Interface - 1200
baud) was developed by the USGS
as a result for a
demand for simple,
low-powered serial
digital interface
that is capable of
having multiple
microprocessor-based sensors connect to a single datalogger. This
interface, primarily used for hydrologic and environmental sensors
and requires only 3 wires for proper communications: power, data
and ground. The transmitter receives commands from a data logger
or user computer via the data bus and returns data via the same bus.
The data bus is a 1200 baud serial ASCII multi-drop two-wire data bus
using 0 to 5 volt logic levels. The PS-2 water level systems are offered
with this SDI-12 output, making ideal instruments for remote, batterypowered water staging operations. The SDI-12 version can be converted to RS-232C output with a simple external data converter.
Continued on next page ->
Bubbler Accessories
Stage Measurement
USGS PS-2 Pressure Sensor System
(continued)
RS-232C
The PS-2 System is also available with RS-232C output, in a
selectable baud rate of 300, 1200, 2400, or 9600. Therefore using
the included mating cable, virtually anyone can connect the units
directly to a computer, laptop or datalogger and begin measuring
water level or pressure. Basic user’s software is provided as well as
simple command instructions to enable user-written custom programs.
The complete PS-2 Pressure Sensor System comes with the following components:
• Model 9300 Aquabar non-submersible vented pressure transducer enclosed in a sealed case - specify range in feet or meters
• USGS Bubbler Gas-Purge system. Included in the PS-2 gaspurge system are the Conoflow sight feed, regulator, and pressure
hose, black orifice tubing and standard orifice w/static tube.
• Model CR510 Datalogger with on-site display of data
• 12 volt battery, 24 amp-hr battery capacity
803-150
PS-2 Pressure Sensor System
24 lbs.
Bubbler-Gage Sensor Accessories
The gas-purge system transmits the pressure head of water in
the stream to the manometer pressure transducer location. A gas is
fed through a tube and bubbled freely into the stream through an
orifice at a fixed elevation in the stream. The gas pressure in the tube
is equal to the piezometric head on the bubble orifice at any gage
height.
The standard bubble rate in the USGS bubble system is 60 bubbles per minute in a sight glass. This low rate conserves gas supplies
and keeps friction in the polyethylene tubing to less than an equivalent 0.01 ft. of water in feed lines as long as 250 feet.
Orifice Tubing
The orifice line tubing is a special heavy wall
black polyethylene line, 3/8” OD x 1/8” ID
designed for bubble-orifice installations.
803-220 Orifice Line Tubing,
500 ft. Roll
25 lbs.
Orifice Tubing Splice
This is a double ended tubing fitting designed to splice together
3/8” heavy wall orifice line tubing and maintain a leak proof seal.
803-222
Tubing Splice
0.2 lb.
Tube Fitting Sealant
Throw your Teflon® tape out, this new high performance fitting
sealant is used on threaded tube fittings to provide a leakproof seal.
Extensive testing by HIF has shown this sealant to be leakproof under
extreme temperature ranges. We have supplied Conoflows operating
in Antarctica that have had excellent reliability.
803-224
Tube Fitting Sealant, 1.7 oz.
0.3 lb.
Snoop - Liquid Leak Detector
Detect gas leaks in hard-to-reach areas in a
tubing system. Minute gas leaks, undetectable
except with expensive and complicated equipment can be easily detected with Snoop.
803-226
803-227
Snoop Below Freezing
Snoop Above Freezing
0.4 lb.
0.4 lb.
USGS Conoflow Sight Feed Assembly
The Conoflow Sight Feed
Assembly is the standard regulator
to control bubbler system gas flow
rates. It consists of a Conoflow differential gas regulator, a sight-fed
glass, bypass purge tubing and
valve assembly.
The diaphragm of this regulator acts on a soft-seated plug to
admit just enough gas to maintain a
pressure drop of 1.5 PSI across the needle valve. This ensures a constant gas flow rate even under changing water levels (pressures). The
glass sight feed is filled with silicone oil so the bubble rate can be
observed and set.
803-200
803-210
Sight Feed Assembly
Fluid Sight Feed Silicone (16 oz.)
9 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
Nitrogen Tank Regulator Assembly
This is a standard gas tank regulator for the
nitrogen supply tank. It reduces 3000 PSI tank pressure to 60 PSI Conoflow sightfeed assembly supply
pressure. A regulator hose connects the nitrogen
tank regulator, to the conoflow sight feed assembly,
or HS-23 gas purge system.
803-215
803-216
803-217
Regulator Assembly
Regulator Hose, 2 ft.
Regulator Hose, 5 ft.
5 lbs.
2 lbs.
3 lbs.
HS-23 Dry Bubble Unit
The Model HS-23 Dry Bubble Unit is
designed to replace the Conoflow sight feed
assembly and is a gas purge system which
provides a constant differential pressure (3-5
psi) above the pressure head at the end gas
tube or bubbler. This constant differential
pressure maintains a constant bubble rate
through the gas tube and enables the
Aquagage 9100 or USGS PS-2 pressure
sensing instrument to measure the change
in pressure head and thereby the depth of river or stream. The HS-23
is a new design which incorporates a vernier scale regulator valve for
setting the bubble rate.
The unit is precalibrated so that a bubble rate can be accurately
set in the field without the need for further calibration. This design
eliminates the need of sight glass and oil reservoir for the setting of
the bubble rate, thus no more oil contamination and spills through
the Conoflow sightfeed. It is a low maintenance unit with minimum
components ensuring increased reliability and less potential joint leakage.
The HS-23 can be set up as either a double or single line gas
purge system. The HS-23 Singe Line Gas Purge System, can be located up to 500 feet (150 m ) from the stream.
The Dual Line HS-23 Gas Purge System can be located more
than 500 feet (150 m ) from the stream. This set up eliminates long
lag times in sensing pressure changes caused by friction in the gas
line.
803-245
803-246
HS-23 Single Line
HS-23 Dual Line
7 lbs.
8 lbs.
172
Orifice Fittings
Stage Measurement
Gas Buffer Orifice Chamber
USGS Standard Orifice Fitting
The proper placement of the orifice is
essential for an accurate stage record. The orifice
should be located where the height of water
above it represents the stage in the river. If it is
partly buried in sand or mud, the recorded stage
will be greater than that in the river. An orifice
preferably should not be installed in swift currents. If this is unavoidable, it must be kept at
right angles to the direction of flow. A recommended mounting for swift-flow conditions is for the orifice to be
mounted flush with the wall of the mounting structure. Care should
also be taken to keep the orifice out of highly turbulent flow. Fits on
2” pipe.
803-236
803-237
Standard Orifice Fitting
Stainless Steel Fitting
2 lbs.
2 lbs.
USGS Model 9330 - Standard Orifice Static Tube
The USGS Standard
Orifice Static Tube (SOST) is
a modification of the standard orifice and is designed
to reduce drawdown where
water velocities reach 3 ft/s
or greater.
The alignment of the
SOST assembly is set at the
time of fabrication and
should not be altered. The
SOST assembly vent hold
must be positioned below
the minimum water level.
The assembly can be
installed at any angle from
vertical to less than horizontal. However, if the SOST assembly is not in the vertical position, it
must be perpendicular to the flow streamline (that is, not pointing
upstream or downstream). The SOST assembly must be installed in
the horizontal position.
803-250
Standard Orifice Static Tube
(Level in Feet)
Standard Orifice 100 Bubbles/Min
Reading
Gas Buffer Orifice 10 Bubbles/Min
Lag
Reading
Lag
0
0
--
0
--
2.66
1.9
0.76
2.66
0
5.57
3.93
1.64
5.57
0
7.88
5.05
2.83
7.87
0.01
11.81
7.53
4.28
11.78
0.03
803-265
Gas Buffer Orifice
7 lbs.
Knurled Nut, 1/8 inch Tube, Brass
The Pressure Line Connection
Kit connects the Conoflow or HS-23
output fitting to pressure-input fitting. It includes 5 feet of nylon tubing with an outside diameter of
0.125 inch and a wall thickness of
0.026 inch, four sets of nylon ferrules, two stainless steel fitting nuts,
and regulator gage output fitting.
Pressure Line Connection Kit
Float Operated Encoder
6 lbs.
Pressure Line Connection Kit
803-270
The Gas Buffer Orifice is designed to replace the USGS standard
orifice fitting at the end of the orifice line on the 2” pipe that extends
into the river. The Gas Buffer Orifice permits the use of extremely low
bubble rates with increased accuracy and near total reduction of lag
between actual level rise and orifice pressure. The chamber’s volume
provides a buffer which eliminates bubbler gage lag during rapidly
rising stage. Bubble rates as low as 10 bubbles per minute can be
used, thereby reducing gas consumption and prolonging the life of
the gas bottle or reducing the operation of the compressor. The Gas
Buffer Orifice is constructed entirely of copper to deter aquatic
growth and is supplied with a 2 in. union coupling that mates up
with a standard 2 inch pipe. A removable screen allows for cleaning.
The Gas Buffer Orifice is tapped 1/4 inch NPT to take the standard
Swagelok fittings to connect to standard orifice tubing. The unit is
designed to be fitted to existing installations. The following table
summarizes performance of the gas buffer orifice chamber compared
with the standard orifice fitting for a water level rising at 30 ft/hr. At a
10 ft/hr. rate of rise the standard orifice still lagged significantly while
the gas buffer orifice exhibited no appreciable error.
Knurled, nut, 1/8 inch tube, brass. Used
with pressure line kits for transducers. Five to a
set.
803-280
1/8” Tube Nut
0.2 lb.
Ferrule Kit, 1/8 inch, Front/Back, Nylon
Ferrule kit, 1/8 inch, front/back, nylon.
Sold in set of 10.
1.2 lbs.
803-286
1/8” Ferrule Kit
0.1 lb.
Nylon Tubing, 500 Foot Roll
Nylon tubing, 500 foot roll, 0.125
inch outside diameter, wall thickness 0.026
inch; for connecting pressure sensor systems to HS-23 or Conoflow sight feed
assembly.
803-276
Nylon Tubing
173
1/4 inch Pipe to 1/8 inch Tube Fitting
1/4 inch female pipe to 1/8 inch tube fitting
with nylon ferrule, brass. Used with pressure line kits
for transducers.
2 lbs.
803-290
1/4 in. - 1/8 in. Fitting
0.1 lb.
Gas Purge Compressor
Stage Measurement
HS-55 Gas Purge Compressor
The HS-55 has been
designed to replace the
conventional nitrogen gas
bottle supply to bubble
units for water level measurement. The HS-55 does
not require a nitrogen tank
but instead uses a built in
compact air compressor to
generate the constant flow
of gas (bubbles) through
the orifice line to the river.
It is a reliable light-weight
and low power unit suitable for use in the most remote locations.
The unit is a self-contained gas-purge
system configured with a 3.5 gallon
(13.5L) receiver tank and the design of
the unit centers around the tried and
proven, Model HS-23 Dry Bubble Unit and
Differential Regulator. The HS-55 incorporates a maintenance free air Drying System
that utilizes a “Self-Purging” membrane
Filter Dryer and Auto Drain Moisture Traps
to ensure a moisture free system. The
effectiveness of the HS-55 Filter Dryer is
such that the unit also removes 20% oxygen from the air it dries, thus helping to
reduce algae growth at the orifice fitting.
The unit is maintenance free for up to 5
years.
The HS-55 is available with a manual
or automatic purge cycle. The HS-55 manual purge incorporates a
push button for manual purging of the system. Continuous purging
occurs as long as the button is depressed and the tank pressure is
above 4 p.s.i. This is similar to the normal conoflow or HS-23 bubbler
system purging.
The HS-55AP features automatic purging and the system has
been designed with full automatic purging in the event of a river line
blockage. The purge sequence is activated by an increase in pressure
in the system and triggers a purge pressure switch to begin purging
at a preset pressure. This fully adjustable purge pressure switch is
generally set at double the reading limit of the transducer being used
e.g. for a 1 bar pressure transducer (0-34 ft head pressure) the purge
pressure threshold would be set at 2 bar (68 ft. head pressure). This is
all done pneumatically without the need for complicated electronic
controls.
The purge pressure threshold is fully adjustable to suit your specific application. This ensures the system never mistakes a sharp
increase in head pressure (water level) for a blockage.The system will
purge from 85 p.s.i. down to 60 p.s.i. over a 15 second period. The
compressor will begin charging the Receiver at 60 p.s.i. For longer
purges or when the manual purge feature is used, system is capable
of maintaining a continuous purge pressure of 60 p.s.i.
Voltage Regulator Protection: If blockage can’t be cleared (e.g. if
the orifice is installed in an inappropriate location) the HS-55 will continue purging until the system voltage drops to 11 volts. At 11 volts
the compressor shuts down until the battery reaches 12V again, at
which time the system recommences purging at full tank pressure.
This feature protects the system from continuous purging in the
event a blockage cannot be cleared.
(continued)
Two Stage “Auto Drain” Moisture Trap: The system features an
auto drain moisture trap. When the trap senses moisture build up, a
relief valve is opened and the moisture is purged under pressure to
atmosphere. The hydrophobic membrane filter then completely dries
the compressed air removing all moisture and 20% of oxygen from
the air.
Specifications:
Power
12 VDC (38 AH Battery)
Average Current Draw
30 mA @ 60 bubbles/min flow rate
Compressor
Precision Piston
Receiver Capacity
15 liters (3.5 gallons)
Normal Operating Pressure Range
60 p.s.i. - 85 p.s.I
Maximum Purge Pressure
85 p.s.i.
Minimum Purge Pressure
60 p.s.i. (15 second elapsed purge)
Differential Pressure
3 p.s.i. - 5 p.s.i.
Purge Duration
Programmable from 0.1 sec to 30 secs
Operation
Low duty cycle (10 hours per year at 60 bubbles/min)
Purging
Automatic -pressure controlled
Bubble Rate
User selectable from 10 to 150 bubbles/min
Air Dryer
Maintenance Free " Self Purging"
Manual - push button continuous
Hydrophobic Filter
Environment
-40 to 80ºC
Pressure Connections
1/4" npt, 3/8" NPT Outlet
Weight
30 lbs., 13 kg.
Dimensions
24"H x 12"W x 15"D
803-300
803-305
HS-55 Manual Purge Compressor
HS-55AP Automatic Purge Compressor
42 lbs.
42 lbs.
The HS-50 is a less expensive model of the HS-55 which does
not have a hydrophobic filter but uses a cartridge desiccant dryer.
The desiccant can be regenerated and reused multiple times. The
HS-50 works well in all but very humid climates or sites that can be
easily accessed for maintenance of the desiccant. Ten pound desiccant cartridge removes one pound of water.
803-320
HS-50 Compressor System
45 lbs.
The HS-45 is the same as the HS-55 but connects directly to an
existing conoflow sight feed or HS-23 dry bubble unit. It is a direct
replacement for the nitrogen tank at an existing gaging station. It
includes the gas compressor and either the two stage auto drain
moisture trap and hydrophobic filter or cartridge desiccant dryer.
803-325
803-330
HS-45 w/ Two Stage Dryer
HS-45 w/ Desiccant Dryer
40 lbs.
42 lbs.
174
Pressure Transducer
Stage Measurement
Model 2490 AquaSPT Submersible PT and Logger
Model 2495 AquaSPT Submersible PT and Logger
This is the best low cost pressure
transducer available to measure ground
water level, river level, lake level, or any
water body where USGS primary record
accuracy is not required. The AquaSPT is a
true 2-wire transmitter with 4-20 mA output, and operates on 9 VDC. The 2490
comes with a data logger which records
6000 readings and it is programmable
from one reading per minute to one reading per hour.
The AquaSPT is all stainless steel,
rugged and simple to operate. It is .75 inches in diameter allowing
insertion into small diameter wells for ground water level monitoring.
Several scale ranges are available to meet all of your water level/pressure requirements.
The jacket of the electrical cable is thick and rugged. Inside,
along with the wires, is a small tube for venting the back side of the
transducer into the air for automatic compensation of atmospheric
pressure changes. The standard cable length is 25 ft but additional
lengths up to 500 ft can be ordered.
When sizing an SPT, pick a range slightly larger than the maximum expected change in water level or pressure. Remember, that
when you put an SPT into a stream, you don’t have to go to the bottom of the stream, but only deep enough to get below the lowest
expected water level.
These transducers have an accuracy of .2% FS. Accuracy for PT’s
is always as a percentage of FS (Full Scale). Therefore you want to use
the smallest possible range that works for your application to minimize your error. Example: a 10 PSI PT, the range is 23’. The accuracy
is .2% of 23’ = .046’ = ±.55”.
Note: 1 PSI (pounds per square inch) = 2.3’ of H2O = 27” of
H20.
This is a new version of the popular model
2490 that features windows-based software and
increased logging capacity with up to 24,400 readings. The model 2495 AquaSPT Water Level Logger
provides a datalogger and pressure sensor for
remote monitoring and recording of water level
flow and pressure data. This highly reliable and
accurate Water Level Logger records 24,400 readings and is programmable in intervals ranging from
one reading per second to one reading per day.
Water depth ranges of 0-3’, 0-15’, 0-30’, 0-60’, 0120’ and 0-250’ are available. A 25 foot cable is
standard and optional cable lengths are available up to
500 feet.
The Water Level Logger is housed in a weatherresistant cylindrical enclosure that slips inside a 2 inch
pipe. The Logger is easily adapted with standard hardware for well-head mounting or other installations. The
internal 9 VDC battery powers the logger and sensor
for up to three years. The 2495 includes Windowsbased software, allowing easy upload of data to standard spreadsheet programs on a PC computer.
Flume and Weir Stick (FWS) Option: The FWS
water Level Logger is fitted with 3’ PVC pipe extension
with sensor at bottom of pipe for measuring flows in
flumes or weirs. 3’ range only. The unique 3’ Range
Sensor has superior accuracy in flumes, weirs, small
streams and wetlands.
Specifications:
Sensor Element
Silicon Diaphram Wet/Wet Transducer
Range
0-3', 0-15', 0-30', 0-60', 0-120', 0-250' (over pressure - 2 x full-scale range)
Accuracy
0.1% of full scale at constant temperature: 0.2% over temperature range
Compensation
Physical dimensions
Sensor: 0.75" dia. x 9.125" long
Housing
Cable: 0.27" dia. x 25' Long standard
Operating Temperature: -10 degrees to +80 degrees C
Performance
Combined hysteresis, repeatability error: ±0.2% FS in std. ranges
encapsulated in marine grade epoxy, guaranteed not to leak.
Material
Marine grade urethane jacket, polyethylene vent tube, full foil shield.
Recording Interval: Programmable (minutes): 1, 2, 3, 6, 12, 15, 20, 30, 60
Outside Diameter
3/16"
Memory: 6000 readings, wrap-around type
Length
Standard 25' (up to 500')
Recording Period: 1 hour interval: 256 days; 15 minute interval: 64 days
Memory
Non-volatile flash memory
Battery Life: Lithium 9 VDC battery: 1 year
Battery Life
Up to 3 years (depending on recording intervals)
Temperature error: 0.02%/degrees C in 0-50 degrees C range
Enclosure Size
3/4" diameter x 7" length (small enough for a 1" well), stainless steel
micro screen (hundreds of holes prevent fouling) electronics are fully
Environmental
1.6" diameter x 10" long
Weight
1.5 lbs.
Computer Interface
RS232C, 9-pin female connector (incl.)
Software
3.5" disc, DOS compatible
Software Features
Programmable Record Interval, Scaling for Engineering Units, Output in
Resolution
12-bit
Moisture Protection
Acrylic coat (prevents damage to electronics from condensation)
Storage Capacity
24,400 time and date stamped data points
Data Overwrite
Select memory wrap or unwrap (unwrap will stop logging data once
memory is full)
Spreadsheet Format, Real-time Monitoring
804-001
804-002
804-003
804-006
Uses dynamic temperature compensation 30-70F automatic barometric
pressure compensation.
Specifications:
2490 AquaSPT-Range 0-3 ft.
Vented Transducer Cable
8 lbs.
8 lbs.
8 lbs.
Clock
Synchronizes to the time and date of user's computer
Enclosure
1 7/8" diameter x 12" length (fits inside a 2" well), stainless steel UV
protected PVC vented for barometric pressure compensation.
Weight
1.6 lbs. (with battery and 25' cable)
Communication
RS232 (cable provided)
804-020
804-021
804-022
804-025
804-026
175
2495 AquaSPT-FWS
8
8
8
6
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Pressure Transducer
Stage Measurement
Model 3500 Aquabar Submersible Pressure
Transducer (SPT)
Model 3550 Submersible Pressure
Transducer
The Model 3500
Aquabar SPT is a submersible
pressure transducer for stage
measurement water level
monitoring. The 3500 is USGS
accepted for primary records
with accuracy of ±.01 feet
over full scale up to 70 feet of
water range. Submersible pressure transducers are positioned below
minimum water depth in the river and measure pressure difference to
the surface and require a small tube to vent the back side of the
transducer into the air for automatic compensation of atmospheric
pressure changes.
In ground water applications, submersible pressure transducers
are an alternative to float-level recorders and bubbler systems. The
ground water temperature normally varies by only a few degrees year
around. Therefore, the submersible pressure transducer need only be
accurate to the needed requirements over the limited temperature
range. There may be stations where submersible transducers with
long cables is more costly than other options.
Pressure transducers drift out of calibration over a period of
time. Recalibration is needed periodically in addition to the field comparison with reference gages each time the station is visited. The
need to calibrate the pressure transducer periodically adds to the
operation costs for this type of sensor.
• Simple to install, use, and maintain (no on-site calibration
required)
• Performs extremely accurate measurements:
• Linear deviation is less than 0.02%
• Resolution is 1 part in 250,000
• Accuracy over temperature range exceeds ± 0.01 feet of water
• Enclosure is nonconductive and corrosion proof
• Output options: SDI-12 and RS-232
• Pressure measurement data is transmitted digitally over long
cable lengths without error
• Sensor cable has large venting capacity for compensation of
rapid barometric pressure changes.
• Dry air moisture barrier system provides atmospheric compensation without the sensor’s accuracy
• Sediment guard installed to protect sensor in stream.
Model 3550 Submersible Pressure Transducers are
specifically designed to meet the rigorous environments
encountered in ground and surface water depth measurement applications. These sensors provide repeatable, precision depth measurements under the most hostile conditions.
These transducers incorporate isolated diaphragm sensors which are specifically designed for use with hostile
environments. These sensors utilize a silicon pressure cell
that has been fitted into a stainless steel package with an
integral, compliant stainless steel barrier diaphragm. This
sensor assembly is housed in a rugged 316 SS case which
provides for a variety of pressure inputs as well as electrical
output connections.
Model 3550 Pressure Transducers feature high performance internal signal conditioning and accuracy is ±0.10%
FSO. They are available in both 4 to 20 mA and 0 to 5 Vdc
output versions. Cable length must be ordered with the
Pressure Transducer as it is factory installed.
Features:
• High static accuracy and repeatability
• Welded 316 SS construction
• Small rugged package
• Broad selection of pressure ranges
• 100% computer-tested, calibrated and serialized
• Unique cable seal system
Specifications:
Performance
Pressure range: 0-300 PSIG
Accuracy: ±0.10% FSO Model 3550; ±0.25% FSO Model 3555
Thermal Error
0.05% FSO/º C
Over Pressure
3 X rated pressure
Resolution
infinite
Environmental
Operating Temp. Range: -20º to 60º C
Humidity: 0-100%
Electrical
Excitation: 9 to 30 Vdc
Input Current: 20 mA maximum
Output: 0-5 Vdc (3 wire) or 4-20 mA (2 wire)
Circuit Protection: Polarity, surge & shorted output
Physical
Weight: 7 oz. (not incl. Cable)
Cable: Polyurethane jacketed shielded cable with polyethylene
Specifications:
vent tube and Kevlar tension members - 200 lbs. pull strength.
Material
316 SST, polyethylene vent tubing
Size
1.425" diameter x 12" long
Sensor Cable
Tefzel jacket optional.
Size: .60" O.D. x 3.78" LG.
vented, shielded, three-wire cable; 25 foot standard
(longer lengths are available if required)
Accuracy (maximum percent
Pressure: Less than or equal to 0.02% of full scale output
of error in measurement)
(FSO) over temperature range
• Fully temperature compensated
• Available with polyurethane or Tefzel jacketed vented cable
Temperature: Internal temperature ±1 degree C over
The Model 3555 has the exact same configuration and specifications as the 3550, but with decreased static accuracy of ±0.25% FS.
temperature range.
Long-term Stability
Accuracy drift is less than ±0.05% of FSO.
Environmental Restrictions
Operating Range: -5 to 50 degrees C
Storage: -10 to 75 degrees C
Power Supply Voltage
9.6 to 16.0 volts DC
Sleep Model Supply Current
1 milliampere maximum
Active (measuring) Supply Current
50 milliamp max
Standard Pressure Ranges
Depth
Pressure
0-15 psi
0-34.60 ft.
0-30 psi
0-69.20 ft.
Custom calibration ranges available
804-040
804-041
804-044
3500 AquabarSPT-Range 0-34.60 ft.
3500 AquabarSPT-Range 0-69.20 ft.
Accuracy
± 0.007 ft.
± 0.014 ft.
804-050
804-052
804-053
804-054
804-060
804-062
804-063
804-064
3550
3550
3550
3550
3555
3555
3555
3555
SPT-Range
SPT-Range
SPT-Range
SPT-Range
SPT-Range
SPT-Range
SPT-Range
SPT-Range
0-3.4 ft./0-1 psi
0-17 ft./0-5 psi
0-34 ft./0-15 psi
0-68 ft./0-30 psi
0-3.4 ft./0-1 psi
0-17 ft./0-5 psi
0-34 ft./0-15 psi
0-68 ft./0-30 psi
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6 lbs.
6 lbs.
176
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Dataloggers
Stage Measurement
readings, tipping bucket measurements and pulse counting applica-
Submersible Pressure
Transducer Dry Air System
The SPT Dry Air System prevents moisture from condensing in
the submersible pressure transducer,
provides compensation for changes
in atmospheric pressure without
impairing the sensor’s accuracy. This
system also eliminates moisture in the vent tube which can block the
tube and prevent accurate measurements.
The system includes a desiccant case which is a desiccant chamber for pressure transducers. The pressure transducer vent tube terminates inside the case, which vents to the atmosphere.
804-070
1 lb.
This set of desiccant packs are for replacement in
the SPT Dry Air System. Desiccant mini-packs include 5
desiccant packs and humidity card to determine when
to change packs out.
Mini-Pack
0.3 lb.
Dataloggers
Several dataloggers are offered which have different features
such as memory space, power requirements, number of channels,
(input), etc. which are used to collect stage measurement and weather data. The USGS worked with Campbell Scientific to develop the
BDR (Basic Data Recorder) for primary record applications. The latest
generation of this recorder is the Campbell Model CR510. However,
all data loggers featured are being used and accepted for USGS data
gathering requirements.
Aqualog 8600
Universal Data Logger - Aqualog 8600
features a single channel logger that uses
data module cards for memory and has a
built-in LCD display for level reading (099.99 ft. or meters).
The Aqualog 8600 Universal Data Logger is a single channel
electronic water recorder. The Aqualog 8600 is designed as a computer interface for existing chart or punch tape recorders. This instrument is also used as a stand alone logger and replaces the mechanical
recorders in many locations. The 8600 provides reliable 0.01 foot
level recordings.
The Universal Data Logger is coupled with the Stand Alone or
Shaft Mounted Optical Encoders for accurate level measurements.
The 8600 has a selectable 3 digit ID number, a selectable time
recording interval, an on-site display of your level reading (99.99),
with controls for setting your initial water level reading and starting
time. The data logger is powered by a 6-15 VDC battery power supply and draws a small 400 microAmperes of current. The stored data
is easily transferred into your computer to provide USGS and FERC
acceptable reports.
The Aqualog 8600 Logger comes packaged in a small weather
resistant enclosure for mounting in a stilling well. The data is stored in
an 32K or 64K memory module (sold separately). The 64K Module
stores 340 days of 15 minute readings. The 8600 is used for level
177
Input
Increment Pulses
Output
Recordings on 32K or 64K Data Card Module
Power Required
6-15 Vdc, 400 microamperes
Counting Speed
1000 counts per sec.
Range
00.00 to 99.99
Display
4 digit LED and 2 digit LED time interval
Recordings
1, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30, and 60 minute
Size
7"W x 9.75"L x 1.63" H
Weight
1.7 lbs.
tions and is specified with the GS-71 and GS-96 systems.
Aqualog 8600 (continued)
805-001
806-240
806-241
806-230
Reader
SPT Dry Air System
Desiccant Mini-Pack
804-090
Specifications:
Aqualog 8600
Data Card Module 32K
Data Card Module 64K
Data Card Module
2.5 lbs.
3 lbs.
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
Aqualog 3000
Aqualog 3000 is a two channel RS-232 or SDI-12 data logger
with 52,000 event sample memory.
It is a compact, programmable
acquisition device suitable for any
short or long term, remote data
logging application. The low power
requirement of the Aqualog 3000
enables the unit to be used for up to 12 months in remote locations,
eg rainfall monitoring and river level monitoring. The powerful communication interfaces and software enables the 3000 to alarm dial
external phone numbers or to send data via radio, satellite or telephone modem. Alternatively a status report can be generated and
transmitted on request.
Operation: Aqualog 3000 is a rugged, compact data logger for
use with the Tipping Bucket Rain Gages and Shaft Encoders. This unit
records the date and time of occurrence of tips from the tipping
bucket rain gage or the ± encoded signals from a shaft encoder. Up
to 52,000 events can be stored in the Aqualog 3000’s memory. The
data is stored in a 128KB Flash EPROM. An optional analog board
allows inputs from 4-20 mA and 0-5 volts transducers.
The Aqualog 3000 is a low power usage device which only powers up when an event is recorded. In sleep mode the unit requires
only 160 µA. Six AA cells provide power sufficient for up to 12
months operations.
An RS-232 Serial Port allows direct communication with a comSpecifications:
Program Memory
128KB Flash EPROM, 64KB available for program
Data Memory (On Board)
128KB Flash EPROM (Minimum 100,00 erase/write cycles)
(Off Board)
Optional - up to 384 KB plug in memory (3 X 128KB Flash EPROM)
Events Recorded
1 second resolution. 2 bytes per event. Typical 128KB> or equal
to 52,000 events total (includes overheads for 1 year)
puter on-site or remote via a modem link (for radio, satellite, or telephone).
805-020
Aqualog 3000
2 lbs.
CR510 Datalogger
Stage Measurement
CR510 Basic
Datalogger
The CR510 is a low cost,
versatile four channel datalogger ideal for all types of water
measurements. It makes accurate, reliable measurements at
scheduled intervals day or
night, even in harsh environments. Its low-power use makes it wellsuited for long-term, unattended operation.
Compatible water resources sensors include:
• Rainfall
• Level-stage
• Soil moisture
• Flow
• Temperature
• Turbidity
Multiple data retrieval options:
• Radio
• Phone
• Cellular phone
• Voice modem
• Satellite
• Multidrop
The CR510 can be programmed to perform special measurement, communication, and control functions during “storm events.”
It supports weir and flume equations to calculate flow rates, and features free support software for easy programming and on-site data
collection.
The CR510’s design allows seamless integration into existing
Campbell datalogger networks. Telecommunication options include:
cellular, standard, and voice-synthesized phone modems; satellite
transmitters; radios; short-haul modems; and multidrop modems.
Modbus, ALERT and Table Data operating systems are available for
the CR510.
Programming the CR510 is supported by PC200W starter software, Short Cut and the new Logger Net 2.0 software.
The CR510 is intended for applications such as:
• Stage recording with shaft encoder, pressure transducer or
SDI-12 sensor.
• Precipitation monitoring with tipping bucket or weighing type
gage.
• Water level in irrigation systems and gate control
• Groundwater monitoring
• Air temperature and relative humidity monitoring
• Water quality recorder using water quality sensors
A CR10X is required for thermocouple measurements, or for
using multiplexers or SDM peripherals. The CR510 may be programmed with the CR10X keyboard display unit which can also
review collected data or view real time data. A laptop computer may
also be taken to the field for these functions.
The CR510 provides precision channels that allow you to accurately measure a variety of sensors:
• Four single-ended analog input channels
• Two pulse counting channels (an additional channel
can also be configured to count switch closures)
• Two switched excitation channels
• Two digital I/O ports (both ports support SDI-12 sensors; control port C1 also supports output control of external devices)
• 5 and 12 VDC power terminals
• 9-pin CS I/O port
CR510 Basic Datalogger
(continued)
Data and programs are stored
either in non-volatile Flash memory
or battery-backed SRAM. The
CR510 has two Final Storage areas
that store up to 128 K (62,000
data points). Optional versions
store up to 4 MB (2 million data
points).
The standard operating temperature range is -25º to +50º C; an
extended range of -55º to +85º C is available. A CR510 housed in a
weather-resistant enclosure with desiccant is protected from humidity
and most contaminants and with rechargeable power supplies, and
the CR510’s minimal power requirements allow extended field use.
Three year warranty against defects in materials and workmanship.
Physical Specifications
Size: 8.4” x 1.5” x 3.9” (21.3 cm x 3.8 cm x 9.9 cm). Additional
clearance required for serial cable and sensor leads.
Weight: 15 oz. (425 g)
805-040
805-041
805-042
805-043
CR510 Datalogger w/ 128K Memory
Extended Temperature Testing
1 MB (500,000 data points) Memory
2 MB (1,000,000 data points) Memory
2.5 lbs.
0.4 lb.
0.7 lb.
CR10X Datalogger
The CR10X is a multiparameter twelve channel datalogger that
features, twelve analog, and two pulse-sensor inputs and has three
precision excitation outputs. This datalogger has eight ports, which
may be individually programmed for input or output. Data may be
recorded at fixed intervals between 1/32 of a second and 24 hours or
at variable intervals. The CR10X contains 128K (62,000 data points)
of on-board memory with optional 1 MB and 2 MB of additional
memory. This unit does not contain a display. Programming and data
retrieval are possible with the addition of the CR10KD keyboard display or a laptop computer. The CR10X may be programmed with the
keypad and display unit and collected data may be reviewed using
this device. This datalogger supports telemetry using the COM100
cellular phone modem COM200 telephone modem, voice-synthesized modems, satellite transmitters, VHF/UHF radio or shorthaul
modem. Modbus, ALERT, and Table Data operation systems are available for the CR10X . The CR10X as well as CR510 comes with the
PC200W starter software. Cables, which are application dependent,
must be ordered separately.
The PC200W is a simple, Windows based tool for direct communication with our dataloggers. It provides program transfer, real-time
monitoring, data collection and basic split functionality in a new
graphical user interface. PC200W was designed to help new users get
up and running as quickly as possible. However, even veteran users
178
Dataloggers
Stage Measurement
CR10X Datalogger
(continued)
will find that, with its simple
functionality and lean size
(less than 2M), it can be a
terrific utility for use with
laptops. It provides easy-touse direct connections and
manual data retrieval.
(Telecommunications and
scheduled data retrieval are
available in the full-featured LoggerNet software)
PC200W links to Short Cut for generating simple programs for
CR510 and CR10X dataloggers.
The CR10X Measurement and Control System is a 12 singleended/six differential analog input datalogger with two pulse counters, three switched excitation channels, and eight digital I/O ports.
Standard temperature range is -25º to +50ºC; extended range is -55º
to +85ºC.
805-050
805-051
805-054
805-055
CR 10X Datalogger w/ 128K Memory
Extended temperature testing
1 MB (500,000 data points) memory
2 MB (1,000,000 data points) memory
Loggernet
Communication
Software
The Loggernet software
was developed for the CR510,
CR10X and CR23X dataloggers.
Windows-based programs provide computer support for data
logger program development
and editing, telecommunications, data transfer, real time graphical data display, storage module
communications, data reduction and report generation. PC system
requirements include IBM-compatibility, Windows 95/98, or NT, 3.5
inch disk drive, and an RS232 port for Hayes modem or communication interfaces.
806-020
Loggernet Datalogger Software
1.5 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
0.4 lb.
0.7 lb.
CR10X and CR510 Accessories
Y Cable for CR510 Datalogger
CR10KD - Portable Keypad and
Display
The Y Cable is used to connect the components of a data-collection system, which utilizes the CR510 datalogger, a single SDI-12 sensor, and a rechargeable 12-volt battery.
Used to program any CR510 or
CR10X Datalogger, initiate data transfer,
and display sensor readings, stored values,
or alarm/and control port status. One
CR10KD may be carried from station to
station in a network. The CR10KD has an 8
character LCD and a 16 character keyboard. The CR10KD is powered by the
Datalogger power supply. The operating
temperature range is -25º to +50º C and it
weighs 0.6 lbs.
806-001
Keyboard/Display
806-030
2 lbs.
Storage Modules
0.8 lb.
Battery Packs
The CR510 and CR10X are 12 VDC and can use any 12 VDC
power source. They can be conveniently packaged with the BPALK
and PS12LA battery packs. The BPALK consists of eight D-cell batteries
and the PS12LA includes a sealed rechargable battery that can be
float-charged with a solar panel or AC power.
806-005
806-009
Y-Cable
12 Volt Alkaline Battery Pack
1.2 lbs.
12 Volt Power Supply w/Charging
2.7 lbs.
Regulator and Sealed Rechargeable Battery
The SM4M and SM16M storage modules are
a removable battery backed RAM which can be
used to expand the data storage capacity of a
CR510 or CR10X datalogger, retrieve data from
CR10X and CR510 dataloggers or install programs. It operates in temperatures ranging from 35 to 55º C. The module uses the CR510 or
CR10X power source when connected; it uses
internal batteries when disconnected. The SM4M has four megabytes
of storage and the SM16M has sixteen megabytes of storage, which
can be partitioned among several programs or data records. These
small storage modules easily fit in a pocket and carry alot more data
than a PCMCIA card. 9-pin communication cable is sold separately.
806-035
806-036
SM4M Storage Module
SM16M Storage Module
0.8 lb.
1.2 lbs.
9-Pin Communications
Cable
This 9-pin Communications Cable
is used to connect the CR510 and
CR10X dataloggers to the SM4M and
SM16M storage modules, the CR10KD
keypad and display unit and other 9-pin peripherals.
806-040
806-041
179
9-Pin Peripheral Cable - 2 ft.
9-Pin Peripheral Cable - 6 ft.
0.5 lb.
1 lb.
Cables
Stage Measurement
9-Pin to 25-Pin Communications Cable
SDI-12 Sensor Cable
This cable is designed to connect the CR510 or CR10X datalogger to a computer serial port.
Cable is designed to connect an SDI-12 sensor to the junction
box. It is 5 feet long and comes with a watertight strain relief for easy
installation in the junction box.
806-045
9-Pin to 25-Pin Cable
0.5 lb.
806-064
SDI-12 Sensor Cable
0.8 lb.
SC32A Optically Isolated Interface
The SC32A is a RS232 interface which facilitates communication
and provides voltage surge protection between a CR510 or CR10X
datalogger and a computer through the computer’s serial port. 9-pin
peripheral to 25-pin peripheral. Communication cable sold separately.
806-050
Optically Isolated Interface
0.4 lb.
USGS Universal
Junction Box
The USGS Universal
Junction Box is a hermetically
sealed plastic box with a terminal block for connecting
up to 12 cables for the components of a data-collection system. This junction box is intended to
provide a general-purpose sensor and power connection facility for
dataloggers and other similar equipment. When assembled with a
cable kit, full access to the associated dataloggers power and
input/output signal lines is provided through the terminal blocks
within an enclosure that has a clear top for viewing and provides
environmental integrity. Wire connection is straightforward and
requires no special preparation. Cables are not included.
806-055
Universal Junction Box
1.5 lbs.
Junction Box to Battery Cable
Cable is designed to connect a 12 volt battery with USGS connector to a junction box for the CR510 dataloggers. It comes with a
watertight strain relief for easy installation in the junction box.
806-066
Junction Box to Battery Cable
0.8 lb.
PC Card Storage Module CSMI
The CSMI is a microprocessor-controlled read/write module that uses standard PCMCIA memory cards to store data
and programs. This allows the technician
to go out to the station or multiple stations to collect the data card,
install a new one and go back to the office to read the data card and
process the data in the office PC. This module is compatible with
CR510, CR10X and CR23X Dataloggers and accepts their data at a
rate of 9600 baud. Software support is provided in Loggernet. Data is
transferred from the card to the PC at rates up to 1500 data values
per second. The CSMI has an operating temperature range of -40º to
50º C.
806-070
PCMCIA Storage Module
2.2 lbs.
SDI-12 Junction Box Cable
Cable is designed to connect the CR510 datalogger SDI-12
power connector to a junction box. It comes with a watertight strain
relief for easy installation in the junction box.
806-060
SDI-12 Junction Box Cable
0.8 lb.
Analog Connector to Junction Box Cable
Cable is designed to connect the CR510 datalogger analog connector to the junction box. It comes with a watertight strain relief for
easy installation in the junction box.
806-062
Analog to Junction Box Cable
0.8 lb.
180
Modems
Stage Measurement
Telephone Modems
Palm PDA and Software
When visiting your field site, do you find it
too cumbersome to use a laptop PC, but you
need more power and capability than your
CR10KD keyboard/display can provide? A Palm
handheld can solve your dilemma. Using
PConnect software, you can perform almost any
datalogger communication task–without a laptop.
PConnect is a straightforward program that
is compatible with the CR510, CR10X, and
CR23X dataloggers. On-site communication functions include:
• Setting the datalogger’s clock
• Transferring datalogger programs
• Monitoring real-time measurements
• Setting input locations, ports, and flags
• Retrieving stored data
• Emulating a datalogger’s keyboard/display
PConnect requires a Palm or compatible handheld running Palm
OS Version 3.3 or later. A 2 MB Palm handheld is suitable for collecting data from a few standard dataloggers, but you will probably want
an 8 MB handheld if you work with numerous dataloggers or dataloggers with extended memory. Once the data is stored in your PC,
you will be able to use Loggernet to review your data and create
reports.
806-075
806-076
Palm PDA w/ OS 3.3
PConnect Software
2.2 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
USGS Model
CR510 BDR
Environmental
Enclosure Kit
COM100 Cellular Telephone Package -The COM100 is a cellular
phone package that allows communication between a CR510, CR10X
or CR23X datalogger and a PC via a cellular phone network. It consists of a Motorola M600 analog cellular transceiver, and RJ11C interface, a 10 foot coaxial cable, a power and control cable, and a
mounting bracket. The power and control cable has a built-in relay
that switches power to the phone only at predetermined time intervals. It has a standard temperature range of -30º to +60º C and is
9.125” x 3.5” x 4.75” and weighs 1.8 lbs.
806-085
COM100 Modem
3.5 lbs.
COM 190 Digital Cellular Modem - The COM190, Raven II supports telecommunications via a cellular digital packet data (CDPD) network. CDPD
modems are IP based requiring an internet
address and allows you to eliminate long distance charges. The COM190 requires 12VDC
thru the dataloggers 12V terminal and features a low 50 mA current drain. Operates
over a -30º to 70ºC temperature range.
806-090
COM190 Modem
2.7 lbs.
COM210 Telephone Modem - The COM210 supports data transfer rates of 9600, 1200, 300 baud between Transmitter/Datalogger
and PC. The COM210 is designed for remote use in field applications
for data file transfer, monitoring real-time data and communicating
with the datalogger. It features low power usage in both active and
quiescent modes, and a wide operating temperature range. Weight:
9.5 oz. Dimensions: 5.2” x 1.7” x 3.6”. (standard operating range 25º to +50º C) COM210-XT extended temperature testing -55º to
+85º C.
806-092
806-093
COM 210 Modem
COM 210-XT
3.5 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
Kit is designed
for the USGS Model
CR510 Basic Data
Recorder (BDR) environmental enclosure.
The contents of the kit are used to install additional peripherals to the
enclosure back plate and to seal the enclosure from the environment.
This kit includes fastening screws, grommets, cable tie tabs, two
sizes of cable ties, humidity indicator, sealing putty, and desiccant
packs.
COM300 Voice Phone Modem/Synthesizer - The COM300 allows
you to use a touch-tone phone to call the datalogger for a verbal
report of site conditions and allows the datalogger to call you and
recite a verbal warning at specified conditions. The COM300 is identical to the COM210, but adds voice synthesis capability for remote
callout and alarming via telephone or pager. It reports real-time or
historical conditions. VS1 support software included COM300-XT
extended temperature testing (-55º to +85ºC). (9600 baud) with
Voice I/O: Requires 12V to operate. Weight: 10.5 oz. Dimensions:
5.2” x 1.7” x 3.6”.
806-080
806-094
806-095
CR510 Enclosure Kit
1.5 lbs.
COM 300 Modem
COM 300-XT
3.5 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
Telephone Modems
Three types of phone
modems are offered depending
upon your requirements at the
gaging station. Two basic options
are cellular or standard phone line
service with the third option being
voice synthesis so that you can call
up the station and a synthesized
voice will tell you the parameters
you have set up i.e. date, time, river stage, temperature, rainfall, etc.
Also the cellular phone modems come in both analog and digital
depending on the requirements in your area.
181
Accessories
806-096
806-097
806-098
Yagi 8 dB antenna
2 dB Whip Antenna
Phone Modem Surge Protector
5 lbs.
4 lbs.
0.5 lb.
RF Transmitters
Stage Measurement
RF310 Maxon VHF/UHF Radio RTU Package
Aqualog DCP Model 3100
The RF310 is a radio frequency package that allows communication between
a CR510, CR10X or CR23X datalogger
and a PC via a UHF or VHF radio signal. It
consists of a Maxon RF310B Base Station
with RF modem and radio with antenna
and cable. The RTU allows reliable longrange wireless data links for gaging stations, weather stations, etc.
Operating system can be specified in addition to the standard
default in Table Data, Modbus or ALERT. The remote terminal unit
(RTU) package uses a standard 7db gain Yagi antenna with cable and
connectors.
Data collection platform systems acquire data from various
types of sensing instruments and
periodically transmit these data to a
geostationary satellite which then
relays the transmitted data to a
data acquisition ground station. The
Model 3100 Aqualog DCP combines the measurement and control
capabilities of our dataloggers with
the broad geographic coverage afforded by GOES, ARGOS/SCD,
INSAT, GMS, METEOSTAT and ORBCOMM telemetry. The 3100 DCP
is packaged in a 16” x 18” NEMA 4 fiberglass enclosure with a front
panel display and keypad for easy data viewing and set up. The 3100
DCP can be specified with a CR510 datalogger with 4 inputs, CR10X
datalogger with 12 inputs or CR23X with 24 inputs. Each can store a
minimum 128 K (62,000) readings with on-board memory expandable to 4 megs. With an operating temperature range of -40º to +60º
C, the Model 3100 is a rugged reliable system even in extreme,
remote environments. The DCP3100 includes a transmitter, antenna
and mounting bracket, battery charger and solar panel. The user
needs to select the datalogger, battery size and specify coaxial antenna cable length and power supply option. The DCP3100 is now configured to include the SAT HOR GOES transmitter for high-data-rate
transmissions. The DCP3100 combines the compact package.
806-100
806-102
806-104
806-106
806-108
806-110
806-112
RF310B Base Station (requires one radio)
RF310 Modem
Extended Temperature Testing (-55º to +
VHF Radio 148-174 MHz
(specify frequency)
UHF Radio 440-470 MHz
(specify frequency)
UHF Radio 400-430 MHz
(specify frequency)
Yagi 7 dB antenna
1.3
1.3
85º
2.7
lbs.
lbs.
C)
lbs.
2.7 lbs.
2.7 lbs.
5 lbs.
RF400 Spread Spectrum
The RF400 is a license-free, wireless spread spectrum modem specifically designed to operate in the 900928 MHz ISM band. It is useful for systems where cable installation is difficult
or cost prohibitive and offers exceptional sensitivity plus the spread spectrum radio/modem doesn’t need
licensing. Two RF400s will typically
communicate from up to one to 10
miles with inexpensive omni-directional antennas, or several times that using
higher gain directional antennas–although performance will vary with
line-of-sight and RF noise conditions. A variety of high quality antennas and antenna cable for the R400 are offered. The RF400 is a 25channel frequency hopping spread spectrum radio. Frequency hopping reduces susceptibility to interference from other RF sources. Two
radios can be used as a wireless, half-duplex, 9600 bps connection
between a computer running Loggernet and a CR510 or CR10X datalogger. For most applications the datalogger’s sealed rechargable
power supply, charged by a solar panel, powers the RF400. Current
drain while transmitting is less than 75 mA.
806-120
806-121
806-122
806-123
806-124
806-125
806-126
RF400 Spread Spectrum Radio
9 dBd Yagi Antenna
6 dBd Yagi Antenna
3 dBd Omni-directional Antenna
0 dBd Omni-directional 1/2 Wave
Whip Antenna, right angle
-2.2 dBd Omni-directional 1/4 Wave
Whip Antenna
RF400 Antenna Cable
3.2
2.5
2.5
3.5
3.5
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
3.5 lbs.
806-150
Aqualog DCP3100
18 lbs.
Incremental Encoder Interface - Model QDI
The Model QDI allows the CR510 or
CR10X datalogger to interpret the output
of an incremental (quadrature ouput)
encoder. The QD1 translates incremental or
quadrature encoder outputs into a digital
port input form. The QDI is designed to operate at a very low current
draw and requires two datalogger pulse count channels.
806-160
QDI Encoder Interface
0.3 lb.
SDI Incremental Interface (LID)
The SDI Incremental Interface
also referred to as the LARC
Interface Device (LID), is a device
that converts SDI-12 data to an
output that emulates an incremental shaft encoder. The device connects between an SDI-12
sensing/recording system and a
non-SDI-12 recording system
(receiving device). The LID obtains its input data from the SDI-12 serial interface and provides these data to the receiving device. The output from the LID provided to the non-SDI-12 recording system mimics that of an incremental shaft encoder.
The LID comprises a plastic enclosure with two cables that are
prewired to internal terminal strips. The 3-conductor cable connects
to the SDI-12 serial interface (bus). The 7-conductor cable furnishes
the LID incremental output signals to the receiving device. The LID
receives its power from the SDI-12 bus. A small switch (ON/OFF),
mounted next to the cables, turns power on and off to the interface.
The device measures 7 inches by 7 inches by 3 inches.
806-170
LARC Interface Device (LID)
2 lbs.
182
SDI-12 Interfaces
Stage Measurement
RS-232 to SDI-12 Interface - Model H-419 Side Kick
Module
Anyone who configures, tests or installs SDI12 sensors can appreciate this interface. To
date, if you wanted to
talk directly to an SDI-12
sensor, the only way was
to use a data recorder
and connect a laptop or
tabletop PC and sensor to the recorder, apply power, and then invoke
the transparent mode.
Now, however, for about a third of the price of your best previous option, you can connect the RS-232 cable end of the H-419 to a
PC and the SDI-12 end to the sensor, apply power, bring up almost
any terminal program, and start talking to the sensor. You can send
any basic or sensor-unique SDI-12 command. Both ProComm and
HyperTerminal work well, although other terminal programs also work
as well.
The H-419 is a processor-controlled, transparent, buffered, RS232 to SDI-12 interface. This relatively small unit can be used to talk
directly to an SDI-12 sensor using a PC and almost any terminal program such as ProComm or HyperTerminal. No data logger is needed.
The unit can also be used to monitor an SDI-12 bus as an aid in troubleshooting. The H-419 can be used as an interface between one SDI12 sensor or a series of SDI-12 sensors, and an RS-232 communication unit such as loggers or control units. The interface is approximately 1 inch in diameter, 4 inches long, and has a PVC plastic barrel
with Switchcraft connectors on both ends. It comes with mating RS232 and SDI-12 cables and a User Manual. The unit automatically
provides the proper timing and retries associated with SDI-12 communications. Power is supplied through the SDI input connector.
The H-419 has just been described, but a whole series of sidekick
modules are available as follows.
The Sidekick Family features:
• Mix and match to fit the application
• Low sleep power typically 100µA or less
• Rugged and weather resistant enclosure
• Common connectors for quick and easy hookup
H-411 Quadrature Output
• Converts a quadrature shaft encoder into a SDI-12 sensor
• Scales the encoder position into units of feet, inches, etc.
806-180
H-411 Quadrature Output
0.5 lb.
H-412 Event Counter
• Two counter input channels
• Reports total counts and change
• Typical application - Tipping Bucket Raingage
806-182
H-412 Event Counter
0.5 lb.
H-413 Relay Output
• Single pole, double throw relay
• Rated at 1A @30 VDC or .05A @ 125VAC
• Typical application - Motor, Pump, Valve Control
806-184
H-413 Relay Output
183
0.5 lb.
H-414 Analog to Digital Converter
• Two 0 to 5 VDC input channels
• Switched to 5.0 Volt DC reference output
• Typical application - Temperature Probes
806-186
H-414 Analog/Digital Converter
0.5 lb.
H-416 SDI-12 to 4-20 Milliamp Converter
• Outputs industry standard 4-20mA
• Scalable to user defined units
• Typical application - Drive 4-20mA equipment from SDI-12
equipment
806-188
H-416 SDI-12 to 4-20 mA Converter
0.5 lb.
H-418 SDI-12 to RS-232 Converter (Monitor)
• Convert selected SDI-12 parameter to RS-232
• Auto print SDI-12 data to a PC printer or display
806-190
H-418 SDI-12 to RS-232 Converter (Monitor)
H-419 SDI-12 to RS-232 Converter (SDI-12 Host)
• Allows PC to talk SDI-12 as a master
• PC and monitor all SDI-12 communications
• PLC’s can log data from SDI-12 sensors
806-192
H-419 SDI-12 to RS-232 Converter (SDI-12 Host)
H-423 SDI-12 to RS-485 Converter
• SDI-12 lines can be extended to thousands of feet
• Enhanced lightening protection
• Compatible with all SDI-12 loggers and sensors
806-194
H-418 SDI-12 to RS-232 Converter
Electro Chartdrive
The Electro Chartdrive accepts SDI12 input signals from a pressure transducer or other pressure device and provides a mechanical output to an A-71 or
Type F chart recorder. Often hydrographers would like a paper chart readout
that they can use as a graphical tool to
identify common streamflow recording
problems that are hard to see with
straight numerical data displayed by
electronic dataloggers.
The Electro Chartdrive is an instrument that provides interpreting this by signals on an SDI-12 communications line and provides an
output for driving a Type A-71 or F Recorder. An output is also available for input to an GS98. It translates an electrical input to a high
torque shaft rotation with low power for remote sites where power is
a concern.
• Provides mechanical chart drive for electronic level gaging
systems
• Adaptable to existing sprocket and chain drive assemblies
• Uses SDI-12 Serial Data Interface protocol or two phase
quadrature input
• 10 to 16 VDC
806-200
Electro Chartdrive
1.5 lbs.
CR23X Datalogger
Stage Measurement
CR23X Datalogger
The CR23X Datalogger is a compact, rugged,
powerful 24 channel datalogger. Housed in a
portable, self-contained package, the CR23X is ideal
for weather stations that require a large number of
inputs.
Typical measurements include:
• Wind speed and direction
• Precipitation
• Barometric pressure
• Snow depth
• Solar radiation
• Air and soil temperature
• Relative humidity
• Soil moisture
The CR23X can calculate:
• Standard deviations for wind direction
• Vapor pressure from wet/dry bulb temperature
• Saturation vapor pressure from air temperature
It can also automatically control calibration sequences and compute conditional averages that exclude invalid data. The CR23X measures sensors, communicates via modems, reduces data, controls
external devices, and stores both data and programs in either nonvolatile Flash memory or battery-backed SRAM. The standard 1
Mbyte memory stores 500,000 data points in two final storage areas.
With the 4 Mbyte option, the CR23X can store over 2 million data
points.
The CR23X’s operating system includes a comprehensive set of
measurement, processing, and output/program control instructions
to create a datalogger program. Measurement instructions specific to
2-, 3-, 4-, and 6-wire bridge configurations, voltage outputs, vibrating
wire sensors, SDI-12 sensors, thermocouples, Synchronous Devices for
Measurement (SDMs), and multiplexers are standard. Most sensors
can be measured directly by the CR23X; Terminal Input Modules
(TIMs) and other interfaces provide signal conditioning for specialized
sensors.
A 16-Character Keyboard allows on-site editing of CR23X programs and manual entry of commands or data.
Input/Output Connections
Analog Inputs - Twenty-four single-ended (12 differential) channels measure voltage levels with 15-bit resolution on five software
selectable voltage ranges.
Pulse Counting Channels - The CR23X has four 8-bit (two 16bit) pulse channels for measuring switch closures, low-level ac pulses,
and high frequency pulses.
Digital Input/Output Ports - The CR23X has eight digital
input/output control ports. All of the ports can be used for output
control and to sense the status of external devices. Three of these
ports can read SDM peripherals and four of them can be configured
as pulse counters or interrupt inputs.
Continuous Analog Outputs - Two continuous analog outputs
with 15-bit resolution provide voltage levels to strip chart recorders or
proportional controllers.
Switched Excitation Outputs - Four outputs provide precision
excitation voltages for resistive bridge measurements. The excitation
is programmable over a ±5000 mV range.
Power Connections - The continuous 5 V and 12 V terminals are
for connecting sensors and non-CSI peripherals. The switched 12 V
terminal is program controlled.
Data Storage and Retrieval Options
Solid-State and Card Storage
Modules - reliably store data and
datalogger programs. The data
and programs can be downloaded
later to a PC.
Direct Links use the CR23X’s
RS-232 port to connect the datalogger to a computer. The CR23X
can be connected to the computer
over distances up to 50 feet.
Short Haul Modems provide local communications between the
CR23X and a PC with an RS-232 serial port.
Multidrop Interfaces link a central computer and up to 200 dataloggers on a single coaxial cable.
Radio Frequency (RF) Communication allows up to 254 stations
to be interrogated over a single UHF or VHF frequency.
Telephone Networks use landlines or cellular transceivers for
communications between the datalogger and PC. Our voice synthesized modem transmits the CR23Xs data by voice.
Satellite Transmitters transmit data via the GOES, Argos, or
INMARSAT-C satellite systems.
Software Packages
PC200W Starter Software allows you to transfer the datalogger’s
program and collect data via a direct communications link. PC200W
is available at no charge with the CR23X.
Loggernet Datalogger Support Software is a full-feature software.
It supports:
• Direct and telecommunications links
• Datalogger programming for most commercially available sensors, SDMs, multiplexers, and relays
• Real-time data display
• Report generation
Standard operating range is -25º to +50º C. With the extended
range options, the CR23X’s electronics (excluding batteries) are tested and guaranteed over a -40º to +80º C range.
805-070
805-072
805-075
CR23X Datalogger w/ 2 MB
Extended Temperature Testing
CR23X Datalogger w/ 4 MB
5.5 lbs.
5.5 lbs.
Data Card Module Reader
The Data Card Module Reader
transfers data from a 32K or 64K or
PCMCIA data card module into your
computer system. The reader is supplied
with IBM compatible software to read
the data and to transfer it using a serial
port into your computer. The reader’s
software allows you to erase the data
module after the data is transferred.
The software is menu driven and easy to use. It transfers the
module’s binary data, converts it into ASCII form and files it on your
computer. After data transfer, your file is ready for printing and additional analysis. You can import these files in your spreadsheet or other
data analysis program.
The reader is supplied with an AC power transformer. It has
three LED indicators for power on, error and erase. The transfer protocol is switch selectable and will operate at 9600 baud or 3-400
baud, 8 bits, even parity and 2 stop bits. A 3 foot serial data cable
with a female (9 pin) serial cable connector is supplied with the reader.
806-230
806-231
32K/64K Card Reader
PCMCIA Card Reader
2.5 lbs.
2.5 lbs.
184
HOBO Datalogger
Stage Measurement
Data Card Modules
Dataloggers
The 86432 (32K) and 86464
(64K) and PCMCIA Data Card
Modules store the recorded information in memory chips. The data card
module is inserted into the Universal
Data Logger for long term storage of
the level data. The user picks up the
filed data module and replaces it
with an erased module. The filled
module is returned to the base station where the module’s data is
transferred into the computer. The
module is then erased.
The PCMCIA Data Card is an
industry standard flash memory
card. It serves both as the logger’s
internal data memory and as the medium for retrieving the data
record from the logger and provides nonvolatile data storage without
the need for a backup battery. The data remain on the card until
erased by the user. The operating temperature range for this data
card is -40 to 85º C.
Onset Computer has two popular dataloggers models, the
HOBO which logs up to 8000 data points or the Stowaway which
logs up to 32,000 data points. Both have data shuttles to download
the dataloggers and bring data from the field back to your PC in the
office.
806-240
806-241
806-242
806-243
806-244
32K Data Card
64K Data Card
1 meg PCMCIA Data Card
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Internal PC Data Card Reader
This is a PCMCIA card drive for desktop PC’s that is an internal PCMCIA interface adapter that lets desktop PCs access
the technology used in laptop, notebook
and handheld computers. The card drive
installs in a standard 3.5 in. floppy-drive bay
and requires a single PCI expansion slot. It
provides two PCMCIA sockets that handle
Type I, II, or III PCMCIA devices including
memory cards, ATA hard-disk cards,
modems and other PCMCIA I/O devices.
806-250
Internal PC Reader
HOBO® Event Logger
The reusable HOBO Event records when
momentary contact-closure events happen,
storing the time and date of each event. The
HOBO Event datalogger connects to standard
tipping-bucket rain gages to determine rainfall rates, times and duration. The HOBO
Event eliminates the need to manually read
raingages, saving time and insuring that critical readings are not missed. Use it to upgrade
existing tipping-bucket systems by replacing
counting-type displays.
Features and Specifications:
• Capacity 8000 events
• Event type: tips or relay contact
opening
• Event resolution: 0.5 seconds
• Readout and relaunch in the
field with optional HOBO
Shuttle
• Programmable start time/date
• Memory modes: stop when full or wrap-around when full
• Nonvolatile EEPROM memory retains data even if battery fails
• Blinking LED light inside case confirms operation
• User-replaceable battery lasts 1 year
• Operating temperature (logger): -4º F to +158º F (-20º C
to +70º C)
• Time accuracy: ±1 minute per week at +68º F (+20º C)
• Size/Weight: 4.3 x 3.5 x 1.8” (108 x 89 x 44 mm) /3.3 oz.
(94 grams)
Features for rainfall measurement:
• Easily connects to 2-wire output or
2-screw terminals in the rain gage
• Compact, weatherproof case can
be mounted inside or outside the
rain gage (avoid direct sunlight)
• 8000 tip capacity for up to 80” of
rainfall between readouts with
0.01” tipping bucket gages
• User-entered resolution to match
raingage
• Programmable lockout time to filter
out tipping bucket bounce
• Export data to spreadsheets for
plotting and analysis with Box Car
Software for Windows.
1.8 lbs.
805-100
805-105
805-106
185
HOBO Event Logger
BoxCar Pro Starter Kit (Windows)
Replacement batteries (box of 10)
0.5 lb.
1.3 lbs.
0.3 lb.
HOBO Datalogger
Stage Measurement
HOBO® Pro Series Loggers
HOBO Square-Box Loggers
These HOBO loggers feature
higher accuracies and wider ranges
for measurement data and record
2K of data (1800 data points). The
case is not waterproof and is 1.8” x
1.9” x 0.6”, 2 oz.
1-channel: Temperature
2 channel:
Temperature RH
2 channel: Temperature,
External Temperature
The waterproof case design, high degree of resolution and
increased accuracy make the HOBO Pro Series Dataloggers ideal for
gaging station and stream habitat survey applications. Each HOBO
Pro features 64K of memory for logging over 65,000 measurements,
a standard resolution mode or high-resolution mode that provides
±0.3º F accuracy and 0.05º F resolution. A unique built-in archive feature automatically stores data from the last seven deployments, providing you with a duplicate record of valuable measurements. With
the easy to use software program, customize logging intervals, select
start time/date, select the desired resolution and download recorded
data to common spreadsheet programs to produce detailed charts
and graphs. Use the HOBO shuttle to download data from your loggers for easier transport to the office, leaving your loggers in the field.
Each comes with nonvolatile EEPROM memory, user replaceable
3 year battery, mounting tabs, self-tapping screws and hook-loop
tape for mounting. Dual temperature logger comes with 6 ft. external
sensor, 0.2” diameter.
HOBO XT Temperature Logger Two ranges with resolution of
-5ºC to 37ºC ±.16ºC and -37ºC to
46ºC ±.26ºC.
Barometric Pressure Logger Range: 30-1100 millibars, 0.5 to
16 psi and 1 to 33”/Hg. Altitude Range: 0 to 32,000 ft./m. Accuracy
±1% full scale over -50ºC.
Relative Humidity Logger - Designed for non-condensing environments. Range: 5% to 95% ±5% accuracy. Operating Range: 0º to
60ºC. Response time: 2 minutes.
Light Intensity Logger - Wide dynamic light range that extends
into the near infrared. Range: 0.0001lumens/sq. ft. to over 10,000
lumens/sq. ft.
805-300
805-301
805-302
805-303
805-304
-5º to 37ºC/23º to 99ºF
-37º to 46ºC/-34º to 114ºF
Barometric Pressure Unit
RH Unit
Light Intensity
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
BoxCar® Pro Software for Windows
Specifications:
Internal: -22º F to +122º F (-30º C to +50º C)
Temperature
External: -40º F to +212º F (-40º C to +100º C)
±0.3º F (±0.2º C) High Resolution
Accuracy
±0.7º F (±0.4º C) Standard Resolution
Resolution (user selected)
±0.05º F (±0.03º C) High resolution
±0.5º F(±0.3º C) Standard resolution
Internal: <30 min. still air
Response Time
External: <5 min. still air
Relative Humidity
0% to 100% RH Waterproof Sensor
Accuracy
±3%
Drift
1% year
805-110
805-112
805-114
805-105
805-107
HOBO® Pro Temp Logger
HOBO® Pro Temp/External Temp Logger
HOBO® Pro Temp/Relative Humidity Logger
BoxCar Pro Starter Kit - Windows
Replacement Battery/Service Kit
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.3
0.5
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
HOBO Shuttle
Retrieve data and relaunch up to sixty
HOBO 8K loggers. For convenient data transport back to your PC, leaving your loggers in
the field and the laptop in the office. The
Shuttle is a multiple use tool that automatically
relaunches the logger, checks battery status
and updates the time clock. Comes in a
weatherproof case with 1 ft. interconnect
cable. Requires BoxCar Pro Software.
Dimensions: 3” x 4” x 0.75”.
Box Car Pro is a Windows based software allows the user to
launch and view recorded data from any HOBO or StowAway datalogger. It enables the user to program logging intervals, retrieve data
and graph the results. Data can also be downloaded to most standard
spreadsheet programs including Lotus and Excel. Two versions are
available. The basic BoxCar Pro version is compatible with all HOBO
and StowAway dataloggers. Optic StowAway dataloggers require the
Optic StowAway Starter Kit version that includes an assortment of
specially designed couplers and interface cables for the Optic family
of loggers.
805-105
805-120
HOBO Shuttle
Replacement Battery
0.3 lb.
1 lb.
Handcar™ Software
Handcar™ Software is a data transport software for Palm PDA
handheld computers. Use your Palm PDA to readout and relaunch
HOBO® and Stowaway dataloggers and transport data to upload to
your office PC.
805-122
805-125
805-126
BoxCar Pro for Windows
Optic StowAway Starter Kit
Handcar Software
1 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.1 lb.
186
Stowaway Dataloggers
Stage Measurement
Stowaway and Optic Stowaway Dataloggers
Optic StowAway Temp
The StowAway and Optic StowAway family of dataloggers are
powerful, miniature, battery-operated instruments for continuous
temperature, relative humidity and light intensity monitoring. All loggers feature: push button triggered start for launching in the field,
programmable delayed launch of up to three months, alarm indications and extended EEPROM memory ranges (StowAway 2K, 8K or
32K, Optic StowAway 8K, 32K).
Optic StowAway loggers use Infra-Red technology to replace
jacks and cables for communications. This allows all Optical
StowAway loggers to be completely sealed and waterproof for underwater applications. Optical communications makes data transfer
quicker and easier even in wet and dirty locations.
The Optic StowAway
Temp Datalogger is a completely sealed data logger
perfect for field monitoring
of air or water temperature and can be deployed underwater. Their
streamlined design and dark translucent case keeps the loggers camouflaged in the field.
Available in 8K or 32K memory with two temperature ranges,
the optional Optic Shuttle can be used to retrieve data and restart the
loggers in the field. Ten year factory replaceable battery. Response
time: two minutes. Accuracy: ±0.2º C for -5 to 37º C; ±0.5º C for -39
to 75º C. Reads in both º C and º F.
StowAway XTI Temperature Loggers
805-170
805-171
805-172
805-173
Each StowAway XTI Datalogger is a dual purpose temperature logger that includes an internal
sensor and a jack for using with an external temperature sensor. When used, the external sensor overrides
the internal sensor, increasing the versatility of the
logger. Uses replaceable battery. Two temperature
ranges are available and reads in º C and º F, best accuracy: ±0.2º C.
Dimensions: 1.8” x 1.9” x 0.6”.
805-130
805-131
805-132
805-133
805-134
805-135
805-140
805-141
805-142
805-143
805-144
-5 to 37ºC - 2K Logger
Ext. Sensor w/6 ft. Lead
10 ft. Extension Lead
50 ft. Extension Lead
Submersible Case
Repl. Battery
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.3
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Sensor resists chemical corrosion and is designed for a non-condensing environment. Range: 5% to 95%. Accuracy: ±5%. Calibration
tested at ten relative humidities with stored calibrations for accurate
measurements. Its operating range is 0º C to 60º C and has a
response time of 2 minutes.
805-150
805-160
Relative Humidity - 2K
Relative Humidity - 8K
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
StowAway Light Intensity Logger
Durable, general purpose light intensity logger. Range: less than
0.001 lumens/sq. ft. to over 1000 lumens/sq. ft.
805-165
Light Intensity Logger
0.3 lb.
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
The Optic Shuttle Data Transporter
Quickly transfer data from the field to your computer with this
inexpensive hand-held data transporter that stores data and restarts
any of the Optic StowAway loggers allowing you to leave the loggers
in the field. Leave loggers in the water as the optic shuttle waterproof
transporter will store data from up to 16 full 8K loggers (or 4 full 32K
loggers). It has a factory replaceable battery which lasts up to ten
years. The optic base station connects to your PC to download data
from the shuttle.
805-180
805-181
StowAway Relative Humidity Logger
8K logger, -5 to +37º C
Optic Shuttle
Optic Base Station Coupler
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
Optic StowAway TidbiT
The TidbiT is perhaps the smallest
stand alone waterproof temperature logger
available. It is waterproof to 1000 ft. and
this reusable logger features 8K of memory
and deployment time up to 4.5 years with
non-replaceable five year battery. It comes in
two temperature ranges and records
time/temperature data over 42 preselected
intervals. The TidbiT is 1.2” dia. x 0.65” THK
(30 mm x 17 mm). Accuracy: ±0.2º C for -5
to 37º C; ±0.4º C for -20 to 70º C.
805-185
805-186
-5º to 37º C - 8K Logger
-20 to 50º C - 8K Logger
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
Optic StowAway TidbiT XT
A rugged, weatherproof logger with a permanently attached six
foot shielded cable with six inch stainless steel probe. Its great for
pinpoint temperature recording and has a range of -20 to 70º C/-4 to
158º F. Response is 90% of change in less than 10 seconds in water,
six minutes in air and one minute in soil and has accuracy of ±0.4º C.
805-190
187
Optic TidbiT XT Logger
0.3 lb.
HOBO 4-Channel
Stage Measurement
HOBO H8 4-Channel External Logger
Logger features and specifications:
• Accepts external sensors and input cables
for temperature, AC current, 0-2.5 Volt DC
and 4-20mA (described at right)
• Capacity: 32,520 measurements total
• User-selectable sampling intervals: 0.5
seconds to 9 hours, recording times up to 1
year
• Readout and relaunch with optional HOBO
Shuttle
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Programmable start time/date
Memory modes: stop when full, wrap-around when full
Nonvolatile EEPROM memory retains data even if battery fails
Blinking LED light confirms operation
User-replaceable battery lasts 1 year
Battery level indication at launch
Operating range: -4º F to +158º F (-20º C to +70º C)
Time accuracy: ±1 minute per week at +68º F (+20º C)
Size/Weight: 2.4 x 1.9 x 0.8” (60 x 48 x19 mm)/approx.
1 oz. (27 gm)
External input specifications:
• 2.5 mm jack: ground, input, switched 2.5 Volts output
• Input range: 0 to +2.5 Volts DC
• Accuracy: ±10mV ±1% of reading
• Resolution: 10 mV (8-bit)
• Output power: +2.5 Volts DC at 2 mA, active only during
measurements
External Sensors/Input Cables
All of the cables below can be
plugged directly into the external
input jacks of the H8 Family loggers.
BoxCar Pro displays temperature and
AC current data in appropriate units.
4-20 mA cable
• Range: 0 to 20.1 mA
• Accuracy: ±0.1 mA ±1% of reading
• Resolution: 0.4% of full scale
• 18” cable with 3.5” tinned braided wire leads
Voltage input cable
• 6’ cable with 0.5” tinned braided wire leads
805-200
805-201
805-202
805-203
805-204
805-208
805-209
805-210
HOBO H8 4-channel Logger
Wide-range temperature sensor
High-accuracy temperature sensor
0-20 A split-core AC current sensor
0-50 A split-core AC current sensor
4-20 mA cable
Voltage input cable
Replacement batteries (box of 10)
0.3
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.4
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
HOBO Water Temp Pro Logger
The Water Temp Pro Logger
provides long-term, underwater
temperature measurement with
12-bit resolution, ±0.2ºC accuracy
at 0º-50ºC and ±0.36ºF accuracy
at 32º-120ºF. Six-yr. battery life
with non-volatile EEPROM memory that retains measurements if batteries fail. Durable case with stands
years of rugged use in flowing streams, rivers and tides and is waterproof up to 100’. For use up to 50ºC in water and 70ºC in air. NISTtraceable certification included. High-speed infrared base station
offloads data in less than 30 seconds (sold separately). High-impact
black protective boot is for high water flow, flooding or conditions
with debris (sold separately). Use the BoxCar Pro® for launching the
system and retrieving data (sold separately).
805-220
805-221
805-222
805-105
HOBO Water Temp Pro Logger
Infrared Base Station
Black Protective Boot
BoxCar Pro® for Windows
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
1 lb.
TMC6-HA and TMC6-HB
Temperature Sensors
High-accuracy temperature sensor (TMC6-HB)
• Range: +32º F to +110º F (0º C to +44º C)
• Accuracy: ±0.5º F at +70º F (±0.3º C at +20º C)
• Resolution: 0.3º F at +70º F (0.2º C at +20º C)
Wide-range temperature sensor (TMC6-HA)
• Range: -40º F to +212º F (-40º C to +100º C)
• Accuracy: ±0.9º F at +70º F (±0.5º C at +20º C)
• Resolution: 0.7º F at +70º F (0.41º C at +20º C)
Split-core AC current sensors
• Ranges available (AC Amps): 0-20, 0-50, 0100, 0-200, 0-600
• Ratio and linear accuracy: ±2.0% of full scale
• Response time: approximately 250 milliseconds from 10% to 90% of amplitude
• Input current: AC current, sine wave, single
phase 50 Hz or 60 Hz, load power factor 0.5 to
1.0
188
Water Level Meters
Stage Measurement
Water Level Meter - Model 1010
Flat Tape Water Level Meter
This electric contact gage is used for
measuring the depth of water in wells, boreholes, standpipes and bridge tapedows during
discharge measurements. The Flat Tape Water
Level Meter is reliable, accurate and easy to
operate and read to 1/100 ft. or mm.
The Model 1010 Water Level Meter uses
a well-designed probe, attached to a permanently marked polyethylene tape, fitted on a
well-balanced reel. The conductors embedded
within the tape each have seven strands of
stainless steel.
The probe incorporates an insulating gap
between electrodes. When contact is made
with water, the circuit is completed, sending a
signal back to the reel. This activates a loud
buzzer, and a light.
Features:
Accurate
• markings each 1/100 ft., 1/2”, cm or mm
• sensitivity adjustable to conductivity
• shielded probes to avoid false readings
• lengths up to 3000 ft. (900 m)
Reliable
• permanent, hot stamped markings
• stranded stainless steel conductors
• rugged, free standing reel
• standard 9V battery
The design of the tape
prevents it from adhering to
wet surfaces in boreholes and
wells. Markings are permanently embossed onto one
side of the tape and are available in your choice of scales.
The tape can also be printed
on both sides. English graduations are in feet, 10ths and
100ths. Metric graduations in meters, decimeters, centimeters and
millimeters.
All sizes of reel are free-standing, robust and run smoothly. Each
is equipped with a convenient carrying handle. On the faceplate of
each reel there is an on/off/sensitivity switch, light, battery test button, and a winding handle. The battery is housed in the hub of the
reel, and on the back is a probe holder and the brake. A carrying bag
is available and sold separately.
All probes are designed to reduce or eliminate problems with
cascading water. The following options are available:
• P2 Stainless Steel: with a neoprene strain relief.
0.5” dia. by 7.5” long (12.7 mm x 190 mm)
• P3 Narrow Diameter: stainless steel probe
0.4” dia. by 4.75” long (10.2 mm x 120mm)
• P4 Environmental: stainless steel. Design permits submergence
below water. Gives improved operation in both cascading
water and low conductivity water. The probe pulls apart for
easy cleaning and decontamination and to accept T4 Sleeve.
0.625” dia by 8.625” (15.9mm x 220mm)
189
• T4 Temperature Sleeve: for P4 probe allows profiling of temperature in wells. Sleeve enclosing a thermistor slips over the
P4 probe body. 0.625” dia. by 8.75” (15.9mm x 222 mm).
Accuracy: ±1º C. Range: -5º C to +50º C.
807-001
807-002
807-003
807-004
807-005
807-006
807-007
807-008
30 ft/ 10 M Level Meter
Carrying Case
4 lbs.
5 lbs.
6 lbs.
7 lbs.
7.5 lbs.
8 lbs.
15 lbs.
3 lbs.
Coaxial Cable Water Level Meter - Model 1020
This Coaxial Cable Model is accurate, reliable and easy to use. The coaxial
style is preferred if using for bridge tape
downs for stage reference checks during
discharge measurements because coaxial
is more wind resistant and less likely to
“bow” in the wind giving more accurate
measurements. It has selectable audible
buzzer or visual ultra-bright LED indication. Thin 3/8 in. probe sensor allows
easy access even through a 1/2” bolt
hole and has a variable sensitivity switch for signal accuracy in different water and well conditions. Strong, lightweight coaxial cable
1/10” dia. and is permanently marked in 100ths of a foot or millimeters. Probe is highly sensitive, yet unaffected by cascading water.
Completely self-contained, it requires no external power or ground
and uses one 9V battery.
807-020
807-021
807-022
807-023
100
150
300
500
ft./
ft./
ft./
ft./
30 M Level Meter
50 M Level Meter
100 M Level Meter
150 M Level Meter
6 lbs.
7 lbs.
8 lbs.
15 lbs.
Kolor Kut Gaging Paste
This is an economical method
of determining water levels and this
unique paste can be used with a
measuring tape, rod or calibrated
line to determine water level. Apply the paste in the area that the
level is expected to appear. When the paste comes in contact with
water it will immediately change from golden brown to bright red,
marking the level. After use, the paste can easily be wiped off with no
residue.
807-030
3 oz. Tube Water Finding Paste
0.5 lb.
Ultrasonic/Radar Gages
Stage Measurement
Aquasonic 7000 Ultrasonic Stage Sensor
Specifications:
The Aquasonic 7000 ultrasonic sensor system is a non-contact sensor that measures the distance to a surface through air.
Thus, the system can be used to
detect and monitor water levels.
The system has an SDI-12 interface for communicating with
other SDI-12 data loggers or data
collection platforms (DCP’s).
The sensor operates by
transmitting sound waves
through the air. The sound waves reflect off the target and echo back
to the sensor. The system calculates the distance between the sensor
and the target on the basis of the time interval between the transmission and the echo.
The Aquasonic 7000 Ultrasonic Sensor System consists of a controller, the remote sensor head, and an interconnecting coaxial cable.
The controller is housed in a polycarbonate NEMA 4 enclosure that
measures 6.3 inches long by 3.2 inches wide by 2.2 inches tall. A
four-digit LED display and four push buttons, located on a faceplate
under the enclosure cover, are used to set up the unit for operation
and to view the current measurement reading or sensor temperature.
An ON/OFF pushbutton is also located on the faceplate. Four screws
on the cover must be removed to access the display and pushbuttons.
The sensor head is housed in a type 304 stainless steel NEMA
enclosure that is 2.35 inches in diameter by 3.5 inches long. The sensor head has a ceramic-type transducer for use in wet, condensing
environments. The ceramic transducer has three sensing ranges (distance from sensor head to water level) of 0.6 to 16 feet, 1.5 to 35
feet and 2 to 50 ft.
The sensor head, connected by coaxial cable, can be located up
to 2,000 feet from the controller. A three-wire cable connects the
controller to an SDI-12 data logger/DCP.
The system has a specified accuracy of ±0.2 percent of range
with no temperature gradient present in the air column. The sensor
head contains an internal thermistor that measures the sensor temperature. This allows for compensation in the readings for temperature changes and helps ensure the accuracy of the measurements
throughout daily and seasonal temperature changes. The minimum
change that the system can detect (resolution) is 0.1 inch (0.008
foot).
The 50 foot operating range of the Aquasonic 7000 sensor is
ideal for measuring the level of reservoirs or stream levels where the
sensor must be elevated 20 or more feet above the stream bed. The
sensor can be set up to operate with short run times of 10 seconds or
less making use with battery powered systems possible. The 4-20 mA
output can be scaled over any interval throughout the sensor’s operating range. One of the relays can be configured to provide loss-ofecho indication.
The Aquasonic 7000 sensors are easily programmed through a
DOS based utility program. When the program is initiated, the current sensor settings are displayed. The user can then change the settings based on the application. All settings are stored in memory so
the sensor will hold the user settings each time it is shut down.
The user settings control the sensitivity, blanking, transmit pulses, scaling of the analog signal, calibration, temperature compensation and engineering units. The calibration can be adjusted to
improve accuracy based on the environmental conditions. There are
no adjustments for sample rate or filtering. Although the sensors may
be run continuously, they are designed for short run times with the
sample rate maximized and specialized echo qualification filtering.
This ensures the highest accuracy possible.
Operating Range
0.6 - 50 ft. (0.3 M -15M)
Supply voltage
12 to 24 Vdc
-30 to 60º C
Outputs
0-5 volt, 4-20 mA
Resolution
0.053 in. (1.3 mm)
Accuracy
±0.2% of range with no temp. grad.
Total current drain
70 mA at 24 Vdc
Sample rate
12 Hz
Dimensions
2.35 in. dia. X 8 in. long, 2 lbs.
808-001
808-002
808-003
Aquasonic 0.6-16 ft.
Aquasonic 1.5-35 ft.
Aquasonic 2-50 ft.
6 lbs.
6 lbs.
6 lbs.
Aquadar 7100 Radar Stage Sensor
The Aquadar Radar Gage is a non-contact stage
measurement sensor that represents a new type of level
measurement for surface water which offers many advantages in hydrological field applications. The main advantage of the Aquadar is it does not come in direct contact
with the water. Thanks to its compact design and the
non-contact measuring principle, the sensor can be
installed easily and inconspicuously. With the Aquadar,
problems like disruption of measuring operation caused
by high-water silt accumulation, debris, plant growth,
etc., as well as time-consuming maintenance are eliminated.
Cumbersome stilling wells are replaced by an integrated software filter for averaging wave motion. The measuring signals are transferred to a data logger by means of a RS485 or SDI-12
interface, over distances of up to 1000 m. A power supply of 12 V
(rechargeable battery, solar energy) and low power consumption
enable the device to operate independently in the most remote areas.
Aquadar is particularly suitable for areas where conventional measuring systems cannot be used or where a station needs to be set up
quickly.
The Aquadar can be fitted
easily and quickly, on a bridge,
measuring frame or ‘extension
arm’, for example. The
Aquadar sends radar waves
(microwaves) perpendicular to
the water surface. An intelligent signal processor calculates
the exact distance between the
sensor and the surface of the
water.
Digital measured values, status values and any error messages
present are scanned by means of an external data logger via the RS
485 interface.
Features:
• Non contact measuring principle, no damage caused by silt
accumulation or debris
• Simple, inexpensive installation - no difficult fitting procedure
necessary
• 12 V DC power supply; low power consumption enables
operation with rechargeable batteries or solar
• Cost reduction due to low maintenance requirements
• RS485 Interface, optional SDI 12 signal (RS 485 - SDI-12
converter)
• Integrated lightning protection fitted as standard
• Robust, weatherproof housing (IP 68)
190
Weirs
Stage Measurement
Aquadar 7100 Radar Stage Sensor
(continued)
RS 485 Interface:
• Digital data transmission up to 1000 m (3,000 ft) distance
• Transmission rate 9600 bps
• Cable Connection Radarsensor to datalogger. Standard length
3 m (10 ft.)
Rectangular Sharp-Edged Weirs
These weirs have a sharp
edge so that the water flows freely
over giving accurate measurements beveled at 45º. This can be
over the entire length of the weir
or over only a section of the weir
which is a Rectangular Weir with
end contractions.
809-001
809-002
Rectangular Sharp Edged
Rectangular Sharp Edged with end contractions
V-Notched Weirs
Specifications:
Dimensions
Dia: 160 mm, Length: 5600 mm incl. Mounting threat M 16 x 60 mm,
Weight: 8kg
Material
aluminum body, UV resistant plastic (POM) cover, protection IP 68
Measuring range
1.5 to 30 m (5 to 90 ft.)
Resolution
1 mm (0.01 ft. optional)
Accuracy
± 1 cm (±0.03 ft.) over the complete measuring range
Temperature range
-40º C...+80º C
Sensor technology
touchless measurement of water level using microwaves: 24.125 GHz, 5 mW
beam width: ±5º, dead range: 1.5 m (5 ft), installation distance: min. 1 m (3 ft.),
Triangular or V-notched weirs measure low discharges more
accurately than horizontal weirs. The V-notch is most commonly a
90º opening with the sides of the notch inclined 45º with the vertical.
Since the V-notch weir has no crest length, much smaller flows are
represented by a given head than for a rectangular weir. For example,
at a head of 0.2 feet, the discharge through a 1 foot rectangular weir
with end contraction would be about six times that through a 90º Vnotch. V-notch weirs should always be used when frequent low flows
are included in the overall range to be measured.
Other angles used for V-notch weirs are 22 1/2º, 30º, 45º, 60º
and 120º. The V-notch weir is best used for flows under 10 CFS. Also
the minimum head should be at least 0.2 foot to prevent the nappe
from clinging to the crest.
809-010
V-Notched Weir
e.g. from a wall, measuring interval: 17 sec. (40 values, creating mean values)
Power supply
Nominal 12 VDC 9 to15 VDC
Compound Weirs
- 500 mA active, - < 1µA stand by
808-010
Aquadar Radar Gage
8 lbs.
Weirs
A weir is a low dam or overflow
structure built across an open channel. It has a specific size and shape
with a unique free-flow, head-discharge relationship. The edge or surface over which the water flows is
called the crest. Discharge rates are
determined by measuring the vertical
distance from the crest to the water
surface in the pool upstream from
the crest.
Weirs can be used for both high
flows with the discharge measured
by the water stage in the pool
behind the weir or for volumetric
flows in extremely low flow conditions that are too small to measure
by current meter. One disadvantage of using weirs is that in sediment
laden streams the weir will allow sediment depositions in the pool
above the weir.
Many formulas and shapes and sizes of weirs are used to compute the discharge rate. Some commonly used weirs will be described
here. Materials are typically aluminum or stainless steel.
191
A Compound Weir is a combination rectangular weir with a Vnotch cut in it. This permits good measurements for stream with a
wide range of flows. The V-notch is sized for low flow conditions
while larger flows are measured with the rectangular weir. The discharge over a compound weir is calculated by simply applying the
standard discharge equation for each segment of the weir to the
head on that segment of the weir. The total discharge is then the
sum of the discharges of each to the two segments of the weir.
809-020
Compound Weir
Cipolleti Weirs
The Cipolletti or Trapezoidal Sharp-edge Weir is similar to a rectangular weir with end contractions except that the sides incline outwardly at a slope of 1 horizontal to 4 vertical. This slope causes the
discharge to occur essentially as though it were without end contraction. The advantage of this weir is that no correction for end contraction is required. A disadvantage is that measurement accuracy is
inherently less than that obtainable with a rectangular suppressed or
V-notch weir. The Cipolletti Weir is commonly used in irrigation systems.
809-030
Cipolleti Weir
Flumes
Stage Measurement
USGS Portable Weir Plates
Flumes
The USGS Weir Plates are designed for volumetric measurements
but can also be installed as a primary device for use with a stilling
well. The most accurate method of measuring small discharges is by
observing the time required to fill a container of known capacity, or
the time required to partly fill a calibrated container to a known volume. The basic equipment needed is a calibrated container and a
stopwatch.
Calibration is done by weighing the container with varying
amounts of water in it and noting the depth of water in the container.
Volumetric measurements are made under two types of conditions:
1. When the flow is concentrated or can be concentrated so that
all of it may be diverted into a container.
2. When the depth of water flowing over broad-crested weirs
and dams is small and volumetric-increment samples can be
obtained.
Measurements are made under the first condition at V-notch
weirs, at artificial controls where all the flow is in the notch, and at
places where an earth dam can be built and all the water can be
diverted through a pipe of small diameter. Sometimes it is necessary
to place a trough against the artificial control to carry the water from
the control to the calibrated container. If a small dam is built, the
stage behind the dam is allowed to stabilize before the measurement
is begun. The measurement is made three or four times to be certain
no errors have been made and to be sure the results are consistent.
Volumetric measurements are made under the second condition
by catching a segment of the streamflow with a container having a
known width of opening. Samples are taken at a number of locations
across the dam or weir similar to procedures used for current-meter
measurements. The flow rate of each sample is increased by the ratio
of the subsection width to the sampled width to obtain a discharge
rate for each subsection. The total discharge of the stream is the summation of the discharge rates of each subsection.
Weir
Z
h
B
L
A
T
Weight (lb.)
Large
1.75
1
0.075
4
1
16 ga.
24
Medium
1.25
0.8
0.45
3
0.7
14 ga.
17
Small
0.75
0.47
0.28
2
0.53
10 ga.
8
809-040
809-042
809-044
Large Portable Weir
Medium Portable Weir
Small Portable Weir
Flumes are primary devices that
constrict an open channel flow for
measurement. Once the flow is backed
up behind the constriction there is a
defined relationship between the
depth up stream and the flow through
the constriction. This relationship can
either be determined from an equation
or a table.
The flume may be operated as a
free-flow, single-head measuring
device, or operated under submergedflow conditions where two heads are
measured. The head in the converging section and the head near the
downstream end of the throat section are read on staff gages or in
stilling wells. Both gages have their datum at the elevation of the
floor of the converging section. Free flow occurs when the ratio of
the lower gage reading to the upper gage is less than 0.6. The discharge under this condition depends only on the length of crest
(width of throat section) and depth of water at the upper gage.
Submerged flow occurs when the ratio of the lower gage reading to
the upper gage reading exceeds 0.6. When this occurs, a reduction
adjustment to the free-flow rating of the flume is needed. Since the
flow velocity is high it is considered self-cleaning in sediment laden
streams and deposition of sediments is practically eliminated. A flume
that is properly constructed has an accuracy of 2-3 percent under
free-flow conditions, but is less accurate during submerged flow.
The level of flow can be measured by a staff gage, float in an
adjacent stilling well, a submersible pressure transducer (SPT) or by
an ultrasonic sensor.
Parshall Flumes
The Parshall Flume is the most widely used flume and has been
the standard for flume measurements since designed in the 1930’s.
The main advantage of the Parshall Flume is its relatively low loss of
head. The head loss is only about a fourth of that needed to operate
a weir having the same crest length. This allows a wide operating
range for a given size flume. The tapered approach section followed
by the downward sloping floor of the throat gives the Parshall flume
its ability to withstand relatively high degrees of submergence without affecting the flow rate. Another advantage of the Parshall Flume is
its self-cleaning capacity.
• Standard Parshall Flume sizes 1 inch through 72” throat width.
• Available without discharge section resulting in short overall
length for applications where submerged flow does not occur
(modified Parshall Flume)
30 lbs.
20 lbs.
11 lbs.
192
Flumes
Stage Measurement
Parshall Flumes (continued)
Specifications:
Fabricated from reinforced polyester fiberglass with permanent
smooth white gel-coat finish on wetted surfaces, aluminum, galvanized steel, or stainless steel.
Available Options:
• Embedded staff gages in feet, tenths and hundredths of a foot
• Ultrasonic sensor mounting brackets
• Removable stainless steel bubble tubes
• Submerged probe cavities
• Stilling wells (attached and detached)
• FRP grating over the flume
• Pieced assembly for portability
Table of Dimensions
W
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
J
N
1
14-9/32
14
3 21/32
6 19/32
9
3
8
9 1/4
1 1/8
2
16-5/16
16
5 5/16
8 13/32
12
4 1/2
10
12 1/4
1 11/16
3
18-3/8
18
7
10 3/16
24
6
12
25
2 1/4
6
24-7/16
24
15 1/2
15 5/8
24
12
24
27
4 1/2
9
34-5/8
34
15
22 5/8
30
12
18
33
4 1/2
12
54
52 7/8
24
33 1/4
36
24
36
39
9
18
57
55 7/8
30
40 3/8
36
24
36
39
9
24
60
58 7/8
36
47 1/2
36
24
36
39
9
36
66
64 3/4
48
61 7/8
36
24
36
39
9
48
72
70 5/8
60
76 1/4
36
24
36
39
9
60
78
76 1/2
72
90 5/8
36
24
36
39
9
72
84
82 3/8
84
105
36
24
36
39
9
Flow Data
W
1
2
3
6
9
12
18
24
36
48
60
72
Min CFS
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.05
0.09
0.11
0.15
0.42
0.61
1.3
1.6
2.6
Min MGD
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.06
0.07
0.1
0.27
0.39
0.84
1.03
1.68
Max CFS
0.2
0.4
1.1
3.9
8.9
16.1
24.6
33.1
50.4
67.9
85.6
104
0.13
0.26
0.71
2.52
5.75
10.4
15.9
21.4
32.6
43.9
55.3
66.9
Max MGD
809-050
809-051
809-052
809-053
809-054
809-055
809-056
809-057
809-058
809-059
809-060
809-061
1” Parshall Flume
2” Parshall Flume
3” Parshall Flume
6” Parshall Flume
9” Parshall Flume
12” Parshall Flume
193
Cutthroat Montana Flumes
Cutthroat or Montana
flumes are so named because
they resemble Parshall flumes
with the throat “cut out”.
They are formed by directly
connecting a 6:1 converging
section to a similar diverging
section. Thus, they consist of
a converging level inlet section with vertical sidewalls
and a diverging level outlet
section also with vertical sidewalls. They do not have any parallel
walls forming a straight throat and, thus, belong to a class of throatless flumes. The converging and diverging walls do not necessarily
match those of other flumes in either converging or diverging slope
or length. The primary objective of their development was construction simplicity compared to Parshall flumes. They are about half the
length of the same size Parshall Flume and are best used in high gradient streams with free fall of the end that would not create back
pressure.
Materials of Construction: Molded reinforced fiberglass polyester,
aluminum, galvanized steel or stainless steel.
Installation: 2 inch top and end flanges for connection to concrete channels. Anchor clips attached to sidewalls for connection to
rebar or for use in free-standing installation (stainless steel threaded
rod with nuts and washers as necessary).
Available Options:
• Bubble Tube- Removable 304 Stainless Steel bubble tube with
molded side cavity.
• Sampler Tube - Removable 304 Stainless Steel sampler tube
(3/8” dia. connector) with molded side cavity.
• Ultrasonic Mounting Bracket
• Submerged Probed Cavity with molded side cavity
• Stilling Well Connection - 2” NPT
• Staff Gage - scale affixed to inside of flume
- Calibrated in feet, tenths and 100ths
- Calibrated in mm and cm
- Scales other than standard (measuring in MGD, GPM, etc.)
• Level - bullseye bubble level
809-070
809-071
809-072
809-073
809-074
809-075
1” Cutthroat/ 2-85 GPM
6” Cutthroat/ 22-1,382 GPM
Flumes
Stage Measurement
H-Flume
Cutthroat Collapsible Flumes
The H-Flume is most commonly used to monitor agricultural field
runoff and plot studies. The design
of H-type flumes uses features of
both flumes and weirs. The bottom
is flat and unobstructed like a flume
so silt and sediment will pass
through more freely. However, the
flow is controlled so it can be measured, by discharging through a
sharp-edged opening like a weir, that is cut at an angle sloping back
against the oncoming flow. In fact, H-type flumes are more weir than
flume. Flume size is determined by the depth or height of the flume
at its entrance. There are three types of H flumes: HS flumes to measure small flows having maximum flow rates from 0.08 to 0.82 cfs;
HL flumes for large flows with maximum, flow rates from 20.7 to
117.0 cfs; and H flumes, which are probably used more frequently,
for the mid-range with maximum flow rates from 0.3 to 30.0 cfs.
(0.009 to .085 m/s).
Collapsible Cutthroat Flume
809-100
1 inch throat, 2.5 -125 gpm
809-101
809-102
809-103
6 lbs.
7 lbs.
8 lbs.
10 lbs.
Top and Bottom Conversion Set
809-104
1 inch throat
809-105
2 inch throat
809-106
4 inch throat
809-107
8 inch throat
2
3
5
6
Entrance Wing Walls
809-108
6.5 inch length
809-109
19 inch length
2 lbs.
5 lbs.
809-080
809-081
809-082
HS-Flume
H-Flume
HL-Flume
Modified Drop-Box Weir
The Modified Drop-Box Weir is
designed for streams with extreme
ranges of discharge and large sediment loads. This is because sediment deposited in the approach to
the measuring section can affect
approach water velocities and consequently, the rating of the device.
Ratings can require corrections for
sediment concentrations, complicating the determination of flow rates
because concentrations are not
always known. Therefore, the Modified Drop Box Weir accurately
measures sediment-laden flows at the end of erosion plots and in
small stream channels, where prior knowledge of sediment concentrations in a hydrograph is unknown. Maximum flow rate is 14 cfs.
809-090
Modified Drop-Box Weir
Cutthroat Collapsible Flumes
Cutthroat Flumes are
ideal for measuring water
flow rates where an easily
portable, completely collapsible flume is needed.
Common uses are in stream
surveys, evaporation studies,
drainage surveys, and well
pumping tests.
These stainless steel, collapsible flumes can be set up in minutes
and are ideal for a broad range of field applications. When the job is
finished, the flume (weighing only 6-15 lb.) can be disassembled and
put into a carrying case. The name, “Cutthroat” comes from the fact
that there is no parallel throat section in these flumes, as in Parshall
flumes.
In the Cutthroat flume, the throat width can be changed from
one to eight inches by interchanging the top and bottom pieces with
a conversion set while continuing to use the same sides. Thus, flows
(continued)
ranging from 2 1/2 to 1000 gallons per minute may be measured.
Wingwalls may be added to divert the stream into the upstream convergent section of the flume. The 19 inch wingwalls are in two sections, as illustrated in the picture. Once the upstream staff gage is
read, it is a simple calculation to arrive at either the gallons/minute,
liters/second, or cubic feet/second flowing through the flume.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
USGS Portable Modified Parshall Flume
A modified Parshall flume was
designed by the USGS and is virtually
the same as the Parshall flume except
that it does not have a diverging section and is used only under free-flow
conditions.
The modified Parshall flume is
recommended for general use
because of its simplicity, light weight,
and ease of installation. A flume has
an accuracy of 2-3 percent under
free-flow conditions.
The flume is installed by placing
it in a hole dug in the channel and
Modified 3-inch
Parshall flume
by filling in around it to prevent any
water from bypassing it. A bubble
level is used to set the floor of the converging section level. After the
flume is in place, the streamflow is allowed to stabilize before reading
the gages. The flume is equipped with an attached stilling well for
float, hook/point gage or transducer use or can be supplied with a
side mounted staff gage. Gage readings indicate flow conditions. The
discharge is determined by means of the flume rating table provided.
Specifications:
Material
Aluminum - 1/8" welded construction
Flow Range
0.002 to 0.70 CFS (cubic feet per second)
Throat Size
3"
Leveling
Fisheye Level-bubble
Stilling Well
3" x 3" Attached
Dimensions
18" L x 13" W x 11" H
Weight
8 lbs.
809-110
809-111
809-112
809-113
3”
4”
5”
6”
Modified
Modified
Modified
Modified
Parshall
Parshall
Parshall
Parshall
Flume
Flume
Flume
Flume
12
18
24
36
194
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Batteries
Batteries
Battery Connector Cable
The 12 volt sealed gelled-electrolyte (gel-cell) lead-acid battery is
the gaging station power source
recommended by the USGS. Even if
the gauge house has AC power
available, batteries are used because
of their reliability during storm and
flood events. The battery is a general purpose, rechargeable, gel battery. The battery’s sealed case is
made of high impact polystyrene
which allows the battery to be operated or stored in any position
without leakage. The battery has push on terminals for easy connections.
Gel cell batteries have a life span from 3 to 5 years if properly
cared for. Extended life can be gained by trickle charging the battery
with a small solar panel or AC charger.
Four commonly used models are available with the following
specifications.
7AH Battery
Nominal Voltage: 12 VDC
Capacity: 7AH
Max Charge Current: 1.65A
Dimensions: 6”L x 2.5”W x 3.8”H
901-001
7 AH Battery
8 lbs.
12 AH Battery
Capacity: 12 AH
Weight: 11 lbs. (5 kg)
Dimensions: 6”L x 5”W x 4”H
901-002
12 AH Battery
13 lbs.
26 AH Battery
Capacity: 26 AH
Weight: 19 lb. (8.6 kg)
Dimensions: 6.5”L x 7”W x 5”H
901-003
26 AH Battery
60 AH Battery
105 AH Battery
195
12” Connector Cable
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.4 lb.
Battery Chargers
Battery chargers may be used in data
acquisition applications where AC power is available. The charger is used to keep the battery
charged for continuous operation of the datalogger or data acquisition system during power
outages and over time without having solar panels or having to continually swap batteries.
This dual-rate battery charger is a wall
mount battery charger designed for cyclic applications where recharge time is crucial and the battery may be left on
charge indefinitely. This charger senses battery demands and automatically switches between the fast charge and float modes. With no
danger of overcharge, the charger is capable of recharging batteries
in less than 16 hours when in fast charge mode. LED’s visually indicate recharge on this fail-safe charger. Two models are available: 120
VAC 60 hz and 230 VAC 50 hz.
• Wall Mount Plug-in Charging Module
• Overcharge Protection
• Temperature Compensation
• Short Circuit and Reversed Polarity Protection
• 1.5 Amp trickle charge
• Dual voltage automatic
• Nominal 12 V; Range 13.5 to 14.7 V
• Capacity: 2 to 10 AH
120/60 Wall Mount Charger
230/50 Wall Mount Charger
2 lbs.
2 lbs.
Gel Cell Battery Charger
22 lbs.
47 lbs.
105 AH Battery
Capacity: 105 AH, Deep Cycle
Dimensions: 13”L x 7”W x 9.5”H
901-005
901-020
901-021
901-022
901-030
901-035
60 AH Battery
Capacity: 60 AH
Weight: 44 lbs. (20 kg)
Dimensions: 10.2”L x 6.8”W x 8”H
901-004
The Battery Connector Cable comes in various lengths and connects battery to dataloggers, encoders, Y-cables, etc. The cable uses
the standard USGS orange/red connectors.
64 lbs.
This regulator charger is
made especially to trickle charge
12 volt gel cell batteries. It’s fully
automatic and precision-engineered for years of dependable
use. 3-function LED light keeps
you informed of the charger’s
operation at a glance.
• 6 amp medium charge rate for most everyday needs - charges
in 6 to 8 hours.
• Fully automatic - will not overcharge batteries.
• 3-function LED lights signal Charging, Charged and Check
Battery.
• Super-grip clamps with side-mount battery feature.
• Heavy-gauge steel case with baked enamel finish.
901-040
Gel Cell Charger
8 lbs.
Solar Panels
Deep-Cycle Battery Chargers
Solar Panels
This heavy-duty regulator charger supports large (26
to 105 amp-hour) 12 volt
batteries and small (8 amphour) 6 or 12 volt batteries.
Automatically switches
between fast charging and
trickle charging as needed.
Temperature-compensated, current-limited output properly charges
batteries while allowing no “back current” from battery. Powered
from 110-VAC. These chargers provide one-unit capability to charge
almost any battery including conventional automotive batteries.
Circuit breakers protect against overloads and reverse hookup. Timer
lets user decide how long to charge.
• 10 amp fast charge for every day charging needs - charges a
deep-cycle battery in 7 to 11 hours; an automotive battery in
3 to 5 hours.
• 12-hour timer with “hold” position for timed or continuous
charging of deep-cycle batteries.
901-045
Deep Cycle Charger
11 lbs.
Battery Charger/Discharger
The Battery Charger/ Discharger
is an intelligent microcontroller-based,
battery charger/discharger tester.
Using a charge-discharge-charge cycle,
the condition of the battery may be
fully characterized. The Battery
Charger/Discharger can determine if
batteries are capable of holding their
specified charge. When a gel cell battery is used over a one year period, it often requires charging and discharging several times before it holds a full charge. This is a powerful
tool for districts that have multiple stations with lots of batteries.
• 115V or 230V, 50-60 Hz AC only
• 26, 24, 12, 10, 8, 7, 4 Amp hour batteries
• Discharger load-3.75 ohms
• 14.5V charging current up to 5 Amps
901-050
Battery Charger/Discharger
Solar Panels
Solar panels are economical and
powerful tools for recharging batteries at
the gage house and remote monitoring.
You can keep the batteries powering
your datalogger and remote telemetry
units permanently charged with a properly sized solar panel. Use of a proper
charging system is important to ensure
long, reusable service from the battery.
We don’t recommend using car batteries
for remote monitoring - they don’t
recover well from being fully discharged.
Rule of Thumb for sizing Solar
Panels: figure out the average current
draw of the remote device that you need
to power in Milliamps (MA). We’re
assuming a 12 VDC system. Pick a solar
panel with a current rating of at least 10
times this number. Example: your remote
12 lbs.
(continued)
device draws 6 MA average. Pick a solar panel of at least 60MA output current, or to calculate power (watts) would be 60MA x 12 VDC
= 720 MW which is 7.2 watts so a 10 watt panel will work great for
this system.
Rule of Thumb for Batteries: you will want your device to run for
3-5 days without any sun, depending on your weather conditions.
(Actually the solar panel will charge a little bit every day, even under
sunless conditions.) Example: if your device draws 100MA, figure .1A
x 24 hr/day x 5 days = 12 AH (Ampere-Hours). You can only use
about 1/2 of the rated battery output so pick a battery rated at at
least 24 AH.
Small gel-cell batteries are in the 5-26 AH range, while marine
batteries range from 60 AH to 105 AH. You can connect batteries in
parallel (+ to + and - to -) to double or triple the available output.
We offer two types of solar panels: framed glass and flat urethane coated. Framed glass panels put out more amps per square
inch. Our glass panels come mounted on an aluminum panel with a
clamp for a 2” pipe, which holds the panel at approximately 45
degrees to the sun for ideal charging. Our flat urethane coated panels
are rugged and they are framed in urethane plastic, with no mounting hardware. They are ideal for gluing to the top of an enclosure
where they are not visible.
Note: For most gaging stations with telemetry, modem or other
communications systems a 20 watt panel will meet power requirements. However, if the station is a shady site in a valley where it
might only receive 2 to 3 hours a day of available sun a 50 watt panel
would be recommended. See the Technical Data Section for more sizing information.
Solar Panel 10W
Dimensions: 16.54” x 10.59” x .89”
Includes mounting hardware. 8.9W typical peak power, 0.59
Amps current @ peak, 14.4 Amp Hrs/Week.
Weight: 3.3 lbs., Framed glass
902-005
10W Panel
6 lbs.
Solar Panel 20W
Dimensions: 17.5” x 19.5” x 2.0”
Includes mounting hardware. 18W typical peak power, 1.17
Amp current @ peak, 14.4 Amp Hrs./week.
902-010
20W Panel
12 lbs.
Solar Panel 50W
Dimensions: 37” x 19.5 “ x 2.0”
Includes Mounting Hardware 47.5W typical peak power, 2.92
AMP current at peak, 14.4 Amp Hrs./week.
902-015
50W Panel
25 lbs.
Flat Urethane Solar Panel 2W
Dimensions: 8” x 14”
1.8W Typical peak power
902-018
2W Urethane Panel
1.3 lbs.
Flat Urethane Solar Panel 5W
Dimensions: 15” x 14”
4.5W Typical peak power
902-020
5W Urethane Panel
1.7 lbs.
196
Enclosures
Solar Panels
Steel Weatherproof Instrument Enclosures
902-025
This enclosure is
designed to meet the specifications of NEMA-4 to contain
dataloggers and instruments
for use in outdoor weather
exposed environments from
the tropics to the Arctic. The
enclosure conforms to the
National Electrical
Manufacturers Association
(NEMA) standard for Type 4
(Watertight and Dustproof).
The enclosure is made
from 14 gauge steel with
strong rigid construction and
external mounting feet. All seams are continuously welded. A rolled
lip is provided around three sides of the door and around all sides of
the enclosure opening. The lip increases strength and keeps dirt and
liquids from dropping into the enclosure when the door is opened.
Neoprene gasketing insures a watertight seal around the door opening.
Non-stocked sizes are available ranging from 16” x 12” x 6” up
to 60” x 36” x 16” in 4” increments of height and width and 2”
increments of depth.
These enclosures are stocked in four common sizes.
(continued)
Solar Panel
Regulator
Also recommended for a
solar charging
system is a charge
controller (regulator). These controllers consist of blocking and zener diode protection to keep the
battery from discharging back through the panel during periods of no
sunlight and over-charging protection to the battery:
902-026
2 amp charge controller - for use
w/ 10 watt panel
4 amp charge controller - for use
w/ 20 watt and 50 watt panels
1 lb.
1.7 lbs.
Solar Panel Accessories
902-035
HPM-10 Mount is designed for side of
pole, or any flat surface for 10 watt panel
902-036
pole or any flat surface for 20 watt panel
902-037
pole or any flat surface for 50 watt panel
902-038
TPM-10 Top of pole mounting structure
902-039
902-040
902-041
50 amp lightning protection unit
902-042
500V Max lightning arrestor for DC systems
902-043
OPWK 10-20 Output wiring kit solar panel
cable asbly. 20’ long, used to connect 10 W
and 20 W panels to regulator and battery.
902-044
OPWK50 Output wiring kit solar panel
cable asbly. 20’ long, used to connect 50 W
panels to regulator and battery
5 lbs.
8 lbs.
14 lbs.
3 lbs.
6 lbs.
10 lbs.
5.2 lbs.
3.4 lbs.
0.8 lb.
Step-Down Transformers are for
changing 220-230V, 50/60Hz current to
110-115V to permit use of standard
equipment with foreign electrical service.
Each model is housed in black metal case
and has 3-wire cord and receptacle.
Transformers change voltage only, and
standard 60Hz motors run slower and hotter on 50Hz current.
Therefore, use of transformers with motor-operated equipment
should normally be limited to small fractional hp sizes in applications
where speed is not important to performance. The V-A rating should
be at least double the equipment watts rating. When available, always
select an instrument with built-in 230V/50Hz in preference to a transformer.
100 V-A Transformer
200 V-A Transformer
350 V-A Transformer
750 V-A Transformer
197
16”
20”
24”
36”
x
x
x
x
12”
16”
20”
24”
x
x
x
x
6”
8”
10”
10”
12
16
21
28
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Enclosure Accessories
1.2 lbs.
Step-Down Transformers
506-377
506-378
506-379
506-380
506-381
506-382
506-383
903-001
903-002
903-003
903-004
4.5 lbs.
7.5 lbs.
13 lbs.
24 lbs.
26 lbs.
30.3 lbs.
35 lbs.
Enclosure accessories can be ordered with the enclosure for factory installation or added in the field if your requirements change.
903-050
903-055
903-060
903-065
903-070
903-075
903-080
903-085
903-090
903-095
903-100
903-105
Conduit Fitting
Data Pocket
Pole Mounting Kit
Vent Kit
Mounting Panel
Mounting Panel - perforated
Grounding Kit
Padlock
Enclosure Humidity Sensor
Humidity Indicator Card
Large Desiccant Packs for Datalogger
Enclosures (qty. 20)
Small Desiccant Packs (qty. 50)
0.1 lb.
0.4 lb.
2.8 lbs.
0.5 lb.
1 lb.
0.8 lb.
1.2 lbs.
0.3 lb.
0.2 lb.
0.1 lb.
12 lbs.
8 lbs.
Stilling Wells
Fiberglass Weatherproof Instrument Enclosure
This enclosure is
designed to NEMA-4
specifications and is a
molded fiberglass reinforced material that is
highly corrosion resistant with stainless steel
hardware. Enclosure
accessories are the same
as for the steel enclosures. Another advantage of the fiberglass is more resistant to lightning damage while a
disadvantage is that the boxes are not as strong as steel and more
susceptible to vandalism
These enclosures are stocked in five common sizes.
903-020
903-021
903-130
903-135
903-140
10”
14”
20”
24”
30”
x
x
x
x
x
12”
12”
16”
20”
24”
x
x
x
x
x
6”
6”
8”
8”
10”
8 lbs.
10 lbs.
13 lbs.
16 lbs.
21 lbs.
Drierite Desiccants
Drierite is an all-purpose gypsum (calcium sulfate) drying agent
for the efficient and rapid drying of air to maintain a dry atmosphere
in enclosures with electronic equipment to protect from mildew, corrosion, rust and other deterioration caused by high humidity. Drierite
can be regenerated repeatedly for reuse.
Drierite Desiccant Bags
These non-woven crepe bags containing
Drierite are used to completely dry the air within
an enclosure. The disposable packets are dust
tight and will protect enclosures for many
months when used within an adequate moisture
barrier.
A Drierite desiccant bag will reduce the
humidity in a sealed enclosure to a -100º F dew
point in about 10 hours or less. Materials packaged with these desiccant bags are protected
from corrosion and other harmful effects of moisture contamination.
Drierite bags leave behind less residual moisture than most other types of desiccant bags.
Drierite also performs well at elevated temperatures and will not release absorbed moisture at less than 350º F. This
is an important consideration when shipping products during variable
weather conditions.
903-150
903-151
903-152
903-153
903-154
903-155
3
6
1
2
4
8
gm, 2” x 3 3/4” bag
gm, 2” x 3 3/4” bag
oz., 3 3/4” x 4” bag
oz., 3 3/4” x 4 3/4” bag
oz., 3 3/4” x 6 1/4” bag
oz., 5 3/4” x 6 1/4” bag
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.5
Relative Humidity Cards
These cards change color from blue to pink
to indicate the presence of moisture in the air.
The 30% RH card changes color when the moisture content rises to 30% RH. The 10-60% RH
card has 6 spots corresponding to 10, 20, 30, 40,
50 and 60% RH that change color individually
when the moisture content reaches the indicated
level. Both cards return to blue when placed in a
dry environment.
These cards are especially useful in conjunction with desiccant
packs in an enclosure to indicate the relative humidity within the
enclosure and identify if packs need changed out.
903-165
903-166
30% Relative Humidity card
10-60% Relative Humidity card
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
Compartment Desiccator
The Drierite Compartment Desiccator solves the
problem of humidity in closed compartments. Extremely
dry conditions can be maintained in airtight enclosures or
by placing a Compartment Desiccator within the enclosure. These inexpensive perforated aluminum cylinders
serve to expose the Drierite granules to the air and bring
about rapid water absorption.
This unit is capable of drying volumes of up to 200
cu. feet. The desiccator is easily regenerated by placing a
complete unit in an oven for 2 to 3 hours at 450º F.
Included with each compartment desiccator is a 1060% Relative Humidity indicator card. This card will
change color to indicate the need for regeneration of the
compartment desiccator. The desiccator is made of perforated aluminum and is 4” diameter x 16” height. It holds
10 lbs. of Drierite desiccant and has a water capacity of 1 pound.
903-175
Compartment Desiccator
12.5 lbs.
USGS Stilling Well Enclosures
USGS Stilling Well Enclosures are
available and mount on a standard galvanized corrugated pipe. They are
designed to accommodate the Type F
and A-71 recorders or shaft encoder systems, GS-71, GS-96 or other instrumentation systems that require a stilling
well. Custom enclosures are available.
Kansas Style Enclosure
Kansas Style Enclosure is a galvanized
steel enclosure for 18” diameter culvert pipe.
It comes with a 6’ long 18” diameter base
with 24” x 24” x 14” instrument box.
Typically concrete is poured in and around
the base to stabilize the base and provide a
reference elevation. Slits and clean-out doors
are provided for water entry and sediment
removal.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
903-200
903-205
Kansas Style Enclosure
Complete Stilling Well
46 lbs.
122 lbs.
198
Gage Houses
A-71 and Type F Recorder
Enclosure
USGS Portable Gage House
The A-71 and Type F Chart Recorder
Enclosure is designed to allow the recorder
to be mounted directly over stilling wells or
bore holes. It is an 18” aluminum hinged
lockable cover with a 3/4 in. treated plywood base 30” x 21” x 15”.
903-230
Chart Recorder Enclosure
21 lbs.
USGS Walk-In Gage House
The USGS Walk-In Gage House Enclosures
are available in two basic designs and several
sizes. These are walk-in gage houses designed to
accommodate a complete gaging station system
such as a PS-2 with nitrogen bottle, DCP and
other telemetry instrumentation.
USGS Gage House suspended
on platform beside bridge
Fiberglass
Standard 5 ft. x 5 ft. enclosures are
fully insulated, weather and corrosion
resistant with stainless steel door hardware. Designed for 125 mph winds and
40 psf snow load, the doors and handle
recessed for increased tamper resistance.
903-250
Fiberglass Walk-In
650 lbs.
Corrugated Steel
This is a 2 ft. x 3 ft. floor area
portable enclosure and is 5 feet high.
It is made of 11 gage steel and has a
heavy duty steel vandal proof door
and padlock clasp lock protector. The
design provides a high degree of vandal resistance. Standard units come
painted interior white enamel and flat
forest green exterior. The gage house
can be equipped with all required
cables and connections and can be
moved to the site for connection to
orifice line tubing and installation is
completed. The unit is waterproof.
903-280
Portable Gage House
180 lbs.
Lightning Protection Equipment
Lightning is a major threat to gaging station electronic devices
and protection is necessary. A lightning protection system helps
ensure uninterrupted data collection and helps minimize expensive
repairs due to lightning damage. Often lightning strikes are not only
direct but occur nearby along the river and travel to the station. The
dataloggers, pressure transducers, shaft encoders have been designed
with built-in surge and over voltage protection but good grounding is
by far the most important aspect of lightning protection. Grounding,
bonding and shielding procedures are used to protect instruments
from damage and people from electrocution. A low-resistance earth
ground is the foundation of the lightning protection system. The total
grounding system consists of four subsystems:
• Earth-electrode
• Equipment AC power-line fault-protection
• Lightning protection
• Signal reference (noise)
Earth resistance at the gaging station should be inspected at
least annually at the time when the highest earth resistance is seen
with cold, dry soil conditions.
Biddle Earth Resistance Tester, Null Meter
This standard 54” diameter galvanized corrugated steel gage
house is bullet proof with heavy duty steel vandal proof door and lock
protector and has a steel rod with vane fan roof vent.
903-265
Corrugated Steel Walk-In
985 lbs.
A Biddle Earth Null Balance Tester
measures the resistance of ground connections to earth, thereby helping to
determine the effectiveness and integrity of such grounding systems. The Earth
Tester can also be used to measure soil
resistivity and determining optimum
locations for earth electrodes. The resistance to earth ground for gage houses
should be less than 25 ohms and as
close to 5 ohms as possible.
An AC test current, generated by
the instrument, is passed between the ground under test and a current electrode (or reference ground). This potential drop to a separate
electrode (or reference ground) is applied to a bridge circuit and
nulled with a three-decade variable resistance. At balance, ground
resistance in ohms is read instantly from the digital decade switches.
This null balance method means that at balance no current flows
through the potential electrodes, and therefore, their resistance does
not affect the reading.
The Biddle Earth Resistance Tester, Null Meter comes with 2
probes and 3 cables (red, blue, and yellow,) in carrying case.
904-010
199
Biddle Null Meter Tester
6 lbs.
Station Grounding
Megger Direct-Reading Ground Tester
Cadweld One Shot
The Megger DirectReading Ground Resistance
Tester features three terminal operation for fall-ofpotential earth resistance
measurements or it can be
used for two-terminal tests
to a ground reference.
Operation is simple. After
probes and connecting leads
are installed, push the selector switch to the left and
read earth resistance of the
ground under test. If a check of probe resistance and test lead continuity is desired, push the selector switch to the right and use the
probe resistance subscale. The direct reading 3 1/4 inch log-type
scale provides good resolution over the entire 0.5 to 500 ohm range.
Range changing, multipliers, or calibrating adjustments are not necessary. A separate pushbutton is provided for a battery check. The
Ground Resistance Tester, Direct Reading, Megger 6 Meg, with 2
probes, 3 cables (red, yellow, and blue) and 1 calibrator, in carrying
case.
Cadweld One Shot is used to connect No.
6 AWG grounding conductors to the grounding rod. It is available in two models, a one
No. 6 wire holder and a three No. 6 wire holder. These can be used with the grounding kit.
904-020
904-036
Megger Direct-Reading Tester
6 lbs.
904-038
904-040
One Wire Cadweld
Three Wire Cadweld
3 lbs.
3 lbs.
Contax
Contax is an oxide-inhibiting compound
applied to the two parts being connected for use
with grounding kit.
904-034
Contax Compound
0.5 lb.
Ground Enhancement Material (GEM)
Ground enhancement material (GEM) is mixed
with water (like cement) and hardens (like concrete).
To be used with grounding kit.
GEM
20 lbs.
Grounding Kit for Gaging Station
The gaging station
Grounding Kit is a complete
package for the hydrographer to ground a gage house
or stilling well enclosure. The
Grounding Kit contains tech
sheet, 1 ground copper rod
5/8 inch diameter by 8 feet
long, 1 ERICO Cadweld One
Shot exothermic welding
connection, 15 feet coiled
grounding conductor (#6 AWG solid, bare soft annealed copper
wire), 1 grounding bus bar with screws, 2 stainless steel lag bolts, 5
closed end splices, 12 ring tongue terminals for #12 AWG conductor
and 20 feet of #12 AWG hook up wire.
904-025
Gage House Ground Kit
8 lbs.
Video- “How to Cadweld One Shot”
A total of two videos, one
6-minute video, “Cadweld
One-Shot Connections,”
explains how to perform a
Cadweld one shot exothermic
weld used in grounding kit,
and one 45 minute video,
“How to Cadweld - An easy
Connection to Make”, explains
the exothermic weld in greater
detail.
904-030
Cadweld Videos
1.2 lbs.
Grounding Conductor No. 6 AWG
Grounding conductor No. 6 AWG bare, solid,
soft, annealed copper wire. For use with grounding
kit. 100 ft. spool.
904-042
No. 6 Ground Wire
Grounding Rod
Grounding rod, copper bonded to high carbon steel, 5/8 inch
diameter by 8 feet long.
904-044
8’ Ground Rod
5 lbs.
Ground Bus Bar
Ground Bus Bar consists
of lug to connect No. 6
AWG grounding conductor
and 12 screws to mount
ring-tongue terminals from
instrument grounding wire.
904-046
Ground Bus Bar
2 lbs.
Hook-up Wire No. 12 AWG
Hook-up wire, No. 12 AWG, used to
connect instruments to bus bar conductor.
100 ft. spool.
904-048 No. 12 Hook-Up Wire
200
Antennas
Yagi and Omni Antenna
Ground Rod Driver Sleeve
Ground Rod Driver used to Drive 4
Rod from ground level without damage to the rod tip.
904-050
Rod Driver Sleeve
5 lbs.
Striker for Cadweld One Shot
Striker for Cadweld One Shot. Safely and easily ignites the one
shot connector. One spare flint is included for use with grounding kit.
904-052
Cadweld Striker
1.5 lbs.
Lightning Protection Devices for AC Power and
Modems in Gage Houses
A transient is a temporary change in
the normal voltage and (or) current level in
an AC power line. An AC power surge can
be produced by lightning or switching
actions in the AC line. A voltage sag is an
abnormally low voltage condition. Sensitive
electronic equipment, for example, a datalogger, needs to be protected from damaging transients. Proper grounding where the
AC power line enters the gage house is
needed for any of these protective devices
to work.
Low clamping voltage, fast response
time, and large energy-handling capacity
are the basic criteria to use when selecting
a surge suppressor.
The USGS specified surge suppressor will provide a good level of
protection in gage houses with AC power. The Max 6 will protect two
AC outlets and one modem protection port (RJ-11 or RJ-45 jacks).
This device plugs into the AC wall outlet and has a light that indicates
when the circuitry is providing protection.
904-056
Max 6 Surge Suppressor
For gage houses with telephone
lines but no AC power, the Max Tel/1
has three stage protection for the telephone or phone modem. The Max Tel/1
limits voltage spikes on the phone line
to safe 200-volt level. Its response is fast,
less than 5 nanoseconds, and it can suppress voltages as high as 12
kv. It has automatic reset.
Max Tel/1 Protector
904-070
904-071
904-072
904-073
904-074
904-075
904-076
904-077
904-078
904-079
904-080
904-081
904-082
904-083
0.4 lb.
Yagi Satellite Antenna - GOES
Yagi Satellite Antenna Meteosat/GMS/INSAT
Omni Satellite Antenna - GOES
Yagi-UHF Antenna, 406-420 MHZ
Omni-UHF Antenna, 406-430 MHZ
Omni-UHF Antenna, 430-450
Yagi-VHF Antenna, 166-174 MHZ
Omni-VHF Antenna, 150-174 MHZ
Coaxial Cable Asbly, Antenna,15 ft.
6 lbs.
6 lbs.
5
4
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
7
5
2
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Coaxial Transient Protector
This is a polyphaser broadband DC blocked
protector for lighting protection with antennas
and radio transmitters or satellite telemetry.
Attaches to coaxial cable to protect from lightning
strikes or static build up.
0.8 lb.
Phone-Line-Only Protectors
904-060
Antennas
are used for
radio UHF/VHF
and satellite data
transmission
from the gage
house datalogger (DCP) to office base station. The Yagi type antenna
is a high gain, wide beam with rugged weatherproof antenna which
mounts on a standard 2” vertical pipe providing a wide range of
adjustment. The Omni Directional Antennas do not require antenna
pointing since it is mounted vertically and does not need alignment.
The Omni-Directional pattern works well with base stations where
ease of installation and low cost are important.
904-085
Coaxial Transient Protector
0.3 lb.
RF Directional Wattmeter
Portable field instrument used to accurately measure forward and reflected power
of RF radio units and antennas. The meter
unit has a 25 watt high-frequency element, a
variable RF Signal Sampler and a 25 Watt
Load Resistor. This is an essential piece of test
equipment for the field, as well as the shop.
904-090
RF Directional Meter
2 lbs.
Frequency Counter
Used for testing frequency stability of RF Radio units prior to
field deployment. Used in the field for troubleshooting problems with
RF Radio units. Measures from 10Hz up to 1 GHZ, sensitivity of 5 millivolts RMS. The display has 8 digits and requires 120 VAC or 220
VAC Power.
904-095
201
Frequency Counter
2 lbs.
Station Markers
USGS Electronics Tool Kit
This Electronics Tool Kit was put together by HIF for performing
repair work in a quick and efficient manner. The tools needed for
common electronic repairs are included and the kit is designed for
use in the field as a basic tool kit. The kit contains the following items
necessary for electronic repairs.
2
3
4
9
11
14
10
12
13
5
15
7
6
8
1
1. Wire Stripper, Ideal, 10-22 AWG
2. Solder Iron, Weller, 35-watt, WP35
3. Solder Iron Stand, Weller, PH60
4. Double Hand Holder, GC
5. Screwdriver, WIHA, precision-slotted
6. Wire Cutter, plier, Xcelite, 4 1/2”
7. Plier, needle-nose, extra long, 6” Xcelite
8. Stripper/Cutter, Jensen
9. Crimping Tool, Vaco, w/bolt slicer
10. Insertion Tool, Methode, HIF, black
11. Solder Wick, Tech Spray, blue
12. Solder, Kester Pocket Pak, 0.031
13. Safety Glasses, crew, Excalibur
14. Knife, heavy-duty, Xcelite
15. Tool Bag, black canvas (all the tools fit in this bag)
904-100
USGS Electronics Tool Kit
8 lbs.
The Fluke 21 multimeter is used for
electrical troubleshooting for field personnel. The multimeter has a three-digit LCD
display and has manual selected ranges.
This particular Fluke model also has
autoranging capabilities and features a
touch-hold mode and an audible continuity tester. The multimeter can measure up
to 10 amps of current and up to 600 volts
and reads AC or DC on all measurements.
It has a built-in stand and comes with red
and black test probes. It is powered by a
standard 9 volt alkaline battery.
Fluke Digital Multimeter
9V Battery
USGS Survey Marker
The USGS Survey Marker
is a P-K nail and washer for
running levels; flagging high
watermarks; establishing
bench marks, reference
marks, and reference points
Survey Marker: close-up
at stream-gaging stations;
view (left) and on tree
and in reconnaissances of
trunk (above)
new sites, etc. It is a common
practice in the USGS to use
common nails and surveyornails (referred to as PK nails)
to flag high watermarks and
to establish reference marks, reference points, and bench marks. It is
often found that the nails can be confused with nails set by landowners or land surveyors working around USGS sites. This confusion can
lead to errors in levels and high watermark elevations if the wrong
nails are used.
The USGS nail eliminates the guesswork as to which nail was set
by the USGS as opposed to nails set by state and county engineering
crews, utility companies, contractors, and land surveyors. Other features include:
• Easily visible when set in a tree, telephone pole or cement
bridge wall.
• Does not bend as easily as a common nail and doesn’t rust.
• Can be easily set in concrete using cordless hammer drill. A
surveyor-nail protruding from a cement wall is much more
visible than the chiseled marks the USGS normally sets on a
concrete bridge for a reference point.
• Can be distinguished from nails set by someone other than the
USGS, thus helping to eliminate the error of choosing the
wrong nail if multiple nails are set in the same vicinity as the
USGS nail.
• Can be custom produced with your agency’s mark such as
“ODNR Survey Marker”
905-001
USGS Nail and Washer (set of 10)
0.3 lb.
Brass Gaging Station Tablet
Brass Flood Mark Tablet
Fluke Digital Multimeter
904-120
206-022
USGS Gaging Station Markers and Flood
Stage Markers
1.2 lbs.
0.2 lb.
The USGS sets elevation datums at
gaging stations for permanent accurate
stage measurement reference. Each station
is required to have three known elevation
markers so elevations can be checked periodically.
Flow depths are equivalent to the differences in elevations of the water surface
and the lowest point of control over which
the water can flow. Elevation of zero head
through the control is referred to as gage
datum elevation (GDE).
A permanent bench mark (BM)
should be established for convenient use in
Tablet measures 3 5/8 inches checking and maintaining the proper relationship between the GDE and the water
in diameter
level recorder or gage.
202
Locks
Brass Tablets
(continued)
The gaging station benchmark tablet is a brass disk 3 5/8 inches in
diameter constructed with a 1/2 inch OD by 3 inch long brass tubing
shank to enable the tablet to be set in concrete.
The Floodmark benchmark tablet is a brass disk 3 5/8 inches in
diameter, constructed with a 1/2 inch OD by 3 inch long brass tubing
shank to enable the tablet to be set in concrete. The tablet is normally mounted on the horizontal plane; however, it may be mounted on
a vertical plane if desired.
905-010
905-011
905-012
Gaging Station Tablet
Flood Mark Tablet
Custom Marked Tablet
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
Plastic Flood Mark Indicator
Plastic floodmark disks 1 1/2 inches in
diameter by 1/16 inch thick with a 5/32 inch
diameter hole in the center are available in three
colors: green, red, and white. They are intended
as a temporary mark that can be nailed to trees,
utility poles, or other structures to mark a high
waterline.
905-020
905-021
905-022
Floodmark Disk, green, pkg 50
Floodmark Disk, red, pkg 50
Floodmark Disk, white, pkg 50
0.4 lb.
0.4 lb.
0.4 lb.
1 3/4 inch brass padlock with 5/16 inch shackle
2 inches long. A 9 inch chain is attached to the
shackle so that lock may be attached to the gage
house. Each lock is shipped with two keys keyed to fit
standard Survey locks.
Long Shackle Padlock
0.5 lb.
USGS Standard High Security Padlock
2 inch high security padlock contains a corrosionresistant solid steel body. Case-hardened 3/8 inch steel
shackle is 1 1/8 inch long. Each lock is shipped with
two keys keyed to fit standard Survey locks.
905-035
Standard Padlock
0.4 lb.
Sterling Rotary Shackle Locks
This Rotary Shackle Lock is unique
with a continuous shackle that the locking
mechanism keeps in place. The shackle
rotates to keep in place.
• Zinc coated steel construction
• Not sold at retail outlets so key can’t
be copied at the local hardware store
• Designed for water to drain easily for
less freezing and corrosion
The Rotary Shackle Lock is available in two
sizes and quantities can be keyed alike,
keyed differently or master keyed.
905-040
905-041
5/16” Shackle x 2 3/8” OD
1/4” Shackle x 1 7/8” OD
203
Constructed of cadmium rustproof steel with nickel plated shackle.
Exclusive dual steel locking levers
independently lock each shackle for
increased protection. All models feature protective vinyl bumpers to prevent scratching and marring.
Four pin tumbler locks include a
pair of brass keys and each lock is
keyed differently, and a 9/32” diameter case hardened steel shackle.
905-048
905-049
905-050
905-051
1
1
1
1
1/2”
1/2”
3/4”
3/4”
W
W
W
W
x
x
x
x
3/4” Shackle Clearance
2 1/2” Shackle Clearance
3/4” Shackle Clearance
2 1/2” Shackle Clearance
0.5
0.8
0.8
0.8
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Master® Weather Tough Padlock
USGS Standard Long Shackle Padlock
905-030
Master® Locks
0.2 lb.
0.2 lb.
Weather Tough locks feature tough alloy
steel shackles to repel saws and bolt cutters.
Special pick resistant spool pins prevent
unauthorized entry. The weatherproof design
and durable thermal plastic cover protect the
lock body and key cylinder from dirt, dust
and other contaminants.
The lock features a 2 3/8” wide steel
case and five pin removable cylinder. Shackle
clearance is 1 3/8” vertical and 7/8” horizontal. A long shackle is also available which is
2 1/2” long. Dual hardened steel balls lock each shackle leg independently. The lock comes with two brass keys.
905-060
905-061
Weather Tough Padlock
Weather Tough Long Shackle
0.8 lb.
0.8 lb.
Signs
USGS Gaging Station Signs
Porcelain Enamel Signs
The following USGS signs are available and each of these can be
custom produced with an agency or organizations name and logo.
Warning U.S. Government - Two colors (red and black) on white
background, vinyl-coated sign with adhesive back, 5 inches by 8 inches.
Gaging Station Sign - Black lettering on white background,
vinyl-coated sign with adhesive back, 9 inches by 13 inches.
Crest Stage Gage Sign - Black lettering on white background,
Observation Well Sign - Black lettering on white background,
Water Quality Monitoring Station Sign - Black lettering on white
background, vinyl-coated sign with adhesive back, 4 inches by 6
inches.
Government Property, Keep Off - Two colors (red and black) lettering on white background, vinyl-coated sign with adhesive back, 8
inches by 12 inches.
Danger, No Climbing - This 8 1/2 inch by 11 inch sign contains
black letters on a white background, a red and white DANGER symbol and the international symbol for NO CLIMBING in red and black.
It is vinyl coated to make it weather and sunlight resistant and contains an adhesive backing for permanent installation.
905-070
905-071
905-072
905-073
905-074
905-075
905-076
Warning, U.S. Government
Gaging Station Sign
Crest Stage Gage Sign
Observation Well Sign
Danger No Climbing
Water Quality Monitoring Station Sign
Government Property, Keep Off Sign
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
These are custom signs made of the same material as the standard USGS staff gages. Porcelain enamel has a surface with the hardness of glass combined with the strength and rigidity of steel. The
impervious, inorganic vitreous surface is fused permanently to the
metal base at a temperature of approximately 1500º F. Colors, images
and graphics are permanently fused in the same fashion. Porcelain
enamel is not a temporary coating such as baked paints or lacquers
and has a typical life of 30 years.
Among the reasons for its selection are the following: resistance
to corrosive attack of atmospheric pollution, extreme weather conditions, and abrasion; will not fade or peel; offers a pleasing appearance, extended service life, and easy cleanability.
Please contact us with your custom signage needs and we can
provide graphic design services if required.
905-090
Porcelain Enamel Sign
Sign Posts
This is a standard “T”-style steel fence post which works great
for mounting signs. Painted forest green. Also available is a post driver and puller for installing and removing T-posts. This is the same
post used for staff gages.
801-083
801-084
801-088
T-Style Post
25 lb. Post Driver
Post Driver
3 lbs.
27 lbs.
22 lbs.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
204
Rain Gages
Introduction
Tipping Bucket Rain Gage - Model 3510
Meteorological Measurements are
made to characterize the climate of
that location and to supply meteorological information related to hydrologic processes. Meteorological data are
especially important on hydrologic
research because the climate and
weather of an area exert a profound
influence on most hydrologic processes. Precipitation is directly related to
river runoff forecasting and is obviously
a key component for any hydrologic
modeling. Wind speed and wind direction are at least partial determinants of
rain or snow distribution over a watershed, and temperature data are vital to
parameters such as soil freezing or
snow melt. The hydrologic regime is so intimately related to climactic
factors that almost every hydrologic study has a meteorological
aspect.
The key meteorological parameters necessary for hydrologic
study are:
Precipitation - includes any moisture falling from the atmosphere
in liquid or frozen form. Collected by rain gages, both non-recording,
which retains the total precipitation between observations and
recording which gives time of precipitation so intensities can be computed and transmitting rain gage sites for sending data to a central
station for analysis.
Air Temperature- is commonly measured because of its importance to evaporation, transpiration, soil conditions and snowmelt.
Humidity - of the air near the surface has a definite influence on
the rate of evaporation from lakes and on evapotranspiration from
land areas.
Wind - Hydrologically, wind influences the magnitude of evapotranspiration and windspeed and direction influence rain gage catch
and snowfall drift. Anemometers are designed to measure windspeed
and direction.
Solar Radiation - It provides the energy that drives regional and
global hydrologic cycles. Radiation is the most important factor in the
evaporation and transpiration processes. Pyranometers and Net
Radiometers are used to measure solar radiation.
Evaporation - Rate of evaporation or potential evapotranspiration
is dependent on the temperature of the evaporating surface and the
wind flow over the water surface and is one of the hydrologic
processes most influenced by climactic conditions. It can be measured by lysimeters but is best measured by the Type A Evaporation
Pan.
Barometric Pressure - This is required for the potential evapotranspiration and dew points. Water level in a confined aquifer will be
affected by barometric pressure.
Soil Temperature- measurement indicate the sensible heat stored
in the soil and are important to hydrologic investigations as soil freezing can drastically reduce infiltration rates of soil causing significant
change in runoff in a watershed.
Infiltration - Movement of water through the soil which indicates
the water retention capacity or saturation thus predicting surface
water run off. Infiltration ring tests are a common predictor of infiltration.
• World Standard 200 mm,
8 inch catch
• Bucket Sizes 0.2 mm, 0.5 mm,
1.0 mm or 0.01 inch
• Dual Output Signal
• Optional Internal Logger
• Meets all International
Requirements
205
The Model 3510 Tipping Bucket Rain Gage is recognized as the
standard for measuring rainfall and precipitation in remote and unattended locations. The unit consists of a collector funnel, a stainless
steel filter screen and a tipping bucket mechanism. The bucket tips
when precipitation of 0.2 mm, 0.5 mm, 1.0 mm or 0.01 inch has
been collected. Each tip is marked by a reed switch closure and can
be recorded by datalogger or DCP for satellite or radio telemetry
transmitting.
The Model 3510 Tipping Bucket Rain Gage is designed for general rainfall measurements. The receiver is 8” (200 mm) in diameter
and tipping buckets are available to measure each 0.2, 0.5 1.0, or
0.01 inch of precipitation. The 0.2, 0.5 mm and 0.01 inch gages are
supplied with a siphon that allows the rain to flow at a steady rate to
the tipping bucket mechanism regardless of rainfall intensity. Because
of this typical rain bucket errors become constant allowing the calibration process to minimize them. This provides accurate measurements for a range of 0 - 27” (700 mm) per hour enabling the Model
3510 to record instant measurements. The siphon can be dismantled
for routine servicing.
Specifications:
Supplied complete with dual reed switch assembly, anodized
and powder coated aluminum funnel, powder coated aluminum
cover and base, Jewel Sapphire Bearings with stainless steel shafts,
injection molded ABS chrome bucket, stainless steel fasteners and leaf
sieve, with 10 meters of connecting lead and bucket size to be specified, 0.2, 0.5, 1.0 mm or 0.01 inch.
Specifications:
Receiver
200 mm ± 0.3 diameter with machined aluminum 8 in. rim
Sensitivity
One tip at 0.2, 0.5, 1.0 mm or 0.01 inch
Measuring range
0-700 mm/hr, 0-27 inches/hr
Measuring accuracy
±2% @ 25-500 mm/hr
Sensor
Tipping bucket with siphon
Contact system
Dual reed switch, potted in Silicon Rubber
Contact capacity
12 VA (0.5 amp max)
Contact time
0.1 second
Height
13.5 in (342 mm)
Weight
6.6 lb. (3 kg)
1001-001
1001-002
1001-003
1001-004
8”
8”
8”
8”
Tipping
Tipping
Tipping
Tipping
Bucket
Bucket
Bucket
Bucket
Rain
Rain
Rain
Rain
Gage
Gage
Gage
Gage
0.2 mm
0.5 mm
1.0 mm
0.01 in
9
9
9
9
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Rain Gages
HOBO® Event Rainfall Logger
Accessories
Mounting Leveling Base
As shipped, the base of the rain gage is supported by three legs
and has a bubble level. The Mounting/Leveling Base is recommended
and has leveling screws for adjustment. It is designed to mount on a
1.25 diameter threaded pipe to mount the gage at the recommended 1 m measurement height.
1001-038
Leveling Base
2 lbs.
Rain Gage Heater Kit
This is a 12V AC/DC heater with 100 W wire
wound resistor heating element. Mounts directly
to model 3510 aluminum base and has an automatic temperature switch on/off at 5ºC.
1001-040
Rain Gage Heater Kit
0.5 lbs.
Precipitation Gage Wind Screen
Wind screens eliminate wind disturbance and generate air
motions over the gage to break up streamlines. 32 evenly spaced free
swinging leaves around a 48” diameter ring. Hinged side allows
access to gage. Two feet high.
1001-044
Wind Screen
45 lbs.
Tipping Bucket Rain Gage - Model 3520
The Model 3520 is a 12” (305 mm) diameter
tipping bucket rain gage that is often preferred for
use with ALERT flood warning systems. The 12”
(305 mm) receiver also gives better sensitivity for
areas with low rates of precipitation than the standard 8” dia. The bucket tips each 0.01” or 1.0 mm
of precipitation as specified.
Specifications:
Receiver
12" (305 mm) diameter with machined aluminum rim
Sensitivity
One tip at 1.0 mm or .01 in.
Measuring range
0-700 mm/hr
Measuring accuracy
± 2% 25-500 mm/hr
Sensor
Tipping bucket
Contact system
Dual reed switch (make contact)
Contact capacity
12VA (0.5 amp max)
Contact time
0.1 second
Height
505 mm
Weight
12.3 lbs.
1001-050
12” Tipping Bucket Rain Gage
17.6 lbs.
Connects to any standard tipping-bucket rain
gage. Record detailed rainfall history to determine
quantity, duration, time and intensity. The HOBO
Event is a powerful datalogger that replaces standard counter-type displays which are limited to
collecting only cumulative data. The sealed, waterproof case can even be mounted inside the rain
gage.
The Event records momentary closures/openings such as those generated
by tipping-bucket rain gages. These
“events” are recorded with a time stamp
that can be viewed as tabular data or
exported into spreadsheets to produce
detailed graphs. Point-and-click Boxcar®
software is used to launch the logger and
Record and export time
to download and read-out data.
stamped data directly to
The Event stores up to 2,000 counts
spreadsheets.
in nonvolatile EEPROM memory for up to
20”/2m of rainfall when used with 0.01”/1mm collectors. Replaceable
battery provides one year of continuous use. Comes with a 6 foot
cable lead. Boxcar software for Windows sold separately.
1001-056
1001-057
Event Logger
Boxcar Software for Windows
0.5 lbs.
0.3 lbs.
Rain and Snow Gage Conversion - Model 3505
The Model 3505 Rain and Snow Gage
Conversion allows a standard non-heated 8” or
12” tipping bucket rain gage to be converted to
a year-round precipitation gage. This is an inexpensive alternative to heated or weighing precipitation gages.
The 3505 uses antifreeze, requires no
power, and avoids problems associated with
heated and weighing precipitation gages. The
unit consists of an antifreeze reservoir, overflow
tube, and 8” diameter catch tube. Converting
your existing rain gage is easy:
1. Insert the antifreeze reservoir into the
funnel of your existing tipping bucket
rain gage.
2. Fill the reservoir with 2.5 gallons of
antifreeze.
3. Insert the catch tube into the top of the
antifreeze reservoir.
The 3505’s operating principle is similar to
other precipitation gages that use antifreeze.
Snow captured in the catch tube slowly dissolves
in the antifreeze mixture, increasing the level in
the antifreeze reservoir. In standard weighing
precipitation gages, the change in volume corresponds to the change in weight. As the level
increases in the 3505, the overflowing mixture of
antifreeze and water flows through a tube to the rain gage’s funnel
where it is measured by the tipping bucket mechanism. The recommended antifreeze is a 1:1 mixture of propylene glycol to ethanol
(PGE). PGE is a less toxic substitute for glycometh (ethylene glycol
and methanol), historically used as the antifreeze for precipitation
gages.
1001-063
1001-064
Rain/Snow Gage Conversion
PGE Antifreeze, 1 Gallon
8 lbs.
10 lbs.
206
Rain Gages
Forest Service Type Rain Gage
Plastic Rain Gage
This rain gage complies with U.S.
Forest Service specifications. This aluminum
rain gage includes a removable funnel, a
calibrated measuring tube, a measuring stick
graduated to 0.01” and a 6” overflow can.
The measuring tube holds exactly 0.5”; total
gage capacity is 7”. The measuring stick is
also available in a metric version which measures up to 13.2 cm in 2 mm increments.
To measure water received from snow,
remove the funnel and catch snow directly
in the overflow can. Melt snow and put into
the measuring tube to measure. Its dimensions are 8.25” dia. x 11” H.
The Plastic Rain Gage is made of clear tough
butyrate and measures up to 11 inches (280 mm) of
precipitation. The internal measuring tube, with a
capacity of 1.00 inch, is graduated to 0.01 inch or 0.2
mm. Precipitation greater than 1.00 inch overflows into
the outer cylinder and is measured by pouring into the
measuring tube. The receiving funnel and measuring
tube are removed for collection of snow. A sturdy, rustproof mounting bracket is included. Orifice is 4 inches
in diameter (102 mm). Gage height is 14 inches (356
mm).
1001-069
1001-070
1001-071
Forest Service Rain Gage
Replacement Inch Measuring Stick
Metric Measuring Stick
1001-090
1001-091
4 lbs.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
NWS Type Rain and Snow Gage
The NWS Type Rain and Snow Gage is an
all aluminum rain and snow gage with a total
capacity of 20” of rainfall. The upper portion of
the funnel is cylindrical in shape and is turned to
a sharp edge. Rainwater falling into the funnel is
delivered to the receiver in a 10 to 1 ratio so that
1” of rainfall delivers 10” of water to the receiver.
Gage can be read to 0.01” with a 2” capacity in
the receiver and any excess overflows into the
outer chamber where it is also measured.
To use as a snow gage, the receiver and
funnel is removed to directly measure snowfall.
Includes a measuring stick with English and metric units and a tripod is sold separately. The orifice is 8”; capacity: 20”; size: 8” x 27” and resolution: 0.01” (0.25mm)
1001-077
1001-078
1001-079
1001-044
Rain and Snow Gage
Tripod Support
Measuring Stick
Wind Screen
8 lbs.
10 lbs.
1 lb.
45 lbs.
Fence Post Rain Gage
The Fence Post Rain Gage is a wedge-shaped gage
that measures up to 6 inches (150 mm) of rainfall. An
English scale is provided on one face, with a metric
scale on the other face. Graduations are permanently
molded in durable, weather-resistant plastic. The minimum graduations are 0.01 inch (or 0.1 mm). An aluminum bracket with screws is included for mounting
the gage on a wooden support. Gage length is 13.5
inches (343 mm). The orifice is 2.5 x 2.25 inches (64 x
57 mm).
1001-085
Fence Post Rain Gage
207
4 lbs.
4 lbs.
Field Calibration Unit for Tipping Bucket Gage Model 3514
In response to hydrologists
requests for a device to calibrate
8” (203 mm) Tipping Bucket
Gages in the field, Rickly
Hydrological has developed a
Field Calibration Unit. It is a light,
portable device that allows the
hydrologist to perform calibration tests effectively. The advantage of using a Field Calibration
Unit is that Tipping Bucket Gages
can remain fixed in their location
and are therefore only out of service for a very short period of
time.
To calibrate a rain gage, the Field Calibration Unit nozzle is
unscrewed from the cylinder, which is in turn filled with water to the
very top. The nozzle is then screwed back on the cylinder and placed
through the holding plate which sits on the catch of any Tipping
Bucket Gage.
When the tap on the Field Calibration Unit is closed, the air is
entrapped in the cylinder. When the tap is turned, a vacuum is created and the water is released down through the nozzle and into the
Tipping Bucket Gage. A preset volume (653 ml) water will discharge
through the Tipping Bucket Gage. This process is to be repeated a
second time for accurate calibration. Calibration conforms to ISO
7309 specifications.
1001-097
1001-099
1001-100
1001-101
1001-102
1001-103
1001-104
2 lbs.
Plastic Rain Gage, English
Plastic Rain Gage, Metric
Field Calibration Unit with 100 mm/hr
Discharge Nozzle
Field Calibration Kit c/w 50, 100, 200,
300 & 500 mm/hr. Nozzles
50 mm Nozzle
100 mm Nozzle
200 mm Nozzle
300 mm Nozzle
500 mm Nozzle
2 lbs.
2 lbs.
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
Thermometers
Double Calibration Unit for Tipping Bucket GagesModel 3512
The Model 3512 Calibration Unit is a
laboratory device that when connected to
a water supply, will discharge a pre-set volume (653 ml) of water through one or two
Tipping Bucket Gages and display the
number of tips. International Standards
Performance Specifications have been set
for the 200 mm and 8” (203 mm) standard tipping bucket gages.
The outer enclosure of the tipping
bucket gage is removed before being
placed on the mounting table. While
observing the level on the gage, the leveling knobs are adjusted underneath the mounting table to level the
rain gage.
The siphon is then removed from the enclosure of the tipping
bucket rain gage and cleaned thoroughly. And then is screwed directly into the siphon coupling on the calibration stand.
Calibration is started by turning on outlet valve and recording
the number of tips after all the water is drained from the container.
The gage is then adjusted to achieve the correct number of tips
in accordance with the gages calibration specifications. This process is
repeated for various nozzle sizes and a minimum of three runs is recommended for each nozzle.
1001-110
Double Calibration Unit
Minimum-Maximum Thermometer Sets
The Models 4420 and 4421 Minimum-Maximum Thermometer
Sets are standard U.S. National Weather Service thermometer sets for
obtaining daily maximum and minimum temperatures. Each set
includes two thermometers and a stainless steel Townsend support,
which holds the thermometers in the correct operation position and
facilitates resetting. The maximum thermometer is mercury-filled and
uses a bore construction to maintain the reading at the highest temperature reached. The alcohol-filled minimum thermometer utilizes a
glass index to mark the minimum temperature. Each thermometer is
mounted on a stainless steel back. Both Fahrenheit and Celsius sets
are available.
4420 Minimum-Maximum Thermometer Set, ºF, including
Townsend support.
4421 Minimum-Maximum Thermometer Set, ºC, including
Townsend support.
Specifications:
Range:
Model 4420 -50º to 120º F minimum, -40º F to +130º F maximum
140 lbs.
Model 4421 -45º to +50ºC minimum, -30º to +55ºC maximum
Standard Mercury Thermometers
The Standard Mercury Thermometer is 10.5 inches long and is
mounted on a stainless steel back. Two models are available: the
model 4410 with a range of -40º to +130º F and the model 4411
with a range of -40º to +55ºC. Accuracy is ± 0.15ºF above freezing. A
stainless steel support is available to mount the thermometer the
proper distance from a wall.
1001-116
1001-117
1001-118
Model 4410 Thermometer ºF
Model 4411 Thermometer ºC
Mounting Support
0.2 lb.
0.2 lb.
0.5 lb.
Thermometer Shelter
This shelter is designed to house a U-tube
minimum/maximum thermometer or a standard
thermometer. Constructed of white panels with
louvered front and sides and lock. The bottom
panel has holes to increase natural ventilation.
Inside dimensions: 9”W x 11 1/2”D x 18 3/4”H.
1002-033
Thermometer Shelter
23 lbs.
Graduations:
0.5º C, 1º F
Accuracy:
±0.2º C above 0º C
Size (thermometer):
10.5" L x 1" W (267 X 25 mm)
1001-123
1001-124
1001-125
1001-126
1001-127
Model 4420 ºF Min-Max Set
Model 4421 ºC Min-Max Set
Spare Max. Thermometer
Spare Min. Thermometer
Townsend Support only
4 lbs.
4 lbs.
0.5 lb.
0.5 lb.
1.3 lbs.
Floating and Submersible Thermometers
Floating and Submersible Thermometers, Models
4490 and 4491, are designed to measure the minimum and maximum temperatures of water in an evaporation pan. Both feature a U-tube min-max thermometer mounted on an acrylic base. A built-in radiation shield protects the thermometer against direct
sunlight. The floating models include acrylic floats,
while the submersible models have stainless steel hardware to attach to the side of the evaporation pan. One
of two measuring ranges can be selected: -10º to +60º
C or +20º to +125º F.
Specifications:
Type:
U-tube minimum-maximum
Range:
-10º to +60º C or +20º to +125º F
Size: Floating
10.5" L x 6" W x 1" H (267 x 152 x 25 mm)
Submersible
1001-133
1001-134
1001-135
1001-136
Model
Model
Model
Model
9" L x 2" W x 11" H (229 x 51 x 279 mm)
4490
4490
4491
4491
Floating Min-Max, º F
Floating Min-Max, º C
Submersible Min-Max, º F
Submersible Min-Max, º C
3
3
5
5
208
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
Evaporation Station
National Weather Service Type Instrument Shelter
Evaporation Station - Model 3590
Standard National Weather
Service type instrument shelters are
used outdoors where protection from
sun, wind and precipitation is
required. The NWS Shelter houses several recording meteorological instruments and thermometers; and sensor
probes can be mounted on a board,
mounted inside the box. They are
constructed of pine, painted with
three coats of white latex paint,
Louvered on all sides, and vented
through the bottom to provide ambient conditions inside while excluding
radiation and precipitation. A double
roof provides added protection
against direct solar radiation. Inside
dimensions: 30” W x 20”D x 32”H.
The Model 3590
Evaporation Station is a standard U.S. National Weather
Service Class A Station used to
measure the amount of water
lost each day through evaporation.
There are two commonly
used procedures for making
these measurements. In both,
a pan 10 inches deep and
47.5 inches in diameter is
used to hold the water. This
U.S. Class A pan is normally
installed on a wooden platform set on the ground in a grassy location.
One method for measuring evaporation loss is to use a graduated hook gage set on a stillwell to determine the water level in the
pan. The hook gage is adjusted until the point just breaks the water
surface, and a reading is taken from the attached scale.
The second method uses a stillwell with a fixed point. Each time
a measurement is taken, the pan is refilled to the level of the point
using a calibrated graduate. The graduate has a surface area of 1/100
that of the pan so that the amount of water added is the equivalent
evaporation.
The choice between these alternatives is generally made on a
practical basis, such as the availability of daily replacement water.
The amount of evaporation is a function of temperature, humidity, wind and other ambient conditions. In order to relate the evaporation to current or expected conditions, the maximum and minimum
temperatures of the water and the amount of air passage are normally recorded along with the evaporation.
A bird guard constructed of wire mesh on a cylindrical frame is
used when evaporation measurements may be affected by birds or
animals having access to the water in the pan. The Evaporation
Station includes evaporation pan, hook gage, stillwell, submersible
min/max thermometer, cable and totalizing anemometer and necessary hardware for installation. Specify English or metric units.
1002-025
1002-026
1002-027
Shelter with 48” metal legs, all hardware
Shelter with 60” metal legs, all hardware
Shelter without legs
83 lbs.
90 lbs.
68 lbs.
Handheld Thermohygrometer
Temperature and relative humidity are
easily read with this handheld unit.
Designed for simple operation, the Hanna
Thermohygrometer features a single display
and separate keys to display either temperature (ºC or ºF) or relative humidity. Each
unit is factory calibrated against NIST standards to be accurate to within ±2% relative
humidity and ±1ºF (±0.4ºC).
The temperature range is 32º to 140ºF
(0 to 60ºC) and the humidity range is10%95%. Powered by one 9V battery that is
included.
Specifications:
1002-039
206-022
HI 93640 Thermohygrometer
Repl. 9V Battery
1 lb.
0.8 lb.
Thermohygrometer with Probe
This Hanna Thermohydrometer features a
detachable probe with 7 ft. cable for remote
monitoring. It is a fast response meter that
measures relative humidity changes in less
than 30 seconds and temperature changes in
less than 15 seconds. The detachable probe
is housed in a rugged ABS cylinder with a
thin-film polymer humidity sensor, temperature sensor and signal amplifier.
Temperature Range: 32º to 140ºF (0 to
60ºC), ±1ºF (±0.4ºC) accuracy. Humidity
Range: 10% to 95%, ±2% accuracy. Powered
by one 9V battery, included.
1002-045
206-022
HI 8564 Thermohygrometer
Repl. 9V Battery
209
Evaporation pan
Stainless steel, 10" deep by 47.5" dia. (254 x 1206 mm)
Hook Gauge
3" span with 0.1" graduations, 7" x 5.25" D or 0.1 cm grad.
Stillwell
Stainless steel 4" dia. x 9"H (102 x 229 mm)
Submersible Min/Max
Range 20-125º F, U-tube shaped with magnetic reset,
Thermometer
9" L x 2" W x 11" H or -10º to 60ºC
Totalizing Anemometer
Features a 6 digit mechanical counter for determining average
wind speed and total air passage. Anemometer resolution
0.1 mile or 0.1 km. Features 3 polycarbonate cups
(4" diameter), overall size is 12" D x 16" H.
1002-001
1.5 lbs.
0.8 lb.
1002-006
1002-007
1002-008
1002-009
1002-010
1002-011
1002-012
1002-013
Evaporation Station, complete
Replacement Components
Evaporation pan
Hook Gage
Stillwell
Sub. Min/Max Thermometer
Totalizing Anemometer, miles
Totalizing Anemometer, km
Birdguard
Pan Platform
125 lbs.
80 lbs.
3 lbs.
10 lbs.
5 lbs.
9 lbs.
9 lbs.
46 lbs.
50 lbs.
Weather Station
Automatic Weather Station - Aquamet Model 3500
Aquamet Weather Sensors
Datalogging, Telemetry, Real-Time Display, Graphs, Charts,
Reports
The Aquamet 3500 is a fully integrated, easy-to-use computer based
weather station for monitoring and
reporting all the weather conditions you
need to watch, including:
• Wind Speed
• Wind Direction
• Air Temperature (with sun shield)
• Barometric Pressure
• Humidity
• Solar Radiation
• Precipitation
Starting with the Aqualog 3100
Data Collection Platform (DCP), which is
a durable, powerful data logging and
recording unit enclosed in a sturdy
weather-proof NEMA 4X case, the
Aquamet 3500 offers state-of-the art
technology for continuous logging, storing, retrieving and integral LCD display
of weather information. The standard
Aqualog 3100 using the CR-10X analog
input has 12 channels (0-5 VDC or 4-20
ma output) and 2 counter channels.
Weather data can be easily accessed either through a real-time
report or through a log of historical data. You can also collect and
save the highs, lows and averages. With the built-in clock and calendar you have continuous automatic time/date information and all the
data you collect can easily be transferred to a disk file for future analysis and storage, and imported into any standard spreadsheet program.
The Aquamet Weather Sensors are high quality, rugged sensors
for monitoring, alarming and reporting. Each sensor has a high level
4-20 mA output for easy interface to process control systems, telemetry, dataloggers, or displays. Each sensor is loop-powered by 10-36
VDC and comes with 25 foot cable, standard.
(Extra cable to 100 feet optional) Sensor electronics are fully
encapsulated in marine grade epoxy for complete environmental protection and long operating life.
Programmability
The Aquamet 3500 with Aqualog 3100 DCP is easily programmed with the menu driven software. Program features include
downloading time and date to the logger, specifying which channels
to record; warm-up time; and recording interval. In addition, max,
min and average can be recorded, and sensors can also be set up to
read in any engineering unit. Advanced features include: setting the
“zero” and “span” for each sensor and providing curve fitting for linearizing sensors or for calculating flow automatically from depth data.
True exponential datalogging is also provided.
Software
The Aquamet 3500 software provides you with a powerful tool
for communicating with the logger, using a friendly menu
driven/multiple choice format. You can download set up parameters,
including site number and name. You can also observe all sensors in
real-time, in engineering units on the Monitor mode. In addition, you
can collect stored data and produce tabular and graphical reports,
and you can transfer files to all common spreadsheets and databases,
including Lotus 1-2-3, Excel or Dbase. This software is easy to learn
and easy to use. A complete manual is provided.
Wind Speed and Direction
The Aquamet Weather Station comes with a Wind Speed and
Direction Sensor, for monitoring wind speed and wind direction
under even the most severe weather conditions.
The Wind Speed Sensor measures wind speeds of up to 110
mph (58 m/s), with a 3-cup anemometer which has a very low
threshold and high response to changes in wind speed. The unit is
durable and rugged, constructed of high-impact materials.
Wind Direction is measured with a wind vane connected to a
potentiometer which converts to high level output with almost infinite resolution.
Wind Speed - Model 3520
• Type: 3-Cup anemometer
• Range: 0 to 58 m/s.,
(110 mph)
• Threshold: <0.5 m/s 1.11 mph)
• Accuracy: <10 m/s = ±0.25 m/s;
>10 m/s ±2%
• Resolution: 0.2 m/s (0.4 mph)
1002-076
Model 3520 Anemometer
2.5 lbs.
Wind Direction - Model 3525
•
•
•
•
Type: Wind Vane with potentiometer
Range: 0 to 359 degrees
Threshold: <0.5 m/s
Accuracy: ±3%
1002-082
Model 3525 Wind Vane
2 lbs.
Telemetry Option
The Aquamet 3500 is fully compatible with telemetry for collecting data remotely via telephone, cellular telephone, VHF/VMF radio
for alert stations or GOES satellite.
210
Weather Station Sensors
Temperature and Humidity
Barometric Pressure
The humidity sensing element is composed of a
solid state capacitive element with linear amplitive element whose output changes with changes in the
humidity. The Temperature Probe has a sensor with a
precision RTD calibrated to U.S. National Standards.
The highly-accurate
Atmospheric/Barometric Pressure
Sensor can be used for precise
barometric pressure readings.
Manufactured under the latest
micro technologies, the sensor is fully temperature compensated to
give an operating range of 0 degrees to 65 degrees C.
Radiation Shield
In addition, a ventilated sun shield with high
reflectiveness, low heat retention and low thermoconductivity is provided.
Barometric Pressure Sensor - Model 3560
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Temperature- Model 3530
•
•
•
•
Type: Precision RTD with self-aspirated Radiation Shield
Range: -50ºC to +60ºC
Accuracy: ±0.5º ( -30 to 45º C)
Resolution: 0.5ºC
1002-088
Model 3530 Thermocouple
3 lbs.
Relative Humidity - Model 3540
•
•
•
•
•
Model 3540 Humidity Sensor
2 lbs.
Solar Radiation
The Precision Pyranometer to measure solar radiation comes with a bubble
level and leveling screws, and mounting
hardware.
Solar Radiation Sensor- Model 3550
•
•
•
•
•
•
Accuracy: ±3%
Sensitivity: Typically 30 µA per 1000 W m-2
Stability: <±2% change over a 1 year period
Response Time: 3 sec.
Azimuth: <±1% error over 360º at 45º elevation
Detector: High stability silicon photovoltaic detector (blue
enhanced)
• Spectral Range: 0.3-60 micron
1002-100
Model 3550 Radiation Sensor
1.5 lbs.
2 lbs.
• 10 ft and 20 ft. freestanding, 30 ft., Guyed
• Extra Heavy Duty 1.25 inch Steel Tubing
The 3570 Tower is designed to be guyed at 25
feet with 30 feet above the ground and three feet
below the ground. The tower has a 12 foot equilateral
triangular design with each leg of the tower made
from extra heavy duty 1.25 inch steel tubing. The
cross-bracing is the “zig-zag” design using a continuous steel rod, electrically-welded to the side rails every
15 inches for maximum stability. The tower contains
three 10 foot sections joined by the double-bolted
technique which is proven to be unequaled in sturdiness and dependability.
1002-135
1002-136
1002-137
1002-138
1002-139
3570 - 10 ft. Universal
Universal Tower Ground Kit
Universal Tower Guy Kit
80 lbs.
150 lbs.
230 lbs.
12 lbs.
14 lbs.
Model 3572 Tower
• Up to 20 feet (6 m) Free-Standing
• Rugged Aluminum Construction
• Sensors Mount on Top or Inside
Frame for Protection from
Animals
The 3572 Tower is designed to be
free-standing at 20 feet above the
ground. This tower has a six-foot equilateral triangular body with extendible legs,
and is made out of high quality aluminum pipe. In addition to its unique
body design and rugged construction,
the 3572 tower uses a wide base making
it an extremely stable tower. All sensors
and equipment mount on top or inside
the tower allowing added protection
from large range animals. The tower may also be bolted down for
extra stability.
1002-145
211
Model 3560 Barometric Sensor
Model 3570 Universal Tower
Type: Capacitance Sensor
Operating Range: 0 to 100% RH
Accuracy: ±2% with ±1% stability/yr.
Operating Temperature: -10º to 65ºC
Resolution: 1%
1002-094
1002-110
Range: 600 mb to 1100 mb
Output: 4-20 MA
Accuracy: ±1mb
Linearity/Hysteresis: ±0.1%
Operating Temperature: -40º C to 60º C
Size: 2” x 3” x 1”
Resolution: 1 mb
3572 - 20 ft. Semi-permanent
210 lbs.
Weather Station Towers
Model 3574 Tripod
Aqualog DCP - Model 3100
• 20 ft., Portable
• Lightweight, Adjustable
The Model 3574 portable 20 foot aluminum tower is designed for easy handling
and quick assembly. The tripod tower is lightweight - only 66 pounds. It is equipped to
mount a full complement of sensors and the
Aqualog 3100 data collection platforms. This
entire portable met station can be set up in 45
minutes. Base leg lengths are adjustable for
installations on uneven terrain.
1002-155
3574 - 20 ft Portable
80 lbs.
Model 3576 Tripod
• 6 ft., Portable
• 10 ft., Portable
• Weighs 12.5 lbs.
• Set-Up Time is 10 Minutes
The 3576 Tower is a 12.5 lb.
portable tower for temporary or quick
deployment applications. This 6 or 10 foot
tripod tower allows each leg to be staked
to the ground for added stability. The collapsed dimensions are 68” long with a 9”
diameter.
1002-165
1002-168
3576 - 6 ft. (2 m) Tripod
3576 - 10 ft. (3 m) Tripod
15 lbs.
18 lbs.
Model 3578 Standpipe
• 10 ft. (3 m) Standpipe
• Protects Sensitive Electrical Equipment
The Model 3578 Standpipe Tower is a 10
foot aluminum tower for use with the ALERT
Flood Warning System or Aquamet 3500
Weather Station. Simple and strong, the 12 inch
diameter pipe offers little wind resistance and
serves as protection to electrically sensitive system components. Additionally, the 3578 provides elevation for a system antenna, tipping
bucket and other sensor options keeping the
equipment out of reach of vandals and animals
as well as providing increased measurement
accuracy. The bulk of the tower is empty and
random gunshots are not likely to cause serious
damage.
The standpipe is installed vertically in a prepared hole approximately two feet below the ground level. Concrete
is required around the base of the tower only if the soil is loose or
sandy. When no concrete is used, the hole should be narrower to
minimize the amount of disturbed soil at the sides of the tower.
Equipment can be installed before or after the standpipe is erected.
1002-175
3578 - Standpipe
Data Collection Platform (DCP)
systems acquire data from various
types of sensing instruments and
periodically transmit these data to a
geostationary satellite, which then
relays the transmitted data to a data
acquisition ground station.
The Model 3100 Aqualog DCP
combines the measurement and
control capabilities of our data loggers with the broad geographic coverage afforded by GOES, ARGOS,
INSAT, SCD, GMS, Meteostat, and
ORBCOMM Telemetry. The 3100
DCP is packaged in a 16” x 18” NEMA 4 fiberglass enclosure with a
front panel display and keypad for easy data viewing and set up. The
3100 DCP can be specified with a CR510 datalogger with 4 inputs,
CR10X datalogger with 12 inputs or CR23X with 24 inputs. Each can
store a minimum 128 K (62,000) readings with on-board memory
expandable to 4 megs. With an operating temperature range of -40º
to +60º C, the 3100 DCP is a rugged reliable system even in extreme,
remote environments. The 3100 DCP includes a transmitter, GOES
antenna and mounting bracket, battery charger and solar panel. The
user needs to select the datalogger, battery size and specify coax
antenna cable length.
1002-200
1002-201
1002-202
Data Collection Platform - Aqualog DCP
6
CR10X Measurement and Control Module 2
CR23X Micrologger and base
3
without battery
1002-203
CR510 Datalogger
2
1002-204
CR10KD Keyboard/Display required for
1
CR10X and CR510
1002-205
12 Ahr Sealed Rechargeable Battery
6
and Bracket
1002-206
24 Ahr Sealed Rechargeable Battery
9
and Bracket
1002-207-(tot.ft.)Specify length of coax antenna cable in feet
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lbs.
lb.
lbs.
lbs.
Aquamet 3500 Complete Automatic Weather Station
Includes:
• Datalogger
• Software
• DCP/ Telemetry Option
• Weatherproof Enclosure
• Mounting Hardware
• Wind Speed and Wind Direction
• Temperature/Humidity with
Sunshield
• Solar Panel Charger with Battery
• Tripod/Mounting tower option
• 8” Tipping Bucket Rain Gage
• Barometric Pressure
• Solar Radiation
65 lbs.
1002-125
1002-130
Aquamet 3500 - 12 Channel
Aquamet 3500 - 24 Channel
212
Infiltrometers
Soil Water Sampling and Monitoring
Guelph Permeameter
Double Ring Infiltrometer
This is a simple,
inexpensive method
for determining permeability of soils.
The Double Ring
Infiltrometer is the
only EPA approved
instrument of its kind
available commercially.
The infiltration
rate is controlled by
the least permeable
zone in the subsurface soils. With the
Double Ring
Infiltrometer, it is easy to test several areas of a large tract to find the
infiltration rate. It also provides comparative information that is useful
for determining erosion rates, leaching and drainage efficiencies, irrigation patterns, and rainfall runoff.
The instrument consists of two concentric rings, driving plate,
with handles, for inner and outer rings. The outer ring is 24” diameter; the inner ring 12” diameter. The two rings are driven into the
ground and partially filled with water. The double ring design helps
prevent divergent flow in layered soils. The outer ring acts as a barrier
to encourage only vertical flow from the inner ring.
The water level is maintained for a specific period of time, using
the mariotte tube, depending on the type of soil and permeability
level. The volume of water needed to maintain a specified level and
the time factors are recorded. This information is converted into a
specific infiltration rate using the data sheet provided with the kit.
Each Mariotte tube includes a clamp, clamp holder, 30” long
spike rod and 12 ft. length of 1/4” tubing.
The Mariotte Tube is individually calibrated and is graduated
from 0-3000 ml in 50 ml subdivisions which are easy to read.
Basic Double Ring Infiltrometer Kit which contains double ring
infiltrometer cylinders with lid, liquid level spike, Mariotte tube, splash
guards, soil tamping tool, data sheet, pad with graph paper, and test
instruction book.
1003-001
Double Ring Infiltrometer Kit
50 lbs.
Complete Infiltrometer Kit
A complete Double Ring Infiltrometer Kit, meets all requirements
of ASTM Standard D3385. This kit contains Infiltrometer with components shown above plus a 12 lb. sledge, wood anvil block, 6 foot
steel measuring tape, shovel and trenching spade, 3” hand auger,
water pail, stopwatch and carpenter’s level.
1003-006
1003-012
1003-014
Complete Infiltrometer Kit
Spare Mariotte Tube - 3000 ml
Large Mariotte Tube - 10,000 ml
213
70 lbs.
6 lbs.
8 lbs.
The Guelph Permeameter is a
constant head permeameter that
measures in-situ hydraulic conductivity. It is a simple to operate,
portable unit that requires very little training to use. Only one person is needed to perform the test.
The method involves measuring the steady-state rate of water
recharge into unsaturated soil
from a 2” cylindrical hole, in
which a constant head of water is
maintained. Calculations are made
to determine the hydraulic conductivity, soil sorptivity and soil
matrix flux potential. Depending
on the soil type, tests can take
between 1/2 hour and 2 hours
using only 2.5 liters of water.
Erosion hydrology and slope stability can be studied. The
Permeameter is made of high
impact polycarbonate, and has a
2” dia. soil auger to test to a
depth of 15 to 75 cm (0.5 to 2.5 ft). The Kit is supplied complete
with Permeameter, tripod stand, soil auger, sizing auger, well prep
brush, vacuum test hand pump, water container, data sheets, carrying case, and instructions.
1003-100
1003-102
1003-103
1003-104
1003-106
Guelph Permeameter
Extension Kit. 31 1/2” long.
Mud Auger 2”
Sand Auger 2”
Handle Extension
38 lbs.
3 lbs.
2 lbs.
2 lbs.
1.8 lbs.
Watermark Soil Moisture Meter
The Watermark digitally monitors the
amount of available moisture in soil quickly
and easily. Simply bury the sensor to the
desired depth (the sensors are available with
either a 5 or 10 ft cable). The alligator clips on
the meter can then be connected to the
buried sensor and provides accurate readings from 0-200
Centibars/kPa from the digital display. A button on the front allows
you to dial in the soil temperature
(ºF or ºC) to ensure correct, temperature compensated results.
Bury multiple sensors at representative sites, then, using just one
meter, read each sensor individually and as frequently as necessary.
1003-110
1003-111
1003-112
Watermark Soil Meter
Soil Sensor w/ 5 ft. cable
Soil Sensor w/ 10 ft. cable
2 lbs.
1 lb.
1 lb.
Lysimeters
Soil Water Sampling and Monitoring
Irrometer Remote Sensing Tensiometer
Tensiometers and irrometers are used to monitor soil moisture
for use in hydrology studies. Monitoring soil moisture can assist in
watershed runoff studies and determining optimum irrigation rates.
Units are often left installed as a permanent station, but some are
portable and can give readings within 3 minutes at any location.
Tensiometers are the only instruments that can directly measure
“soil suction” - the force that determines moisture flow. Each instrument consists of a sealed water filled chamber equipped with a special vacuum gage and a porous tip that is installed in the ground at
desired depths. In dry soils, water is drawn out of the instrument
which creates a vacuum that registers on a gage. Irrigation reverses
this action, as water is drawn back into the instrument.
The Irrometer RSU incorporates a pressure transducer
and electronics in a potted
waterproof housing. The RSU
can be installed in the gage
port of any standard Irrometer,
thus converting the reading to
a 4-20 mA loop current signal.
It can be interfaced with a 4-20
mA loop current terminal or to
an A/D card designed to read voltage. Excitation current required is
9-24 VDC.
Model SR Irrometer
1003-024
The standard model is designed for permanent installations and is constructed of corrosion,
heat, and chemical resistant plastic for long life.
The patented sealed gage is protected from outside dust and moisture and uses a water seal to
keep the gage air free for better sensitivity. The
durable ceramic tip resists breakage and is
replaceable for longer instrument life.
A large reservoir holds a reserve supply of
water to reduce maintenance and uses a rubber
stopper to positively seal the internal chamber.
Unscrewing the lid loosens the stopper to
replace lost water from the reservoir and releases
excess air.
The Model SR Irrometer comes with a full
one year warranty and instructions. The optional
soil coring tool assures proper installation and
function by providing the proper hole diameter.
A Service Unit is required to install the
model SR Irrometer. A single service unit can be
used with any number of irrometers. The Service Unit includes hand
pump, bottle of irrometer fluid to color water for easier service and
25 monthly chart forms. Use hand pump to remove air from irrometer before installation.
Also available is a test pump unit which is the same as the standard service unit, except hand pump features a test gage for detecting any malfunctions or damage to irrometer.
1003-040
1003-041
1003-042
1003-043
1003-044
1003-045
1003-046
1003-054
1003-062
6”
12”
18”
24”
36”
Repl. Tip
Soil Coring Tool
Service Unit
Test Pump Service Unit
1 lb.
1 lb.
1 lb.
1.3 lbs.
1.3 lbs.
0.5 lb.
1.3 lbs.
1 lb.
1 lb.
Remote Sensing Unit
1.8 lbs.
Model PR Irrometer
This Irrometer is portable and designed for quick spot-checking
of several locations. The instrument features a chrome handle for easy
installations. Accurate readings take only a few minutes. Its length is
12” and it is not designed for permanent installation.
1003-032
Model PR - Portable 12”
1.3 lbs.
Ceramic Cup Lysimeter
The Ceramic Cup Lysimeter is a soil pore
water collection device designed for permanent
installation beneath the ground surface. The
lysimeter is a two line system, designed to be used
with a pressure vacuum pump. The vacuum is
pulled and the vadose water flows into the ceramic
cup. The pressure line is then used to push the
sample to the surface. The ceramic cup features
pore size of 0.446 micrometers. Two models available for shallow or deep sampling.
The Shallow Lysimeter is designed for installation down to 20 feet, while the Deep Sampling
Lysimeter is designed for installations down to 300
ft. Both Lysimeters use the same pressure/vacuum
principle; however, the deep sampling lysimeter
has a ball check valve that protects the porous
chamber from the higher pressures required to
retrieve the samples from greater depths. For very deep installations,
a compressor may be necessary to provide sufficient pressure. A second ball check valve is installed in the sample line. Lysimeters are
1.9” OD x 17.5” L.
For proper installation of the lysimeter, the following components are required:
• Ceramic cup lysimeter: shallow or deep depending on your
application.
• Polyethylene tubing: 1/4” OD comes in 100 ft. spool.
• Silica Flour: use to pack around the ceramic cup to establish
equilibrium between the soil water and ceramic cup. A 50 lb.
pail of 200 mesh silica will make about 6 gallons of slurry,
enough for one installation.
• Vacuum Pressure Pump: the hand pump is used for installations down to 50 feet. Deeper installations may require a more
powerful pump or air compressor.
• 1 1/2” Casing: one end will thread directly into the lysimeter.
Order enough casing to reach to the ground surface. Sold in 5
foot pieces that will thread together.
214
Snow Samplers
Ceramic Cup Lysimeter
(continued)
• Lysimeter Head Assembly: designed for placement on the
casing at the ground surface, it provides a neat and secure termination of the tubes from the lysimeter. A permanent vacuum/pressure gage and taps for both lines are mounted
beneath the waterproof cap.
• 1/4 Tube Groover: reusable device that helps position tubes
correctly and ensures a tight seal.
1003-070
1003-071
1003-072
1003-073
1003-074
1003-075
1003-076
1003-077
1003-078
Shallow Ceramic Cup Lysimeter
Deep Sampling Ceramic Cup Lysimeter
Repl. Ceramic Cup
Lysimeter Head Assembly
50 lb. Pail of Silica Flour
Vacuum Pressure Hand Pump
5 ft. piece of 1 1/2” PVC Casing
Tube Groover
1/4” OD Polyethylene Tubing - 100 ft.
0.5 lb.
1 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.5 lb.
50 lbs.
5.5 lbs.
5 lbs.
0.3 lb.
0.3 lb.
Pressure/Vacuum Soil Water Sampler
The
Pressure/Vacuum
Soil Sampler is an
effective and reliable method for
monitoring the
vadose zone, an
area of unsaturated soil above the
groundwater table.
Monitoring the vadose zone is an important factor in determining
ground water-surface water interactions. The pressure/vacuum sampler consists of a PVC body with a porous ceramic cup bonded to one
end and two access tubes. To collect the sample, a pressure/vacuum
pump is used to create a vacuum in the sampler. After the soil water
is collected, the hand pump is then used to pressurize the sampler
using one access tube, and forcing the sample out of the second
access tube. Nylon compression fittings are threaded into the top cap
and are used to attach lengths of polyethylene tubing for surface
access.
Installation requires a bore hold diameter of 3 to
6 inches, depending on soil conditions. Additional
accessories required are polyethylene tubing, hand
pump, neoprene tubing and pinch clamps to seal
access tubes. Silica flour may be used to surround the
ceramic cup, providing good hydraulic contact with
the soil (recommended usage is approximately 10.0
lb. per bore hole). A stainless steel coupling is also
offered to connect PVC casing to the sampler when
PVC casing is used to route the access tubes and protect them from shifts in the formation. Each sampler
measures 1.9” diameter and is 24” long.
1003-085
1003-086
1003-087
1003-088
1003-089
1003-090
1003-091
1003-092
Pressure/Vacuum Sampler
Hand Pump w/Vacuum Gage
Silica Flour - 50 lb.
Stainless Steel Coupling for Casing
Black Polyethylene Tubing
3/16” x100 ft.
Green Polyethylene Tubing
3/16” x 100 ft.
Neoprene Tubing
3/16” I.D. x 1/8” Wall
Pinch Clamps
215
0.8 lb.
5.5 lbs.
51 lbs.
2 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
0.1 lb.
0.1 lb.
Snow Measuring Equipment
Model 3600 “Federal” or Mt. Rose Snow
Sampling Tube
The Mt. Rose or
“Federal” type sampler
is a professional grade
snow sampler based on
USFS design criteria.
This set measures snow
depth and water content to determine snow
density. Sensitive spring
balance is graduated in
both equivalent inches
and centimeters of water. The sampler is made with 1 5/8” (4.13 cm)
i.d. anodized aluminum material. The sampler can be specified in
English or metric units with the standard USFS length in 30” long sections and the metric in 1 meter sections. The tubes are precision
machined to a very specific volume for accurate water equivalent
measurements. The standard sets can be ordered with up to eight
sections. The standard Federal cutter is a 16 tooth weighing 3 oz. and
is typically used for sampling up to 30 feet deep. For deeper sampling
than 30 feet or with layers of heavy ice the McCall cutter is recommended and is a heavier duty cutter weighing 6 oz.
1004-001
1004-002
1004-003
1004-004
1004-005
1004-006
1004-007
1004-008
1004-010
1004-011
1004-014
1004-015
1004-016
1004-017
1004-018
1004-019
1004-020
1004-021
1004-022
1004-023
1004-024
1004-025
1004-026
1004-027
First section tube 0-30” with cutter
Second section tube 31-60”
with 2 couplings
Third section tube 61-90”
with 2 couplings
Fourth section tube with 91-120”
with 2 couplings
Fifth section tube with 121-150”
with 2 couplings
Sixth section tube with 151-180”
with 2 couplings
Seventh section tube with 181-210”
with 2 couplings
Eighth section tube with 211-240”
with 2 couplings
Metric first section with cutter
Metric section with 2 couplings
Federal Spare cutter
McCall cutter
Spare couplings (a pair)
Drive wrench
12.5 foot scale
20 foot scale
Cradle
Spanners in sets of two
Thread protector
Carrying case (8 pockets)
Carrying case (4 pockets)
Ski wax for inside tube
30 foot scale
Thread cleaning tool
1.2 lbs.
1.2 lbs.
1.2 lbs.
1.2 lbs.
1.2 lbs.
1.2 lbs.
1.2 lbs.
1.2 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
0.2 lb.
0.3 lb.
0.2 lb.
0.1 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
1.8 lbs.
0.5 lb.
0.2 lb.
0.3 lb.
27 lbs.
23 lbs.
0.3 lb.
1.8 lbs.
0.8 lb.
Snow Surveying
Model 3610 - Adirondack Snow Sampling Tube
The Adirondack-type tube is manufactured of fiberglass with a
replaceable stainless steel 40-tooth cutter. The tube is 4 feet (1.2
meters) long, 2 5/8 inches (6.67 cm) i.d. and is marked in both
English and metric units for measuring the depth of snow pack. The
tube meets USGS standards for noncontamination when the core will
be retained for water quality analysis. Aluminum-type models should
not be used for collection of water quality samples.
The scale is marked in equivalent water depths in both English
and metric units, to a maximum of 25 inches in 1/4 inch increments
and 63.5 cm in 0.5 cm increments. The scale is interchangeable with
earlier model Adirondack tubes of the same inside diameter.
The Snow Measuring Kit includes an Adirondack-type snow tube
with cutter and matching scale with bale.
1004-033
.
Adironadack Snow Sampler
1.8 lbs.
Model 3620 - Prairie Snow Sampling Tube
The Prairie-type
Sampler is the same
design as the Adirondack
but is made with an aluminum tube. It has a 30
sq. cm. cutter.
1004-040
Prairie Snow Sampler
Wood Frame Modified Bear Paw
Frames are constructed of Northern White Ash coated with
marine varnish to ensure a long life. The lacing is made of full-grain
leather which is less likely to absorb water and includes coated bindings for maximum durability and water repellency. Binding is
designed for any type of boot or shoe.
1004-064
Wood Frame Modified Bear Paw
4.3 lbs.
Aluminum Frame Modified Bear Paw
Sturdy, lightweight aircraft aluminum tube frames are designed
for harsh use. Foot pivot rod assures easier use in all conditions.
Decking is a combination of nylon and polypropylene. Aluminum
claw heel counter and two crampons give excellent traction on any
surface. Binding is designed for any type of boot or shoe.
Snow Survey Field Notes
These are waterproof, double sided
notes for recording snow survey samples
from a snow course. The waterproofing
allows legible notetaking in any cold or wet
field conditions.
Field Notes
All Weather Pen
These snowshoes are an excellent shoe on trails, snow or deep
powder with good maneuverability in dense brush with weights up to
250 lbs. Snowshoes are available in wood and aluminum frames and
measure 10” x 36”.
2.6 lbs.
Snow Sampling Accessories
1004-046
201-107
Modified Bear Paw Snowshoes
1004-065
Aluminum Frame Modified Bear Paw
4.5 lbs.
1 lb.
0.1 lb.
Snow Survey Sampling Guide
This is an SCS publication which gives detailed information on
how to make proper snow sampling measurements, instrument use
procedures, helpful sampling tips and a density determination chart
to analyze sampling data.
1004-052
Snow Survey Sampling Guide
0.3 lb.
Snow Survey Safety Guide
This is an SCS publication which provides safety guidelines to
use when taking snow course samples. Topics include hypothermia,
blizzard type weather conditions, avalanche precautions, etc.
1004-058
Snow Survey Safety Guide
0.3 lb.
216
Snow Stations
Snow Cover Measurement Instrumentation
Ultrasonic Snow Depth Sensor
The Ultrasonic Snow Depth Sensor is an
inexpensive solution for remotely measuring
snow depth or water levels. The sensor works by
measuring the time required for an ultrasonic
pulse to travel to and from a target surface. An
integrated temperature probe with solar radiation shield, provides an air temperature measurement for properly compensating the distance measured. An embedded microcontroller
calculates a temperature compensated distance
and performs an error checking routine.
Both distance and air temperature
are output as an analog signal between 0
to 2.5 volts or 0 to 5 volts. Measurements
are also output digitally.
When coupled with a data logger,
snow level data can be recorded at regular time intervals providing good data at
a minimum expense. The data can then
be transmitted via telephone or radio
link. The sensor is easily installed using
the 1 inch NPT nipple on the back of the
sensor. It should be located in an area
where snow will not be disturbed and
Depth Sensor Beam Width Example
drifting is not likely to occur.
Specifications:
Power:
+12 to 24 VDC, 65mA (maximum sample time 1.8 sec)
Analog Output:
0 to 2.5 or 0 to 5 VDC
Digital Output:
1200 Bd serial ASCII
Range:
.5 to 10 meters (1.6 to 32.8 ft.)
Accuracy:
±1 cm or .4% distance to target
Resolution:
3 mm (.12 inches)
Temp. Range:
-45º to 50º C
Cable Length:
7.6 meters (25 ft) Max cable length: 304 m (100 ft)
Weight:
1.3 lbs.
1004-075
Ultrasonic Snow Depth Sensor
4 lbs.
Rain/Snow Station Standpipe - Model 3655
The Model 3655 Rain/Snow Station
incorporates a 12” dia. standpipe with the
upper portion having a PGE or glycometh
solution reservoir. The lower portion of
standpipe has a tipping bucket rain gage
and transmitter. The upper standpipe has a
temperature compensating overflow mechanism that adjusts to thermally generated
changes in PGE solution level and routes
melted precipitation to the tipping bucket
rain gage.
This is a self-contained system which is
powered by battery and solar panel charging. Two different standpipes are available both with access door and
four drain holes. Transmitter options can be UHF or VHF and are
detailed with the gaging station equipment.
1004-120
1004-122
1001-044
12 ft. Rain/Snow Station Standpipe
16 ft. Rain/Snow Station Standpipe
Wind Screen
217
92 lbs.
115 lbs.
45 lbs.
Snotel-Snow Pillow Stations
Snow surveyors and water managers need timely data for forecasting
and water management decisions.
They also need a way to survey particularly remote and hazardous snowpacks. Snow survey courses provide
valuable information, but the typical
schedule for manual survey results in
weeks with no specific insight into the
condition of the snowpack. In that
time, intense storms may be adding an
abnormally large amount of snow or
rain; perhaps an unreasonable warm
spell at high elevation is resulting in a
rapid melt with ensuing flood hazards.
The Snotel Remote Site Snow
Pillow Station features automatic sensing and data transmission for
real-time data. Snow pillows are used to measure the water content
in snow by weight displacement. The snow pillow is filled with a PGE
or a glycometh solution mixed to a density of 1 which is displaced
from the pillow as the weight of the snow accumulates on the pillow.
The pressure of this displacement is measured by a pressure transducer. Since the PGE or glycometh solution has the same density as
water, the pressure is directly proportional to the water content of the
snow.
The pillows are made of stainless steel,
welded construction and are airtight. These
tanks are animal and rodent proof, use one
fourth the amount of solution as alternate
types, and require much less time to install.
Four pillows should be used in parallel for
reliable operation and to minimize the possibility of ice bridging. The snow pillows are 4 ft. wide x 5 ft. long x
1/2” thick and hold 12 gallons each. Two pressure transducers
options are offered both with a ±1% full scale accuracy but different
sensitivity and range.
The basic Snotel system consists of a standpipe assembly with
precipitation gage, temperature sensor, omni antenna, transmitter,
battery with solar panel charger, pressure transducer, connecting
cables and four snow pillows. Additional sensors can be incorporated
into a particular site for measuring wind speed and direction, soil
temperature or snow depth.
1004-100
1004-102
1004-103
1004-110
Basic Snotel System
Pressure Transducer 0.1” x 2’ H2O
Pressure Transducer 0.5” x 10’ H2O
Replacement Snow Pillow
298 lbs.
1 lb.
1 lb.
53 lbs.
Testing & Calibration
Hydrological Services
Instrument Repair Services
Sensor Calibration
Rickly Hydrological provides complete repair service for all types of current meters, counters, sounding reels
and any type of hydrological instrument
both mechanical and electronic. Also
contact us for surveying instrument
repair including compasses and clinometers. Simply send your equipment to:
Rickly Hydrological Co.
Attn: Technical Services
1700 Joyce Ave.
Columbus, Ohio 43219
Include your name, address and
phone number or call us to talk to a
technician.
We also provide a complete rebuilding program where a district
will send in any quantity of wire weight gages, sounding reels, current meters, etc. and we will completely refurbish and rebuild as
many complete units as possible. Rebuilding provides you with like
new equipment at a fraction of the cost of buying new. Please contact us.
Our Hydrological Services Division offers calibration for the sensors commonly used with our data loggers and RTUs. Customers can
request calibration of:
• Air temperature sensors
• Relative humidity sensors
• Wind speed sensors
• Tipping bucket rain gages
• Barometric pressure sensors
Sensor calibration is performed with two environmental chambers that can be used for air temperature testing and a temperature
bath for water temperature testing. A wind tunnel can generate wind
speeds from 0 to 150 knots. As a manufacturer of tipping bucket rain
gages, Rickly Hydrological Co. is equipped to calibrate these sensors
also. Calibration to IS0 7309 standard.
Testing and Calibration - Tow Tank
Our Hydrological Services
Division offers instrument calibration and current meter individual
rating for the equipment manufactured by us or we can calibrate
and rate other manufacturers’
equipment.
The Towing Tank and
Carriage are used to calibrate all
types of current meters, sediment
samplers and can be used for
drag and other hydrodynamic
tests. The full depth of the tank is
3 m. of which 1.5 m is below the
ground level. Subsurface observations are possible at observation
windows in the sidewall at the
head and at the midpoint of the
tank. The meter calibrations meet
ISO standard 3455. Meters can
be calibrated by rod or cable suspension methods. The calibration
equation is computed using a linear regression spreadsheet giving
slope and intercept (offset).
Specifications:
Length 122 m, width 5 m, depth 3 m; normal water depth 2.7
m; carriage length is 3 m, width 5 m; carriage controlled speed range
0.5 to 600 cm/sec. (0.1 to 20 ft/sec) maximum speed can be maintained for 12 sec; overhead hoist capacity 1 ton.
1101-001
1101-002
1101-010
1101-011
1101-012
1101-013
1101-014
Calibration,
Calibration,
Calibration,
Calibration,
Calibration,
Air Temperature Sensor
Humidity Sensor
Wind Speed Sensor
Barometric Pressure Sensor
Tipping Bucket Rain Gage
Rating velocity table (Barel)
Rating equation calibration (Bargo)
218
Field Services
Field and Hydrologic Engineering Services
The Hydrological Services Division provides a wide range of consulting services
from installation and start up of a gaging
station, to complete operation, data collection analysis and reporting for an entire
hydromet network. Our engineers and technicians have provided services as close to
home as a long term 14 station stream gaging discharge measurement program in the
state of Ohio to US EPA and Georgia state
cableway installations for TMDL’s project,
stage measurement gaging station installations with automated modem data reporting
in New York State, acoustic velocity meter
installation and training for the USGS in South Dakota, to field work,
installations and training worldwide for countries such as Egypt,
Panama, Nepal and Korea.
Capabilities:
• Field site installations
• Stream gaging
• Stormwater runoff sampling and retrieval
• On-site sensor calibration and verification
• Periodic site inspections and maintenance
• On-site and factory training
Reservoir Surveys:
• Siltation storage depletion
• Present reservoir topography area - capacity relationships
Field Studies:
• Bridge Scour
• Riverine time of travel
• Dye diffusion and dispersion
• Calibration of flow control structures
Flood Studies:
• Flood-control projects
• Flood plain definition
• Flood warning systems
• Real-time reservoir operations
Hydrologic Studies:
• Water budgets
• Regression analysis
Basin Inventory Studies:
• Legal/expert witness
• River movement
• Ordinary high water line determination
• Sedimentation
Low Flow Studies:
• Network design
• River basin and rainfall monitoring
Water Quality Studies:
• Water quality modeling
• Urbanization effects
• Sediment sampling
Handbooks and Publications
Wetland Indicators: A Guide to Wetland
Identification, Delineation, Classification,
and Mapping
The current state of science’s role in
wetland recognition and mapping is
addressed. It’s a useful tool in understanding the current concept of wetlands and
methods for identifying, describing, classifying, and delineating wetlands in the
United States. The book’s discussion of
wetland indicators focuses on plants, soils
and other signs of wetland hydrology in
the soil or on the surface of wetlands.
Hardcover, 424 pages. Ralph W. Tiner,
1999, Lewis Publishers.
1101-020
2 lbs.
Sediment in Streams: Sources, Biological Effects,
and Control
An applied fisheries viewpoint with
a perspective of biotic integrity shows
how stream communities are damaged
by anthropogenic sediment - the most
serious pollutant of streams today. The
human sources and biological effects of
suspended and deposited sediment are
thoroughly reviewed, as well as the
methods of controlling sedimentation
by preventing or detaining erosion and
the means of removing excess sediment
from streams when control is unsuccessful. Paperback, 251 pages. T.F.
Waters, American Fisheries Society,
1995.
1101-021
Sediment in Streams
3 lbs.
Planning Hydrology for Constructed Wetlands
This book gives the practical means to
calculate water budgets and apply them to
any of ten common wetland construction
models. Also included are the runoff curve
numbers developed by the Department of
Agriculture for a wide range of landscape
conditions. Softcover, 50 pages. Dr. Gary J.
Pierce.
1101-022
219
Wetland Indicators
Planning Hydrology for Constructed Wetlands 1 lb.
Handbooks
Wetland Landscape Characterization
Field Manual of Urban Stream Restoration
This book was written to assist scientists,
engineers, technicians and other resource
managers in the evaluation of wetland boundaries and characteristics. Powerful tools - GIS,
mapping, remote sensing - are described and
demonstrated using practical applications, and
combined to yield landscape ecological data,
and ecological risk assessments. Using numerous technical methods, Wetland Landscape
Characterization shows you how to evaluate
the presence of wetlands, and the stressors,
exposures and ecological systems - streams,
lakes, terrestrial - that influence their condition. Hardcover, 224 pages. John G. Lyon, Ann Arbor Press.
This manual describes the urban stream
rehabilitation techniques: the measured instream enhancements of fisheries, habitat, and
benthos: a fluvial geomorphic analysis of
streams and the resulting effects of watershed
and stream alterations; and rural applications
of the selected stream rehabilitation techniques. For the US EPA, Illinois EPA, Illinois
State Water Survey, and for the National
Watershed Monitoring Project. 1999.
Softcover, 148 pages.
1101-023
Applied River Morphology
Wetland Landscape Characterization
3 lbs.
1101-025
1101-024
The Global Positioning System and GIS
3 lbs.
Elementary Surveying
Over 9,000 problems and answers; covers
control survey, lasers, mapping, photogrammetry, EDMs and field astronomy. Also explains
transits, state plane coordinates and different
types of surveying. Illustrated; Hardcover, 608
pages. Paul R. Wolf and Russell C Brinker.
2 lbs.
A guide for the classification, assessment and monitoring of rivers and the
applications for water resource management.
For use in:
• Watershed Management
Applications
• Ecosystem Assessment
• Cumulative Effects Analysis
• Fish Habitat Evaluation
• Non-Point Source Water Quality
• River Restoration
• Communication of River Systems
The Global Positioning System and GIS:
An Introduction
This book is new educational tool
intended as a primer for all mapping science
professionals, managers, and students. Perfect
for the classroom or as an individual selfteaching guidebook, GPS and GIS explains
how GPS/GIS works using Trimble and ESRI
products and provides both the theory and
application in a thorough, yet concise manual. The author brings his vast experience, and
over twenty years of GIS writing to you in
what is certain to become the standard introduction to the field. Hardcover, 268 pages. Michael Kennedy, Ann
Arbor Press.
Field Manual of Urban Stream Restoration
Presentation of Techniques including:
• Fundamental Principles of River Behavior
• A Hierarchical Stream Inventory
• A Classification of Natural Rivers with illustrations, data summaries and photographs depicting major stream types.
Field Techniques and Forms for:
• Stream classification reference reach
• Bank erosion prediction
• Fish habitat structure evaluation
• Sediment relations
• Hydraulics
• Channel stability evaluations
Full color, 390 pages, hardbound, 770 river images.
1101-026
1101-030
Elementary Surveying
Applied River Morphology
3 lbs.
2 lbs.
Surveying Fundamentals
Surveying fundamentals covers distance
corrections, area computation, basic leveling,
curves, computers, calculations and much
more. This book is invaluable for gaging station
site surveying basics. Illustrations. Hardcover
(6” x 9”), 381 pages. Jack C. McCormac,
Prentice Hall.
1101-052
Surveying Fundamentals
1.8 lbs.
220
Handbooks
Field Guide to Stream Classification
Field Guide for Wetland Delineation
• Designed by Dave Rosgen and
illustrated by H. Lee Silvey
• Waterproof
• 180 full color, informative pages
• Compact 6” x 9” size
• Spiral bound, hardcover
• Designed to fit into field vest
or belt pouch
• Extrapolated from
“Applied River”
• Frequency distribution for
delineative criteria data
• General description of stream
types
• Illustration of stream types
• Classification key of natural rivers
• Photographs of stream types
1101-027
Field Guide to Stream Classification
This newly reprinted, pocket-sized version
of the 1987 Corps of Engineers Wetland
Delineation manual includes information updated in 1991 and 1992 and guidance documents
to clarify use of the manual. Also information on
vegetation, soils, hydrology, data gathering and
determinations with a special section on report
writing. Laminated, waterproof, 4” x 8” with
bright orange color.
1101-029
Field Guide for Wetland
Delineation
0.5 lb.
Environmental Sampling and Analysis Laboratory
Handbook
Perfect for anyone performing procedures
in an environmental lab. Manual covers lab
techniques such as gravimetry, titrimetry, and
potentiometry. Also discusses chemical background and environmental considerations for
inorganic nonmetallic analytes, sampling techniques, EPA methodolgy, and standards and
regulatory levels. Softcover, 320 pages. M.
Csuros, 1997.
1 lb.
The Reference Reach Field Book
Designed by Luna B. Leopold, Hilton L. Silvey and David L.
Rosgen, this is a step-by-step field book
designed to collect data for channel
dimension, pattern, profile and materials
for selected stream reference reaches and
stream classification.
• 6” x 9” format
• Waterproof cover
• Rite-in-the-Rain® pages
• Sized to fit comfortably into a field
vest or belt pouch
The individual reference reach sections provide forms for:
• Site description and map
• Site photographs and notes
• Level II stream classification and
gage station summary data
• Channel cross-section and plotting
• Longitudinal profile data and
plotting
• Channel material size distribution
and plotting
1101-031 Sampling Laboratory
Handbook
3 lbs.
Compilation of EPA’s Sampling and Analysis
Methods
This book is a printed version of the
EPA’s Sampling and Analysis Methods
Database. Contains over 150 methods and
over 650 method/analyte summaries.
Compiled by EPA chemists to permit rapid
searches of sampling and analytical method
summaries. This is a reference source for
chemists, engineers, laboratories, and environmentalists. 816 pages. Edited by L. Keith,
1990.
1101-039
EPA Sampling Methods
4 lbs.
Monitor’s Guide to Aquatic Macroinvertebrates
Streamgage station data summaries
include:
• Peak flow analysis, drainage area, period of record, etc.
• Reach summaries of dimension, pattern, profile and materials
• Streamflow duration
• Forms for developing regional, hydraulic curves
A 6 page reference section of graphs, charts, data relations,
including:
• Bankfull dimensions/drainage area relations
• Bankfull discharge/drainage area relations
• Procedures for developing regional curves
• Stream classification keys
• Flow resistance data
• Field data collection procedures
• Channel morphology equations
1101-028
Reference Reach Field Book
221
1 lb.
This is a guide to the major orders of
aquatic insect larvae and crustaceans. Includes
a dichotomous key to help you identify stream
organisms and a detailed description of each
organism, including tips for proper identification. Great for stream monitoring. By Loren K.
Kellogg, 46 pages.
1101-032 Guide to Aquatic
Macroinvertebrates
0.5 lb.
Handbooks
Streambank Restoration Handbook
Applied Hydrology
This guide details restoring eroding streambanks using vegetation and flexible systems, such
as live fascines, to stabilize streambanks and
restore stream corridors. Features installation
guidelines, sample budgets, case studies and tips
for choosing the best solution for your stream. By
Kelon Firehack and Jacqueline Doherty, 111
pages.
A concise yet thorough overview of fundamental concepts, Applied Hydrology is the ideal
desk reference for anyone working with water.
Here’s in-depth coverage of processes, analysis
and design - featuring a unique, “unified”
approach to using different analytical methods.
Plus, you get hundreds of helpful examples, flow
charts, maps and data tables for fast on-the-job
problem solving.
• Hydrologic processes and measurement
• Rainfall-runoff modeling and analysis of
extreme events
• Flow routing by the dynamic wave method
• Calculating flows for storm sewers, reservoirs and flood
control works
• Assessing risk in hydrologic designs
• Selecting design storms, including probable maximum
precipitation
1101-033 Streambank Restoration
Handbook
1 lb.
Aquatic Entomology
This comprehensive illustrated guide completely details aquatic macroinvertebrates
including all major orders and families of
aquatic insects. Explains life cycles, occurrence
and habitat. Provides identification keys and
color plates. An excellent resource for stream
monitoring. By W. Patrick McCafferty, 450
pages.
1101-034 Aquatic Entomology
5 lbs.
Handbook of Hydrology
Here’s the first book in nearly 30
years to provide comprehensive coverage of the current state of hydrologic
knowledge and practice - saving you
hours of time tracking down the latest
techniques in professional journals.
Maidment’s Handbook of Hydrology
includes the contributions of more than
50 international authorities, who provide you with practical methods of solving problems in every aspect of the
field, including the increasing application of geostatistics and computer models. 1000 pages, 500 illustrations. Edited
by David R. Maidment. You’ll discover
more effective ways to:
• Mitigate the impact of floods through better urban drainage
• Assess the water supplies of cities and farming areas.
• Prevent the pollution of natural waters
• Halt the damaging effects of erosion
• Protect wildlife and preserve wetlands
• Contain and remove contaminants in waterways
1101-035
Handbook of Hydrology
1101-036
Applied Hydrology
2 lbs.
Practical Handbook for Wetland Identification and
Delineation
Written for hydrographers and
engineers, this useful handbook defines
wetlands, describes their functions, and
presents a variety of methods used to
assess their extent. Subjects discussed
include methods for identifying and
delineating wetland boundaries, evaluating wetlands, using area photography,
hydrology, chemical and biological
processes, soil surveys and plant measurements. Guidelines are provided on
how to optimize wetland delineation
and how to produce wetland reports.
Hardcover, 208 pages. By John Grimson
Lyon. Lewis Publishers, 1993.
1101-037
Practical Handbook for Wetland
Identification and Delineation
1.5 lbs.
The Water Encyclopedia
In the second edition, thousands of
facts and figures have been included in
one volume. Sections include Climate
and Precipitation, Hydrologic Elements,
Surface Water, Ground Water, Water Use,
Water Quality, Environmental Problems,
Water Resources Management, Water
Law and Treaties, Agencies, Constants,
and Conversion Factors. Hardcover, 980
pages.
4 lbs.
1101-038
The Water Encyclopedia
6 lbs.
222
Handbooks
Measurement and Computation of Streamflow
Measurement and Computation of Streamflow, Volume 1.
Measurement of Stage and Discharge. U.S. Geological Survey WaterSupply Paper, Rantz, S.E. and others, 1982. 2175 pages.
1101-040
Measurement of Streamflow
5 lbs.
Water Measurement Manual, Third
Edition, 1997, 420 pages. U. S. Dept. of the
Interior, Bureau of Reclamation.
Water Measurement
Manual
Field Guide for Collecting and Processing Stream-water Samples
for the National Water Quality Assessment Program. U. S. Geological
Survey Open-File Report 94-455. Shelton, L.R. 1994.
1101-045
Water Measurement Manual
1101-041
Field Guide for Collecting and Processing
Stream-Water Samples
2 lbs.
Field Guide for Collecting and Processing Samples of Streambed
Sediment for the Analysis of Trace Elements and Organic
Contaminants for the National Water Quality Assessment Program.
U.S. Geological Survey, Open-File Report 94-458. L.R. Shelton, and
P.D. Capel, 1994.
Field Guide for Streambed Sediment
2 lbs.
National Field Manual for the Collection of
Water-Quality Data
Stream Corridor Restoration Principles, Processes and Practices.
Federal Interagency Stream Restoration
Working Group. 1998, 547 pages.
1101-042 Stream Corridor
Restoration
3 lbs.
Field Guide for Collecting and Processing Samples
of Streambed Sediment
1101-046
Stream Corridor Restoration
Field Guide for Stream-Water Samples
5 lbs.
Rapid Bioassessment Protocols
Rapid Bioassessment Protocols for Use
In Wadeable Streams and Rivers, Second
Edition. U.S. EPA Office of Water, 1999, 204
pages.
1101-043
Rapid Bioassessment
Protocols
Field Operation and Methods
Field Operation and Methods for
Measuring the Ecological Condition of
Wadeable Streams (EMAP). Environmental
Monitoring and Assessment Program. U.S.
EPA, Office of Water. 180 pages.
1101-044
EPA Field Operation
and Methods
223
3 lbs.
3 lbs.
These standards were published to document the methods currently used by the USGS to produce the data entered into the
National Water Inventory System database. 452 pages. They are
designed to:
• Establish and communicate scientifically sound data-collection
methods.
• Encourage consistent use of field methods in order to produce
nationally comparable data.
• Provide sampling methods that, when properly applied, result
in accurate data that are reproducible within defined limits of
variability.
1101-060
National Field Manual for
for Collection of Water-Quality Data
2 lbs.
Handbooks
A Guide to the Design of Surface Water Quality
Studies
Computer-Assisted Flood Plan Hydrology and
Hydraulics
A Guide to the Design of Surface Water Quality Studies. U.S.
Geological Survey Open-File Report 93-105, U.S. Geological Survey.
R.C. Averett, L. J. Schroder. 1993.
A comprehensive reference that fully
explains the features and uses of the software programs HEC-1 and HEC-2, developed by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
to facilitate the modeling and analysis of
floodplains. The guide focuses on the
methodology of water control investigation,
with complete sections devoted to rainfallrunoff, river hydraulics, flood flow frequency, the impact of land development and
more. Best of all, actual workshop problems
are presented and solved for you using HEC1 and 2 at the end of each chapter. Daniel
H. Hoggan, 560 pages, 200 illustrations,
hardcover.
1101-047
Surface Water Quality Studies Guide
2 lbs.
Wildland Watershed Management
This new book provides both the foundations of hydrology and a detailed understand of the interactions of soil and vegetation upon water.
Divided into three sections, it covers:
water resource problems and the place of
land use in development; soil and vegetation characteristics as they affect, for example, precipitation, soil moisture movement
and storage, evaporation and transpiration,
and soil erosion; and how forest disturbance, grazing, mining, recreational activities and other impacts that affect water
resources. 436 pages, 1992. By Donald R.
Satterlund and Paul W. Adams, second edition.
1101-048
Wildland Watershed Management
1101-064
2 lbs.
This book covers the structure and function
of numerous types of wetlands. It covers tidal salt
and freshwater marshes, mangrove wetlands,
peatlands and bogs, southern deepwater
swamps, riparian wetlands and much more. The
book fully analyzes their individual hydrological
and biochemical characteristics, as well as common principles of each of the ecosystems. By
William J. Mitsch and James G. Gosselink, 560
pages, 158 illustrations.
Wetlands
2 lbs.
This book and software package provides a concise, practical guide for those
involved in studying, planning, and
designing urban stormwater management
practices. The emphasis is on engineering
calculations rather than theory. Many
facets of stormwater management are covered, from rainfall analysis and design
storm selection procedures to runoff calculations and the evaluation of wet ponds for
long-term, efficient water quality control.
The book presents broadly used conventional methods and innovative techniques
that are in line with current trends and
needs. The book also includes the Soil
Conservation Services' TR-20 computer software and a new easy-tofollow user’s guide. A. Osman Akan, hardcover, 265 pages.
Urban Stormwater Hydrology
Now there’s a quick way to answer virtually any basic hydraulics question on-site.
Hydraulics Field Manual delivers a wealth of
working tools and practical guidance on a
huge variety of hydraulics and hydrology
topics. It’s filled with helpful charts, illustrations and maps, plus formulas and measurements to help you make rapid calculations everything you need to save hours of
research and keep jobs moving. You get
instant answers when you need them most.
R. Parmley, 416 pages.
• Estimating flows in the field
• Working with pressure flows, pumps
and elevated storage
• Tracking ground water and well hydraulics
• Calculating storm water amounts under all conditions
• Calculating hydraulic quantities for weirs, flumes and orifices
• Figuring flows in all pipe sizes with friction loss tables
and related data
1101-050
Urban Stormwater Hydrology: A Guide to
Engineering Calculations
1101-061
3 lbs.
Hydraulics Field Manual
Wetlands
1101-049
Computer-Assisted Flood Plain Hydrology
and Hydraulics
Hydraulics Field Manual
2 lbs.
Spreadsheet Tools for Engineers - Excel® 2000
Includes an introduction to Excel® and
chapters on data-analysis, curve fitting, interpolation, solution of algebraic equations and
simultaneous algebraic equations, numerical
integration, economic analysis, and linear
and nonlinear optimization. B. Gottfried,
2000. 334 pages.
1101-054
Spreadsheet Tools for Engineers
2 lbs.
2 lbs.
224
Modeling Programs
A Guide to Microsoft® Excel® for Scientists and
Engineers
BrEase 3.2 Bridge Scour and Stream Stability
Computer Program
This book provides a clear, concise introduction to a range of functions that can be used for the
analysis and presentation of experimental results.
Directed specifically toward technical subjects, it
covers formulas, charts, curve fitting, user-defined
functions, modeling, numerical integration, differential equations, and report writing. B. Liengme,
1997, 210 pages.
BrEase is a tool intended to
provide a consistent, time-efficient
means for monitoring stream stability, estimation of hydraulic parameters and calculation of potential pier
scour. BrEase is currently being used
by Caltrans and the Oregon DOT
for their scour critical evaluation
programs and to estimate basic
hydraulic parameters needed to
perform scour analysis. The program automates the time-consuming process of drawing bridge diagrams and can be used to maintain
accurate records of stream crosssections at bridges. BrEase was
developed using Microsoft Excel
and incorporates over 6600 lines of Visual Basic Code. The program is
designed to be easy to use and employs a Custom Menu Bar, onscreen Buttons and over 40 dialog input boxes to simplify the input
process. The program is designed to be used in the field for quick validation of field measurements and in the office for hydraulic and
maintenance studies. BrEase can save engineers a substantial amount
of time and provide them with critical information for various engineering studies. Some of the benefits of using the program are listed
below.
• Accurately draws the bridge substructure
and superstructure accounting for up to 2
vertical curves, varying cross slopes, and
variable structural depths for arch type
structures.
• Automatically calculates terrain elevation
from simple cross section field measure
ments. This information is invaluable for
determining the amount of ground cover
over footings for scour critical determinations.
• Plots up to 10 channel cross-sections with
varying line styles and markers to allow
the engineer to quickly see historic degradation or migration of the stream.
1101-055
A Guide to Microsoft® Excel® for
Scientists and Engineers
1 lb.
GSTARS 2.1 Sediment Transport Computer Model
GSTARS 2.1 is a
numerical model developed by the US Bureau of
Reclamation for Hydraulics
and Sediment Transport
simulating alluvial rivers
with movable boundaries.
It is a steady state model
based on a one-dimensional backwater algorithm
that can compute mixed
regime flows (sub critical,
supercritical, or any combination of the two). Sediment transport
capabilities include: fractional transport, bed sorting and armoring,
over 10 sediment transport functions for sizes ranging from clay to
gravel, non-equilibrium transport, computation of channel width
changes, etc. The model can be used as a one-dimensional model, as
a semi-two-dimensional model by the use of stream tubes, or simulates changes is channel geometry in a semi-three dimensional manner. Through the use of stream tubes within an essentially one-dimensional backwater model, the intense data and computational requirements of more sophisticated two- and three-dimensional models are
eliminated with results that are consistent with more sophisticated
modeling approaches. The hydraulics computations are based on the
standard step method. Both the momentum and the energy equations are used, allowing the computation of subcritical, supercritical,
and both flow regimes simultaneously, including the simulation of
flow with hydraulic jumps. The user interacts with the model via an
interactive graphical user interface.
1102-001
GSTARS 2.1 Package
2.5 lbs.
• Easily estimates and plots the normal depth of an irregular
channel.
• Approximates the velocity distribution of flow.
• Simultaneously determines the potential pier scour depths at a
bridge for various scour conditions including migration of the
thalweg and complex pier scour.
1102-005
225
BrEase 3.2 Package
2 lbs.
Modeling Programs
TR-20 Hydrologic Analysis Model
WMS-Watershed Modeling System
The TR-20 Hydrologic Analysis Modeling Program was developed
by the NRCS (Soil Conservation Service) to assist in hydrologic evaluation of flood events for use in analysis of water resources projects. It is
a physically-based event model which computes runoff resulting from
any synthetic or natural rainstorm. Uses the widely accepted SCS
curve number for rainfall to direct runoff calculations and runoff
hydrograghs using the SCS unit hydrograph method. The program
package includes a comprehensive users guide with sample applications.
The Watershed Modeling System
(WMS) is a comprehensive modeling
environment for hydrologic analysis.
WMS provides tools for all phases of
watershed modeling including automated watershed and sub basin delineation, geometric parameter computation, hydrologic parameter computation (CN, time of concentration, rainfall depth, etc.) and result visualization.
WMS merges information obtained from terrain models and GIS with
industry standard lumped parameter hydrologic analysis models such
as HEC-1 and TR-20.
Terrain models can obtain geometric attributes such as area,
slope and run off area. Many display options are provided to aid in
modeling and understanding the drainage characteristics of terrain
surfaces.
The distinguishing difference between WMS and other applications designed for setting up hydrologic models like HEC-1 and TR-20
is its unique ability to take advantage of digital terrain for hydrologic
data development. WMS uses GIS, DEM, and TIN data sources for
model development.
1102-010
TR-20 Package
3 lbs.
HEC-1 Flood Hydrograph Model
The HEC-1 was developed by the U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers and is
designed to simulate the
surface runoff response of a
river basin to precipitation
by representing the basin as
an interconnected system of
hydrologic and hydraulic
components. The program
features hydrologic analysis
including unit hydrograph
development, loss rate methods, flood routing in reservoirs and rivers.
It includes development of design storms and flood flows under modified conditions. The design and analysis of urban storm water detention basins are included.
1102-012
HEC-1 Package
3 lbs.
HEC-2 Flood Hydraulics Model
The HEC-2 was developed by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
for water surface profiles and features open channel flow energy concepts, gradually varied flow theory, and backwater analysis methods.
The hydraulics package includes normal and special bridge methods,
floodway determination and channel improvements. Water surface
profiles include channel and overbank changes, flow through bridges,
special modeling problems, floodway determination, and channel
design.
1102-021
HEC-2 Package
3 lbs.
1102-014
WMS-Watershed Modeling System
3 lbs.
USGS Graphical Constituent Loading Analysis
System (GCLAS)
The U.S. Geological
Survey has developed a program called GCLAS (Graphical
Constituent Loading Analysis
System) to aid in the computation of daily constituent
loads transported in stream
flow. GCLAS provides a visual
environment for evaluating
the relation between
hydraulic and other covariate
time series and the constituent chemograph. GCLAS
replaces the computer program Sedcalc, which is the most recent
USGS sanctioned tool for constructing sediment chemographs and
computing suspended-sediment loads. Written in a portable language, GCLAS has an interactive graphical interface that permits easy
entry of estimated values and provides new tools to aid in making
those estimates. The use of portable language for program development imparts a degree of computer platform independence that was
difficult to obtain in the past, making implementation more straightforward within the USGS’s diverse computing environment. Some of
the improvements introduced in GCLAS include (1) the ability to
directly handle periods of zero or reverse flow, (2) the ability to analyze and apply coefficient adjustments to concentrations as a function
of time, streamflow, or both, (3) the ability to compute discharges of
constituents other than suspended sediment, (4) the ability to easily
view data related to the chemograph at different levels of detail, and
(5) the ability to readily display covariate time series data to provide
enhanced visual cues for drawing the constituent chemograph.
1102-015
GCLAS
2 lbs.
226
USGS Topo Maps
USGS Topographic Maps
Technical Data
USGS Maps are very useful in determining stream
order. Stream order is a
method of numbering streams
as part of a drainage basin
network. Stream order provides a useful indicator of the
physical and biological characteristics of streams. USGS 7
1/2 minute quadrangle maps
are best used to identify first order streams.
USGS 7 1/2 minute topo maps - order by name, location, UTM
coordinates, State plane coordinates or latitude and longitude.
1102-020
USGS Quadrangue Map
2 lbs.
USGS Topographic Maps on CD-ROM
Featuring digitized full-color topographic maps from the USGS, Terrain
Navigator creates customized maps with
the levels of magnification down to
1:12,000. Trails, landmarks and campsites
can be easily marked and saved. Elevation
profiles can easily to drawn which show
how far, how high, and how steep the terrain is. Trace a route and display its distance. Print beautiful custom maps with
your own symbols, text, and routes. Even
select the exact area you want to print even
if it overlaps multiple USGS quads.
Each of these easy-to-use CD’s contains up to 300 of the most
up-to-date contiguous maps available, in both 1:24/25,000 (7.5
minute quad) and 1:100,000 scales. Terrain Navigator lets you navigate across terrain without unfolding a map. As your cursor moves
across the maps, the spot elevation is displayed in feet or meters and
coordinates are displayed in your choice of 3 lat/long options, 4
MGRS systems, or UTM. Calculate precise distances and areas instantly with either a straight or free hand distance tool. The elevation profile tool lets you view the ups and downs of the terrain and calculates
total altitude gain and loss over the drawn distance. With Terrain
Navigator, you can annotate a map with lines, text and your choice
of 138 symbols, in 16 colors.
Terrain Navigator may be
used in conjunction with most
major makes and models of GPS
units having dataports allowing for
direct electronic transfer of coordinates.
Each map, along with any
annotations you have created, can
be printed in either color or black
and white, at your choice of scales.
Printing options also allow you to
include lat/long and UTM tic
marks along the map’s border,
captions, the map title, and marker information including the coordinate location and elevation of
each marker, as well as the distances between them. Some states
require more than one CD to hold all the information. Specify state
or region of state.
1102-030
Terrain Navigator CD-ROM
227
Sounding Reels
Max.
Cable
Sounding
Drum
Cable
Diameter Circumference Capacity
Size/Weight
Recommended
Type
Reel
Cable
(inches)
(feet)
(feet)
(lbs.)
Brake
Operation
A-Pack
Ellsworth
0.084
1
45
50
No
Manual
A-55
Ellsworth
0.084
1
90
50
No
Manual
A-55
Ellsworth
0.1
1
75
100
No
Manual
B-56
Ellsworth
0.1
1 1/2
144
150
Yes
Manual or Power
B-56
Ellsworth
0.125
1 1/2
115
200
Yes
Manual or Power
E-53
Ellsworth
0.1
2
200
150
Yes
Power
E-53
Ellsworth
0.125
2
165
300
Yes
Power
Sounding Weight Selection
To maintain sounding and suspension cables as near to the vertical as possible, an estimate of the weight required can be found using
the formula: sounding weight lbs. = velocity ft/sec. X depth ft., or
Metric m = 5vD.
Where
M is the mass of the weight
in kilograms
V is the mean velocity of flow
in meters per second
D is the depth in meters
Wading Safety Rule
Do NOT wade in flowing water when the product of depth (in
feet) and velocity (in feet per second) equals 12 or greater.
Application of this rule varies among individuals according to their
weight and stature, and to the condition of the streambed.
Maximum Capacity
Bridge Board
50 lb. Sounding Weight or Sampler
Type A Crane w/Three-Wheel Truck
Type A Crane w/Four-Wheel Truck
Type E Crane w/Four-Wheel Truck
Current Meter & Velocity-Measurement Method for Various Depths
Water Depth in feet
Use This Meter
Use This Velocity Method
2.5 and Deeper
Type AA
0.2 & 0.8
1.5 to 2.5
Type AA
0.6
0.3 to 1.5
Pygmy
0.6
0.0 to 0.3
Volumetric, Weir, Flume, Dye
Minimum Depths for Weights & Velocity-Measurement Methods
Suspension
Min. Depth (ft.) 0.6 Method
Min. Depth (ft.) 0.2 & 0.8 Method
15 C .5, 30 C .5
1.2
2.5
50 C .55
1.4
2.8
50 C .9
2.2
4.5
75 C 1.0, 100 C 1.0, 150 C 1.0
2.5
5
200 C 1.5, 300 C 1.5
3.8(1)
7.5
Note 1 - Use 0.2 method for depths 2.5-3.7 ft. with coefficient (estimated 0.88)
Technical Data
Sediment and Water Quality Sampling Equipment
Physical characteristics of US-series depth-integrating and point-integrating samplers for collecting samples of water-suspended sediment
mixtures.
Sampler
Construction
Designation
Material
Nozzle distance
Sampler Dimensions
Length (in.) Width (in.) Weight (lbs.) from bottom
(in.)
Suspension
type
Maximum
velocity
(ft/s)
Maximum
depth (ft.)
Sampler container size
pint
quart
Intake
size (in.)
Nozzle
color
DH-48
aluminum
13
3.2
4.5
3.5
rod
8.9
8.9
X
1/4
YELLOW
DH-75P
cd-plated
9.25
4.25
1.5
3.27
do.
6.6
15
X
3/16
WHITE
DH-75Q
do.
9.25
4.25
1.5
4.49
do.
6.6
15
DH-75H
do.
9.25
4.25
1.5
do.
6.6
15
DH-59
bronze
15
3.5
22
4.49
handline
5
15
DH-59
do.
15
3.5
22
4.49
do.
5
15
DH-59
do.
15
3.5
22
4.49
do.
5
9
X
DH-76
do.
17
4.5
22
3.15
do.
6.6
15
DH-76
do.
17
4.5
22
3.15
do.
6.6
15
Dh-76
do.
17
4.5
22
3.15
do.
6.6
15
DH-81
plastic
7.5
4
0.5
(2)
rod
8.9
9
(7)
DH-81
do.
7.5
4
0.5
(2)
do.
8.9
9
DH-81
do.
7.5
4
0.5
(2)
do.
8.9
9
D-49
bronze
24
5.25
62
4
cable reel
6.6
D-49
do.
24
5.25
62
4
do.
D-49
do.
24
5.25
62
4
D-74
do.
24
5.25
62
D-74
do.
24
5.25
D-74
do.
24
D-74AL
aluminum
D-74AL
D-74AL
X
3/16
WHITE
(2 liter)
3/16
WHITE
X
1/8
RED
X
3/16
RED
1/4
RED
X
1/8
RED
X
3/16
RED
X
1/4
RED
3/16
WHITE
(7)
1/4
WHITE
(7)
5/16
WHITE
15
X
1/8
GREEN
6.6
15
X
3/16
GREEN
do.
6.6
9
X
1/4
GREEN
4.06
do.
6.6
15
X
X
1/8
GREEN
62
4.06
do.
6.6
15
X
X
3/16
GREEN
5.25
62
4.06
do.
6.6
15
X
X
1/4
GREEN
24
5.25
42
4.06
do.
5.9
15
X
X
1/8
GREEN
do.
24
5.25
42
4.06
do.
5.9
15
X
X
3/16
GREEN
do.
24
5.25
42
4.06
do.
5.9
15
X
X
1/4
GREEN
D-77
bronze
29
9
75
7
do.
8
15
(3 liter)
(3 liter)
5/16
WHITE
P-61
do.
28
7.34
105
4.29
do.
6.6
180
X
X
3/16
BLUE
P-63
do.
37
9
200
5.91
do.
6.6
180
X
X
3/16
BLUE
P-72
aluminum
28
7.34
41
4.29
do.
5.3
72.2
X
X
3/16
BLUE
(2 liter)
(7) 1 Quart, 1 Liter, 2 Liter, and 3 Liter
Sampler
Designation
US D-95
Sampler
Construction
Material
Bronze (PDC) with
PN or PFA C& N
Sampler Dimensions
Length (in.)
Width (in.)
Weight (lbs.)
28.5
6
65
Distance of nozzle
from bottom, in
inches
Suspension
Method
4.5
Reel and Cable
Maximum calibrated
velocity, in feet per
Maximum
second
Depth, in feet
ND
15, 15, 14
Sampler
container size
Nozzle Intake
in liters (1)
size (2) in inches
1 (PT)
Maximum transit
rate ratio
(3),Rt/Vm
3/16, 1/4, (2)
5/16
0.2, 0.3, 0.4
Aluminum (PDC)
with PN or PFA
C&N
29
9
42
7
Cable & reel
3.3
15
3 (PT)
1/4, (2) 5/16
0.1, 0.2
D-77 BAG
Bronze (PDC with
PN or PFA C& N
29
9
75
7
Cable & reel
7.2
95, 56, 36
3 (PTB)
3/16, 1/4, 5/16
0.4, 0.4, 0.4
FB (3L)
Steel (PDC) with
PN or PFA C&N
DFS
DFS
DFS
DFS
Cable & reel
ND
95, 56, 36
3 (PTB)
3/16, 1/4, 5/16
0.4, 0.4, 0.4
FB (8L)
Steel (PDC) with
PN or PFA C&N
Cable & reel
ND
>200, 160, 100
8 (PTB)
3/16, 1/4, 5/16
0.4, 0.4, 0.4
US D-77AL
DFS
DFS
DFS
DFS
Rt, transit rate in feet per second (ft/s); Vm mean stream velocity
in the vertical being sampled, in ft/s; DH, depth integrating handheld sampler; PN, polypropylene cap and nylon nozzle; PFA, fluorocarbon polymer; C&N, cap and nozzle; PC, plastic coated; PT,
polypropylene or PFA bottle; PDC, plastic dip coated; ND, to be
determined; D, depth integrating sampler; AL, aluminum;PTB,
polypropylene bottle with plastic bag (Reynolds TM oven bag only
type tested) or PFA bag; FB, D-77 cap and nozzle with frame and
bag; L, liter; DFS, dependent on frame size; <, greater than)
228
Technical Data
(continued)
General characteristics of selected grab and core samplers.
Sampler
Sampler construction
Grab Samplers
Sampler
Penetration
Sample
Designation
material
Sampler dimensions (in.)
weight (lbs.)
Suspension
depth (in.)
Volume (cubic in.)
2Dx8L
7.5
46 inch long rod
0-8
8 x 4.5 x 22
32
Hand line or winch and cable
0-1.7
2.75 D x 3.25 W
8
56 inch long rod
0-1.75
8.5 x 7 x 22
100
Winch and cable
0-1.7
6 x 6 or 9 x 9
15-22 or 45-60
0-4
6 x 6 x 6 or 6 x 6 x 9 or 9 x 9 x
9 or 12 x 12 x 12
16-25 or 21-35 or
47-68 or 100-150
Rod, hand line, or winch and
cable
0-3 or 0-4 or 0-5 or 0-6
13.8 x 27.6 or 19.7 x 39.4
66-88 or 143 -187
Cable
0-12
USBMH-53
SS body, brasss piston
USBMH-60
Cast aluminum body, SS rotary scoop,
rubber gasket
USBMH-80
SS rotary scoop
USBM-54
Cast steel body, SS rotary scoop, rubber
gasket
Ponar (2 sizes)
SS body, zinc-plated steel weights and
neoprene flaps
Birge-Ekman (4 sizes)
SS or brass
Van Veen (2 sizes)
SS body, zinc-plated steel chain,
neoprene flaps
Application
Wadable water, loosely consolidated material less
than 0.063 mm.
Wadable to water of slow velocity (<1 ft/s) and
moderate depth; firm unconsolidated to loowely
0-10.7
consolidated material, less than 16 mm; PDC
version available; sampler must be equipped with
safety yoke.
Wadable water; unconsolidated to loosely
0-10.7
consolidated material, less than 16 mm.
Water of moderate velocity and depth; firm
unconsolidated to loosely consolidated material,
0-10.7
less than 16 mm; PDC version available, sampler
must be equipped with safety
Weight dependent; wadable to water of slow
velocity (<1 ft/s) and moderate depth;
0-146.4 or 0-500
unconsolidated to loosely consolidated material,
less than 16 mm; susceptible to loss of fines.
Wadable to water of slow velocity (<1 ft/s) and
0-216 or 0-323 or 0-729 or 0- moderate depth; soft unconsolidated material, less
1,726
than 0.25 mm; susceptible to loss of fines; must
penetrate perpendicular.
0-25
0-11 or 0-46
Wadable to water of moderate velocity and depth;
soft unconsolidated material less than 0.25 mm.
Core Samplers
Sampler
Sampler construction material
Designation
Grab Samplers
Sampler
Sampler dimensions (in.)
weight (lbs.)
Suspension
Penetration
depth (in.)
Hand
SS or SS core tubes; Lexan or SS nose
piece and SS or plastic catcher
2" I.D. 20-96 L
20-60
Handle 0-15 ft. L
0-96
Ogeechee (sand corer)
SS or SS core tubes; Lexan or SS nose
piece and SS or plastic core catcher
2 I.D. 20-96
10-60
Hand corer
0-96
Kajak-Brinkhurst (K-B0
(gravity corer)
SS, Lexan, or SS core tubes; Lexan or SS
nose piece; SS or plastic core catcher;
neoprene valve
2 I.D. 20, 30 L
15-48
0-30
Ballchek (gravity corer)
Bronze headk SS or PVC core tubes;
Lexan or SS nose piece and SS or plastic
core catcher; plastic/polyurethane valve
2-5 I.D. 30-96 L
Variable depending
on size and
construction
material
Hand line or wich and cable
0-96
Sample
Volume (cubic in.) Application
Wadable to diver application, water of slow velocity
(>1 ft/s); soft to semi-firm unconsolidated material
0-300
less than 0.25 mm; 2-inch core liners available in
plastic and SS
Wadable to diver application, water of slow velocity
(<1
ft/s) and depth soft to firm unconsolidated
0-300
material less than 0.50 mm; 2-inch core liners
available in plastic and SS.
Water with very slow velocity (<1 ft/s); loosely
0-90
consolidated material less than 0.063 mm; 2-inch
core liners available in plastic and SS.
0-750
Water with very slow velocity (<1 ft/s); loosely
consolidated material, less than 0.063 mm; core
liners available in plastic SS.
Penetration, depth, sample volume, and applications are presented in English units because equipment is constructed to English-unit specifications: 1 inch + 2.54 centimeters, 1 pound = 0.4536 kilogram, 1 foot = 0.3048 meter. D, diameter; L, length; W, width; PDC, plastic dip coated.
229
Technical Data
(continued)
Wentworth Size Classes, Grain Size Scale, and Sieve Numbers
Metric
U.S. Standard Sieves
Wentworth size class
Phi
mm
Cobble gravel
-8
256
-6
64
64
2 1/2
Pebble gravel
-5
32
32
1 1/2
-4
-3
µm
16
8
mm
µm
No.
25
1
19
3/4
16
5/8
12.5
1/2
9.5
3/8
8
5/16
6.3
1/4
5.6
Granule gravel
Very coarse sand
Coarse sand
Medium sand
Fine sand
Very fine sand
Coarse silt
-2
-1
0
1
2
3
4
4
2
1
0.5
0.25
0.125
0.063
5
31
Medium silt
6
15.6
Fine silt
7
7.8
Very fine silt
8
3.9
Clay
9
2
10
0.98
11
0.49
12
0.24
13
0.12
14
0.06
inch
3 1/2
4.75
4
4
5
3.35
6
2.8
7
2.36
8
2
10
1.7
12
1.4
14
1.18
16
1
18
850
20
710
25
600
30
500
35
425
40
355
45
300
50
250
60
212
70
180
80
150
100
125
120
106
140
90
170
75
200
63
230
53
270
45
325
38
400
230
Technical Data
(continued)
Size Range (2)
Approximate sieve mesh openings per inch
Millimeters
Class name
Microns
Very large boulders
4,096-2,048
Large boulders
Inches
Tyler screens
2,048-1,024
80-40
Medium boulders
1,024-512
40-20
Small boulders
* 512-256
20-10
Large cobbles
256-128
10-5
Small cobbles
*128-64
5-2.5
Very coarse gravel
64-32
2.5-1.3
Coarse gravel
*32-16
1.3-0.6
Medium gravel
United States standard
160-80
16-8
0.6-0.3
2 1/2
Fine gravel
8-4
0.3-0.16
5
5
Very fine gravel
*4-2
0.16-0.08
9
10
Very coarse sand
2.000-1.000
2,000-1,000
16
18
Coarse sand
*1.000-0.500
1,000-500
32
35
Medium sand
0.500-0.250
500-250
60
60
Fine sand
0.250-0.125
250-125
115
120
Very fine sand
*0.125-0.062
125-62
250
230
Coarse silt
0.062-0.031
62-31
270
Medium silt
0.031-0.016
31-16
Fine silt
0.016-0.008
16-8
Very fine silt
0.008-0.004
8-4
Coarse clay
0.004-0.0020
4-2
Medium clay
0.0020-0.0010
2-1
Fine clay
0.0010-0.0005
1-0.5
Very fine clay
0.0005-0.00024
0.5-0.24
2 Recommended sieve sizes are indicated by an asterisk (*)
Lab Sample Container, Preservation, and Hold Times for Sediments and Tissues
Type of Analysis
Minimum Maximum Size
Container Type
Preservation
Hold Time
General chemistry
200 g
P,W
Keep cool, 4ºC
72 h
EOX, Extractable Organic Hlides
50 g
G, Solv, Fc
Freeze (dry ice)
6 mo
Metals
100 g
P, W, (T)
Keep cool, 4ºC
72 h
Organic Carbon
100 g
P or G
Keep cool, 4ºC
72 h
Organics - Semivolatile
200 g
G, A, W, Solv
Freeze (dry ice)
6 mo
Sediments and Tissues
Organics - Volatile
Particle Size Analysis
PQ-8 (copper 8, copper quinolate)
Analyses with Limited Shelf Life
PH, Turbidity, Acidity, Alkalinity
Ammonia, TKN, Nitrate, Nitrite
P ortho, total, total dissolved
Bacteria
231
72
72
72
48
h
h
h
h
50 g
G, W, Solv, B
Freeze (dry ice)
14 d
100 g dry wt.
P or G
Keep cool, 4ºC
72 h
100 g
G (A), W, Solv
Freeze (dry ice)
6 mo
Legend
P= plastic
B= baked
Solv= solvent cleaned
Fc = Foil lined cap
G= glass
T= Tissue Cup
A= amber
W= wide mouth
Technical Data
Power Budget Calculations
Time Between Battery Charging
The power budget is an analysis of how much power a data collection site requires. The analysis is required to determine how long a
data recorder or a Remote Telemetry Unit (RTU) will operate from a
battery of a given capacity (Amp-hours) without recharging and what
size solar panel (or charging source) should be used to sustain the
battery.
A power budget is determined by calculating how much time a
data recorder or RTU spends in each of its operating modes and then
summing the power used in each mode. For example.
Having calculated average power consumption, it is possible to
calculate the maximum time between battery charging and the
required solar panel size. The theoretical time between battery charging is equal to the battery’s capacity divided by the average current
draw. Using the data from the above example and a 7 Amp-hour, 12
V battery gives:
(7 Amp-hour)*(1000 mA/Amp)/(19.2 mA) = 364 hours (~15
days)
In practice, a lead-acid-gel cell cannot be repeatedly 100% discharged. Therefore it is necessary to de-rate the battery by some
amount, generally 25%. In this example, 25% of 364 hours is 91
hours or a practical time between recharge of
364-91 = 273 hrs or ~11 days.
Task
Current
Percent Time
Average Current
Collecting Data
40 mA
5 sec/900 sec = 0.55% (5 seconds every 15 minutes)
0.2 mA
Quiescent
10 mA
100%
10 mA
Transmitting
3000mA
45 sec/14400 sec = 0.31% (45 sec every 4 hours)
9 mA
Total Average Current
19.2 mA
Total Average Power (I*V)
230 mW (19.2 mA*12 V)
It is best to use actual measurements, for each mode, when
establishing a power budget. Hint, once values of average power consumption have been collected, save them for reference use when
trouble shooting a system.
Solar Panel Size
In general, the size of a solar panel required to support a known
power load should be 10 times the average power requirement. In
the above example the average power draw is 230 mW. For this
power load a minimum size panel would be 2300 mW or 2.3 Watts.
A standard 5-Watt panel will be more than adequate for this system.
Common Hydraulic Conversion Factors
Unit and Symbol
Mulitpliers
Unit and Symbol
Inches per hour (in/h)
1.008
Cubic feet per second (ft/3/s)
Inches per hour (in/h)
645.3
Cubic feet per second per square mile (ft3/s/mi2)
Surface inches (in)
0.0833
Acre-feet (a-ft)
Surface inches (in)
645.3
Cubic feet per second per hour (ft3/s/h)
Surface inches (in)
26.89
Cubic feet per second per day (ft3/s/d)
Square miles (mi )
640
Acres (a)
Acres (a)
43,560
Square feet (ft2)
Square feet (ft )
144
Square inches (in2)
Cubic feet per second-days (ft3/s-d)
1.983
Acre-feet (a-ft)
Miles per hour (mi/h)
1.467
Feet per second (ft/s)
Knot (kn)
1.151
Statute miles per hour (mi/h)
Solar constant (I)
1.98
Langleys per minute (ly/min)
Langley (ly)
1
Calorie per square centimeter (cal/cm2)
Water equivalent (L)
590
Calories per gram 1(cal/g)1
2
2
Water equivalent (mm/d)
0.041
Langley per minute (ly/min)
Inches mercury (in Hg)
33.86
Millibars (mbar)
Atmosphere (at)
29.92
Inches mercury (at 0 degrees ºC) (in Hg)
Millibar (mbar)
0.02953
Inches mercury (in Hg)
Degrees Celsius (degrees ºC)
–
5/9 (degrees Fahrenheit) -32
Degrees Fahrenheit (degrees ºF)
–
9/5 (degrees Celsius) +32
Degrees Kelvin (degrees ºK)
–
Degrees Celsius +273
232
Conversion Factors
Hydraulic Conversion Factors for Converting English to Metric Units
Multiply
By
To Obtain
Multiply
Length
Inches
25.4 (exactly)
Millimeters
Feet
30.48 (exactly)
Centimeters
Miles
1.609344 (exactly)
Kilometers
Miles
Meters
Area
Square Inches
6.4516 (exactly)
Square Feet
0.092903 (exactly)
Square centimeters
Square meters
Acres
0.0040469
Square kilometers
Square miles
2.58999
Square kilometers
Yards
Volume
Feet
Pint (pt)
0.4732
Liters (l)
Cubic feet
0.0283168
Cubic meters
28.3168
Inches
Liters
Gallons (U.S.)
3.78543
Liters
Cubic yards
0.7646
Cubic meters
Acre-feet
1233.5
Cubic meters
Square miles
Mass (weight)
Ounce (oz)
28.35
Grams (g)
Tons (short) (ts)
0.9072
Metric tons ™
Pounds (avoirdupois)
0.45359237 (exactly)
Kilograms
Tons (2,000 pounds)
907.185
Kilograms
Acres
Square yards
Acceleration
Feet per second per second
0.3048
Meters per second per second
Square feet
Force/unit area
Pounds per square inch
0.070307
Kilograms per square centimeter
4.88243
Kilograms per square meter
Feet of water column (at 20º C)
2.246
Centimeters of mercury column
0.03041
Kilograms per square centimeter
Mass/Volume (density)
Pounds per cubic foot
16.0185
Kilograms per cubic meter
0.0160185
Grams per cubic centimeter
Square inches
Acre-feet
Cubic Yards
Cubic Feet
Velocity
Feet per second
30.48 (exactly)
Centimeters per second
Inches per hour
2.540 (exactly)
Centimeters per hour
Feet per year
0.3048 (exactly)
Meters per year
U.S. Gallons
Flow
Cubic feet per second
0.028317
Cubic meters per second
28.317
Liters per second
Cubic feet per minute
0.4719
Liters per second
Gallons per minute
0.06309
Liters per second
3.7854
Liters per minute
Cubic inches
Cubic feet per second
Power
Horsepower (English)
745.7
(defined 550 foot pounds per
second)
1.014
Watts
Conversion Factors
By
Length
1.60935
1,760
5,280
63,360
0.00062137
1.0936
3.28088
39.37
100
0.001
0.9144
3
36
0.3048
0.00018939
0.33333
12
0.08333
0.027778
2.54
Surface
27,878,400
3,097,600
640
259
208.71
0.404687
0.0015625
4,840
43,560
4,047
0.0002066
9
1,296
0.092903
0.11111
144
6.45163
0.0007716
0.006944
Volume
325,851
43,560
1,613.30
1,233.49
27
46,656
0.76456
1,728
7.4805
28.317
0.037037
0.000022957
231
3.78543
0.13368
0.00000307
16.3872
0.004329
0.0005787
448.8
60
3,600
86,400
723.9669
1.9835
0.9917
50
Horsepower (metric)
(defined 75 kilogram-meters per second)
40
Seepage
Cubic feet per
304.8
Liters per square meter per day
square foot per day
Feet per second
Viscosity
Dynamic viscosity
(pound second per square foot)
4.8824
Kilogram second per square meter
0.092903 (exactly)
Square meters per second
Pounds, avoirdupois
Kinematic viscosity
(square feet per second)
Kilograms
Surface Tension
Pounds per foot
1.4882
Kilograms per meter
Atmosphere, at sea level
Gas Constant
Feet per degree F
0.5486
Meters per degree Celsius
1
Degrees
(1) For all practical purposes, the Celsius and Centigrade scales
are synonymous.
233
Horsepower
38.4
0.028317
1.699
1.097
30.48
0.4536
16
7,000
1.21528
1,000
15.432
2.2046
76
29.92
33.9
14.7
60
3,600
0.01745
33,000
550
0.7457
778
To obtain
Kilometers
Yards
Feet
Inches
Miles
Yards
Feet
Inches
Centimeters
kilometers
Meters
Feet
Inches
Meters
Miles
Yards
Inches
Feet
Yards
Centimeters
Square feet
Square yards
Acres
Hectares
Square feet
Hectares
Square miles
Square yards
Square feet
Square meters
Acres
Square feet
Square inches
Square meters
Square yards
Square inches
Square centimeters
Square yards
Square feet
U.S. gallons
Cubic feet
Cubic yards
Cubic meters
Cubic feet
Cubic inches
Cubic meters
Cubic inches
U.S. gallons
Liters
Cubic yards
Acre-feet
Cubic inches
Liters
Cubic feet
Acre-feet
Cubic centimeters
U.S. gallons
Cubic feet
U.S. gallons per minute
Cubic feet per minute
Cubic feet per hour
Cubic feet per day
Acre-feet per year
Acre-feet per day
Acre-inches per hour
Miner's inch in Idaho, Kansas,
Nebraska, South Dakota, North
Dakota, New Mexico, Utah,
Washington
Miner's inch in Arizona, Montana,
Oregon, Nevada, and California
Miner's inch in Colorado
Cubic meters per second
Cubic meters per minute
Kilometers per hour
Centimeters per second
Kilograms
Ounces
Grains
Pounds, troy
Grams
Grains
Pounds, Avoirdupois
Centimeters of mercury
Inches of mercury
Feet of water
Minutes
Seconds
Radians
Foot-pounds per minute
Foot-pounds per second
Kilowatts
Foot-pounds
• 1 ft3/s
falling 8.81
feet = 1
horsepower
• 1 ft3/s
falling 10.0
feet =
1.135
horsepower
• 1 ft3/s
falling 11.0
feet = 1
horsepower
at 80 percent efficiency
• 1 ft3/s
flowing for
1 year will
cover 1
square mile
1.131 feet,
or 13.572
inches,
deep
• 1 inch
depth of
water on 1
square mile
=
2,323,200
cubic feet =
0.0737
ft3/s for 1
year
Basic Terms
Stream Gaging - Basic Terms
Discharge - The volumetric amount of water passing a point at
given time. Usually measured in cubic feet per second (CFS).
Tag Line - A measuring tape in tenths of feet stretched across a
stream perpendicular to the flow.
Transect - A cross section of the stream selected for the measurement of discharge.
Station - A single vertical measuring section of a transect.
Current Meter - Any Price AA or Pygmy type current meter.
EOW - Edge of Water
Head Stake -A permanent reference point normally set at the
high water mark of a stream; this convention is normally used by fisheries and wildlife researchers.
Whisker Hairs - The contacts found in the contact chamber
located at the top of the current meter; these contacts may either be
fine wires or a cable and ball configuration.
Penta Gear - The gear located in the contact chamber associated with the 5:1 post.
Click - Traditional terminology used to refer to the sound of each
revolution of the current meter heard in the headset.
Cosine Correction - the correction applied to the velocity vector, when the current meter is not perpendicular to the cross section.
This correction is applied to the measured velocity to obtain the
desired normal component.
Vertical - a location in the transect defined by the distance from
the head stake where a single or multiple velocity measurements can
be made.
Sediment, Aquatic and Water Quality Sampling Basic Terms
Area-weighted sample- a sample that contains an equal volume
from each unit of area sampled.
Bag samplers - samplers whose containers are bags that instantly transmit the ambient pressure to the interior of the sample container and do not have opening or closing valves.
Bottle samplers - a rigid sample container that does not instantly transmit the ambient pressure to the interior of the sample container and has neither pressure compensation nor opening and closing
valves. Point samplers use rigid bottles but have pressure compensation and opening and closing valves and are not considered bottle
samplers
Centroid (as used to designate a special case of stream-sampling
location for the equal-discharge-increment method) - the vertical in
the increment at which discharge is equal on both sides of the vertical.
Sediment Transport - sediment transport is a function of
streamflow rate and the rate and size of sediment supply. Sediment
transport usually increases logarithmically with streamflow. As a result,
the increase in sediment transport for a given increment of flow is
much higher for high streamflow rates than for low streamflow rates.
Sediment moves either in suspension within the water column as suspended load or by bouncing or rolling along the bottom as bedload.
Depth Integration - “A method of sampling at every point
throughout a given depth (the sampled depth) whereby the watersediment mixture is collected isokinetically so that the contribution
from each point is proportional to the stream velocity at the point.
This process yields a sample with properties that are discharge
weighted over the sampled depth”.
Depth-Integrated Sample - a sample collected when each vertical portion of the stream depth is represented in the sample in proportion to the desired sampling scheme.
Discharge-Weighted Sample - a sample that contains an equal
volume from each unit of discharge sampled.
Equal-width-increment (EWI) and equal-discharge-increment
(EDI) sample-collection methods - method specifically designed to
result in the collection of discharge-weighted, depth-integrated, isokinetic samples. EWI verticals are located at the midpoint of each width
increment. EDI verticals are located at the centroid, a point within
each increment at which stream discharge is equal on either side of
the vertical. When either method is used properly, the resulting samples contain the same property concentrations.
Isokinetic Sampling - a sample collected in such a way that the
water-sediment mixture moves with no change in velocity as it leaves
the ambient flow and enters the sampler intake.
Transit - to move the sampler from the stream surface to the
streambed or from the streambed to the surface.
Transit Rate - the rate at which the sampler is passed through
the water from the stream surface to the streambed or from the
streambed to the surface.
Unsampled Zone - the unsampled portion of the sampling vertical, usually assumed to be the zone from the streambed to the sampler intake. Generally, sampler intakes are 4 to 7 inches above the
streambed, depending on the kind of sampler used.
Vertical - refers to that location within the increment at which
the sampler is lowered and raised through the water column.
Invertebrate - an animal without a backbone.
Macroinvertebrates - freshwater macroinvertebrates are those
animals without backbones that are large enough to be seen without
magnification.
Phytoplankton - unicellular algae existing as single cells,
colonies, chains, or filaments that generally are transported passively
(some forms are active swimmers) by currents and turbulent mixing.
Zooplankton - the animal part of the plankton.
234
Basic Terms
Perphyton - includes the entire community of micro-organisms
that live attached to or on solid submerged surfaces, generally above
the depth of light extinction.
Benthos - bottom dwelling organisms.
Benthic Invertebrates - The invertebrate animals inhabiting the
bottom of lakes and streams and other water bodies. They are mostly
micro-organisms. Bottom-living invertebrates that are visible to the
unaided eye commonly are included with the benthos. The U. S.
Geological has adopted the U.S. Standard No. 70 sieve (210-µm
mesh opening) for retaining benthic-invertebrates collected as part of
its water-quality investigations. Nets are to be 210±2-µm mesh opening nylon or polyester monofilament screen cloth that has 35 to 44
percent open area.
Artificial Substrates - an artificial substrate is a device placed in
an aquatic ecosystem to study colonization by indigenous organisms.
Although the device may be unnatural in composition, location, or
both, most of the biological processes that occur on it appear to be
quite similar to those occurring on natural substrates.
Sediment Sample Analysis - Basic Terms
Specific Gravity - the ratio of the weight of a substance to the
weight of an equal volume of water at 4ºC.
Nominal Diameter - The nominal diameter of a particle is the
diameter of a sphere that has the same volume as the particle.
Sieve Diameter - The sieve diameter of a particle is the diameter
of a sphere equal to the length of the side of a square sieve opening
through which the given particle will just pass.
Standard Fall Velocity - The standard fall velocity of a particle is
the average rate of fall that the particle would attain if falling alone in
quiescent, distilled water of infinite extent and at a temperature of
24º C.
Standard Fall Diameter - The standard fall diameter of simple
fall diameter, of a particle is the diameter of a sphere that has a specific gravity of 2.65 and has the same standard fall velocity as the particle.
Sedimentation Diameter - The sedimentation diameter of a
particle is the diameter of a sphere that has the same specific gravity
and terminal uniform settling velocity as the given particle in the
same sedimentation fluid.
Standard Sedimentation Diameter - The standard sedimentation diameter of a particle is the diameter of a sphere that has the
same specific gravity and has the same standard fall velocity as the
give particle.
Size Distribution or Simple Distribution - when applied in relation to any of the size concepts, refers to distribution of material by
percentages of proportions by weight.
Fall Velocity and Settling Velocity - are generally terms which
may apply to any rate of fall or settling as distinguished from standard fall velocity.
235
Float-type Instrumentation - Basic Terms
Float Lag - the difference between the true water level and the
float position.
Line Shift - portion of float line passing over float pulley that
allows a weight change to affect true depth of float.
Counterweight Submergence - counterweight drops below
water level and weight change affects true depth of float.
Painting - heavy lined pen marking on a chart recorder which is
caused by continuous float motion caused by continuous movement
of the water surface at the same gage height (waves).
Stream Habitat Surveys - Basic Terms
Channel - that cross section containing the stream that is distinct from the surrounding area due to breaks in the general slope of
the land, lack of terrestrial vegetation, and changes in the composition of the substrate materials. The channel is made up of streambanks and stream bottoms.
Banks - the portion of the channel cross section that tends to
restrict lateral movement of water. The bank often has a gradient
steeper than 45º and exhibits a distinct break in slope from the
stream bottom. Also, an obvious change in substrate materials may
be a reliable delineation of the bank.
Stream Bottom - the portion of the channel cross section not
classified as bank. The bottom is usually composed of stream sediments of water-transported debris and may be covered by rooted or
clinging aquatic vegetation. In some geologic situations, the stream
bottom may consist of bedrock rather than sediments.
Flood Plain - area adjacent to the channel that is occasionally
submerged under water. Usually the flood plain is a low gradient area
well covered by various types of riparian vegetation.
Transect Line Intercept - a line determined by two points on
opposite streambanks and is useful as the location reference for the
measurement of habitat conditions. This line intercept allows for
repeated measurements at exactly the same location at different
times.
Transect Cluster - a group of transects blanketing a stream or
stream reach.
Bank to Bank Width - the distance from the top of the right
streambank along the transect line to the top of the left streambank.
The top of the bank is usually at that point where the vertical slope of
the bank sloping away from the water column changes to a horizontal slope.
Channel Gradient - the drop in water surface elevation per unit
length of channel. Usually expressed in feet per mile.
Channel Sinuosity - defined as the ratio of channel length
between two points on a channel to the straight line distance
between the same two points. The ratio can vary from 1 for straight
channels to 4 or more for strongly meandering channels.
Channel Stability - rates the channel as to whether it is stable,
aggrading, or eroding. It is an estimate of the rate the channel moves
horizontally or vertically.
Basic Terms
Stream Habitat Surveys - Basic Terms
Stream Order - a means of a method of numbering streams as
part of a drainage basin network. Tributaries that have no branches
are designated first-order streams; those that receive only first-order
streams are second-order streams; larger branches that receive only
first-order and second-order tributaries are designated third-order
streams, and so on.
Turbidity - a measure of clarity or ability of light to penetrate
water which is a measure of the collective optical properties of a
water sample that cause light to be scattered and absorbed rather
than transmitted in straight lines.
PH - a measure representing the negative base-ten logarithm of
hydrogen-ion activity of a solution, in moles per liter.
Pool Feature - is designed to classify the condition that formed
or is maintaining the pool.
Alkalinity - the capacity of solutes in an aqueous system to neutralize acid.
Riffle - are portions of the water column where water velocity is
fast, stream depths are relatively shallow, and the water surface gradient is relatively steep. Channel profile is usually straight to convex.
Acid Neutralizing Capacity (ANC) - the equivalent sum of all
bases or base-producing materials in an aqueous system that can be
titrated with a strong acid to an equivalence point.
Pool-Riffle Ratio - is the length of percent of riffle divided into
the length or percent of pool.
Reduction-oxidation Potential (as Eh) - a measure of the equilibrium potential; relative to the standard hydrogen electrode, developed at the interface between a noble metal electrode and an aqueous solution containing electroactive redox species.
Run - is that area of water column that does not form distinguishable pools, riffles, or glides, but has a rapid nonturbulent flow. A
run is usually too deep to be a riffle and too fast to be a pool.
Glide - a glide is that area of the water column that does not
form distinguishable pools, riffles, or runs because it is usually too
shallow to be a pool and too slow to be a run. This type of a water
column resembles the flow that would be found in a shallow canal.
Pocket Water - (alcoves) consist mainly of small pools behind
boulders, rubble or logs.
Sun Angle - the angle made by the arc of the sun as it intercepts the midpoint of the transect is measured with a clinometer. The
angle of the arc is easily determined by the day of the year.
Solar Radiation - total light incident on the stream and the
resulting heat load are important factors regulating biological activity
in the stream.
Embeddedness - rates the degree that the larger particles (boulder, rubble, or gravel) are surrounded or covered by fine sediment.
The rating is a measurement of how much of the surface area of the
larger size particles is covered by fine sediment.
Water Quality Terms
In Situ Measurement - made by immersing a field-measurement sensor directly in the water body, is used to determine a profile
of variability across a stream section.
Specific Electrical Conductance (conductivity) - a measure of
the electrical conductance of a substance normalized to unit length
and unit cross section at a specified temperature. The USGS reports
conductivity in microsiemens per centimeter at 25º C (µS/cm at 25º C)
Temperature - a measure of warmth or coldness of a substance
with reference to a standard value. The USGS has adopted the Celsius
(C) scale for measuring temperature.
Dissolved Oxygen - the amount of oxygen dissolved in water.
Usually measured in milligrams per liter (mg/l).
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) - a measure of the
amount of oxygen demanding decomposition and respiration
required to fully consume the organic matter in a given sample or
volume of water.
236
Index
A
B
A-55 Sounding Reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
AA Current Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
AA-MH Current Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Abney Level with Clinometer Level, Sokkia . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Abney Level, Sokkia Magnifying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Abney Level, Sokkia Topographic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
AC Inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
AC Wall Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Acid Mine Study Outfit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Acoustic Doppler Current Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
A-Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Adapter Heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Adapter, Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Adapters, Rotatable Plug-In Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Adapters, Tribrach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Adaptor for Type-A Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
ADCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Adjustable Arm Planimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Adjustable Idler Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Adjustable Target . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
ADR Float Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
AFFRA Flow Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
A-Frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
After Bite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Aircraft Cable, 3/32-inch Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Alcohol Decon Wipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Alconox Powder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Allegro Field Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Alpha Horizontal and Vertical Water Bottles . . . . . . . . . . 124
Alpha Water Bottles, Acrylic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Alpha Water Bottles, PVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Altimeter, Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Altimeter/Barometer, Thommen TX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Aluminum Quick Clamp Tripods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Aluminum Clipboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Aluminum Foil, Reynolds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
AmphibiSack Roll Top Dry Bags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
AMS
Core Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Soil Augers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Soil Sampling Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Stainless Steel Scoops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Analog Connector To Junction Box Cable . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Anemometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Antenna Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Antenna, GPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
A-Pack Reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Aqua Scope II Viewing Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Aqua Spt, Transducer and Logger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Aquacalc 5000 Flow Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Aquacalc Pro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Aquacount Current Meter Digitizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Aquaflow Probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Aquatic Dip Nets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Aquatic Sampling Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Argonaut Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Armored Thermometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Auger Kits, AMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Augers, Ice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Auto Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Automatic Stormwater Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
237
B-56 Reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
B-56 Reel, Power Conversion Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Bag, Teflon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Bags, Duffle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Bags, Riffle Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Bags, Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Bags, Whirl-Pak Sterilized Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Balance, Analytic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Balance, Ohaus Navigator Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Balance, Top Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Bank-Operated Cableways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Barometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Barometer Pressure Logger, Hobo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Base, Three-Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Basket, Artificial Substrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Batteries, Alkaline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Batteries, Gel Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Battery Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Battery Connector Cable (12-inch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Battery Recharger, Solar Powered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Battery, Lithium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
BDR 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Beakers, Graduated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Bear Paw Snowshoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Bedload Samplers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Bedload Trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Bee Bopper Wasp and Hornet Spray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Bellwether
Burets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Funnels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Belt, Flotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Belt-Clip Canteen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Beta Plus Horizontal and Vertical Water Bottles. . . . . . . . 123
Beta Plus Water Bottles, Acrylic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Beta Plus Water Bottles, PVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Beverage Cooler/Ice Chest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Biber-Sked Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Biddle Earth Resistance Tester, Null Meter . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Binoculars, Brunton Eterna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Binoculars, Brunton Lite-Tech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Bird Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Blade-Type Ice Chisel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Blocks, Steel Cableway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Board, Fish. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Boat Nets, General Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Boat Outfit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Boat Tagline Gripper/Cutter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Boat, Kayak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
BOD Bottles, Wheaton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Bolt Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Bomex
Erlenmeyer Flasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Filtering Flasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Graduated Beakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Boom Extension for Type-E Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Booster Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Boot Hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Boots, Hip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Boots, LaCrosse Monarch PVC Knee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Borger Color System Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Bottle, Kemmerer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Index
B
C
Bottle, Plastic Wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Bottle, Stainless/Teflon Kemmerer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Bottle, Van Dorn-Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Bottle, Wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Bottle, Wheaton BOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Bottom Aquatic Kick Net, Wildco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Bottom Grab, Ekman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Bottom Sampler, Wildco Hess Stream . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Bottom Withdrawal Tuble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Bound Books, Rite-In-The-Rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Boundary Markers, Flagging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Bowls, Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
BoxCar
Pro Software for Windows-Hobo/Stowaway . . . . . . 186
Bracket, Crest-Stage Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Brass Flood Mark Tablet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Brass Gaging Station Tablet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Breakaway Cable Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Bridge Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Bridge Board Boat Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Bridge Board Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Brunton
Compasses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Eclipse GPS Coordinator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Clino Master Clinometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Eterna Binoculars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Lite-Tech Binoculars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Multi-Navigator System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Nexus Avalanche Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Pocket Transits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Sight Master Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Survey Master Compass/Clinometer . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Sherpa Atmospheric Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Brushes, Scrub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Brushes, Sieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Bucket, Wildco Wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Buffer Pouches, pH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Buffer Solutions, pH Liquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Bulbs, Flashlight Repl.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
BULZ-I Hand Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Buoy, Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Burets, Bellwether . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Bushnell
Yardage Pro 800 Compact Laser Rangefinder . . . . . . 72
Yardage Pro 500 Laser Rangefinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Yardage Pro 1000 Laser Rangefinder . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
C
C-1 Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Cabinets, Desiccator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Cable Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Cable Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Cable Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Cable Cutters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Cable Driven Float Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Cable Suspension Current Meter Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Cable, 9- to 25-Pin Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Cable, 9-Pin Communications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Cable, Aircraft, 3/32-inch Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Cable, Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Cable, Battery Connector (12-inch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Cable, Junction Box to Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Cable, SDI-12 Junction Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Cable, SDI-12 Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Cable, Surveyor 4 Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Cable, Transducer, RG108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Cable, Universal Shaft Encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Cable, Y, for CR510 Data Logger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Cable., Analog Connector To Junction Box . . . . . . . . . . 180
Cable-Car Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Cable-Car Pullers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Cables, Booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Cables, Ellsworth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Cableway Anchor Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Cadweld One Shot for No. 6 AWG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Calibration Cup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Calibration Solution, ORP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Calibration Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Calibration, Tow Tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Caliper, Haglof Aluminum Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Calipers, Mitutoyo Digital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Camera, Underwater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Cameras, Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Canteen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Card Reader. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Carrying Case for Current Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Carrying Case, Otterbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Carrying Case, Pelican . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Case, Waterproof Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Cases, Pelican Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
CD-ROM Discs: Topo Maps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Chalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Charger ,Wall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Charger, Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Chart Recorder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Chartdrive, Electro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Charts for Type F Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Chemical Splash Goggles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Chest Waders, LaCrosse Breathable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Chest Waders, LaCrosse Insulator II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Chisel, Blade-Type Ice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Chrome Clad Engineer's Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Chums Safety Glasses Retainers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Churn Splitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Circuit Interrupter, Heavy Duty In-Line Ground Fault . . . . 39
Cleaner, Lens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Cleaning Pads, Kevlar Tagline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Cleaning Soap, Liqui-Nox Phosphate-Free . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Clear Polyethylene Rolls, 4 Mils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Clearvue Spectacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Clevis, Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Clinometer, Brunton Clino Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Clinometer/Compass, Brunton Survey Master . . . . . . . . . 76
Clipboard, Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Coaxial Transiant Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Cold Weather Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Color Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Color Scale, Forel-Ule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Columbus Tagline Reel with Tagline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Columbus Weight Hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Communication Cable, 9- to 25-Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Communication Cable, 9-Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Compass, Brunton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Compass, Brunton Eclipse GPS Coordinator. . . . . . . . . . . 77
Compass, Brunton Nexus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Compass, Outback Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Compass/Clinometer, Brunton Survey Master . . . . . . . . . 76
238
Index
C
D
Composite-Wastewater Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Computer Paper, Rite-In-The-Rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Computer, Allegro Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Conductivity Meter, Pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Conductivity Meter, YSI Model 85. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Conductivity Meters, Multi-Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Cone and Stand, Imhoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Cone, Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Conical Tip pH Electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Conoflow Sight-Feed Assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Container Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Containers, Metal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Containers, Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Contax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Convection Oven, Gravity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Cooler, Rubbermaid 48 Quart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Cooler, Rubbermaid Portable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Coolers, Rubermad 80-Qt. Environmental . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Copier Paper, Rite-In-The-Rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Copper Wire Stripper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Cord, Nylon Parachute/Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Core Catcher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Core Sampler AMS Split . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Core Sampler, KB (Kajak-Brinkhurst) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Core Soil Sampler, AMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Corer, Hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Cork, Crest Gage Ground, 1 pound. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Coshocton-Type Runoff Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Counter, Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Counterweight for Four-Wheel Truck. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Counterweights, Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Counting Chamber, Sedgwick-Rafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
CR-10X Conductivity Electrode Assembly, Potted . . . . . . 155
CR-10X Conductivity Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
CR-10X Data Logger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
CR-10X Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Crane, Type-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Crane, Type-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Crane, Type-E, Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Crayon/Pencil Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Crayons, Dixon Lumber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Crest Gage Ground Cork, 1 pound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Crest Stage Gaging Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Crest-Stage Gage Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Crimping Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Cross Section Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
C-Series Auto Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Cudas Safety Glasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Current Velocity Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Current-Meter Digitizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Curved Fine Point Forceps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Cut Throat Flume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Cyalume Lightstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Cylinders, Sibata Graduated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
D
D Handle 4-Arm Reels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Dabney Automated Sediment Discriminator . . . . . . . . . 100
Data Cards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Data Logger Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Data Logger, CR 10X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Data Logger, CR 23X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Data Logger, CR 510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Data Logger, Hobo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
239
Data Logger, Palm PDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Data Logger, StowAway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Data Transporter, Optic Shuttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Data-Collection Platform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Datasonde 4 Stirrer Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Datasonde 4 Water-Quality Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
DCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Decontamination Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Decontamination Wipes, Alcohol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Dekaport Cone Sample Splitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Densiometer, Spherical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Densitometer, GRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Depthmate, Depth Sounder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Desiccant Mini-Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Desiccant Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Detec Water Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
D-Frame Aquatic Kick Net, Wildco. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Digimatic Micrometer, Mitutoyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Digital Calipers, Mitutoyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Digital Conductivity/Temperature/pH Tester . . . . . . . . . 152
Digital Hand-Held Thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Digital Planimeter, Brunton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Dip Nets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Dippers, Polyethylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Direct Elevation Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Direct Reading San Francisco Level Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Discharge Measurement Expert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Discharge Measurement Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Discrete Water Samplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Dispenser, Flagging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Disposable Latex Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Disposable Nitrile Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Disposable Vinyl Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Dissolved Oxygen Meter, Hanna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Dissolved Oxygen Meter, YSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Dissolved Oxygen Water Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Dissolved-Oxygen Membranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Dissolved-Oxygen Probe Service Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Dixon Lumber Crayons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Domed Head Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Double Drum Winches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Double Palm Leather Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Drag Brake for A-55 Reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Drierite Dessiccant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Driers, Boot and Wader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Drift Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Drill, Ice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Dry Bubble Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Duct Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Duffle Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
DuraSampler Periphyton Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Dyes, Bright Dyes Water Tracing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
E
E-53 Reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Earth Auger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Earth Ground Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Earth Resistance Test Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Edge, Ice Auger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Ekman Bottom Grab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Electric Tape Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Electro Chartdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Electrode, Double-Junction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Electrodes, ORP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Index
E
F
Electro-Fishing Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Electronic Flow Meter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Ellsworth Cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Elwha Bedload Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Embeddedness Survey Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Emergency Highway Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Emergency Weather Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Enclosures, Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Enclosures, Steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Encoder Adapter Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Encoder, 436A (with Incremental Output) . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Encoder, 436A/B (with Incremental and SDI-12 Outputs) . . 164
Encoder, 436B (with SDI-12 Output) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Encoder, 436BD (with SDI-12 Output) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
End Cap Kit, Suspension Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
End Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Engineer's Conversion Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Engineer's Field Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Engineer's Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Engineer's Tape Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Engineer's Tapes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
English/Metric Power Return Tape. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Epoxy Body pH Electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Erlenmeyer Flasks, Bomex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Evaporating Dishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Evaporation Station, Manual Class A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Extendible Wading Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Extension Cords, Heavy Duty 300 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Extension Cords, Polar/Solar Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Extractor, Insect Venom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Eyeshields, Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
EZ-Reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Flashlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Flat Survey Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Float Hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Float Line and Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Float Pulley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Float Tape Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Float Wheel, Insulated, Tape-Driven. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Float Wheels, Cable Driven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Float, Copper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Floats, Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Floats, PVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Flotation Cushion, Stearns Type IV Throwable . . . . . . . . . 48
Flotation Vest, Stearns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Flow Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Flow Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Flow Probes, Aquaprobe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Flowmeter, Totalizing Plankton Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Flow-Through Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Fluid-Type Protractor for Types A and E Cranes . . . . . . . . 14
Flumes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Fluorescent Orange PVC Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Fluorescent Vest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Fluorometer, Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Foam Shipping Sleeves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Follower Brake-Type Cable-Car Puller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Foot Candle/Lux Meter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Forceps, Curved Fine Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Forceps, Straight Fine Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Forceps, Watchmaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Forel-Ule Color Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Forms, Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Frame, Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Frame-Bag Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Freeze Core Bed Material Sampler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Funnels, Bellwether . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Funnels, Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
F
Federal Snow Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Fence Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Ferrule Kit, 1/8-inch, Front/Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Fiberglass Tape, Lufkin Hi-Viz 1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Field Book, Geological . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Field Books, Metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Field Notebooks, Rite-In-The-Rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Field Publications, USGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Field Turbidimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Fieldmaster, Wildco Sampling Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Filson
Cruiser Vest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Packer Hat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Filter Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Filter Membranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Filter Papers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Filter System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Filtering Flasks, Bomex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Fingermit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
First Aid Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Fish Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Flag Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Flag, Fluorescent Highway Warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Flag, Fluorescent Mesh Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Flagging Dispenser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Flagging, Arctic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Flagging, Fluorescent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Flags, Customized Stake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Flags, Stake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Flashlight, Super SabreLite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
G
Gage House . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Gage Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Galvanized Steel Thimbles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Gammon Reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Garmin
eTrex GPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
GPS 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
GPS 12XL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
GPSIII Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Gas Buffer Orifice Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Gas Purge Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Gauge, Geotechnical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Gauge, Sand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Gauges, Stream and Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Gauging Paste, Kolor Kut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Gel Packs, Refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
General Ice Augers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Generators, Industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Geotechnical Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Gerloch Trough Runoff Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Glasses, Cudas Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Glasses, Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Gloves, Cold Weather. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Gloves, Dispoable Latex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Gloves, Dispoable Vinyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Gloves, Disposable Nitrile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
240
Index
G
H
Gloves, Double Palm Leather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Gloves, Fluorescent Orange PVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Gloves, Neoprene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Gloves, Sealskinz Waterproof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Gloves, Wells Lamont Dotted Canvas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Goggles, Chemical Splash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Goggles, Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Gott by Rubbermaid Heavy Duty Plastic Coolers . . . . . . . 53
GPS 12, Garmin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
GPS 12XL, Garmin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
GPS eTrex, Garmin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
GPS Mulit-Navigator System, Brunton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
GPS Waterproof Case, Aquapac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
GPSIII Plus, Garmin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Grab Ekman Bottom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Grab Samplers, Sub Surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Grab, Ponar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Graduated Beakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Graduated Cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Gravel Size Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Gravelometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Gravity Convection Oven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Gravity Hydrometer, Specific. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Ground Bus Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Ground Circuit Interrupter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Ground Feeler Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Ground Resistance Tester, Direct Reading, Megger. . . . . 199
Ground Rod Driving Sleeve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Grounding Conductor No. 6 AWG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Grounding Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Guelph Permeameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
High Visibility Vest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Highway Kit, Emergency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Highway Warning Flag, Fluorescent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Hip Boots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Hobo
BoxCar Pro Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Data Loggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Event Rainfall Logger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
H8 Data Loggers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Pro Series Weatherproof Loggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Shuttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Temp Data Logger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Hondex Portable Depth Sounders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Hornet and Wasp Spray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
HS-23 Dry Bubble Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
HS-55 Gas Purge Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Humidity Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Hydrolab
Calibration Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Computer Interface Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Datasonde 4 Water-Quality Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Low-Ionic Strength Reference pH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Maintenance Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Quanta Water-Quality Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Stirrer with Sensor Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Underwater Cables for Minisonde 4 and Datasonde 4 . 154
Hydrologger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Hydrometer Jar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Hydrometer, Specific Gravity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
I
Ice Chests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Ice Foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Ice Meter with Polymer Bucket Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Ice Meter, Tilting Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Idler Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Idler Wheel Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Imhoff Cone and Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Impulse Counters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Indestructible Kick Net, Wildco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Indicator, Plastic Flood Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Infiltration Rings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Infiltrometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Inflatable Flotation Vests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Insoles, LaCrosse Air-Cushioned . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Instrument Shelter, Small . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Insulated Work Jacket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Insulated, Tape-Driven Float Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Inverter, AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Inverter, Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Irrometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
H
H-355 Smart-Gas System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Haglof Aluminum Tree Caliper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Hand Corer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Hand Level, 1x Stadia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Hand Level, BULZ-I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Hand Line Reel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Handbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Handi-Reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Hanger, Columbus Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Hanger, Weight (3/4 inch wide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Hanna
Ion Specific Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Multi-Parameter Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Multipurpose pH Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Portable Turbidity Meter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Salintest Salt Content Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Salt Content Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Thermohygrometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Watercheck Pocket Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Waterproof Dissolved Oxygen Meter . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Waterproof pH Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Hat, Filson Packer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Hatchmatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Headphone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Heavy Duty Dip Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Heavy Duty Extension Cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Heavy Duty In-Line Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter. . . . . 39
Helical GOES Antenna (Top Hat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Helley-Smith Bedload Samplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Hess Stream Bottom Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
H-Flume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
241
J
Jacket, Flotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Jackshaft, B-56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Junction Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Junction Box with Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
K
Kayak, Stearns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Kemmerer Bottle, Stainless/Teflon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Kemmerer Bottle, Teflon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Kevlar Floating Boat Tagline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Kevlar Tagline Cleaner and Rewaxer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Kevlar Wading Taglines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Index
K
L
Keypad and Display Unit, CR 510 & CR 10X . . . . . . . . . 179
Kick Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Kingfisher Bank-Operated Power Cableway . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Kit for Poisonous Bites, Sawyer's Extractor Pump . . . . . . . 52
Kit, AMS Soil Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Kit, Limnology Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Kit, Tape Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Kit, Water Quality Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Kit, Wildco Fieldmaster Water Sampling. . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Kleine Grip, Sliding, with Steel Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Knives, Leatherman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Knurled Nut, 1/8-inch Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Kolor Kut Gauging Paste. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
L
Labels, Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Labels, Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Laboratory Glassware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
LaCrosse
17 Grange Rubber Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3mm Neoprene Chest Waders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Aeriform Rainwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
All-Season Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Air Cushioned Insoles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Big Chief Hip Boots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Breathable Chest Waders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Insulator II Chest Waders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Monarch PVC Knee Boot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Red Ball Adirondack Chest Waders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Thigh-Length Wader Socks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Wool Felt Insoles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Lantern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Laser Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Leatherman Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Lee Au Handline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Lee Au Tagline Reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Lens Cleaning Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Level Package, Sokkia E32 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Level Rods, Direct Reading San Francisco. . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Level Rods, Wooden Philadelphia” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Level Transits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Level, Hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Leveling Rods, Sokkia/SK Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Levels, Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Life Vest, Stearns Type II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Light Intensity Logger, Hobo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Light Intensity Logger, StowAway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Lightstick, Cyalume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Limnology Kits and Secchi Disks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Limnology Sampling Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Line and Tape, Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Liqui-Nox Phosphate-Free Cleaning Soap . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Lithium Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Load-Cell Scour Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Locks, Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Logger, Hobo Barometric Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Logger, Hobo Event RainfallLogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Logger, Optic StowAway Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Logger, StowAway Light Intensity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Logger, StowAway Relative Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Logger, StowAway Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Logger, StowAway Tidbit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Logger, Water Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Loose Leaf Sheets, Rite-In-The-Rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Lubricant, WD-40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Lubricants, Instrument Meter Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Lufkin
1/2 Ny-Clad Steel Tape Measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
HI-Viz 1/2 Fiberglass Tapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Non-Metallic Tapes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Red End Engineer's Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Tapes, Power Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Lumber Crayons, Dixon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Lux Meter/Foot Candle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Lysimeter, Ceramic Cup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
M
Magnetic Head Current Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Maintenance Tools, Current Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Maintenance Tools, Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Male Plug Connector (Phone-Type). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Map Coordinator, GPS TOPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Map Measurer Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Mapping Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Marine Science Test Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Markal Ball Paint Marker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Marker, Flood Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Markers, Domed Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Markers, Gaging Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Markers, Nail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Markers, Sharpie Permanent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Markers, Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Markes, Markal B Paintstik . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Marking Stick, Lumber Crayon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Masking Tape. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Masses, Metric Gram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Master Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Maximum and Minumum Stage Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Maxon
2-Way Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Dot Radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
McNeil Sediment Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Measurement, Water Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Measuring Cup, Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Measuring Tapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Membranes, Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Memo Book, Rite-In-The-Rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Metal Containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Meter Set, Cable Suspension Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Meter, AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Meter, Dissolved Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Meter, Multi-Parameter Water Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Meter, Pygmy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Meter/Audio Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Meters, Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Meters, Hanna Ion Specific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Metric Conversion Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Metric Gram Masses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Metric Power Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Metric Ruler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Microwave Water Surface Current Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Mini Current Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Mini Notebook, Rite-In-The-Rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Minisonde 4 with Vented Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Mitutoyo
Digimatic Micrometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Digital Calipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
242
Index
M
P
Moisture Meter, Soil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Moisture Meter, Watermark Soil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Montana Flumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Mortar and Pestles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Mosquito Repellent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Mt. Rose Snow Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Multimeter, Digital Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Multi-Parameter Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Multi-Purpose Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Multi-Range Conductivity Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Mylar Bags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
N
Nail Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Nalgene Polypaper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Net, Aquatic Dip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Net, Drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Net, Kick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Net, Plankton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Net, Wildco Bottom Aquatic Kick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Net, Wildco D-Frame Aquatic Kick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Net, Wildco Wisconsin Plankton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Net, Zo Kick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Nicopress Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Nicopress Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Nitrate Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Nitrile Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Nitrogen System Kit, Dessicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Nose Mounted Ground Feeler Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Notebooks, Rite-In-The-Rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Nozzles, Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Nubian Steel Tapes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Numeral Plates for Staff Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Nylon Parachute/Utility Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Nylon Tubing, 500-foot Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
O
Off! Insect Repellent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Ohaus
Navigator Electronic Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Scout II Electronic Balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Oil, 1 Ounce, in Dispenser Bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Oil, 1/2 Pint, in Bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Optic StowAway
Submersible Logger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Temperature Logger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Optical Plummet Tribrach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Optical Rangefinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Oral Ivy Prevention Liquid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Orifice Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
ORP Calibration Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
ORP Electrodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
ORP Pocket Meter, Quikchek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
ORP Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Otterbox Protective Cases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Oxidation Reduction Potential (ORP) Tester . . . . . . . . . . 147
Oxygen Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
P
Packer Hat, Filson. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Padlock, High Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Padlock, Long Shackle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Padlock, Master Weather Tough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Pads, Rite-In-The-Rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
243
Pails, Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Paintstik Markers, Markal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Pans, Disposable Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Pans, Stainless Steel Square. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Pants, Weather. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Paper Cups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Papers, Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Parshall Flumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Paste, Kolor Kut Gauging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
PC-208W Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
PCMCIA Static Ram Card, 1 Meg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Peat Sampler, Russian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Pebble Count Frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Peep Automated Erosion Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Pelican Protector Cases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Pen Light, Handi-Lite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Pencil Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Penetrating Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Periphyton Sampler, DuraSampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Peristaltic Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Permamark Markers, Sharpie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Permanone Tick Repellent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Permeameter, Guelph. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Pesola
Scales, with Clip Attachment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Scales, with Hook Attachment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Spring Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
pH Buffers and Electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
pH Electrodes , Conical Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
pH Electrodes, Epoxy Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
pH Liquid Buffer Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
pH Meter, Hanna Waterproof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
pH Meter, YSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
pH Meters, Waterproof pHep w/repl. Electrodes . . . . . . 147
pH Testers, Waterproof pHep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
pH/Conductivity Watercheck Pocket Meter, Hanna. . . . . 151
pH/ORP Probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
pH/TDS Watercheck Pocket Meter, Hanna . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Phone-Jack Plug Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Phosphate-Free Cleaning Soap, Liqui-Nox . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Pigtail (24-inch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Pigtail (6-inch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Pillow, Snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Pipets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Piston Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Pivot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Planimeter, Adjustable Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Planix Planimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Plankton Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Plankton Net, Wildco Wisconsin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Plastic Floats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Plastic Flood Mark Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Plastic Kemmerer Bottles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Plastic Tagline Reel with 400-ft Kevlar Tagline . . . . . . . . . 25
Plastic Wash Bottles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Plates, Numeral, for Metric Staff Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Plates, Weir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Plumb Bob Sheaths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Plumb Bobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Pocket Beeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Pocket Stereoscopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Pocket Transit Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Pocket Transits, Brunton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Index
P
R
Point Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Point-Integrating Samplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Poison Oak-N-Ivy Cleanser, Tecnu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Polar/Solar Plus 12-Gauge Extension Cords . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Poly Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Polyethylene Dippers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Polyethylene Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Polyethylene Jerry Cans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Polyethylene Rolls, 4 Mils Clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Polypaper, Nalgene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Ponar Grab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Poncho . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Pontoon, Boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Portable Depth Sounders, Hondex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Portable Electronic Balances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Portable Turbidity Meter, Hanna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Post Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Post Puller, Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Potentiometer, Stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Pouches, pH Buffer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Powder, Alconox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Powdered pH Buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Power Conversion Kit for B-56 Reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Power Drive Unit Assembly for B-56 & E-53 Reels . . . . . . 10
Power Inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Power Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Pressed-Sleeve Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Pressure Transducer, Submersible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Pressure/Vacuum Soil Water Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Price AA Current Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Price Pygmy Current Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Primus Liquid Fuel Stove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Prism Assembly, Single Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Prism Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Prism Pole, Sokkia Telescoping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Probes, Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Probes, K-Type Thermocouple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
PS-2 Enclosure with Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
PS-2 with LARC Kit and SDI-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Puller, Cable Car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Pullers, Cable Hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Pulley, Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Pump, Peristaltic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Pump, Vacuum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
PVC Core Sampler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
PVC Floats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
PVC Gloves, Fluorescent Orange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Q
QD1 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Quadrangle, Topo Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Quick Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Quickchek ORP Pocket Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
R
Rack, Pipette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Radar Stage Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Radio Frequency (RF) Counter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Radio Protective Case, Aquapac Waterproof. . . . . . . . . . . 49
Radio, Compact Short Wave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Radio, Emergency Weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Radios, Maxon 2-Way. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Rain Gage, Clear Vu . .

Stream Gaging Accessories - Rickly Hydrological Company

Transcription

Similar documents

classic service van for ford transit

cold planer series ii

ryan lawnaire iv plus aerator

Defining Waterbodies: Davidsonville Wildlife Sanctuary

Soothe-A

Outdoor Essentials Product Catalog

GRUE TOUT-TERRAIN DE 1500 TONNES PRÈS DE LA CHUTE

Compact Track Loader

Compact Track Loader

GXSF30H – GE SmartWater™ Water Softening System